SAKS HOLDINGS INC
S-1/A, 1996-05-07
DEPARTMENT STORES
Previous: NOVA CORP \GA\, S-1MEF, 1996-05-07
Next: ZOMAX OPTICAL MEDIA INC, S-1/A, 1996-05-07




   
      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 1996
    
 
                                                       Registration No. 333-2426
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                  ------------
                                AMENDMENT NO. 3
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                  ------------
                              SAKS HOLDINGS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                               <C>
            DELAWARE                            5311                           52-1685667
  (State or other jurisdiction           (Primary Standard                  (I.R.S. Employer
      of incorporation or            Industrial Classification            Identification No.)
         organization)                      Code Number)
</TABLE>
 
                                  ------------
 
                              12 EAST 49TH STREET
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017
                                 (212) 940-4048
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                  ------------
 
                                  JOAN F. KREY
                                GENERAL COUNSEL
                              SAKS HOLDINGS, INC.
                              12 EAST 49TH STREET
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017
                                 (212) 940-4048
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
 
                                  ------------
 
                                   Copies to:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
CHARLES K. MARQUIS              PATRICIA A. CERUZZI
STEVEN R. FINLEY                SULLIVAN & CROMWELL
GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER         250 PARK AVENUE
200 PARK AVENUE                 NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10177
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10166        (212) 558-4000
(212) 351-4000
</TABLE>
 
                                  ------------
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
                                  ------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The Registrant's expenses in connection with the Offerings described in this
registration statement are set forth below. All amounts except the Securities
and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the NYSE
listing fee are estimated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                              <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee...........   $  146,000
NASD filing fee...............................................       30,500
Printing and engraving expenses...............................      500,000
Accounting fees and expenses..................................    1,000,000
Legal fees and expenses.......................................    1,000,000
NYSE listing fee..............................................      123,100
Fees and expenses (including legal fees) for qualifications
under state securities laws...................................       30,000
Transfer agent's fees and expenses............................       50,000
Miscellaneous.................................................    2,320,400
                                                                 ----------
    Total.....................................................   $5,200,000
                                                                 ----------
                                                                 ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- --------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>
1.01       Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement
1.02       Form of International Underwriting Agreement
3.01.1*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Saks Holdings, as filed with
           the Delaware Secretary of State on June 29, 1990
3.01.2*    Certificate of Designation of Saks Holdings, as filed with the Delaware Secretary
           of State on June 29, 1990
3.01.3*    Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Saks
           Holdings, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on
           July 2, 1990
3.01.4*    Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Saks
           Holdings, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on
           February 28, 1991
3.01.5*    Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Saks
           Holdings, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on
           May 20, 1992
3.01.6*    Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Saks
           Holdings, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on December 26, 1995
3.01.7*    Certificate of Saks Holdings, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on
           December 27, 1995, relating to the retirement of Class D Shares
3.01.8*    Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Saks
           Holdings, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on April 16, 1996.
3.01.9*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Saks Holdings, as
           proposed to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State upon completion of the
           Offerings
3.02*      Bylaws of Saks Holdings, as adopted on August 6, 1990
4.01.1*    See Exhibits 3.01.1, 3.01.2, 3.01.3, 3.01.4, 3.01.5, 3.01.6, 3.01.7 and 3.01.8 as
           to the rights of holders of Saks Holdings' Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class
           C Shares and Class D Shares prior to the Offerings
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- --------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>
4.01.2*    See Exhibit 3.01.9 as to the rights of holders of Saks Holdings' Common Stock
           upon completion of the Offerings
4.02*      Form of Stock Certificate of the Common Stock of Saks Holdings
4.03.1*    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1993, among Saks,
           Chemical Bank and Bankers Trust Company as managing agents, Chemical Bank,
           Bankers Trust Company, the CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Barclays Bank PLC
           as co-agents, and Chemical Bank as administrative agent (the "Credit Facility")
4.03.2*    First Amendment to the Credit Facility, dated as of March 1, 1995
4.03.3*    Second Amendment to the Credit Facility, dated as of October 24, 1995
4.03.4*    Third Amendment to the Credit Facility, dated as of March 5, 1996
4.03.5*    Fourth Amendment to the Credit Facility, dated as of April 10, 1996
4.03.6*    Fifth Amendment to the Credit Facility, dated as of April 18, 1996
4.04*      Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of
           May 12, 1995 between Fifth Avenue Capital Trust ("FACT") and certain direct and
           indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Saks (the "Borrowers")
4.05*      Trust and Servicing Agreement dated as of May 12, 1995 among FACT, Bankers Trust
           Company, as servicer, and Marine Midland Bank, as trustee
4.06*      Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of May 12, 1995, among Saks, HNY,
           Inc. and Wilmington Company, as owner trustee
4.07       Indenture, dated as of July 1, 1993, between Saks and AIBC Services N.V., as
           trustee
4.08       First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 22, 1996, between Saks and AIBC
           Services N.V., as trustee
5.01*      Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher
10.01.1*   Amended and Restated Pooling & Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 16,
           1991, among SFA Finance Company, Saks and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee (the
           "1991 P&S")
10.01.2*   First Amendment to the 1991 P&S, dated as of November 5, 1992
10.01.3*   Second Amendment to the 1991 P&S, dated as of October 26, 1993
10.02.1*   Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December
           16, 1991, between Saks and SFA Finance Company (the "Receivables Purchase
           Agreement")
10.02.2*   First Amendment to the 1991 Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of November
           5, 1992
10.02.3*   Second Amendment to the 1991 Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of October
           26, 1993
10.03.1*   Series 1991-2 Supplement, dated as of December 16, 1991, among SFA Finance
           Company, Saks, MHTC, as administrative agent, and Bankers Trust Company, as
           trustee (the "1991-2 Supplement")
10.03.2*   First Amendment to the 1991-2 Supplement, dated as of July 22, 1992
10.03.3*   Second Amendment to the 1991-2 Supplement, dated as of August 20, 1992
10.03.4*   Third Amendment to the 1991-2 Supplement, dated as of November 5, 1992
10.03.5*   Fourth Amendment to the 1991-2 Supplement, dated as of May 20, 1993
10.03.6*   Fifth Amendment to the 1991-2 Supplement, dated as of October 28, 1993
10.03.7*   Sixth Amendment to the 1991-2 Supplement, dated as of September 30, 1994
10.04.1*   Class C Supplement to Series 1991-2 Supplement, dated as of
           November 5, 1992, among SFA Finance Company, Saks and Bankers Trust Company, as
           trustee (the "1991-2(C) Supplement")
10.04.2*   First Amendment to the 1991-2(C) Supplement, dated as of September 30, 1994
10.05*     Class B Supplement to Series 1991-2 Supplement, dated as of September 30, 1994,
           among SFA Finance Company, Saks and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee
10.06.1*   Series 1993-1 Supplement, dated as of October 28, 1993, among SFA Finance
           Company, Saks, Swiss Bank Corporation, New York Branch, as administrative agent,
           and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee (the "1993-1 Supplement")
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- --------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>
10.06.2*   First Amendment to the 1993-1 Supplement, dated as of September 13, 1995
10.06.3*   Second Amendment to the 1993-1 Supplement, dated as of October 6, 1995
10.07*     Class B Supplement to Series 1993-1 Supplement, dated as of September 13, 1995,
           among SFA Finance Company, Saks and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee
10.08*     Class C Supplement to Series 1993-1 Supplement, dated as of September 13, 1995,
           among SFA Finance Company, Saks and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee
10.09*     Series 1995-1 Supplement, dated as of November 13, 1995, among SFA Finance
           Company, Saks, Swiss Bank Corporation, New York Branch, as administrative agent,
           and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee
10.10*     Deposit Trust Agreement, dated as of October 26, 1993, between SFA Finance
           Company II and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee
10.11*     Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1993, between Saks Fifth
           Avenue Owner Trust 1993-1 and Bankers Trust Company
10.12*     Depositary Agreement, dated as of October 27, 1993, between Saks Fifth Avenue
           Owner Trust 1993-1 and Chemical Bank
10.13*     Purchase Agreement, dated May 4, 1995 among Saks, FACT, the Borrowers, Goldman,
           Sachs & Company and Chemical Securities, Inc., with respect to the sale of
           Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates due May 12, 2002
10.14*     Saks Fifth Avenue Supplemental Pension Plan, effective July 2, 1990
10.15*     Saks Holdings, Inc. Senior Management Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of October
           17, 1990 (the "Old Incentive Plan")
10.16*     Standard Form of Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the Old Incentive Plan
10.17.1*   Saks Holdings, Inc. 1996 Management Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of February 1,
           1996 (the "New Incentive Plan")
10.17.2    Amendment to the New Incentive Plan
10.18*     Standard Form of Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the New Incentive Plan
10.19      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1996, between
           Saks and Philip B. Miller
10.20      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1996, between
           Saks and Rose Marie Bravo
10.21      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1996, between
           Saks and Owen E. Dorsey
10.22      Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1996, between Saks and Brian E.
           Kendrick
10.23.1*   Agreement for Management Advisory and Consulting Services, dated
           July 2, 1990, between Windows Acquisition Corp. and III
10.23.2*   Agreement for Management Advisory and Consulting Services, dated as of July 2,
           1995, between Saks and III
10.24*     Acquisitions Advisory Agreement, dated as of January 29, 1995, between Saks and
           III
10.25      Transition Supplement to the 1991 P&S, dated as of April 25, 1996, among SFA
           Finance Company, Saks and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee
10.26      Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of April 25, 1996, among SFA Finance
           Company, Saks and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee (the "1996 P&S")
10.27      Series 1996-1 Supplement to the 1996 P&S, dated as of April 25, 1996, among SFA
           Finance Company, Saks and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee
10.28      Third Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 25,
           1996, between Saks and SFA Finance Company
10.29      Series 1996-2 Supplement to the 1996 P&S, dated as of April 25, 1996, among SFA
           Finance Company, Saks and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee
10.30      Public Company Expenses Agreement, dated as of April 27, 1996, between Saks
           Holdings and Saks.
10.31      Form of Common Stock Purchase Agreement between Saks Holdings and Investcorp,
           S.A.
21.01*     Subsidiaries of Saks Holdings
23.01*     Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- --------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>
23.02*     Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher (contained in Exhibit 5.01)
24.01*     Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration Statement)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
   
 * Previously filed.
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in The
City of New York, State of New York, on May 3, 1996.
    
 
                                          SAKS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
   
                                          By /s/ PHILIP B. MILLER
    
                                          ...................................
 
                                                  Philip B. Miller
                                              Chief Executive Officer
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacity
indicated on May 3, 1996.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               SIGNATURE                               TITLE
- ----------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                       <C>
          /s/ PHILIP B. MILLER            Chairman of the Board and
 ........................................    Chief Executive Officer
            Philip B. Miller                (Principal Executive Officer)
 
         /s/ BRIAN E. KENDRICK            Vice Chairman of the Board and
 ........................................    Chief Financial Officer
           Brian E. Kendrick                (Principal Financial Officer)
 
          /s/ ROSE MARIE BRAVO            President and Director
 ........................................
            Rose Marie Bravo
 
                   *                      Director
 ........................................
             Savio W. Tung
 
                   *                      Director
 ........................................
             Jon P. Hedley
 
                   *                      Director
 ........................................
         E. Garrett Bewkes III
 
                   *                      Director
 ........................................
          Charles J. Philippin
 
            /s/ MARK E. HOOD              Vice President--Finance
 ........................................    (Principal Accounting Officer)
              Mark E. Hood
</TABLE>
    
 
   
*By:       /s/ MARK E. HOOD
    
     ...........................................................................
 
                                    Mark E. Hood
                                  Attorney in Fact

                                      II-5





                                                            Exhibit 1.01









                               Saks Holdings, Inc.

                                  Common Stock
                           (par value $0.01 per share)


                             Underwriting Agreement
                                 (U.S. Version)


                                        May __, 1996
Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
CS First Boston Corporation,
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated,
Salomon Brothers Inc,
     As representatives of the several Underwriters
   named in Schedule I hereto,
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
85 Broad Street,
New York, New York 10004.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Saks Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes,
subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the
Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters") an aggregate of
11,000,000 shares (the "Firm Shares") and, at the election of the Underwriters,
up to  1,650,000 additional shares (the "Optional Shares") of Common Stock, par
value $0.01 per share ("Stock") of the Company (the Firm Shares and the Optional
Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof
being collectively called the "Shares").

     It is understood and agreed to by all parties that the Company is
concurrently entering into an agreement (the "International Underwriting
Agreement") providing for the sale by the Company of up to a total of 3,162,500
shares of Stock (the "International Shares"), including the overallotment option
thereunder, through arrangements with certain underwriters outside the United
States (the "International Underwriters"), for whom Goldman Sachs International,
CS First Boston Limited, Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited and Salomon
Brothers International Limited are acting as lead managers.  Anything herein or
therein to the contrary notwithstanding, the respective closings under this
Agreement and the International Agreement are hereby expressly made conditional
on one another.  The Underwriters hereunder and the International Underwriters
are simultaneously entering into an Agreement between U.S. and International
Underwriting Syndicates (the "Agreement between Syndicates") which provides,
among other things, for the transfer of shares of Stock between


<PAGE>


the two syndicates.  Two forms of prospectus are to be used in connection with
the offering and sale of shares of Stock contemplated by the foregoing, one
relating to the Shares hereunder and the other relating to the International
Shares.  The latter form of prospectus will be identical to the former except
for the front cover page, back cover page, and the text under the caption
"Underwriting" and for the addition of a section captioned "Certain United
States Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders.  Except as used in Sections 2, 3,
4, 9 and 11 herein, and except as the context may otherwise require, references
hereinafter to the Shares shall include all the shares of Stock which may be
sold pursuant to either this Agreement or the International Underwriting
Agreement, and references herein to any prospectus whether in preliminary or
final form, and whether as amended or supplemented, shall include both the
U.S. and the international versions thereof.

     1.   The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the
Underwriters that:

          (a)  A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-2426) (the
     "Initial Registration Statement") in respect of the Shares has been filed
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"); the Initial
     Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in
     the form heretofore delivered to you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, to
     you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the
     Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any,
     increasing the size of the offering (a "Rule 462(b) Registration
     Statement"), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of
     1933, as amended (the "Act"), which became effective upon filing, no other
     document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore
     been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the
     effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective
     amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has
     been issued and, to the knowledge of the Company, no proceeding for that
     purpose has been initiated or threatened by the Commission (any preliminary
     prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the
     Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the
     Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a "Preliminary Prospectus";
     the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b)
     Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and
     including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed
     with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance
     with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to
     be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared
     effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any,
     became or hereafter becomes effective, each as amended at the time such
     part became effective, are hereinafter collectively called the
     "Registration Statement"; and such final prospectus, in the form first
     filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the
     "Prospectus";

          (b)  No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary
     Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary
     Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material
     respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of
     the Commission thereunder (except that the preliminary prospectus dated
     March 14, 1996 did not include an estimated range of the maximum 
















                                       -2-





<PAGE>








     offering price and share and per share data), and did not contain an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light
     of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided,
     however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any
     statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with
     information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through
     Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;

          (c)  As of the applicable effective date as to the Registration
     Statement and any amendment thereto, and as of the applicable filing date
     as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, the
     Registration Statement conformed, and the Prospectus and any further
     amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
     will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and
     the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will
     not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
     made in the case of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto,
     not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty
     shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in
     conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an
     Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;

          (d)  Neither the Company nor any of its significant subsidiaries, as
     such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Act and which significant
     subsidiaries are listed on Schedule 2 hereto (its "Subsidiaries"), has
     sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements
     included in the Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from
     fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by
     insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order
     or decree, which loss or interference is material to the financial position
     or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a
     whole otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus; and,
     since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any change in
     the capital stock (other than pursuant to the exercise of existing options
     and other than as described in or referred to in the Prospectus) or
     increase in the long-term debt (other than pursuant to the Company's
     accounts receivable sale program) of the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries, any material revaluation of inventories, or any material
     adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse
     change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial
     position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company and
     its subsidiaries taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or
     contemplated in the Prospectus;

          (e)  The Company and its Subsidiaries own all real property and
     personal property as set forth in the Prospectus other than as described in
     or referred to in the Prospectus in each case free and clear of all liens,
     encumbrances and defects except such as are described or referred to in the
     Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property
     and do not interfere with the use made and proposed

















                                       -3-





<PAGE>








      to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any
     real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its
     Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable
     leases with such exceptions as are described or referred to in the
     Prospectus or are not material and do not interfere with the use made and
     proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its
     subsidiaries;

          (f)  The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as
     a corporation in good standing under the laws of Delaware with corporate
     power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as
     described in the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign
     corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under
     the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties
     or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except where
     the failure to be so qualified would not result in a material adverse
     change to the financial position or results of operations of the Company
     and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and each Subsidiary has been duly
     incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
     under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation with corporate power
     and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described
     in the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for
     the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each
     other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any
     business so as to require such qualification except where the failure to be
     so qualified would not result in a material adverse change to the financial
     position or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken
     as a whole, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason
     of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction;

          (g)  The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the
     Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company
     have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and
     non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in the
     Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each
     Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid
     and (except, with respect to any Subsidiary incorporated in the State of
     New York, as provided in Section 630 of the Business Corporations Law of
     the State of New York) non-assessable and (except for directors' qualifying
     shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of
     all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims except as otherwise set forth
     in or contemplated by the Prospectus;

          (h)  The unissued Shares to be issued and sold by the Company to the
     Underwriters hereunder and to the International Underwriters under the
     International Underwriting Agreement have been duly and validly authorized
     and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein
     and in the International Underwriting Agreement, will be duly and validly
     issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the
     description of the Stock contained in the Prospectus;

          (i)  The issue and sale of the Shares by the Company hereunder and
     under the International Underwriting Agreement and the compliance by the
     Company with all of

















                                       -4-





<PAGE>








     the provisions of this Agreement and the International Underwriting
     Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions to be
     performed by the Company herein and therein contemplated will not conflict
     with or result in a breach or violation of or constitute a default under,
     any of the existing terms or provisions of, any indenture, mortgage, deed
     of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or
     any of its Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets
     of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject except for such
     conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults that individually or in the
     aggregate would not result in a material adverse change to the financial
     position or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken
     as a whole, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions
     of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or any
     existing United States federal or state statute (excluding for purposes of
     this paragraph (i) United States federal or state securities laws) or any
     existing order, rule or regulation of any United States federal or state
     court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company
     or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties except for such
     violations (other than any relating to the Certificate of Incorporation or
     By-Laws of the Company) that individually or in the aggregate would not
     result in a material adverse change to the financial position or results of
     operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and no
     consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of
     or with any such United States federal or state court or governmental
     agency or body is required to be obtained by the Company on the date hereof
     or at any Time of Delivery for the issue and sale of the Shares by the
     Company to the Underwriters or for the issue and sale of the International
     Shares by the Company to the International Underwriters or the consummation
     by the Company of the transactions to be performed by the Company
     contemplated by this Agreement and the International Underwriting
     Agreement, except the registration under the Act of the Shares and such
     consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may
     be required under state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws in
     connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the
     Underwriters and the International Underwriters;

          (j)  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation
     of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws.  Neither the Company nor
     any of its Subsidiaries is in default in the performance or observance of
     any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any
     indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other
     agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its
     properties may be bound except for such violations and defaults as would
     not result in a material adverse change to the financial position or
     results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole;

          (k)  The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption
     "Description of Capital Stock", insofar as they purport to describe the
     terms of the Stock and under the caption "Certain United States Tax
     Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders" in the International Prospectus, insofar
     as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents
     referred to therein, present in all material respects a fair description of
     such provisions and documents;

















                                       -5-





<PAGE>









          (l)  Other than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, there
     are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or
     any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company
     or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which could reasonably be
     expected to be determined adversely to the Company and any of its
     subsidiaries and, if so determined, would individually or in the aggregate
     have a material adverse effect on the current or future consolidated
     financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the
     Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and, to the best of the
     Company's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by
     governmental authorities or threatened by others;

          (m)  The Company and its subsidiaries own, or possess adequate rights
     to use, all trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and licenses
     (including the names, "Saks Fifth Avenue", "SFA", "Off 5th", "S5A" and
     "Folio") necessary to conduct their businesses currently and as proposed to
     be conducted, and neither the Company nor its subsidiaries has received any
     notice of infringement of or conflict with (or knows of any such
     infringement or conflict with) asserted rights of others with respect to
     such trademarks, service marks, tradenames, copyrights or licenses;

          (n)  The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and
     sale of the Shares, will not be an "investment company" or an entity
     "controlled" by an "investment company", as such terms are defined in the
     Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act");

          (o)  Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates does business with
     the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba
     within the meaning of Section 517.075, Florida Statutes;

          (p)  Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., who have certified certain financial
     statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public
     accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the
     Commission thereunder;

          (q)  Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) is in compliance
     with any and all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations
     relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or
     hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants
     ("Environmental Laws"), (ii) has received all permits, licenses or other
     approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its
     business and (iii) is in compliance with all terms and conditions of any
     such permit, license or approval, except in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii)
     where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive
     required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the
     terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not,
     singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company
     and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; 

          (r)  The Shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock
     Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance;



















                                       -6-





<PAGE>









          (s)  There are no contracts, agreements, or understandings between the
     Company and any person granting such person the right to require the
     Company to include any securities of the Company in the Registration
     Statement for sale by such person; and

          (t)  There are no contracts or other documents of a character required
     to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or required to be
     described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which are not
     filed or described as required.


     2.   Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company
agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the
Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at
a purchase price per share of $........................, the number of Firm
Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and
(b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the
election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to
issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees,
severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price
per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number
of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be
adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying
such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase
as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the
denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the
Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

     The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at
their election up to 1,650,000 Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share
set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering
overallotments in the sale of the Firm Shares.  Any such election to purchase
Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company,
given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement,
setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the
date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but
in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4
hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than
two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

     3.   Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the
several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms
and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

     4.   (a) Certificates representing the Shares to be purchased by each
Underwriter hereunder, in definitive form, and in such authorized denominations
and registered in such names as Goldman, Sachs & Co. may request upon at least
forty-eight hours' prior notice to the Company, shall be delivered by or on
behalf of the Company to Goldman, Sachs & Co. for the account of such
Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase
price therefor by wire transfer of same day funds payable to the order of the


















                                       -7-





<PAGE>








Company.  The Company will cause the certificates representing the Shares to be
made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to
the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of
Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004 (the "Designated
Office").  The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect
to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on May ..., 1996 or such
other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree upon in
writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on
the date specified by Goldman, Sachs & Co. in the written notice given by
Goldman, Sachs & Co. of the Underwriters' election to purchase such Optional
Shares, or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may
agree upon in writing.  Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is
herein called the "First Time of Delivery", such time and date for delivery of
the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the
"Second Time of Delivery", and each such time and date for delivery is herein
called a "Time of Delivery".

          (b)  The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on
     behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 hereof, including the
     cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the
     Underwriters pursuant to Section 7(k) hereof, will be delivered at the
     offices of Sullivan & Cromwell, 125 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004
     (the "Closing Location"), and the Shares will be delivered at the
     Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery.  A meeting will be held at
     the Closing Location at 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York
     Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the
     final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding
     sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto.  For the
     purposes of this Section 4, "New York Business Day" shall mean each Monday,
     Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking
     institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or
     executive order to close.

     5.   The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

          (a)  To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file
     such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the
     Commission's close of business on the second business day following the
     execution and delivery of this Agreement (or to transmit such Prospectus by
     a means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission by
     such date), or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule
     430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to
     the Registration Statement or Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery
     which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof;
     to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when
     any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed with the
     Commission or becomes effective or any supplement to the Prospectus or any
     amended Prospectus has been filed with the Commission and to furnish you
     with copies of any such amendment or supplement; to advise you, promptly
     after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any
     stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any
     Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus, of the suspension of the
     qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of
     the initiation

















                                       -8-





<PAGE>








     or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by
     the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration
     Statement or Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of
     the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the
     use of any Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus or suspending any such
     qualification, promptly to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the
     withdrawal of such order;

          (b)  Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may
     reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the
     securities laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as you may
     request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of
     sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be
     necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in
     connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a
     foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in
     any jurisdiction;

          (c)  On the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this
     Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with copies of
     the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably
     request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required at any time prior
     to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus
     in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time
     any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then
     amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material
     fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
     made when such Prospectus is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any
     other reason it shall be necessary during such period to amend or
     supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you
     and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each
     Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many copies as you may from
     time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to
     the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such
     compliance, and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus
     in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or
     more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at
     the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter
     as many copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus
     complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

          (d)  To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as
     practicable, but in any event not later than eighteen months after the
     effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c)
     under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries
     (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the
     rules and regulations thereunder (including, at the option of the Company,
     Rule 158);

          (e)  During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing
     to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, not to
     offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided
     hereunder and under the International Underwriting Agreement, any
     securities of the Company that are
















                                       -9-





<PAGE>








     substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any
     securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent
     the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities
     (other than (i) in connection with the acquisition of or merger with any
     other corporation or other entity or the acquisition of any assets or
     properties thereof or (ii) pursuant to employee stock option, stock
     purchase or other employee benefit plans, provided that in the case of each
     of (i) and (ii) above, prior to the issuance of such securities, the
     Company obtains and delivers to the Underwriters executed copies of an
     agreement from any such corporation or entity substantially to the effort
     set forth in this Section 5(e) in form satisfactory to you), without your
     prior written consent;

          (f)  To furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the
     end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and
     statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company
     and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public
     accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first
     three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter
     ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement),
     consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its
     subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail;

          (g)  During a period of three years from the effective date of the
     Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other
     communications (financial or other) generally furnished to stockholders,
     and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any
     reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission
     pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (ii) such additional
     information, which additional information shall be kept confidentially by
     you, concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you
     may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be
     on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its
     subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders
     generally or to the Commission);

          (h)  To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the
     Shares pursuant to this Agreement and the International Underwriting
     Agreement in substantially the manner specified in the Prospectus under the
     caption "Use of Proceeds"; 

          (i)  To use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance,
     the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange"); 

          (j)  To file with the Commission such reports on Form SR as may be
     required by Rule 463 under the Act; and

          (k)  If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall
     file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance
     with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this
     Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the
     Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or
     give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule
     111(b) under the Act.

















                                      -10-





<PAGE>









     6.   The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that
the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees,
disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and accountants in
connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other
expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and
amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies
thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing
any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the International Underwriting
Agreement, the Agreement between Syndicates, the Selling Agreement, the Blue Sky
Memorandum, closing documents and any other documents that the Company may
request in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the
Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares
for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b)
hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in
connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey;
(iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the New York
Stock Exchange; (v) the filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements
of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, securing any required review
by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the terms of the sale
of the Shares; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vii) the cost and
charges of any transfer agent or registrar; and (viii) all other costs and
expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder
which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section.  It is
understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 8
and 11 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses,
including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of
the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they
may make.

     7.   The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be
delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to
the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of
the Company herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct,
the condition that the Company shall have performed all of its obligations
hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

          (a)  The Prospectus shall have been filed, or transmitted by a means
     reasonably calculated to result in filing, with the Commission pursuant to
     Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by
     the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a)
     hereof; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Rule
     462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m.,
     Washington D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order
     suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part
     thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall
     have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for
     additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been
     complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

          (b)  Sullivan & Cromwell, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have
     furnished to you such opinion or opinions (a draft of each such opinion is
     attached as Annex II(a) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, with respect
     to the matters covered in paragraphs (i), (ii), (vii), (xi) and (xiii) of
     subsection (c) below as well as such other















                                      -11-





<PAGE>








     related matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have
     received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to
     enable them to pass upon such matters;

          (c)  Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, special counsel for the Company, shall
     have furnished to you their written opinion (a draft of such opinion is
     attached as Annex II(b) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and
     substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

               (i)  The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly
          existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the state
          of Delaware with corporate power and authority to own its properties
          and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus;

              (ii)  The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in
          the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the
          Company (including the Shares being delivered at such Time of
          Delivery) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully
          paid and nonassessable; and the Shares conform to the description of
          the Stock contained in the Prospectus;

             (iii)  This Agreement and the International Underwriting Agreement
          have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

              (iv)  The issue and sale of the Shares being delivered to the
          Underwriters and the International Underwriters at such Time of
          Delivery and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions
          of this Agreement and the International Underwriting Agreement and the
          consummation by the Company of the transactions to be performed by the
          Company herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or
          result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any
          of the existing terms or provisions of, any indenture, mortgage, deed
          of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument filed as an
          exhibit to the Registration Statement, nor will such action result in
          any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or
          By-laws of the Company or any existing statute or any existing order,
          rule or regulation (other than foreign and state securities laws, as
          to which such counsel expresses no opinion and other than federal
          securities laws, as to which such counsel expresses no opinion except
          as otherwise set forth herein) known to such counsel of any United
          States federal or state court or governmental agency or body having
          jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

               (v)  No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or
          qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body
          is required to be obtained by the Company for the issue and sale by
          the Company of the Shares to the Underwriters and the International
          Underwriters or the consummation by the Company of the transactions to
          be performed by the Company contemplated by this Agreement and the
          International Underwriting Agreement, except the registration under
          the Act of the Shares, and such




















                                      -12-





<PAGE>








          consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications
          as may be required under state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws;

              (vi)  The Company is not an "investment company" or an entity
          "controlled" by an "investment company", as such terms are defined in
          the Investment Company Act; and

          In addition, such counsel shall state that such counsel has
participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
and in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company,
counsel for the Company, representatives of the independent auditors of the
Company and your representatives at which the contents of the Registration
Statement and Prospectus and related matters were discussed.  Such counsel may
also state that because the purpose of their professional engagement was not to
establish or confirm factual matters and because the scope of their examination
of the affairs of the Company did not permit them to verify the accuracy,
completeness or fairness of the statements set forth in the Registration
Statement or Prospectus, they are not passing upon and do not assume any
responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements
contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, except to the extent set
forth in the last sentence of this paragraph.  Such counsel also shall state
that, on the basis of the foregoing, except for the financial statements and
schedules and other financial data included therein, as to which such counsel
need express no opinion or belief, (a) such counsel is of the opinion that the
Registration Statement at the time it became effective, and the Prospectus as of
the date thereof and as of the date of such opinion, appeared on their face to
be appropriately responsive in all material respects to the relevant
requirements of the Securities Act and the General Rules and Regulations
promulgated thereunder and (b) no facts have come to such counsel's attention
that lead such counsel to believe that the Registration Statement at the time it
became effective contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, or the Prospectus as of its date and as of
the date of such opinion contained or contains an untrue statement of a material
fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading.  Such counsel also shall state that,
insofar as the statements contained in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock" constitute a summary
of the documents and legal matters referred to therein, such counsel is of the
opinion that such statements fairly present the information called for with
respect to such documents and legal matters by the Securities Act and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder relating to
registration statements on Form S-1 and prospectuses, and, insofar as the
statements contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus under the
caption "Certain United States Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders" purport to 
describe the legal matters referred to therein, such counsel is of the opinion 
that such description of legal matters is accurate in all material respects. 

          In rendering such opinion, such counsel may state that they express no
opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the States of New York and
California, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal
law of the United States.

          (d)  Joan F. Krey, general counsel of the Company, shall have
     furnished to you her written opinion (a draft of such opinion is attached
     as Annex II(c) hereto),






                                      -13-


<PAGE>


     dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to
     the effect that:

              (i)  The Company has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation
          for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws
          of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or
          conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is
          subject to no material liability or disability by reason of failure to
          be so qualified in any such jurisdiction (such counsel being entitled
          to rely in respect of the opinion in this clause upon opinions of
          local counsel and in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of
          officers of the Company or State officials);

             (ii)  Each Subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated
          and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
          laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has been duly qualified
          as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in
          good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it
          owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require
          such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or
          disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such
          jurisdiction; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each
          such Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued, are
          fully paid and (except, with respect to any Subsidiary incorporated in
          the State of New York, as provided in Section 630 of the Business
          Corporations Law of the State of New York) non-assessable, and (except
          for directors' qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by
          the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or
          claims and except as otherwise described or referred to in the
          Prospectus (such counsel being entitled to rely in respect of the
          opinion in this clause upon opinions of local counsel and in respect
          to matters of fact upon certificates of officers of the Company or its
          subsidiaries and state officials, provided that such counsel shall
          state that they believe that both you and they are justified in
          relying upon such opinions and certificates);

            (iii)  To such counsel's knowledge and other than as set forth in
          the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending
          to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which
          any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject
          which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the
          Company and any of its subsidiaries and, if so determined, would
          individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the
          current or future consolidated financial position, stockholders'
          equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries;
          and, to such counsel's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened
          or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

             (iv)  The issue and sale of the Shares being delivered to the
          Underwriters and the International Underwriters at such Time of
          Delivery and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions
          of this Agreement



















                                      -14-





<PAGE>








          and the International Underwriting Agreement and the consummation by
          the Company of the transactions to be performed by the Company herein
          and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach
          or violation of, or constitute a default under, any of the existing
          terms or provisions of, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan
          agreement or other agreement or instrument filed as an exhibit to the
          Registration Statement, nor will such action result in any violation
          of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of
          the Company or any existing statute or any existing order, rule or
          regulation (other than foreign and state securities laws, as to which
          such counsel expresses no opinion and other than federal securities
          laws, as to which such counsel expresses no opinion except as
          otherwise set forth herein) known to such counsel of any United States
          federal or state court or governmental agency or body having
          jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

              (v)  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in
          violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or in default
          in any material respect in the performance or observance of any
          material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any
          indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other
          agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any
          of its properties may be bound.

          (e)  On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of
     this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of
     any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent
     to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Coopers &
     Lybrand shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the
     respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to
     you, to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto (the executed copy of the
     letter delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached as
     Annex I(a) hereto and a draft of the form of letter to be delivered on the
     effective date of any post-effective Amendment to the Registration
     Statement and as of each Time of Delivery is attached as Annex I(b)
     hereto);

          (f)(i)  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have
     sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements
     included in the Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from
     fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by
     insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order
     or decree, which loss or interference is material to the financial position
     or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a 
     whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, and 
     (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the 
     Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other
     than pursuant to the exercise of existing options and other than as 
     described in or referred to in the Prospectus) or increase in the long-term
     debt (other than pursuant to the accounts receivable sale program) of the 
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any material revaluation of 
     inventories, or any change, or any development involving a prospective 
     change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial 
     position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the 





                                      -15-


<PAGE>


     Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, otherwise
     than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, the effect of which,
     in any such case described in Clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the
     Representatives so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or
     inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the
     Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the
     manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

          (g)  On or after the date hereof there shall not have occurred any of
     the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in
     securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a suspension or
     material limitation in trading in the Company's securities on the New York
     Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities
     declared by either Federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) the
     outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the
     declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, if the
     effect of any such event specified in this Clause (iv) in the judgment of
     the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with
     the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such
     Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the
     Prospectus;

          (h)  The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been
     duly listed, subject to notice of issuance, on the Exchange; 

          (i)  The Company has obtained and delivered to the Underwriters
     executed copies of an agreement from the holders of at least __% of the
     outstanding Stock, substantially to the effect set forth in Subsection 5(e)
     hereof in form and substance satisfactory to you; 

          (j)  The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section
     5(c) hereto with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York
     Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement; and

          (k)  The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you
     at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company
     satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and
     warranties of the Company herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to
     the performance by the Company of all of its obligations hereunder to be
     performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth
     in subsections (a) and (f) of this Section and as to such other matters as
     you may reasonably request.

          8.   (a)  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each
     Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
     several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or
     otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
     actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue
     statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
     Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or
     any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the
     omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
     be stated therein or 








                                      -16-


<PAGE>


     necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse
     each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
     such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such
     action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the
     Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such
     loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue
     statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made
     in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
     or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with
     written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through
     Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein.

          (b)  Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company
     against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may
     become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
     damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are
     based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
     fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or
     the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or
     are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material
     fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
     therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent,
     that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
     alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration
     Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance
     upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by
     such Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;
     and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably
     incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any
     such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

          (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection
     (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such
     indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made
     against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the
     indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission
     so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability
     which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such
     subsection.  In case any such action shall be brought against any
     indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the
     commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to
     participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any
     other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof,
     with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except
     with the consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be
     unreasonably withheld), be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after
     notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its
     election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not
     be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal
     expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently
     incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof
     other than reasonable costs of investigation.  The indemnifying party shall
     not be liable for any settlement of an action or claim for monetary damages
     which an indemnified party may 

















                                      -17-





<PAGE>








     effect without the consent of the indemnifying party which consent will not
     be unreasonably withheld.  No indemnifying party shall, without the written
     consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of,
     or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or
     threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or
     contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party
     is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such
     settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of
     the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or
     claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault,
     culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

          (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is
     unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under
     subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or
     liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each
     indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
     indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or
     liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is
     appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the
     one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares.
     If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence
     is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to
     give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying
     party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified
     party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such
     relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one
     hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or
     omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
     actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable
     considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company on the one
     hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same
     proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Shares
     purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the
     Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received
     by the Underwriters with respect to the Shares purchased under this
     Agreement, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the
     Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among
     other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material
     fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates
     to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters
     on the other and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
     information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
     omission.  The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just
     and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were
     determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as
     one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which
     does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in
     this subsection (d).  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as
     a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
     respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed
     to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such
     indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such
     action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no
     Underwriter shall be 
















                                      -18-





<PAGE>








     required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
     total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the
     public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which
     such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such
     untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No
     person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
     Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
     who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters'
     obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion
     to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

          (e)  The obligations of the Company under this Section 8 shall be in
     addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall
     extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who
     controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations
     of the Underwriters under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any
     liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall
     extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of
     the Company and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the
     meaning of the Act.

          9.   (a)  If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to
     purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of
     Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or
     other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein.  If
     within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not
     arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled
     to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another
     party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such
     terms.  In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you
     notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase of such
     Shares, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the
     purchase of such Shares, you or the Company shall have the right to
     postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in
     order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the
     Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or
     arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments to the
     Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby
     be made necessary.  The term "Underwriter" as used in this Agreement shall
     include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if
     such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to
     such Shares.

          (b)  If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of
     the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the
     Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such
     Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the
     aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of
     Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require each
     non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such
     Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in
     addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro
     rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to
     purchase hereunder) of the Shares 

















                                      -19-





<PAGE>








     of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements
     have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting
     Underwriter from liability for its default.

          (c)  If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of
     the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the
     Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such
     Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate
     number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if
     the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above
     to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting
     Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the
     Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase
     and of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate,
     without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the
     Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the
     Underwriters as provided in Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and
     contribution agreements in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein shall
     relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

     10.  The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties
and other statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as set forth
in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to
this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf
of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company,
or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, and shall
survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

     11.  If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9 hereof or
as a result of the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7(g) hereof, the
Company shall not then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as
provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof; but, if for any other reason, any Shares
are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein, the Company
will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses
approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel,
reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase,
sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company shall then be
under no further liability to any Underwriter in respect of the Shares not so
delivered except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof.

     12.  In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the
Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any
statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or
given by you jointly or by Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of you as the
representatives.

     All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in
writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or
facsimile transmission to you as the representatives in care of Goldman, Sachs &
Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York  10004, Attention: Registration
Department; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or
facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the 


















                                      -20-





<PAGE>








Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice
to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by
mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set
forth in its Underwriters' Questionnaire, or telex constituting such
Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you upon
request.  Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect
at the time of receipt thereof.

     13.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit
of, the Underwriters, the Company and, to the extent provided in Sections 8 and
10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who
controls the Company or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or
have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.  No purchaser of any of the
Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason
merely of such purchase.

     14.  Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.  As used herein, the
term "business day" shall mean any day when the Commission's office in
Washington, D.C.  is open for business.

     15.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York.

     16.  This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties
hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
instrument.











































                                      -21-





<PAGE>








     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and
return to seven counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on
behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall
constitute a binding agreement between each of the Underwriters and the Company.
It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the
Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among
Underwriters (U.S. Version), the form of which shall be submitted to the Company
for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the
authority of the signers thereof.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   Saks Holdings, Inc.


                                   By:____________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:
Accepted as of the date hereof:

Goldman, Sachs & Co.
CS First Boston Corporation
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Salomon Brothers Inc


By:________________________________
     (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)
      On behalf of each of the Underwriters










































                                      -22-





<PAGE>










                                   SCHEDULE I

                                                          Number of Optional
                                                             Share to be
                                         Total Number of     Purchased if
                                          Firm Shares to    Maximum Option
              Underwriter                  be Purchased        Exercised
              -----------               ----------------- ------------------

Goldman, Sachs & Co.  . . . . . . . . .
CS First Boston Corporation . . . . . .
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated . . .
Salomon Brothers Inc  . . . . . . . . .




      Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                      
                                          ---------------- -------------------
                                                                      
                                          ================ ===================



















































                                      -23-





<PAGE>










                                   SCHEDULE II

                            SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES
                            ------------------------


































































                                      -24-





<PAGE>



                                                                         ANNEX I





                  FORM OF ANNEX I DESCRIPTION OF COMFORT LETTER

     Pursuant to Section 7(e) of the Underwriting Agreement, the accountants
shall furnish letters to the Underwriters to the effect that:

          (i)  They are independent certified public accountants with respect to
     the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of the Act and the
     applicable published rules and regulations thereunder;

          (ii)  In their opinion, the financial statements and any supplementary
     financial information and schedules (and, if applicable, financial
     forecasts and/or pro forma financial information) examined by them and
     included in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement comply as to form
     in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the
     Act and the related published rules and regulations thereunder; and, if
     applicable, they have made a review in accordance with standards
     established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of
     the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements, selected financial
     data, pro forma financial information, financial forecasts and/or condensed
     financial statements derived from audited financial statements of the
     Company for the periods specified in such letter, as indicated in their
     reports thereon, copies of which have been furnished to the representatives
     of the Underwriters (the "Representatives");

          (iii)  They have made a review in accordance with standards
     established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of
     the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income, consolidated
     balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the
     Prospectus as indicated in their reports thereon copies of which have been
     separately furnished to the Representatives and on the basis of specified
     procedures including inquiries of officials of the Company who have
     responsibility for financial and accounting matters regarding whether the
     unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements referred to in
     paragraph (vi)(A)(i) below comply as to form in all material respects with
     the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published
     rules and regulations, nothing came to their attention that caused them to
     believe that the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do
     not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable
     accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and
     regulations;

          (iv)  The unaudited selected financial information with respect to the
     consolidated results of operations and financial position of the Company
     for the five most recent fiscal years included in the Prospectus agrees
     with the corresponding amounts (after restatements where applicable) in the
     audited consolidated financial statements for such five fiscal years;

          (v)  They have compared the information in the Prospectus under
     selected captions with the disclosure requirements of Regulation S-K and on
     the basis of limited procedures specified in such letter nothing came to
     their attention as a result of the 

























<PAGE>








     foregoing procedures that caused them to believe that this information does
     not conform in all material respects with the disclosure requirements of
     Items 301, 302, 402 and 503(d), respectively, of Regulation S-K;

          (vi)  On the basis of limited procedures, not constituting an
     examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
     consisting of a reading of the unaudited financial statements and other
     information referred to below, a reading of the latest available interim
     financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, inspection of the
     minute books of the Company and its subsidiaries since the date of the
     latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus, inquiries
     of officials of the Company and its subsidiaries responsible for financial
     and accounting matters and such other inquiries and procedures as may be
     specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused them
     to believe that:

                (A)  (i) the unaudited consolidated statements of income,
          consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows
          included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material
          respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and
          the related published rules and regulations, or (ii) any material
          modifications should be made to the unaudited condensed consolidated
          statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated
          statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus for them to be in
          conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;

               (B)  any other unaudited income statement data and balance sheet
          items included in the Prospectus do not agree with the corresponding
          items in the unaudited consolidated financial statements from which
          such data and items were derived, and any such unaudited data and
          items were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with the
          basis for the corresponding amounts in the audited consolidated
          financial statements included in the Prospectus;

               (C)  the unaudited financial statements which were not included
          in the Prospectus but from which were derived any unaudited condensed
          financial statements referred to in Clause (A) and any unaudited
          income statement data and balance sheet items included in the
          Prospectus and referred to in Clause (B) were not determined on a
          basis substantially consistent with the basis for the audited
          consolidated financial statements included in the Prospectus;

               (D)  any unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed financial
          statements included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all
          material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the
          Act and the published rules and regulations thereunder or the pro
          forma adjustments have not been properly applied to the historical
          amounts in the compilation of those statements;

               (E)  as of a specified date not more than five days prior to the
          date of such letter, there have been any changes in the consolidated
          capital stock (other than issuances of capital stock upon exercise of
          options and stock 


















                                       -2-





<PAGE>








          appreciation rights, upon earn-outs of performance shares and upon
          conversions of convertible securities, in each case which were
          outstanding on the date of the latest financial statements included in
          the Prospectus) or any increase in the consolidated long-term debt of
          the Company and its subsidiaries, or any decreases in consolidated net
          current assets or stockholders' equity or other items specified by the
          Representatives, or any increases in any items specified by the
          Representatives, in each case as compared with amounts shown in the
          latest balance sheet included in the Prospectus, except in each case
          for changes, increases or decreases which the Prospectus discloses
          have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

               (F)  for the period from the date of the latest financial
          statements included in the Prospectus to the specified date referred
          to in Clause (E) there were any decreases in consolidated net revenues
          or operating profit or the total or per share amounts of consolidated
          net income or other items specified by the Representatives, or any
          increases in any items specified by the Representatives, in each case
          as compared with the comparable period of the preceding year and with
          any other period of corresponding length specified by the
          Representatives, except in each case for decreases or increases which
          the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are
          described in such letter; and

          (vii)  In addition to the examination referred to in their report(s)
     included in the Prospectus and the limited procedures, inspection of minute
     books, inquiries and other procedures referred to in paragraphs (iii) and
     (vi) above, they have carried out certain specified procedures, not
     constituting an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing
     standards, with respect to certain amounts, percentages and financial
     information specified by the Representatives, which are derived from the
     general accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries, which
     appear in the Prospectus, or in Part II of, or in exhibits and schedules
     to, the Registration Statement specified by the Representatives, and have
     compared certain of such amounts, percentages and financial information
     with the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and have
     found them to be in agreement.


































                                       -3-






                                                            Exhibit 1.02











                               Saks Holdings, Inc.
                                  Common Stock
                           (par value $0.01 per Share)

                             Underwriting Agreement
                             (International Version)


                                        May __, 1996

Goldman Sachs International,
CS First Boston Limited,
Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited,
Salomon Brothers International Limited,
 As representatives of the several Underwriters
   named in Schedule I hereto,
c/o Goldman Sachs International,
Peterborough Court,
133 Fleet Street,
London EC4A 2BB, England.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Saks Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes,
subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the
Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters") an aggregate of
2,750,000 shares (the "Firm Shares") and, at the election of the Underwriters,
up to 412,500 additional shares (the "Optional Shares") of Common Stock, par
value $0.01 per share (the "Stock") of the Company (the Firm Shares and the
Optional Shares which the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2
hereof being collectively called the "Shares").

     It is understood and agreed to by all parties that the Company is
concurrently entering into an agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto (the
"U.S. Underwriting Agreement"), providing for the offering by the Company of up
to a total of 12,650,000 shares of Stock (the "U.S. Shares") including the
overallotment option thereunder through arrangements with certain underwriters
in the United States (the "U.S. Underwriters"), for whom Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
CS First Boston Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Salomon
Brothers Inc are acting as representatives.  Anything herein and therein to the
contrary notwithstanding, the respective closings under this Agreement and the
U.S. Underwriting Agreement are hereby expressly made conditional on one
another.  The Underwriters hereunder and the U.S. Underwriters are
simultaneously entering into an Agreement between U.S. and International
Underwriting Syndicates (the "Agreement between Syndicates") which provides,
among other things, for the transfer of shares of Stock between the two
syndicates and for consultation by the Lead Managers hereunder with Goldman,
Sachs & Co. prior to




























<PAGE>








exercising the rights of the Underwriters under Section 7 hereof.  Two forms of
prospectus are to be used in connection with the offering and sale of shares of
Stock contemplated by the foregoing, one relating to the Shares hereunder and
the other relating to the U.S. Shares.  The latter form of prospectus will be
identical to the former except for the front cover page, back cover page, and
the text under the caption "Underwriting" and for the elimination of a section
captioned "Certain United States Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders.  Except
as used in Sections 2, 3, 4, 9 and 11 herein, and except as the context may
otherwise require, references hereinafter to the Shares shall include all of the
shares of Stock which may be sold pursuant to either this Agreement or the
U.S. Underwriting Agreement, and references herein to any prospectus whether in
preliminary or final form, and whether as amended or supplemented, shall include
both of the U.S. and the international versions thereof.

     In addition, this Agreement incorporates by reference certain provisions
from the U.S. Underwriting Agreement (including the related definitions of
terms, which are also used elsewhere herein) and, for purposes of applying the
same, references (whether in these precise words or their equivalent) in the
incorporated provisions to the "Underwriters" shall be to the Underwriters
hereunder, to the "Shares" shall be to the Shares hereunder as just defined, to
"this Agreement" (meaning therein the U.S. Underwriting Agreement) shall be to
this Agreement (except where this Agreement is already referred to or as the
context may otherwise require) and to the representatives of the Underwriters or
to Goldman, Sachs & Co. shall be to the addressees of this Agreement and to
Goldman Sachs International ("GSI"), and, in general, all such provisions and
defined terms shall be applied mutatis mutandis as if the incorporated
provisions were set forth in full herein having regard to their context in this
Agreement as opposed to the U.S. Underwriting Agreement.

     1.   The Company hereby makes with the Underwriters the same representa-
tions, warranties and agreements as are set forth in Section 1 of the U.S.
Underwriting Agreement, which Section is incorporated herein by this reference.

     2.   Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company
agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the
Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at
a purchase price per share of $______, the number of Firm Shares set forth
opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and (b) in the event
and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase
Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each
of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not
jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set forth
in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional Shares
as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as
to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of
Optional Shares by a fraction the numerator of which is the maximum number of
Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth
opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator
of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters
are entitled to purchase hereunder.

     The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at
their election up to 412,500 Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share
set forth in the paragraph 

















                                         -2-





<PAGE>








above, for the sole purpose of covering overallotments in the sale of the Firm
Shares.  Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by
written notice from you to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar
days after the date of this Agreement, setting forth the aggregate number of
Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are
to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First
Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company
otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days
after the date of such notice.

     3.   Upon the authorization by GSI of the release of the Firm Shares, the
several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms
and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and in the forms of Agreement among
Underwriters (International Version) and Selling Agreements, which have been
previously submitted to the Company by you.  Each Underwriter hereby makes to
and with the Company the representations and agreements of such Underwriter as a
member of the selling group contained in Sections 3(d) and 3(e) of the form of
Selling Agreements.

     4.   (a) Certificates representing the Shares to be purchased by each
Underwriter hereunder, in definitive form, and in such authorized denominations
and registered in such names as GSI may request upon at least forty-eight hours'
prior notice to the Company shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to
GSI for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such
Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of same day funds
payable to the order of the Company.  The Company will cause the certificates
representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least
twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect
thereto at the office GSI, 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004 (the
"Designated Office").  The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be,
with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on May ..., 1996
or such other time and date as GSI and the Company may agree upon in writing,
and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the
date specified by GSI in the written notice given by GSI of the Underwriters'
election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as GSI
and the Company may agree upon in writing.  Such time and date for delivery of
the Firm Shares is herein called the "First Time of Delivery", such time and
date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is
herein called the "Second Time of Delivery", and each such time and date for
delivery is herein called a "Time of Delivery".

          (b)  The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on
     behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 of the U.S. Underwriting
     Agreement, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional
     documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7(k) of the
     U.S. Underwriting Agreement hereof, will be delivered at the offices of
     Sullivan & Cromwell, 125 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004 (the
     "Closing Location"), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated
     Office, all at such Time of Delivery.  A meeting will be held at the
     Closing Location at 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business
     Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts
     of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be
     available for review by the parties hereto.  For the purposes of this
     Section 4, "New York Business Day" shall 

















                                         -3-





<PAGE>








     mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a
     day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or
     obligated by law or executive order to close.

     5.   The Company hereby makes to the Underwriters the same agreements as
are set forth in Section 5 of the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, which Section is
incorporated herein by this reference.

     6.   The Company and the Underwriters hereby agree with respect to certain
expenses on the same terms as are set forth in Section 6 of the
U.S. Underwriting Agreement, which Section is incorporated herein by this
reference. 

     7.   Subject to the provisions of the Agreement between Syndicates, the
obligations of the Underwriters hereunder shall be subject, in their discretion,
at each Time of Delivery, to the condition that all representations and
warranties and other statements of the Company herein are, at and as of such
Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company shall have
performed all of its obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and
additional conditions identical to those set forth in Section 7 of the
U.S. Underwriting Agreement, which Section is incorporated herein by this
reference.

     8.   (a)  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which
such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise
out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are
incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such
case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of
or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement
or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter
through GSI expressly for use therein.

          (b)  Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company
     against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may
     become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
     damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are
     based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
     fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or
     the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or
     are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material
     fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
     therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent,
     that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
     alleged omission was made in any 
















                                         -4-





<PAGE>








     Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any
     such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with
     written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through
     GSI expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company for any legal
     or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with
     investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are
     incurred.

          (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection
     (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such
     indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made
     against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the
     indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission
     so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability
     which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such
     subsection.  In case any such action shall be brought against any
     indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the
     commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to
     participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any
     other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof,
     with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except
     with the consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be
     unreasonably withheld), be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after
     notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its
     election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not
     be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal
     expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently
     incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof
     other than reasonable costs of investigation.  The indemnifying party shall
     not be liable for any settlement of an action or claim for monetary damages
     which an indemnified party may effect without the consent of the
     indemnifying party which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.  No
     indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified
     party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of
     any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in
     respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder
     (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to
     such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i)
     includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all
     liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a
     statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act,
     by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

          (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is
     unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under
     subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or
     liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each
     indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
     indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or
     liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is
     appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the
     one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares.
     If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence
     is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to
     give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then 
















                                         -5-





<PAGE>








     each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by
     such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not
     only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on
     the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the
     statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
     liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant
     equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company on
     the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the
     same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Shares
     purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the
     Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received
     by the Underwriters with respect to the Shares purchased under this
     Agreement, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the
     Prospectus relating to such Shares. The relative fault shall be determined
     by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
     statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a
     material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one
     hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties' relative intent,
     knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
     statement or omission.  The Company and the Underwriters agree that it
     would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this
     subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the
     Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other
     method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable
     considerations referred to above in this subsection (d).  The amount paid
     or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims,
     damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in
     this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
     reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with
     investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the
     provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to
     contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at
     which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were
     offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such
     Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
     alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty
     of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
     Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty
     of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations in this
     subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective
     underwriting obligations and not joint.

          (e)  The obligations of the Company under this Section 8 shall be in
     addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall
     extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who
     controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations
     of the Underwriters under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any
     liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall
     extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of
     the Company and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the
     meaning of the Act.

     9.   (a)  If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase
the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you
may in your discretion 
















                                         -6-





<PAGE>








arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the
terms contained herein.  If within thirty-six hours after such default by any
Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company
shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to
procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such
Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed
periods, you notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase of
such Shares, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the
purchase of such Shares, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone
such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to
effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the
Company agrees to file promptly any amendments to the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary.  The term
"Underwriter" as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted
under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a
party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

          (b)  If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of
     the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the
     Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such
     Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the
     aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of
     Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require each
     non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of shares which such
     Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in
     addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro
     rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to
     purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or
     Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing
     herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its
     default.

          (c)  If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of
     the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the
     Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such
     Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate
     number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if
     the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above
     to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting
     Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the
     Second Time of Delivery, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and
     of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate,
     without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the
     Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the
     Underwriters as provided in Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and
     contribution agreements in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein shall
     relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

     10.  The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties
and other statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as set forth
in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to
this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) 

















                                         -7-





<PAGE>








made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any
Underwriter, or the Company, or any officer or director or controlling person of
the Company, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

     11.  If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9 hereof or
as a result of the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7(g) of the U.S.
Underwriting Agreement, the Company shall not then be under any liability to any
Underwriter except as provided in Section 6 and Section 8 hereof, but, if for
any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as
provided herein, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through GSI for all
out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by GSI, including fees and
disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making
preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered,
but the Company shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter in
respect of the Shares not so delivered except as provided in Sections 6 and 8
hereof.

     12.  In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the
Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any
statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or
given by you jointly or by GSI on behalf of you as the representatives of the
Underwriters.

     All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in
writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or
facsimile transmission to the Underwriters in care of GSI, Peterborough Court,
133 Fleet Street, London EC4A 2BB, England, Attention: Equity Capital Markets,
Telex No. 94012165, facsimile transmission No. (071) 774-1550; and if to the
Company shall be delivered or sent by registered mail, telex or facsimile
transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration
Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to an
Underwriter pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail,
telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in
its Underwriters' Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which
address will be supplied to the Company by GSI upon request.  Any such
statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt
thereof.

     13.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit
of, the Underwriters, the Company and, to the extent provided in Sections 8 and
10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who
controls the Company or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or
have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the
Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason
merely of such purchase.

     14.  Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

     15.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York, United States of America.




















                                         -8-





<PAGE>








     16.  This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties
hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
instrument.



































































                                         -9-





<PAGE>








     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and
return to seven counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on
behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall
constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters and the Company. 
It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the
Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among
Underwriters (International Version), the form of which shall be furnished to
the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as
to the authority of the signers thereof.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   Saks Holdings, Inc.


                                   By:  . . . . . . . . . . .
                                      Name:
                                      Title:
Accepted as of the date hereof:

Goldman Sachs International
CS First Boston Limited
Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited
Salomon Brothers International Limited

By: Goldman Sachs International


By: . . . . . . . . . . .
    (Attorney-in-fact)
On behalf of each of the Underwriters








































                                         -10-





<PAGE>










                                   SCHEDULE I

                                                       Number of Optional
                                                          Shares to be
                                      Total Number of      Purchased
                                        Firm Shares    if Maximum Option
             Underwriter              to be Purchased      Exercised
             -----------              ---------------  -----------------
             

Goldman Sachs International . . . .
CS First Boston Limited . . . . . .
Morgan Stanley & Co. International
Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salomon Brothers International
Limited   . . . . . . . . . . . . .









                                      _______________  __________________
     Total  . . . . . . . . . . . .                                      
                                      ===============  ==================
                                                        











































                                         -11-







                                                                    Exhibit 4.07






                                 Saks & Company

                                       to

                               AIBC Services, N.V.

                                     Trustee


                                    INDENTURE

                            Dated as of July 1, 1993


                                   $50,000,000

                                 9% Subordinated

                             Notes Due May 31, 2001

















































<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION . . . . . . . . . . .  1

     SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
     SECTION 1.02.  Compliance Certificate and Opinions.  . . . . . . . . . .  7
     SECTION 1.03.  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. . . . . . . . . .  7
     SECTION 1.04.  Acts of Holders.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
     SECTION 1.05.  Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Company and Bank Agent.  . . .  8
     SECTION 1.06.  Notice to Holders; Waiver.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
     SECTION 1.07.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. . . . . . . . .  9
     SECTION 1.08.  Successors and Assigns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
     SECTION 1.09.  Separability Clause.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     SECTION 1.10.  Benefits of Indenture.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     SECTION 1.11.  GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     SECTION 1.12.  Execution in Counterparts.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     SECTION 1.13.  Legal Holidays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ARTICLE TWO
THE NOTES   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

     SECTION 2.01.  Forms Generally.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     SECTION 2.02.  Title and Terms.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
     SECTION 2.03.  Date and Denomination of Notes; Interest; 
                    Place of Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
     SECTION 2.04.  Execution, Authentication and Delivery. . . . . . . . . . 12
     SECTION 2.05.  Temporary Notes.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     SECTION 2.06.  Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.  . . 13
     SECTION 2.07.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. . . . . . . . 13
     SECTION 2.08.  Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. . . . . . 14






































                                        i
                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------











<PAGE>



     SECTION 2.09.  Persons Deemed Owners.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     SECTION 2.10.  Cancellation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ARTICLE THREE
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

     SECTION 3.01.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.  . . . . . . . . 16
     SECTION 3.02.  Application of Trust Funds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ARTICLE FOUR
REMEDIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

     SECTION 4.01.  Events of Default.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     SECTION 4.02.  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. . . . 18
     SECTION 4.03.  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for 
                    Enforcement by the Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     SECTION 4.04.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     SECTION 4.05.  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
                    Notes.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
     SECTION 4.06.  Application of Funds Collected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
     SECTION 4.07.  Limitation on Suits.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
     SECTION 4.08.  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive 
                    Principal, Premium and Interest.  . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
     SECTION 4.09.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . 22
     SECTION 4.10.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
     SECTION 4.11.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
     SECTION 4.12.  Control by Holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
     SECTION 4.13.  Waiver of Past Defaults.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
     SECTION 4.14.  Undertaking for Costs.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
     SECTION 4.15.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

ARTICLE FIVE
THE TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

     SECTION 5.01.  Certain Duties and Responsibilities.  . . . . . . . . . . 24
     SECTION 5.02.  Notice of Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

































                                       ii
                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------











<PAGE>



     SECTION 5.03.  Certain Rights of Trustee.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
     SECTION 5.04.  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes.  . . . 26
     SECTION 5.05.  May Hold Notes; Paying Agent; Other Individual 
                    Rights of Trustee.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     SECTION 5.06.  Funds Held in Trust.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     SECTION 5.07.  Compensation and Reimbursement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     SECTION 5.08.  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.  . . . . . . . . 27
     SECTION 5.09.  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of a Successor.  . . 27
     SECTION 5.10.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee. . . . . . 28
     SECTION 5.11.  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to
                    Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
     SECTION 5.12.  Appointment of Authenticating Agent.  . . . . . . . . . . 29

ARTICLE SIX
HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

     SECTION 6.01.  Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of
                    Holders.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
     SECTION 6.02.  Preservation of Information.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
     SECTION 6.03.  Reports by the Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

ARTICLE SEVEN
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE  . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

     SECTION 7.01.  Company May Not Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.  . . 31
     SECTION 7.02.  Successor Corporation Substituted.  . . . . . . . . . . . 31

ARTICLE EIGHT
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

     SECTION 8.01.  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. . . . 32
     SECTION 8.02.  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders.  . . . . 32
     SECTION 8.03.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures. . . . . . . . . . . 33
     SECTION 8.04.  Effect of Supplemental Indentures.  . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     SECTION 8.05.  Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures.  . . . . . 33








































                                       iii
                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



     SECTION 8.06.  Consent of Senior Lenders.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

ARTICLE NINE
COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

     SECTION 9.01.  Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest.  . . 33
     SECTION 9.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.  . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
     SECTION 9.03.  Funds for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust.  . . . . . . 34
     SECTION 9.04.  Corporate Existence.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
     SECTION 9.05.  Maintenance of Properties.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
     SECTION 9.06.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.  . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     SECTION 9.07.  Provision of Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     SECTION 9.08.  Waiver of Usury Defense.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     SECTION 9.09.  Waiver of Certain Covenants.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     SECTION 9.10.  Statement by Officers as to Default.  . . . . . . . . . . 36
     SECTION 9.11.  Limitation on Indebtedness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
     SECTION 9.12.  Limitation on Creation of Classes of Senior
                    Indebtedness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     SECTION 9.13.  Limitation on the Payment of Dividends and Purchase of
                    Stock.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     SECTION 9.14.  Change of Control.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

ARTICLE TEN
REDEMPTION OF NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

     SECTION 10.01.  Optional Redemption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
     SECTION 10.02.  Applicability of Article.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
     SECTION 10.03.  Election to Redeem.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
     SECTION 10.04.  Selection by Company of Notes to be Redeemed.  . . . . . 41
     SECTION 10.05.  Notice of Redemption.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
     SECTION 10.06.  Deposit of Redemption Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
     SECTION 10.07.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date.  . . . . . . . . . . . 42
     SECTION 10.08.  Notes Redeemed in Part.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42










































                                       iv
                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



ARTICLE ELEVEN
SUBORDINATION   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

     SECTION 11.01.  Agreement of Subordination.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
     SECTION 11.02.  Payments to Holders of Notes.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
     SECTION 11.03.  Subrogation of Notes.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
     SECTION 11.04.  Authorization by Holders of Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . 45
     SECTION 11.05.  Notice to Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
     SECTION 11.06.  Trustee's Relation to Senior Indebtedness. . . . . . . . 46
     SECTION 11.07.  No Impairment of Subordination.  . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
     SECTION 11.08.  Article Eleven Not to Prevent Events of Default. . . . . 47
     SECTION 11.09.  Continuing Effect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
     SECTION 11.10.  Individual Rights of Senior Lenders. . . . . . . . . . . 47
     SECTION 11.11.  Article Applicable to Paying Agents and
                     Depositaries.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
EXHIBIT A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1



























































                                        v
                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>






          This INDENTURE is dated as of July 1, 1993 from SAKS & COMPANY, a New
York corporation (the "Company"), to AIBC SERVICES N.V., a Netherlands Antilles 
corporation (the "Trustee").

                             RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

          For its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the
issue of its 9% Subordinated Notes due May 31, 2001 (the "Notes") of
substantially the tenor and amount hereinafter set forth, and to provide
therefor the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture.

          All acts and things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the
Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, as provided in this
Indenture, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to
constitute this Indenture a valid agreement according to its terms, have been
done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issue hereunder
of the Notes in all respects have been duly authorized.

                   NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

          In consideration of the premises and the purchase and acceptance of
the Notes by the Holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the
Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the Holders from time to time
of the Notes as follows:

                                   ARTICLE ONE
                        DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
                             OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.
               -----------

          The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of
this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the
respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01.  The words "herein,"
"hereof" and "hereunder" and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as
a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.  The
terms defined in this Article One include the plural as well as the singular.

          Act, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified
          ---
in Section 1.04.

          Affiliate of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
          ---------
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise,
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

          Authenticating Agent means any Person authorized by the Trustee to act
          --------------------
on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes.

























<PAGE>




          Bank Agent means (a) Chemical Bank as long as  Chemical Bank is an
          ----------
agent under the Senior Credit Facility and (b) thereafter, any other
administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facility.

          Bankruptcy Law means Title 11 of the U.S. Code or any similar Federal
          --------------
or state law for the relief of debtors.

          Business Day means any day on which banking institutions in both
          ------------
Curacao, Netherlands Antilles, and New York, New York, are open for business.

          Capital Lease means, as of any date, any lease of property, real or
          -------------
personal, that is or should be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee
prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

          Change of Control means (a) if at any time prior to an initial Public
          -----------------
Offering by Holdings,  Investcorp together with Investcorp's Affiliates shall
cease to own, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate, at least 51% of the
issued and outstanding voting capital stock of the Company (any such indirect
ownership of the voting capital stock of the Company to be measured by
multiplying (i) Investcorp's (and Investcorp's Affiliates') aggregate percentage
interest in the voting power of the voting stock of any other Person which holds
voting stock of the Company by (ii) the percentage interest of the voting stock
of the Company held, directly or indirectly, by such other Person), other than
as a result of an initial Public Offering, free and clear of all liens (except
in the case of the capital stock of the Company owned by Holdings, for liens
created in connection with the Senior Credit Facility) and (b) if at any time
after an initial Public Offering by Holdings, if any Person  (other than
Investcorp, any of Investcorp's Affiliates, any Person that is senior management
of the Company or any entity the majority of the equity ownership interests of
which is owned by such senior management of the Company or any Person acting in
the capacity of an underwriter), whether singly or in concert with one or more
Persons, shall, directly or indirectly, have acquired 20% or more, on a fully
diluted basis, of the outstanding common stock of the Holdings (excluding, for
purposes of such determination, the percentage, on a fully diluted basis, of the
common stock of Holdings outstanding on the date hereof and owned, directly or
indirectly, by such Person or Persons).

          Change of Control Date has the meaning specified in Section 9.14.
          ----------------------

          Change of Control Offer has the meaning specified in Section 9.14.
          -----------------------

          Change of Control Payment Date has the meaning specified in
          ------------------------------
Section 9.14.

          Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time
          ----------
to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such
Commission is not existing, the body performing its duties at such time.

          Company means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph
          -------
of this instrument until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant
to the provisions of Article Seven, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such
successor corporation.

          Company Order or Company Request means a written order or request
          -------------    ---------------
signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman,
its President or a 
















                                        2

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

          Custodian means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator,
          ---------
sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

          Defaulted Interest has the meaning specified in Section 2.08.
          ------------------

          Event of Default has the meaning specified in Section 4.01.
          ----------------

          Fiscal Year of the Company means the fiscal year of the Company in
          -----------
effect at the time of any determination thereof.

          GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the
          ----
United States of America at the time of any determination thereof.

          Holder means a Person in whose name at the time of any determination
          ------
thereof a particular Note is registered on the Note Register.

          Holdings has the meaning specified in Section 9.13.
          --------

          Indebtedness means the principal of and, premium, if any, and interest
          ------------
on, any of the following, whether outstanding at the date hereof or hereafter
incurred, created, assumed or guarantied:

          (a)  all indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed (including any
indebtedness secured by a Lien that is (i) given to secure all or part of the
purchase price of property subject thereto, whether given to the vendor of such
property or to another, or (ii) existing on property at the time of acquisition
thereof);

          (b)  all indebtedness and liabilities of the Company evidenced by
notes, debentures, bonds or other securities sold by the Company for value;

          (c)  all liabilities under letters of credit issued for the account of
the Company, including without limitation reimbursement obligations;

          (d)  all obligations of the Company under Capital Leases (the
capitalized amount of which is being deemed "principal" for purposes of this
definition);

          (e)  all indebtedness and liabilities of others of the kinds described
in any of the preceding clauses (a), (b) and (c) and all lease obligations of
others of the kind described in the preceding clause (d) assumed by or
guarantied in any manner by the Company or in effect guarantied by the Company
through an agreement to purchase, contingent or otherwise; and

          (f)  all renewals, extensions and refundings of indebtedness and
liabilities of the kinds described in any of the preceding clauses (a), (b), (c)
and (e) and all renewals, extensions and refundings of lease obligations of the
kinds described in either of the preceding clauses (d) and (e).

          Indenture means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended
          ---------
or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented.




















                                        3

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>




          Interest Payment Date means the Stated Maturity of an installment of
          ---------------------
interest on the Notes.

          Interest Swap Obligations means the obligations of any Person pursuant
          -------------------------
to any arrangement with any other Person whereby, directly or indirectly, such
Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by
applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional
amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such Person calculated by
applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount.

          Investcorp means INVESTCORP S.A., a company organized under the laws
          ----------
of Luxembourg and as of the date hereof having an address at 37 rue Notre Dame,
Luxembourg.

          Investcorp's Affiliates means (a) any Person which, directly or
          -----------------------
indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with,
Investcorp or (b) any Person who is a director or officer (i) of Investcorp,
(ii) of any wholly-owned Subsidiary of Investcorp or (iii) of any Person
described in clause (a) above.  For purposes of this definition, "control" of a
Person shall mean the power, directly or indirectly, (A) to vote a majority in
interest (more than 50%) of the securities having ordinary voting power for the
election of directors of such Person, whether by ownership of securities,
contract, proxy or otherwise, or (B) to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such Person, whether by ownership of securities,
contract, proxy or otherwise.

          Lien means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or
          ----
deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security
interest, lien, charge, encumbrance, preference, priority or other security
agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or
with respect to such property or assets (including, without limitation, any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the
same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

          Maturity when used with respect to any Note means the date on which
          --------
the principal of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein
provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call
for redemption or otherwise.

          Merger means the acquisition by Windows Acquisition Corp. of the
          ------
Company and the subsequent merger of Windows Acquisition Corp. with and into the
Company.

          Notes has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.
          -----

          Note Register and Note Registrar have the respective meanings
          -------------     --------------
specified in Section 2.06.

          Officers' Certificate means a certificate signed by the Chairman of
          ---------------------
the Board, a Vice Chairman, the President or a Vice President and by the
Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

          Opinion of Counsel means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel
          ------------------
acceptable to the Trustee.


















                                        4

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



          Outstanding when used with reference to Notes means, as of the date of
          -----------
determination, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this
Indenture, except:

          (a)  Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation;

          (b)  Notes, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of
which funds in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the
Trustee or with any paying agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set
aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its
own paying agent), provided that if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of
such redemption shall have been given pursuant to this Indenture or provision
satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and

          (c)  Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes shall have
been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.07 unless
proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by
bona fide holders in due course;

          provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the
requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by
the Company, any other obligor on the Notes or any Subsidiary of the Company
shall be deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that the Trustee
knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Notes so owned that have been
pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes
to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to
such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor on the
Notes or a Subsidiary of the Company.

          Person means a corporation, an association, a partnership, a joint
          ------
venture, an organization, a trust, an individual or a government or any agency
or political subdivision thereof.

          Predecessor Note, with respect to any particular Note, means every
          ----------------
previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by
such particular Note.  For the purposes of this definition, any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a destroyed, lost or
stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the destroyed, lost or
stolen Note.

          Principal Office of the Trustee means the principal office of the
          -------------------------------
Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be
administered.

          Public Offering means the sale of at least 25% of the Company's then
          ---------------
outstanding voting stock pursuant to an effective registration statement (other
than a registration statement on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor or similar
forms) filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and in compliance
with all applicable state securities laws.

          Redemption Date, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed,
          ---------------
means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.


















                                        5

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>




          Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment
          -------------------
Date means the June 15 or December 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the
case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

          Responsible Officer means any officer of the Trustee.
          -------------------

          Senior Credit Facility means the credit facilities under the Amended
          ----------------------
and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 1, 1993, among the Company,
Chemical Bank, as Administrative Agent and the financial institutions which are
parties thereto from time to time, including all obligations of the Company and
its Subsidiaries to be incurred thereunder, and any related notes, collateral
documents, letter of credit applications and guaranties and any increases,
renewals, extensions, refundings, deferrals, restructurings, amendments,
modifications, replacements or refinancings of, or additions to, any of the
foregoing (whether provided by the original Bank Agent and lenders under such
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement or another Bank Agent or other lenders and
whether or not provided under the original Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement).

          Senior Indebtedness means, whether now existing or hereafter incurred,
          -------------------
(a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on (i) all indebtedness
of the Company for borrowed money, whether short-term or long-term, (ii) all
obligations with respect to letters of credit issued for the account of the
Company, whether secured or unsecured, and (iii) all indebtedness evidenced by
notes, bonds, debentures or other securities and including all Indebtedness and
other monetary obligations of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility,
(b) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all indebtedness
incurred by the Company in the acquisition (whether by way of purchase, merger,
consolidation or otherwise and whether by the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate of the Company) of any business, real property or other asset (except
assets acquired in the ordinary course of the conduct of the acquiror's
business), (c) guaranties by the Company of indebtedness for borrowed money of a
Subsidiary of the Company, and (d) renewals, extensions, refundings, deferrals,
restructurings, amendments and modifications of any such indebtedness,
obligation or guaranty, (e) any Interest Swap Obligations related to payment
obligations on Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Credit Facility; unless, in
                                                                      ------
the case of (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e), by the terms of the instrument creating,
governing or evidencing such indebtedness, obligation or guaranty, it is
provided that such indebtedness, obligation or guaranty is not senior or
superior in right of payment to the Notes; and provided that Senior Indebtedness
                                               --------
shall not include any indebtedness, obligation or guaranty of the Company (i) to
or in favor of any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) to trade creditors for
materials and supplies purchased in the ordinary course of business or (iii) to
any Person arising out of any lawsuit against the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, including any settlement thereof.  If any Senior Indebtedness
under the Senior Credit Facility is disallowed, avoided or subordinated pursuant
to the provisions of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Law or any applicable state
fraudulent conveyance law, it shall nevertheless constitute Senior Indebtedness.

          Senior Lender means the Person or Persons to whom the Company is
          -------------
obligated under any Senior Indebtedness on any date.

          Significant Subsidiary means, on any date, any Subsidiary of the
          ----------------------
Company (a) the book value of the assets of which amounts to 10% or more of the
book value of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its consolidated
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (b) the revenues of which for the most recent
fiscal quarter amount to 10% or more of the consolidated revenues of the Company
and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarter, in













                                        6

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>

each case as determined in accordance with GAAP on the basis of the Company's 
most recently available consolidated financial statements.

          Special Record Date for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a
          -------------------
date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.08.

          Specified Senior Indebtedness means the Senior Credit Facility and any
          -----------------------------
other Senior Indebtedness with an original principal amount of not less than
$50,000,000, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 9.11.

          Stated Maturity, when used with respect to any Note or any installment
          ---------------
of interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on
which the principal of such Note or such installment of interest is due and
payable.

          Subsidiary, with respect to any Person, means a corporation more than
          ----------
50% of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly,
by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such
Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person.  For the purposes of
this definition, "voting stock" means stock that ordinarily has voting power for
the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior
class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

          Trustee means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph
          -------
of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to
the provisions of Article Five, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean such
successor Trustee.

SECTION 1.02.  Compliance Certificate and Opinions.
               -----------------------------------

          Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall
furnish to the Trustee (a) an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions
precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been complied with and (b) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in
the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, have been
complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to
which the furnishing of such documents specifically is required by any provision
of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request no
additional certificate or opinion shall be requested by the Trustee.

SECTION 1.03.  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.
               --------------------------------------

          In any case where several matters are required to be certified by or
covered by an opinion of any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such
matters be certified by or covered by the opinion of only one such Person, or
that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person
may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more
other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give
an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

          Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or
representations by counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are
erroneous.  Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as
it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or
representations by an 

















                                        7

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to
such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel
knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate
or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous and
provided that the Person issuing the certificate or opinion or representation is
authorized to issue the certificate or opinion or representation on behalf of
the Person in respect of which such certificate or opinion or representation is
issued.

          Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.

SECTION 1.04.  Acts of Holders.
               ---------------

          (a)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly
appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided such
action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered
to the Trustee and, where it is expressly required by this Indenture, to the
Company.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and
evidenced thereby) herein sometimes are referred to as the "Act" of the Holders
signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any
purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company
if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.04.

          (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such
instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such
execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by
law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing
such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof.  Where
such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual
capacity, such certificate also shall constitute sufficient proof of his
authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or
writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, also may be proved
in any other reasonable manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

          (c)  The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

          (d)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the
same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer
thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done,
omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance
thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

SECTION 1.05.  Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Company and Bank Agent.
               -------------------------------------------------

          Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver, Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture
to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

          (a)  the Trustee by any Holder, the Company or any Senior Lender shall
be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and sent to the Trustee
in care of AMACO 















                                        8

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



N.V. by personal delivery, overnight courier or first-class mail, postage
prepaid, return receipt requested, at P.O. Box 3141, Schnottegatweg Oost 130,
Curacao, Netherlands Antilles, or by telecopier at 599-9-615-392, or such other
address or telecopier number as is set forth in a notice theretofore given by
the Trustee to the Holders, the Company and the Bank Agent, or

          (b)  the Company by the Trustee, any Holder or any Senior Lender shall
be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and sent to the Company
by personal delivery, overnight courier or first-class mail, postage prepaid,
return receipt requested, at 12 East 49th Street, New York, New York 10017, or
by telecopier at (212) 940-4103, in each case to the attention of Executive Vice
President, or at such other address or telecopier number, or to such other
Person's attention, as is set forth in a notice theretofore given by the Company
to the Trustee, the Holders and the Bank Agent, or 

          (c)  the Bank Agent by the Trustee, any Holder  or the Company shall
be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and sent to the Bank
Agent by personal delivery, overnight courier or first-class mail, postage
repaid, return receipt requested, at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017,
or by telecopier at (212) 972-0009, in each case to the attention of Joseph A.
Jabes and William C. Caggiano, or at such other address or telecopier number, or
to such other Person's attention, as is set forth in a notice theretofore given
by the Bank Agent to the Trustee and the Company.

SECTION 1.06.  Notice to Holders; Waiver.
               -------------------------

          Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event or report to
Holders, such notice or report shall be deemed to have been given (unless
otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class
postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to each Holder affected thereby, at
his address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date,
and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice
or report.  In any case where notice to Holders is to be given, neither the
failure to send such notice, nor any defect in any notice, to any particular
Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other
Holders.

          Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice
may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either
before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such
notice.  Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such
filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such waiver.

          If by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of
any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, such
notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute
a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

SECTION 1.07.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.
               ----------------------------------------

          The table of contents and the titles and headings of the Articles and
Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only
and are not to be considered a part hereof and in no way shall modify or
restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.



















                                        9

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>




SECTION 1.08.  Successors and Assigns.
               ----------------------

          All the covenants and agreements of the Company in this Indenture
shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 1.09.  Separability Clause.
               -------------------

          If any provision of this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 1.10.  Benefits of Indenture.
               ---------------------

          Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall
give any Person any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under this Indenture, other than the parties hereto, any paying agent, any Note
Registrar and their successors hereunder, the Holders of Notes and the Senior
Lenders.

SECTION 1.11.  GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION.
               ---------------------------

          THIS INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE CONTRACTS MADE
UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE.  Any claim arising under this
Indenture shall be brought only in a state or Federal court in the City of New
York, State of New York, and the Company, the Trustee and any Holders of Notes
issued pursuant to this Indenture hereby consent to the exercise of the
jurisdiction by any such court.

SECTION 1.12.  Execution in Counterparts.
               -------------------------

          This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which shall be an original, but such counterparts together shall constitute but
one and the same instrument.

SECTION 1.13.  Legal Holidays.
               --------------

          In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Change
of Control Payment Date or the Stated Maturity of any Note shall not be a
Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the
Notes) payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note due
on such date need not be made or effected on such date but may be made or
effected on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as
if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Change of Control
Payment Date or at the Stated Maturity, provided that no interest shall accrue
with respect to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that is
due on such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment
Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, from such date until such next
succeeding Business Day.
























                                       10

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE TWO
                                    THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01.  Forms Generally.
               ---------------

          The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication to be borne
by the Notes shall be substantially in the forms set forth on Exhibit A, which
is hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture, with such
appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are
required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or
other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as
may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may,
consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as
evidenced by their execution of the Notes.  Any portion of the text of any Note
may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto
on the face of the Note.

          The definitive Notes may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved
or produced by any combination of these methods, but if listed on any securities
exchange shall be produced in a manner permitted by the rules of any such
securities exchange, all as may be determined by the officers executing such
Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

SECTION 2.02.  Title and Terms.
               ---------------

          The Notes shall be designated as "9% Subordinated Notes due May 31,
2001."  Notes in the principal amount specified in the Company Order referred to
in the third paragraph of Section 2.04 may be executed by the Company and
delivered to the Trustee for authentication upon the execution of this
Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, and the Trustee thereupon shall
authenticate and deliver such Notes as provided in such Company Order; provided
that the aggregate principal amount of all Notes at any time Outstanding (except
for Notes issued in lieu of or in substitution for destroyed, lost or stolen
Notes as provided in Section 2.07) shall not exceed $50,000,000.

SECTION 2.03.  Date and Denomination of Notes; Interest; Place of Payment.
               ----------------------------------------------------------

          The Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be May 31, 2001, and they shall
bear interest at the rate of 9% per annum from the date upon which such Notes
are originally issued under this Indenture or from the most recent Interest
Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, as the case
may be, until Maturity.  Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of
a year of twelve 30-day months and paid for the actual number of days elapsed. 
Interest shall be payable in arrears on each June 30 and December 31, commencing
December 31, 1993 and at Maturity.  Interest shall be payable on any overdue
principal and on any overdue installment of interest, to the extent that the
payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, at the lesser of the rate
of 11% per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law.

          The principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall
be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in
Curacao, Netherlands Antilles, in such coin or currency of the United States of
America as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and
private debts;  provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment may
be made by check mailed to the Person entitled thereto at his address appearing
on the Note Register.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the principal of and
premium, if any, and interest on any Note (other than the final payment of
principal on 















                                       11

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



a Note) at the option of the Holder thereof shall be paid directly to such
Holder, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, without presentment, to
the address designated by such Holder in writing.  Before selling or otherwise
transferring any Note, the Holder thereof shall make a notation thereon of the
aggregate amount of all payments of principal theretofore made, and of the date
to which interest has been paid.

          The Notes shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000.  Every Note shall
be dated the date of its authentication, shall bear interest from the applicable
date and shall be payable on the dates specified on the face of the form of
Note.

          The rate of interest payable on any Note shall in no event exceed the
maximum rate permissible under applicable law.  If interest would otherwise be
payable to the Holder of a Note in excess of the maximum lawful amount, the
interest payable shall be reduced to the maximum amount permitted under
applicable law; and if the Holder shall ever receive anything of value deemed
interest under applicable law in excess of the maximum lawful amount, an amount
equal to any excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the
principal of the Note and not to payment of interest, or if such excessive
interest exceeds the unpaid balance of principal on the Note, such excess shall
be refunded to the Company. 

SECTION 2.04.  Execution, Authentication and Delivery.
               --------------------------------------

          The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman
of the Board, its Vice Chairman, its President or a Vice President, under its
corporate seal reproduced thereon attested to by its Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary.  The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual or
facsimile.

          Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who
were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of such Notes.

          At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of
this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the
Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication
and delivery of such Notes; and the Trustee in accordance with such Company
Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes as in this Indenture provided
and not otherwise.

          No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for on
Exhibit A, manually executed by the Trustee, and such certificate upon any Note
shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been
duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 2.05.  Temporary Notes.
               ---------------

          Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Company may execute
and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary
Notes (which may be printed, lithographed, typewritten or otherwise produced) in
any authorized denomination and substantially in the form of the definitive
Notes in lieu of which they are issued, but with such appropriate omissions,
insertions and variations as the officers executing such Notes may determine, as
evidenced by their execution of such Notes.  Every such temporary Note shall 













                                       12

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



be executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee upon the same
conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as
the definitive Notes.  Without unreasonable delay the Company will execute and
deliver to the Trustee definitive Notes and thereupon the temporary Notes may be
surrendered in exchange for definitive Notes at the Principal Office of the
Trustee without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any
one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver in exchange for the temporary Notes an equal aggregate
principal amount of definitive Notes.  Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes
in all respects shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as
definitive Notes.

SECTION 2.06.  Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.
               ---------------------------------------------------

          All of the Notes issued under this Indenture shall be registered as to
both principal and interest as specified in the Notes.  The Company shall cause
to be kept at the Principal Office of the Trustee a register (the "Note
Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Trustee may
prescribe, Notes shall be registered and the transfer of Notes shall be
registered as provided in this Article Two.  The Note Register shall be in
written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form
within a reasonable time.  The Trustee hereby is appointed "Note Registrar" for
the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided.

          Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Note at any
such office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose, the Company
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the
transferee or transferees a new Note or Notes for an equal aggregate principal
amount.

          At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for a like
aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations.  Notes to
be exchanged shall be surrendered at the Principal Office of the Trustee and the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange
therefor the Note or Notes which the Holder making the exchange shall be
entitled to receive.

          Every Note presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (if
so required by the Company or the Trustee) shall be duly endorsed by, or be
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Company and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder or his attorney duly
authorized in writing.

          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
therewith, other than an exchange pursuant to Section 2.05, 8.05, 9.14 or 10.08.

          The Company shall not be required to (a) issue, register the transfer
of or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15
days before the day of the mailing of (i) a notice of redemption of Notes
selected for redemption or (ii) a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section
9.14, and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or
(b) register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption or to
be repurchased pursuant to Section 9.14, in whole or in part, except the
unredeemed or unrepurchased portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in
part.

          All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
Notes shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and
entitled to the same 













                                       13

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration
of transfer or exchange.

SECTION 2.07.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.
               ------------------------------------------

          If any Note shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen,
the Company in its discretion may execute, and upon its request the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, a new Note, bearing a number not
contemporaneously Outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated
Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or
stolen.  In every case the applicant for a substitute Note shall furnish to the
Company and to the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them
to save each of them harmless and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft,
evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note
and of the ownership thereof.

          Upon the issuance of any substitute Note, the Company may require the
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that
may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expense connected therewith. 
If any Note that has matured or is about to mature or has been called for
redemption shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company,
instead of issuing a substitute Note, may pay or authorize the payment of the
same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note) if the
applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and to the Trustee such
security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless
and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to them of the
destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

          Every substitute Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 2.07 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen
shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or
not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be
entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with
all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

          To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be held and owned upon
the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect
to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and
shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or
statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the
replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without
their surrender.

SECTION 2.08.  Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.
               ----------------------------------------------

          Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose
name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of
business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

          Any interest on any Note that is payable, but is not punctually paid
or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date ("Defaulted Interest")
forthwith will cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record
Date by virtue of his having been such Holder; and such Defaulted Interest may
be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a)
or (b) below:


















                                       14

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>




          (a)  The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest
to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes)
are registered on the Note Register at the close of business on a Special Record
Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the
following manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount
of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and of the proposed
payment date.  At the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee funds
in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be
paid, or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit
prior to the date of the proposed payment, such funds when deposited to be held
in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as
provided in this clause (a).  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record
Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15
days and not less than ten days prior to the date of the proposed payment and
not less than ten days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the
proposed payment.  The Trustee promptly shall notify the Company of such Special
Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause
notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record
Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid to each Holder at his
address as it appears on the Note Register, not less than ten days prior to such
Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest
and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted
Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their
respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such
Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following
clause (b).

          (b)  The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any
other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities
exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be
required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee
of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (b), such manner of payment
shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.08, each Note
delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer or in exchange for
or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights of interest accrued and
unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Note.

SECTION 2.09.  Persons Deemed Owners.
               ---------------------

          Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the
Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the
Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the
purpose of receiving payment of principal of and premium, if any, and (subject
to Section 2.08) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever,
whether or not the interest, premium, if any, or principal of such Note shall be
or have become due, and none of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the
Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

SECTION 2.10.  Cancellation.
               ------------

          All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, exchange or
registration of transfer, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee,
shall be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly cancelled by it.  The Company
at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Note previously
authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any
manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered promptly shall be cancelled by the
Trustee.  No Note shall be issued in lieu of or in exchange for any Note 














                                       15

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



cancelled as provided in this Section 2.10, except as expressly permitted by
this Indenture.  All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of as
directed by a Company Order.  If the Company shall acquire any of the Notes,
such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the
indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation.

                                  ARTICLE THREE
                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 3.01.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.
               ---------------------------------------

          This Indenture upon Company Request shall cease to be of further
effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, at the
expense of the Company, shall execute such instruments as the Company reasonably
may request acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

          (a)  either

          (i)  all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A)
Notes that have been exchanged, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and that
have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07 and (B) Notes for whose
payment funds theretofore have been deposited in trust or segregated and held in
trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from
such trust, as provided in Section 9.03) have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; or

          (ii) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation

          (A)  have become due and payable,

          (B)  will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one
year, or

          (C)  are to be called for redemption within one year under
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption
by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, 

          and the Company, in the case of (A), (B) or (C) above and only if
permitted by Article Eleven, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the
Trustee as trust funds an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of such
deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable) or to the Stated
Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

          (b)  the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other amounts
payable hereunder by the Company; and

          (c)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have
been complied with.



















                                       16

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 5.07, the obligations of
the Trustee to any Authenticating Agent under Section 5.12 and, if funds shall
have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.01(a), the
obligations of the Trustee under Section 3.02 and the last paragraph of
Section 9.03 shall survive.

SECTION 3.02.  Application of Trust Funds.
               --------------------------

          Subject to the provisions of Section 9.03, all funds deposited with
the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it,
in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the
payment, notwithstanding the provisions of Article Eleven, either directly or
through any paying agent (including the Company if acting as its own paying
agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the
principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such funds have been
deposited with the Trustee.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR
                                    REMEDIES

SECTION 4.01.  Events of Default.
               -----------------

          "Event of Default," wherever used herein, means any one or more of the
following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it
shall be occasioned by the provisions of Article Eleven or be voluntary or
involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body):

          (a)  default in the payment of any interest on any Note when such
interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period
of 30 days;

          (b)  default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on
any Note at its Maturity;

          (c)  default in the deposit of any payment when due pursuant to the
provisions of Section 9.14 or 10.06;

          (d)  failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform any
of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company to be performed and
set forth in Section 9.13, which failure continues for ten Business Days;

          (e)  failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform any
other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company set forth in the
Notes or in this Indenture which continues for a period of 60 days after the
date on which there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the
Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 40% in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, a written notice specifying such
failure and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a
"Notice of Default" hereunder;

          (f)  the rendering of a final judgment for the payment of money in an
amount in excess of $20,000,000 (after giving effect to any applicable insurance
and bonds) against the Company and/or any Significant Subsidiary, (i) which
judgment continues undischarged, and is not waived or stayed, for a period of 45
days after the date on which the 
















                                       17

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



right to final appeal has expired and (ii) which default continues for a period
of 30 days after the date on which there has been given, by registered or
certified mail, to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 40% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, a written
notice specifying the failure described in clause (i) and requiring it to be
remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder;

          (g)  a default under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of
Indebtedness of the Company (other than the Notes) or any Significant
Subsidiary, or under any mortgage, indenture or other instrument under which
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced Indebtedness
for money borrowed by the Company or such Significant Subsidiary (including
without limitation the Senior Credit Facility), whether such Indebtedness now
exists or hereafter shall be created, which Indebtedness has a principal amount
of $20,000,000 or more, and which default (i) consists of a failure to pay at
final maturity of the agreement under which such Indebtedness was issued any
amount in excess of $20,000,000 due and payable on or with respect to such
Indebtedness (subject to any applicable grace periods), or (ii) has resulted in
such Indebtedness being declared due and payable, without such acceleration
having been rescinded or annulled, provided, a period of ten days has expired
                                   --------
after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company and
the Trustee by the Holders of at least 40% in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes at the time Outstanding, a written notice requiring the Company to cause
such defaulted payment to be made or such acceleration to be rescinded and
annulled, as the case may be, and stating that such notice is a "Notice of
Default" hereunder;

          (h)     the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or
within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

          (i)     commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

          (ii)    consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an
involuntary case or proceeding;

          (iii)   consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or
substantially all of its property; or

          (iv)    makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
or
          admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they
become due; or

          (i)     a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree
under any Bankruptcy Law that:

          (i)     is for relief against the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding;

          (ii)    appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of their respective properties; or 

          (iii)   orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary;

          and, in each case, such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect
for 60 days.

















                                       18

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>




SECTION 4.02.  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.
               --------------------------------------------------

          If an Event of Default occurs under clause (h) or (i) of Section 4.01,
then the principal of and premium, if any, and the accrued interest on all the
Notes shall become due and payable immediately.  If any other Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, then, and in every such case, the Holders of not less
than 40% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, by notice
in writing to the Company, to the Trustee and, if any Senior Indebtedness under
the Senior Credit Facility then is outstanding or any commitment to lend under
the Senior Credit Facility exists, to the Bank Agent, may declare the principal
amount of all the Notes to be due and payable, and upon any such declaration
such principal amount shall become due and payable upon the first to occur of
(a) an acceleration under the Senior Credit Facility or (b) 20 Business Days (or
ten Business Days in the case of an Event of Default specified in
Section 4.01(a), (b) or (c)) after receipt by the Company, the Trustee and, if
applicable, the Bank Agent of such written notice given hereunder, provided in
each case that the Event of Default which permitted such acceleration shall be
continuing.  In the event of a declaration of acceleration under the Indenture
because an Event of Default set forth in Section 4.01(g) has occurred and is
continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically annulled if
the holders of the Indebtedness that is the subject of such Event of Default
have rescinded their declaration of acceleration in respect of such Indebtedness
within 90 days of such declaration of acceleration or if such Indebtedness shall
have been paid within such 90-day period and no other Event of Default (other
than failure to pay principal and interest the maturity of which has been
accelerated as a result of such declaration of acceleration) has occurred during
such 90-day period which has not been cured or waived.  

          At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made and
before a judgment or decree for the payment of the amount due has been obtained
by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article Four, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written
notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration
and its consequences if:

          (a)  the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum
sufficient to pay

          (i)  the amount of all overdue installments of interest on all Notes
in the case of an Event of Default specified in Section 4.01(a),

          (ii)    the principal of and premium, if any, on all Notes that have
become due to the extent such amounts have become due otherwise than by such
declaration of acceleration, and interest thereon (to the extent that payment of
such interest is lawful) at the applicable rate provided in Section 2.03 in the
case of an Event of Default specified in Section 4.01(b),

          (iii)   to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful,
interest upon overdue installments of interest at the applicable rate provided
in Section 2.03, and

          (iv)    all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel; and

          (b)     all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the
principal of Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of
acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 4.13.















                                       19

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>




          No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any
right consequent thereon.

          If the Bank Agent has provided the Trustee with its address for
notices in accordance with Section 1.05, the Trustee shall provide a copy of any
written notice received by it pursuant to this Section 4.02 to the Bank Agent no
more than three Business Days after receipt by it of any such notice; provided,
however, that the Trustee shall have no liability to the Bank Agent or any
Senior Lenders for any failure to comply with this paragraph.

SECTION 4.03.  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by the
               -----------------------------------------------------------
               Trustee.
               -------

          The Company covenants that if:

          (a)  default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on
any Note when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues
for a period of 30 days, or

          (b)  default is made in the payment of the principal of or premium, if
any, on any Note at the Maturity thereof,

          the Company, upon demand of the Trustee, and subject to
Article Eleven, will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such
Notes, the defaulted amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal,
premium, if any, and interest, with interest (to the extent that payment of
interest on overdue interest is enforceable under applicable law) upon overdue
installments of interest, at the applicable rate provided in Section 2.03, and,
in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the
costs and expenses of collection, including reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

          If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand,
the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, at the request
of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes, will institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so
due and unpaid, will prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and
will enforce against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes and collect
the money adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of
the property of the Company or any other obligor on the Notes, wherever
situated.

          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee at the
request of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes will proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights
of the Holders by such judicial proceedings as such Holders shall request to
protect and enforce such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any
covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power
granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

SECTION 4.04.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
               --------------------------------

          In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation,
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other
judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or
the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the
Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due
and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or 















                                       20

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on
the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest, at the request of
a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by
intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:

          (a)  will file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal,
premium, if any, and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and file
such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have
the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and
of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceedings; and

          (b)  subject to Article Eleven, will collect and receive any funds or
other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and distribute the
same;

          and, subject to Article Eleven, any Custodian or similar official in
any such judicial proceeding hereby is authorized by each Holder to make such
payments to the Trustee and, in the event that such payments shall be made
directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 5.07.

          Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or
the rights of any Holder or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the
claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 4.05.  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes.
               ------------------------------------------------------

          All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may
be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the
Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such
proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee
of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, after provision for the
payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel, shall be for the ratable benefit of the
Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

SECTION 4.06.  Application of Funds Collected.
               ------------------------------

          Subject to the provisions of Article Eleven, any funds collected by
the Trustee pursuant to this Article Four shall be applied in the following
order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the
distribution of such funds on account of principal, premium, if any, or
interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment
if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

          First:  to the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under
          -----
Section 5.07;

          Second:  to the Senior Lenders to the extent required by Article
          ------
Eleven;

          Third:  to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for
          -----
principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in respect of which
or for the benefit of which such funds have been collected, ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the 














                                       21

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and
interest, respectively; and

          Fourth:  the balance, if any, to the Company.
          ------

SECTION 4.07.  Limitation on Suits.
               -------------------

          No Holder of a Note shall have any right to institute any proceeding,
judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of
a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

          (a)  such Holder previously has given to the Trustee written notice of
a continuing Event of Default;

          (b)  the Holders of not less than 40% in aggregate principal amount of
the Outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee to
institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as
Trustee hereunder;

          (c)  such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable
indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in
compliance with such request;

          (d)  the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request
and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such proceeding; and

          (e)  no direction inconsistent with such written request has been
given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes;

          it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall
have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or by availing of any
provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any
other Holder, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority or preference over any
other Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner
herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders.

SECTION 4.08.  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium
               ------------------------------------------------------------
               and Interest.
               ------------

          Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture but subject to
Article Eleven hereof, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is
absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and premium,
if any, and (subject to Section 2.08) interest on such Note on the respective
Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption or
repurchase in conformity with Section 9.14, on the Redemption Date or the Change
of Control Payment Date, respectively), and to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment and such rights shall not be impaired or
affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 4.09.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
               ----------------------------------

          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce
any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to
the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in 


















                                       22

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company,
the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to
their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the
Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been
instituted.

SECTION 4.10.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
               ------------------------------

          No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or
the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every
right and remedy, to the extent permitted by law, shall be cumulative and in
addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any
right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent
assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 4.11.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
               ----------------------------

          No delay or omission on the part of the Trustee or of any Holder of
any Note to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default shall
impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of
Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this
Article Four or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from
time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by or at the direction of
the Holders.

SECTION 4.12.  Control by Holders.
               ------------------

          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not take any
actions under this Article Four except for actions taken to implement the
instructions of the Holders.

SECTION 4.13.  Waiver of Past Defaults.
               -----------------------

          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes may waive any
past default hereunder and its consequences except a default

          (a)  in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or
interest on any Note, or

          (b)  in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under Article
Eight cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Note affected.

          Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event
of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every
purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other default or impair any right consequent thereon.






















                                       23

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



SECTION 4.14.  Undertaking for Costs.
               ---------------------

          All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by
his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court in its
discretion may require, as a condition to initiating or maintaining any suit for
the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or any suit against
the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the
filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of
such suit and that such court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by
such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 4.14 shall not apply to
any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder or
group of Holders holding in the aggregate more than 40% in principal amount of
the Outstanding Notes or to any suit instituted by any Holder pursuant to
Section 4.07 hereof for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on any Note on or after the respective Stated
Maturities expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption or repurchase,
on or after the Redemption Date or Change of Control Payment Date).

SECTION 4.15.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.
               --------------------------------

          The Company covenants (to the extent that it lawfully may do so) that
it will not at any time insist upon, plead or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now
or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it lawfully
may do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and
covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Trustee or the Holders, but will suffer and permit the
execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

                                  ARTICLE FIVE
                                   THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 5.01.  Certain Duties and Responsibilities.
               -----------------------------------

          (a)  The Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such
duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants
or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

          (b)  In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee conclusively
may rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions
expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and
conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, but in the case of any such
certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof specifically are required
to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the
same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this
Indenture.

          (c)  No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly
negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

          (i)  this Section 5.01(c) shall not be construed to limit the effect
of Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b);



                                       24

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



          (ii)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the
Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

          (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken
or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes
relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon
the Trustee, under this Indenture; and

          (iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable ground for believing that the
repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is
not reasonably assured to it.

          (d)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of
this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or
affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this
Section 5.01.

SECTION 5.02.  Notice of Defaults.
               ------------------

          Within 60 days after learning of the occurrence of a default
hereunder, the Trustee shall mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses
appear in the Note Register, notice of all defaults known to the Trustee, unless
such defaults shall have been cured before the giving of such notice.  For the
purpose of this Section 5.02, the term "default" means any event that is, or
after notice or lapse of time would become, an Event of Default.

SECTION 5.03.  Certain Rights of Trustee.
               -------------------------

          (a)  The Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or
refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture,
note or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been
signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

          (b)  Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned
herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and
any resolution of a majority of the entire Board of Directors may be evidenced
by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
Company.

          (c)  Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee
shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking,
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence
be herein specifically prescribed), in the absence of gross negligence or bad
faith on its part, may rely on an Officers' Certificate.

          (d)  The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of
such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization
and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it
hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.



          (e)  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or
direction of any of the Holders 

                                       25

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>

pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have
offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs,
expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such
request, order or direction.

          (f)  The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, approval, bond,
debenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion,
may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it
may see fit, and if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of
the Company, personally or by agent or attorney.

          (g)  The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed by it with due care
hereunder.

SECTION 5.04.  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes.
               -------------------------------------------------

          The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except the Trustee's
certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company,
and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustee
makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or
of the Notes.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application
by the Company of Notes or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 5.05.  May Hold Notes; Paying Agent; Other Individual Rights of
               --------------------------------------------------------
               Trustee.
               -------

          The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, the Note
Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other
capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and otherwise may deal with
the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee,
Authenticating Agent, paying agent, Note Registrar or other agent.  Until the
Company shall appoint another paying agent hereunder, the Trustee shall act as
paying agent.  The Trustee, the Authenticating Agent and any paying agent may be
an Affiliate of the Company.

SECTION 5.06.  Funds Held in Trust.
               -------------------

          Funds held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be
under no liability for interest on any funds received by it hereunder except as
otherwise agreed with the Company.

SECTION 5.07.  Compensation and Reimbursement.
               ------------------------------

          The Company agrees:

          (a)  to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation
for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be
limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an
express trust);



          (b)  except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the
Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances
incurred or made by 

                                       26

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>


the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the
reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and
counsel) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable
to its gross negligence or willful misconduct; and

          (c)  to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against,
any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence or willful
misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending
itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

          The obligations of the Company under this Section 5.07 shall be
secured by a Lien prior to that of the Notes upon all property and funds held or
collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of
the Holders of particular Notes.

SECTION 5.08.  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.
               ---------------------------------------

          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the Netherlands
Antilles or United States of America, one of the States thereof or the District
of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers.  If
at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 5.08, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the
manner and with the effect specified in this Article Five.

SECTION 5.09.  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of a Successor.
               ---------------------------------------------------

          (a)  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a
successor Trustee shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by
the successor Trustee under Section 5.10.

          (b)  The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice
thereof to the Company.  If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee
required by Section 5.10 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30
days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee.

          (c)  The Trustee may be removed at any time by the Act of the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered
to the Trustee and to the Company.

          (d)  If at any time the Trustee (i) shall cease to be eligible under
Section 5.08 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the
Holders of at least 40% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes,
or (ii) shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or an
insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed,
or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its
property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
liquidation; then, in any such case, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee and appoint a
successor Trustee by an Act of such Holders, in triplicate, one copy of which
instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed, the successor Trustee
and to the Company or, subject to the provisions of Section 4.14, the Holders of
at least 40% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf
of 

                                       27

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------


<PAGE>


themselves and all others similarly situated, may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a
successor Trustee.

          (e)  If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of
acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Trustee for any cause,
the Company, by order of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, promptly
shall appoint a successor Trustee.  If, within one year after such resignation,
removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such a vacancy, a successor
Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the
retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed, forthwith upon its
acceptance of such appointment, shall become the successor Trustee and supersede
the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.  If no successor Trustee shall
have been so appointed by the Company or by the Holders and accepted appointment
in the manner hereinafter provided, subject to Section 4.14, the Holders of at
least 40% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of
themselves and all others similarly situated, may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (f)  The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each
removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee by mailing
written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all
Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register.  Each notice
shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of the Principal
Office of the successor Trustee.

SECTION 5.10.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee.
               ----------------------------------------------

          Any successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument
accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the
predecessor Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without
any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights,
powers, trusts and duties of its predecessor Trustee hereunder; but, on request
of the Company or the successor Trustee, such predecessor Trustee, upon payment
of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.07, shall
execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the
rights and powers of such predecessor Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer
and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and funds held by such
predecessor Trustee hereunder.  Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the
Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and
certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights,
powers and trusts.  Any Trustee ceasing to act nevertheless shall retain a Lien
upon all property or funds held or collected by such Trustee (except funds held
in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes) to secure any amounts
then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.07.

          No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section 5.10 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall
be eligible under the provisions of Section 5.08.

SECTION 5.11.  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.
               -----------------------------------------------------------

          Any corporation into which a corporate Trustee may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a
party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the
corporate trust business of such Trustee, shall be 

                                       28

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>


the successor to the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be
eligible under the provisions of Section 5.08, without the execution or filing
of any instrument or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. 
In case any Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered by the Trustee
then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such
authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so
authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself
authenticated such Notes.

SECTION 5.12.  Appointment of Authenticating Agent.
               -----------------------------------

          At any time the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents
which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes
issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption or
repurchase thereof or pursuant to Section 2.06 or 2.07, and the Notes so
authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be
valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee
hereunder.  Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication
and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of
authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and
delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate
of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. 
Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall be a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the Netherlands
Antilles or the United States of America, one of the States thereof or the
District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent.
If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 5.12, such Authenticating Agent shall resign
immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section 5.12.

          Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent
shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of
the corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor
to the Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation otherwise shall be
qualified and eligible under this Section 5.12, without the execution or filing
of any instrument or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the
Authenticating Agent.

          An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written
notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company.  The Trustee at any time may
terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof
to such Authenticating Agent and the Company.  Upon receiving such a notice of
resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be qualified and eligible in accordance with
the provisions of this Section 5.12, the Trustee may appoint a successor
Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail
written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all
Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register.  Any successor
Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become
vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with
like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent herein.

          The Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to
time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 5.12, and the
Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the
provisions of Section 5.07.






                                       29

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



          If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section 5.12, the Notes may
have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee's certificate of
authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following
form:

          This is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                       AIBC SERVICES N.V.,

                                              As Trustee

                                       By:                                   
                                          ----------------------------------

                                       As Authenticating Agent

                                       By:                                    
                                           ----------------------------------
                                                   Authorized Officer

                                   ARTICLE SIX
                    HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY

SECTION 6.01.  Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.
               ---------------------------------------------------------

          If the Trustee shall not be the Note Registrar, the Company will
furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

          (a)  semi-annually, not more than five days after each Regular Record
Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee reasonably may require, of the names
and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date; and

          (b)  at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within
30 days after receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form
and content as of a date not more than five days prior to the time such
information is furnished.

SECTION 6.02.  Preservation of Information.
               ---------------------------

          The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent
list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 6.01 or received by the
Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar.  The Trustee may destroy any list
furnished to it as provided in Section 6.01 upon receipt of a new list so
furnished.

SECTION 6.03.  Reports by the Company.
               ----------------------

          If the Company shall be subject to the requirement to file annual or
other reports with the Commission or with any securities exchange on which the
Notes are listed, it shall:

          (a)  file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is
required to file the same with the Commission or with any securities exchange on
which the Notes are listed, copies of such annual reports and of such
information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of
the foregoing as the Commission or any such exchange from time to time by rules
and regulations may prescribe) that the Company shall be required to file 

                                       30

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------

<PAGE>

with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or such exchange; and

          (b)  file with the Trustee, in accordance with the rules and
regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission or by any securities
exchange on which the Notes are listed, such additional information, documents
and reports as it shall file with the Commission or such securities exchange
with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of
this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and
regulations.

                                  ARTICLE SEVEN
                 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR 
                                      LEASE

SECTION 7.01.  Company May Not Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.
               ---------------------------------------------------

          The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other
corporation or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially
as an entirety to any Person, unless:

          (a)  the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the
Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or
which leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an
entirety shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
United States, one of the States thereof or the District of Columbia and
expressly shall assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and
delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and
punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all
Notes and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the
Company to be performed or observed;

          (b)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Event of
Default, and no event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become
an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and

          (c)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger,
conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in
connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this
Article Seven and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to
such transaction have been met.

SECTION 7.02.  Successor Corporation Substituted.
               ---------------------------------

          Upon any consolidation or merger by the Company with or into any other
corporation or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of
the Company substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with
Section 7.01, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into
which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is
made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and
power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such
successor corporation had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter,
except in the case of a lease to another Person, the predecessor corporation
shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the
Notes.

                                       31

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE EIGHT
                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 8.01.  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.
               --------------------------------------------------

          Without the consent of any of the Holders, the Company, when
authorized by a majority of its entire Board of Directors, and the Trustee from
time to time and at any time may enter into one or more indentures supplemental
hereto for any of the following purposes:

          (a)  to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company
and the assumption by the successor corporation of the covenants, agreements and
obligations of the Company herein and in the Notes;

          (b)  to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the
Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

          (c)  to add any additional Event of Default;

          (d)  to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge to the Trustee,
as security for the Notes, any property or assets; or

          (e)  to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision
herein that may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make such
other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture
as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture and as shall not
adversely affect the interests of the Holders.

SECTION 8.02.  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders.
               -----------------------------------------------

          With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by Act of the Holders
delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a
majority of its entire Board of Directors, and the Trustee from time to time and
at any time may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for
the purpose of adding any provision to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights
of the Holders under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such
supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Note affected thereby:

          (a)  change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any
installment of interest on, any Note, or reduce the rate or extend the time of
payment of interest thereon, or reduce the principal amount thereof or premium,
if any, thereon, or impair the right to institute suit for the payment on or
after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repurchase
in conformity with Section 9.14, on or after the Redemption Date or Change of
Control Payment Date), or change the place of payment where, or the coin or
currency in which, the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note
is payable;

          (b)  reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (or compliance
with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and
their consequences) provided for in this Indenture;

          (c)  modify any of the provisions of this Section 8.02 or
Section 4.13;



                                       32

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------



<PAGE>


          (d)  modify any of the Events of Default enumerated in Section 4.01;
or 

          (e)  modify any of the provisions of Section 9.14 or Articles Ten or
Eleven in a manner adverse to the Holders.

          It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this
Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental
indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance
thereof.

SECTION 8.03.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures.
               ------------------------------------

          In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any
supplemental indenture permitted by this Article Eight or the modification
thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled
to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or
permitted by this Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to,
enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee's own
rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 8.04.  Effect of Supplemental Indentures.
               ---------------------------------

          Upon execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article Eight,
this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder
of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall
be bound thereby.

SECTION 8.05.  Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures.
               ---------------------------------------------

          Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article Eight may, and shall, if
required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to
any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture.  If the Company shall so
determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee
and a majority of the entire Board of Directors of the Company, to any such
supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for the Outstanding
Notes.

SECTION 8.06.  Consent of Senior Lenders.
               -------------------------

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article Eight, no
provision in any supplemental indenture shall directly or indirectly modify the
provisions of Article Eleven in any manner that might terminate or impair the
subordination of the Notes as against any Senior Lender who has not consented
thereto.

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 9.01.  Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest.
               ---------------------------------------------------

          The Company will duly and punctually pay the principal of and premium,
if any, and interest on each of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the
Notes and this Indenture.




                                       33

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------


<PAGE>


SECTION 9.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.
               -------------------------------

          The Company will maintain in Curacao, Netherlands Antilles, an office
or agency where Notes may be presented for payment, redemption or repurchase,
where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and
where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and
this Indenture may be served.  The Company will give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office
or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required
office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof,
such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the
Principal Office of the Trustee and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as
its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

          The Company from time to time also may designate one or more other
offices or agencies (in or outside of the above location) where the Notes may be
presented or surrendered for such purposes and from time to time may rescind
such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission
shall relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in
Curacao, Netherlands Antilles, for the payment of the Notes.  The Company will
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

SECTION 9.03.  Funds for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust.
               -------------------------------------------

          If the Company at any time shall act as its own paying agent, on or
before each due date of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the
Notes it will segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons
entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, or
interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or
otherwise disposed of as herein provided and promptly will notify the Trustee of
its action or failure so to act.

          Whenever the Company shall have one or more paying agents, before each
due date of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes it
will deposit with the principal paying agent a sum sufficient to pay the
principal, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in
trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium, if
any, or interest, and (unless such principal paying agent is the Trustee) the
Company promptly will notify the Trustee of its action or any failure so to act.

          The Company will cause each paying agent other than the Trustee to
execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such paying agent
shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.03,
that such paying agent will:

          (a)  hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the
principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes in trust for the
benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such
Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

          (b)  give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or by any
other obligor on the Notes) in the making of any payment of principal, premium,
if any, or interest; and


                                       34

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>





          (c)  at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the
written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in
trust by such paying agent.

          The Company, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, may pay,
or by Company Order direct any paying agent to pay, to the Trustee all funds
held in trust by the Company or such paying agent hereunder, such funds to be
held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such funds were
held by the Company or such paying agent; and upon such payment by the Company
or any paying agent to the Trustee, the Company or such paying agent shall be
released from all further liability with respect to such funds.

          Any funds deposited with the Trustee or any paying agent, or then held
by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any,
or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid
to the Company on Company Request or (if then held by the Company) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note thereafter, as an
unsecured general creditor, shall look only to the Company for payment thereof,
and all liability of the Trustee or such paying agent with respect to such
funds, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon
cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such paying agent, before being
required to make any such payment, at the expense of the Company may cause to be
published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily
published on each Business Day and of general circulation in Curacao,
Netherlands Antilles, and once in two Arabic language newspapers, customarily
published on each Business Day (which is also a business day in the Arabian
Gulf) and of general circulation in the Arabian Gulf, notice that such funds
remain unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be
less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of
such funds then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 9.04.  Corporate Existence.
               -------------------

          Subject to the provisions of Article Seven, the Company will do or
cause to be done, and will cause each Significant Subsidiary to do or cause to
be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its
corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve or cause to be
preserved any such right or franchise if a majority of the entire Board of
Directors of the Company or the relevant Significant Subsidiary shall determine
that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the
business of the Company or the Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, and
that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the
Holders.

SECTION 9.05.  Maintenance of Properties.
               -------------------------

          The Company will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of
its and any Significant Subsidiary's business to be maintained and kept in good
condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment
and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements,
betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company or
such Significant Subsidiary may be necessary so that the business carried on in
connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times;
provided, however, that nothing in this Section 9.05 shall prevent the Company
or any Significant Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of
any of such properties if such discontinuance, in the judgment of the Company or
such Significant 

                                       35

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------



<PAGE>





Subsidiary, as the case may be, is desirable in the conduct of its business and
not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 9.06.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.
               ---------------------------------

          The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged,
and will cause each Significant Subsidiary to pay, discharge or cause to be paid
or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes,
assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or such
Significant Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or
such Significant Subsidiary and (b) all lawful, material claims for labor,
materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the
property of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary; provided, however, that
neither the Company nor any Significant Subsidiary shall be required to pay or
discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or
claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings.

SECTION 9.07.  Provision of Reports.
               --------------------

          The Company shall, at such time as the same are required to be
delivered to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (other than the Notes) pursuant
to the provisions of the instruments creating or evidencing such Senior
Indebtedness, furnish to the Trustee copies of the monthly, quarterly and annual
financial statements of the Company as well as the related auditors' reports, to
the extent required to be delivered by the Company to the holders of any such
Senior Indebtedness and any other information made available generally by the
Company to all holders of such Senior Indebtedness whether required by the terms
of the instrument creating or evidencing such Senior Indebtedness or otherwise. 
The Trustee shall distribute such copies to the Holders as soon as practicable
after its receipt thereof.

SECTION 9.08.  Waiver of Usury Defense.
               -----------------------

          To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company agrees that it
will not assert, plead (as a defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever
claim (and will actively resist any attempt to compel it to assert, plead or
claim) in any action, suit or proceeding that the effective interest rate on the
Notes (or any interest or other amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof
or the Notes) violates present or future usury or other laws relating to the
interest payable on any indebtedness and will not otherwise avail itself (and
will actively resist any attempt to compel it to avail itself) of the benefits
or advantages of any such laws.

SECTION 9.09.  Waiver of Certain Covenants.
               ---------------------------

          The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any
covenant or condition set forth in this Article Nine, other than any such
covenant or condition contained in Section 9.01 or 9.14, if before the time for
such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
Notes at the time Outstanding shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such
compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or
condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or
condition except to the extent so expressly waived and, until such waiver shall
become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee
in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and
effect.

                                       36

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>





SECTION 9.10.  Statement by Officers as to Default.
               -----------------------------------

          The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end
of each fiscal quarter of the Company, an Officers' Certificate stating whether
or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in
the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of
Sections 9.01 through 9.07 or Sections 9.10 through 9.14, and if the Company
shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status
thereof.

SECTION 9.11.  Limitation on Indebtedness.
               --------------------------

          Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will incur any
Indebtedness except that the Company and, if indicated below, its Subsidiaries
shall not be prohibited hereby from incurring:

          (a)  Indebtedness of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture,
provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be
outstanding on any date by this clause (a) shall not exceed $50,000,000 less the
aggregate principal amount of Notes that would have been redeemed, repurchased
or otherwise repaid on or prior to such date pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture, as in effect on the date hereof;

          (b)  Indebtedness of the Company (which may be guaranteed by any of
its Subsidiaries) under the Senior Credit Facility, provided that the aggregate
principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be outstanding (including pursuant
to letters of credit and other contingent obligations) on any date by this
clause (b) shall not exceed the lesser of (i) $775,000,000, or (ii) if the
Senior Credit Facility has been amended, supplemented, renewed, extended,
refunded, deferred, restructured, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified
after the date hereof, the maximum amount that would have been permitted to be
outstanding on such date pursuant to the terms of the Senior Credit Facility, as
in effect on the date hereof;

          (c)  Indebtedness of the Company (which may be guaranteed by any of
its Subsidiaries) under the Senior Credit Facility in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding, in addition to amounts permitted to be
outstanding pursuant to clause (b), not to exceed $225,000,000;

          (d)  Senior Indebtedness of the Company in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding, in addition to amounts permitted to be
outstanding pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c), not to exceed $200,000,000;

          (e)  Indebtedness of the Company under Interest Swap Obligations
relating to payments under the Senior Credit Facility;

          (f)  Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under
Capital Leases entered into in connection with a sale and leaseback of any real
or personal property of the Company or its Subsidiaries (together, "Capital
Lease Transactions"), provided all cash received by the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company in connection with such Capital Lease Transactions,
net of (without duplication) (a) brokers' and underwriters' commissions, legal
and lenders' fees and other expenses incurred to third parties in connection
with such Capital Lease Transactions and, to the extent permitted to be deducted
in calculating Net Proceeds under the Senior Credit Facility, reasonable
expenses paid to Investcorp's Affiliates, and (b) any taxes payable as a result
of such Capital Lease Transactions, as reasonably 

                                       37

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>


estimated by the Company, is applied to the repayment or prepayment of
Indebtedness of the Company or to capital expenditures or other general
corporate purposes;

          (g)  Additional Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
(including Indebtedness under Capital Leases, in addition to amounts permitted
to be outstanding under clause (f)), other than Senior Indebtedness, in an
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $300,000,000;

          (h)  Indebtedness of any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company to the
Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company or of the Company to any of its
wholly-owned Subsidiaries; and

          (i)  any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries the
proceeds of which are used to redeem, repurchase, retire for value, refinance or
refund any Indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above (or
outstanding on the date of the Merger), provided (i) such Indebtedness in right
of payment ranks pari passu with or, subject to Section 9.12, junior to the
Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, retired, refinanced or refunded, and
(ii) the principal amount thereof, together with any other Indebtedness
permitted to be outstanding under any such clause, does not exceed the amount
specified in such clause (or, in the case of Indebtedness the proceeds of which
are used to redeem, repurchase, retire, refinance or refund any Indebtedness
outstanding on the date of the Merger, the principal amount thereof on such
date), provided that any such new Indebtedness is on terms that materially
benefit the Company and, provided further, that, and without limitation, this
clause (i) shall permit Indebtedness comprising Real Estate Financings (as
defined in and permitted by the Senior Credit Facility) and Accounts Receivables
Financings (as defined in and permitted by the Senior Credit Facility) and any
other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on real property or accounts receivable
that may be incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or guaranteed by
any of its Subsidiaries) to refinance any Indebtedness under the Senior Credit
Facility permitted by clauses (b) and (c).

SECTION 9.12.  Limitation on Creation of Classes of Senior Indebtedness.
               --------------------------------------------------------

          The Company will not create or incur or permit to remain outstanding
any Senior Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in
right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Company, provided, however,
nothing in this Section 9.12 shall prevent the Company from affording security,
by mortgage or pledge of assets or otherwise, for all or any part of the
Indebtedness of the Company or from affording security for certain Indebtedness
different from that afforded other Indebtedness.

SECTION 9.13.  Limitation on the Payment of Dividends and Purchase of
               ------------------------------------------------------
               Stock.
               -----

          The Company will not:

          (a)  declare or pay, or make or set aside, any dividend or
distribution on any share of its capital stock (other than dividends payable
solely in shares of capital stock of the Company);

          (b)  purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its
capital stock;

          (c)  set apart any sum for the purchase, redemption or other
acquisition or retirement of any shares of its capital stock; or



                                       38

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>





          (d)  make any other distribution, by reduction of capital or
otherwise, on or with respect to any shares of its capital stock;

provided, however, that nothing in this Section 9.13 shall prohibit (i) the
Company from repurchasing or redeeming any of its capital stock pursuant to the
terms of any subscription agreement entered into after the date hereof with any
officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
(ii) the Company from paying dividends to Saks Holdings Company, a Delaware
corporation ("Holdings") (A) in amounts equal to the amounts required for
Holdings to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain its
corporate existence; (B) in amounts equal to amounts required for Holdings to
pay Federal, state and local income taxes to the extent that such income taxes
are attributable to the income of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and (C) in
amounts equal to amounts expended by Holdings to repurchase capital stock of
Holdings owned by former employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their
assigns, estates and heirs, provided that the amount paid to Holdings pursuant
                            --------
to this clause (C) shall not exceed in the aggregate $10,000,000 during the term
hereof, plus any amounts contributed by Holdings to the Company as a result of
resales of such repurchased capital stock.

SECTION 9.14.  Change of Control.
               -----------------

          If at any time after the date hereof a  Change of Control occurs, (the
date on which the Change of Control occurs being referred to herein as the
"Change of Control Date"), then the Company shall promptly make an offer to
purchase for cash (the "Change of Control Offer"), which shall not constitute a
redemption for the purposes of Article Ten hereof or the Notes, on the last day
of the next fiscal quarter of the Company commencing after the Change of Control
Date (the "Change of Control Payment Date"), all Notes then Outstanding at the
purchase price equal to the price specified in the form of Note for optional
redemptions, together with all accrued interest to and including the Change of
Control Payment Date.  Prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company
covenants to (a) repay in full all Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility
(and terminate the Senior Credit Facility) or (b) obtain the requisite consent
under the documents governing the Senior Credit Facility to permit the
repurchase of the Notes as provided for in this Section 9.14.  The Company shall
first comply with the covenant in the preceding sentence before it shall be
required to offer to repurchase and repurchase the Notes pursuant to this
Section 9.14. 

          Notice of the Change of Control Offer shall be mailed by the Company
not less than 25 days before the Change of Control Payment Date to the Holders
of the Notes at their last registered addresses with a copy to the Trustee.  At
least five Business Days prior to the Company's mailing of a notice of Change of
Control Offer, the Company shall notify the Trustee of its obligation to offer
to repurchase all of the Notes.  The Change of Control Offer shall remain open
from the time of mailing until the Change of Control Payment Date.  The notice
shall be accompanied by a copy of the most recent financial statements furnished
pursuant to Section 9.07 hereof.  The notice shall contain all instructions and
materials reasonably necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant
to the Change of Control Offer.  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the
Change of Control Offer, shall state:

          (a)  that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 9.14, that Notes may be surrendered in whole or in part (in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof), and that all Notes will
be accepted for payment;

          (b)  the purchase price and the Change of Control Payment Date;

                                       39

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>


          (c)  that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

          (d)  that any Note (or part thereof) accepted for payment pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of
Control Payment Date;

          (e)  that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a
Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form
entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Repurchase" on the reverse of the Note
completed, to the place specified in the notice prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Change of Control Payment Date;

          (f)  that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Person designated in the notice receives, not later than 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
amount of the Note(s) the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that
such Holder is withdrawing its election to have the Note(s) purchased;

          (g)  that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be
issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered; and

          (h)  that the Company's obligation to repurchase is limited as set
forth in the second and third sentences of the first paragraph of this Section
9.14.

          On the Change of Control Payment Date, subject to the second and third
sentences of the first paragraph of this Section 9.14, the Company shall
(i) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Change
of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the
purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (iii) deliver to
the Trustee all Notes so accepted for payment, and the Trustee shall promptly
authenticate and mail to such Holders a new Note equal in principal amount to
any unpurchased portion of any Note surrendered.  The Company will notify the
Holders of the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as
practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

                                   ARTICLE TEN

                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

SECTION 10.01.  Optional Redemption.
                -------------------

          Subject to the restrictions specified in the form of Note, the Notes
may be redeemed as a whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the
redemption prices and as otherwise specified in such form of Note for
redemptions, together with all accrued interest to the Redemption Date.

SECTION 10.02.  Applicability of Article.
                ------------------------

          Redemption of Notes at the election of the Company or otherwise, as
permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in
accordance with such provision and this Article Ten.






                                       40

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>


SECTION 10.03.  Election to Redeem.
                ------------------

          The election by the Company to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 10.01
shall be evidenced by a resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of
Directors of the Company.

SECTION 10.04.  Selection by Company of Notes to be Redeemed.
                --------------------------------------------

          (a)  The particular Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 10.01, if
less than all the Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed pursuant thereto, shall
be selected by the Company not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days prior to
the Redemption Date, from the Outstanding Notes not previously called for
redemption and, subject to Section 10.04(c) hereof, shall be redeemed pro rata
among the Holders in the proportion that the aggregate amount of Notes held by a
Holder bears to the aggregate amount of Notes Outstanding, provided Notes shall
be selected for redemption in denomination of $1,000 or integral multiples
thereof.

          (b)  The Company promptly shall notify the Trustee in writing of the
Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

          (c)  For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise
requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in
the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of
the principal amount of such Note that has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 10.05.  Notice of Redemption.
                --------------------

          Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage
prepaid, mailed not less than 30 or more than 60 days prior to the Redemption
Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, at his address appearing in the
Note Register.

          All notices of redemption shall state:

          (a)  the Redemption Date;

          (b)  the redemption price;

          (c)  if less than all the Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the
identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amounts)
of the particular Notes to be redeemed;

          (d)  that on the Redemption Date the redemption price will become due
and payable upon each such Note to be redeemed and that interest thereon will
cease to accrue on and after such date; and 

          (e)  the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for
payment of the redemption price.

          Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the
Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.


                                       41

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



SECTION 10.06.  Deposit of Redemption Price.
                ---------------------------

          Prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee or with the paying agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own paying
agent, it shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 9.03) funds
sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and (except if the Redemption Date
shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Notes that are
to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 10.07.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date.
                --------------------------------

          Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to
be redeemed shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date, at the
redemption price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the
Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued
interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such
Note for redemption in accordance with such notice, such Note shall be paid by
the Company at the redemption price, together with all accrued interest to the
Redemption Date; provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated
Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders
of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close
of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the
provisions of Section 2.08.

          If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender
thereof for redemption, the principal and premium, if any, shall, until paid,
bear interest from the Redemption Date at the applicable rate specified in
Section 2.03.

SECTION 10.08.  Notes Redeemed in Part.
                ----------------------

          Any Note that is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at
an office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose pursuant to
Section 9.02 (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement
by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and
the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized
in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver to the Holder of such Note, at the expense of the Company, a new
Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination requested by such Holder, in an
aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion
of the principal amount of the Note so surrendered.

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN

                                  SUBORDINATION

SECTION 11.01.  Agreement of Subordination.
                --------------------------

          The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Notes by his
acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Notes shall be issued
subject to the provisions of this Article Eleven; and each Person holding any
Note, whether upon original issue or exchange or upon transfer or assignment
thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

          The payment of the principal of and premium, if any, interest and any
other amount due on all Notes, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set
forth, shall be subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior
payment in full in cash of all Senior Indebtedness (including interest accruing
after the filing of a petition by or against the 

                                       42

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



Company under any Bankruptcy Law, whether or not allowed as a claim), whether
outstanding at the date hereof or hereafter incurred.

SECTION 11.02.  Payments to Holders of Notes.
                ----------------------------

          In the event and during the continuation of any default in the payment
of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on or any other payment due under
any Specified Senior Indebtedness, then, unless and until such default shall
have been cured or waived, no payment or distribution shall be made by or on
behalf of the Company with respect to the principal of or premium, if any,
interest or any other payment due on or with respect to the Notes.

          In the event and during the continuation of any default (other than a
default of any payment due) with respect to the Senior Credit Facility
permitting the Senior Lenders thereunder to accelerate the maturity thereof,
then, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived, no payment
or distribution shall be made by or on behalf of the Company with respect to the
principal of or premium, if any, interest or any other payment due on or with
respect to the Notes, if written notice of such default shall have been given to
the Trustee and the Company by the Bank Agent, during the period commencing on
the date on which such notice is received by the Company and the Trustee and
ending on the earlier to occur of (a) the 179th day thereafter or (b) the day on
which such default is cured or waived; provided, however, that this sentence
shall not prohibit any payment of any installment of principal of or premium, if
any, interest or any other payment due on the Notes for more than 179 days in
any 365-day period and provided, further, that no default that once formed the
basis for any such notice by the Bank Agent shall form the basis of any
subsequent notice under this paragraph.  For purposes of the preceding sentence,
"default" shall mean any default or failure to observe or perform any provision
of the Senior Credit Facility, after the giving of notice, the expiration of any
grace periods, or both, so that the Senior Lenders are entitled to accelerate
the maturity thereof.

          Upon any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets or
securities of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or
securities, to creditors upon any dissolution, winding-up, total or partial
liquidation or reorganization of the Company or its property, whether voluntary
or involuntary, or any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any
marshalling of assets and liabilities, or in bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due or to become due upon all
Senior Indebtedness first shall be paid in full in cash, or payment thereof
provided for in cash in accordance with its terms, before any payment is made on
account of the principal of or premium, if any, interest or any other amount due
on or with respect to the Notes; and upon any such dissolution, winding-up,
liquidation, reorganization, assignment, marshalling or proceedings:

          (a)  the Senior Lenders shall be entitled to receive payment in full
in cash and cash equivalents of all Senior Indebtedness before the Holders of
the Notes and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive any payment of principal
or premium, if any, or interest on or other amounts payable with respect to the
Notes; and

          (b)  any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets or
securities of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or
securities, to which the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee would be entitled
except for the provisions of this Article Eleven, shall be paid by the Company
or by any Custodian, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution,
or by any Holder, the Trustee, any paying agent or any depositary if 



                                       43

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



received by it, directly to the Senior Lenders or their representative or
representatives, or the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to
which any instruments evidencing any such Senior Indebtedness may have been
issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay
all such Senior Indebtedness in full in cash or cash equivalents, after giving
effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the Senior Lenders.

          In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by or
distribution of assets or securities of the Company of any kind or character,
whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be
received by the Trustee or the Holders before all such Senior Indebtedness is
paid in full in cash, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for
the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the Senior Lenders or
their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any
indenture pursuant to which any instrument evidencing any such Senior
Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for
application to the payment of all such Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid to
the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness in full in cash or cash
equivalents in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent
payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the Senior Lenders.

          The consolidation of the Company with or the merger of the Company
into another corporation, or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company
following the conveyance or transfer of its property or assets as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety to another corporation, upon the terms and
conditions provided for in Article Seven, shall not be deemed a dissolution,
winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 11.02
if such other corporation, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance
or transfer, shall comply with the conditions stated in Article Seven.  Nothing
in this Section 11.02 shall apply to claims of or payments to the Trustee
pursuant to Section 5.07.

          The Senior Lenders, at any time and from time to time, without the
consent of or notice to the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the
Holders and without impairing or releasing the obligations of the Holders
hereunder to the Senior Lenders, may: (a) change the manner, place or terms of
payment or change or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, the
Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend in any manner Senior Indebtedness or any
instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which the Senior
Indebtedness is outstanding; (b) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with
any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing the Senior Indebtedness;
(c) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection or payment of the
Senior Indebtedness; and (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights
against the Company or any other Person.

          For purposes of this Article Eleven, "payment" of or with respect to
the Notes includes any payment, redemption, acquisition, deposit, segregation,
retirement, sinking fund payment and defeasance of or with respect to the Notes,
but does not include the delivery of Outstanding or previously redeemed Notes in
satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment.

SECTION 11.03.  Subrogation of Notes.
                --------------------

          Subject to the payment in full in cash of all Senior Indebtedness at
the time outstanding, the Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of the
Senior Lenders to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or
securities of the Company applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until the
principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be paid in
full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to
the Senior Lenders of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of
the Notes or the 

                                       44

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article Eleven, and
no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article Eleven to or for the
benefit of the Senior Lenders by the Holders or the Trustee, shall, as between
the Company, its creditors other than the Senior Lenders and the Holders, be
deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of such Senior
Indebtedness.  It is understood that the provisions of this Article Eleven are
and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the
Holders on the one hand and the Senior Lenders on the other hand.

          Nothing contained in this Article Eleven or elsewhere in this
Indenture (except to the extent contemplated by Section 4.02) or in the Notes is
intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than
the Senior Lenders and the Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders the principal of and premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes as and when the same shall become due and
payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the
relative rights of the Holders and creditors of the Company other than the
Senior Lenders, nor shall anything herein (except to the extent contemplated by
Section 4.02) or therein prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Note from
exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under
this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Eleven of the
Senior Lenders in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company
received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

          Upon any payment or distribution of assets or securities of the
Company referred to in this Article Eleven, the Trustee, subject to the
provisions of Section 5.01, and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon any
order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such
dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, assignment, marshalling or
proceedings are pending, or a certificate of any Custodian, agent or other
Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the
Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in
such payment or distribution, the Senior Lenders and the holders of other
indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount
or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or
to this Article Eleven.

SECTION 11.04.  Authorization by Holders of Notes.
                ---------------------------------

          Each Holder of a Note by his acceptance thereof authorizes and directs
the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate
to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination provided in this Article Eleven
and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes
including, without limitation in the event of any dissolution, winding-up,
liquidation, marshalling of assets and liabilities or reorganization of the
Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization or
similar proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or
otherwise) tending towards liquidation of the business and assets of the
Company, the filing of a claim for the unpaid principal balance of and premium,
if any, and accrued interest on and other obligations with respect to the Notes
in the form required in those proceedings.

SECTION 11.05.  Notice to Trustee.
                -----------------

          The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any
fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment or
distribution to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes pursuant to the
provisions of this Article Eleven.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Article Eleven or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not
be charged with knowledge of the existence of any fact that would 


                                       45

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



prohibit the making of any payment or distribution to or by the Trustee in
respect of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Article Eleven, unless
and until a Responsible Officer shall have received written notice thereof at
the Principal Office of the Trustee from the Company or a Senior Lender or from
any trustee for Senior Indebtedness; and prior to the receipt of any such
written notice the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 5.01, shall be
entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however,
that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this
Section 11.05 within one Business Day prior to the date upon which by the terms
hereof any funds may become payable for any purpose (including without
limitation the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on
any Note), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such funds and to apply
the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected
by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within one Business Day
prior to such date.

          The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 5.01, shall be
entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person
representing himself to be a Senior Lender (or a trustee or agent on behalf of a
Senior Lender) to establish that such notice has been given by a Senior Lender
or a trustee or agent on behalf of any such Senior Lender.  In the event that
the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with
respect to the right of any Person as a Senior Lender to participate in any
payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Eleven, the Trustee may request
such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as
to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which
such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any
other fact pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Eleven, and
if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such
Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive
such payment or distribution.

SECTION 11.06.  Trustee's Relation to Senior Indebtedness.
                -----------------------------------------

          The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the
rights set forth in this Article Eleven in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at
any time held by it, to the same extent as any other Senior Lender, and no
provision of this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as
such Senior Lender.

          With respect to the Senior Lenders, the Trustee undertakes to perform
or to observe only such covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth
in this Article Eleven, and no implied covenant or obligation with respect to
the Senior Lenders shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.  The
Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the Senior Lenders.

          Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to Senior
Lenders, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
representative(s).

SECTION 11.07.  No Impairment of Subordination.
                ------------------------------

          No right of any present or future Senior Lender to enforce
subordination as herein provided at any time in any way shall be prejudiced or
impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act
or failure to act, in good faith, by any such Senior Lender, or by any
noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this
Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such Senior Lender may
have or otherwise be charged with.

                                       46

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------



<PAGE>





SECTION 11.08.  Article Eleven Not to Prevent Events of Default.
                -----------------------------------------------

          The failure to make a payment on account of principal, premium, if
any, interest or any other amount due hereunder or on the Notes by reason of any
provision in this Article Eleven shall not be construed as preventing the
occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 4.01 but the remedies in respect
thereof are limited as set forth in Article Four and any amounts realized
through the exercise of such remedies shall be subject to the provisions of this
Article Eleven.

SECTION 11.09.  Continuing Effect.
                -----------------

          The foregoing provisions constitute a continuing offer to all Persons
who become, or continue to be, Senior Lenders; and such provisions are made for
the benefit of the Senior Lenders, and such Senior Lenders are hereby made
obligees hereunder the same as if their names were written herein as such, and
they and/or each of them may proceed to enforce such provisions and need not
prove reliance thereon.

SECTION 11.10.  Individual Rights of Senior Lenders.
                -----------------------------------

          A Senior Lender in its individual or any other capacity may become the
owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company with the same rights as if it were not a
Senior Lender.





































                                       47

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



SECTION 11.11.  Article Applicable to Paying Agents and Depositaries.
                ----------------------------------------------------

            In case at any time any paying agent or depositary other than the
Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder,
the term "Trustee" as used in this Article shall in such case (unless the
context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such
paying agent or depositary within its meaning as fully for all intents and
purposes as if such paying agent or depositary were named in this Article in
addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, however, that Section 11.06
                                        --------
shall not apply to the Company if it acts as paying agent.

            AIBC Services N.V. hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture
declared and provided, upon the terms and conditions hereinabove set forth.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to
be duly signed, and their respective corporate seals, if any, to be hereunto
affixed and attested, all as of the date first written above.



                                        SAKS & COMPANY

                                        By:     /s/ Richard F. Zannino      
                                            --------------------------------
                                        Title:   Vice President             
                                              ------------------------------



Attest:



By:   /s/ Joan F. Krey
     --------------------------
Title   Secretary
     --------------------------

                                        AIBC SERVICES, N.V.

                                        By its Managing Director

                                        Antillean Management Corporation
                                                  "AMACO" N.V.

                                        By:  __________________________















                                       48

                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>







SECTION 11.11 Article Applicable to Paying Agents and Depositaries.

              ----------------------------------------------------



        In case at any time any paying agent or depositary other than the
Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder,
the term "Trustee" as used in this Article shall in such case (unless the
context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such
paying agent or depositary within its meaning as fully for all intents and
purposes as if such paying agent or depositary were named in this Article in
addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, however, that Section 11.06
shall not apply to the Company if it acts as paying agent.

        AIBC Services N.V. hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture declared
and provided, upon the terms and conditions hereinabove set forth.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly signed, and their respective corporate seals, if any, to be hereunto
affixed and attested, all as of the date first written above.


                                                SAKS & COMPANY


                                                By:
                                                    ---------------------
                                                Title:
                                                       ------------------


Attest:

By:
    ----------------------

Title:
      --------------------

                                                AIBC SERVICES N.V.

                                                By its Managing Director

                                                Antillean Management Corporation
                                                       "AMACO" N.V.

                                                By:  /s/ Harry P.F. von Aesch
                                                   ---------------------------

                                                       Harry P.F. von Aesch
                                                Title: Managing Director




                                 Saks Indenture
                                 --------------





<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A



            THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT EXCEPT UPON DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE TO THE ISSUER, THAT ANY SUCH SALE,
PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER TRANSFER MAY PROPERLY BE MADE WITHOUT
REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT.

                                 SAKS & COMPANY

                      9% Subordinated Note Due May 31, 2001

No.                                                         $              
   ----------                                                --------------

AS STATED IN THE INDENTURE, THE RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER HEREOF ARE SUBJECT TO
SUBORDINATION IN CERTAIN EVENTS TO ALL SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS (AS DEFINED IN THE
INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN) OF THE COMPANY

            Saks & Company, a New York corporation (the "Company," which term
includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred
to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
                                       , or registered assigns, the principal
- ---------------------------------------
sum of US $                        on May 31, 2001, and to pay interest thereon
           -----------------------
at the rate of 9% per annum from the date this Note was originally issued under
the Indenture or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest
has been paid or duly provided for, as the case may be, until Maturity. 
Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of twelve 30-day months and
paid for the actual number of days elapsed.  Interest at such rate shall be
payable in arrears on each May 31 and November 30, commencing November 30, 1993
and at Maturity.  Interest shall be payable at the lesser of the rate of 11% per
annum or the maximum rate permitted by law on any overdue principal and on any
overdue installment of interest, to the extent that the payment of such interest
shall be legally enforceable.  The interest so payable, and punctually paid or
duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, will be paid, as provided in
the Indenture, to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor
Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for
such interest, which shall be the May 15 and November 15, as the case may be,
next preceding such Interest Payment Date.  Any such interest not so punctually
paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date forthwith will cease to
be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date by virtue of his having
been such Holder and shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one
or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special
Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the
Trustee, notice of which shall be given to Holders not less than ten days prior
to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner
not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the
Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange,
all as more fully provided in the Indenture.  Payment of the principal of and
premium, if any, and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency
of the Company maintained for such purpose in Curacao, Netherlands Antilles, in
such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment
is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts; provided, however,
that at the option of the Company payment may be made by check mailed to the
Person entitled thereto at his 

















<PAGE>



address appearing on the Note Register.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Note (other than the
final payment of principal) at the option of the Holder hereof shall be made
directly to such Holder, by wire transfer of immediately available funds,
without presentment, to the address designated by such Holder in writing. 
Before selling or otherwise transferring this Note, such Holder will make a
notation hereon of the aggregate amount of all payments of principal theretofore
made, and of the date to which interest has been paid.

            Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth
on the reverse hereof.  Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the
same effect as though fully set forth on this front side of this Note.

            THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS THEREOF.

            This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose
until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been manually signed
by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture.

            Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined herein but that
are defined in the Indenture are used as therein defined.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Saks & Company. has caused this instrument to
be duly executed under its corporate seal.

                                          SAKS & COMPANY


                                          By:                                  
                                             -----------------------------------
                                          Title:                             
                                                --------------------------------

Attest:


- ---------------------------
Title:  Secretary




















                                        2

                            Exhibit A -- Form of Note
                            -------------------------





<PAGE>



                                (REVERSE OF NOTE)



          This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company,
designated as its 9% Subordinated Notes due May 31, 2001 (the "Notes"), limited
in aggregate principal amount to not more than $50,000,000 and to be issued
under an Indenture dated as of July 1, 1993 (the "Indenture"), from the Company
to AIBC Services N.V. (the "Trustee," which term includes any successor Trustee
under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto
reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights,
obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company, the
Senior Lenders, the Holders of Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are,
and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

          Subject to the terms of Articles Ten and Eleven of the Indenture, the
Notes are subject to redemption at any time or from time to time, upon not less
than 30 days' nor more than 60 days' notice, as a whole or in part, at the
election of the Company, at the following optional redemption prices (expressed
as a percentage of principal amount redeemed), if redeemed during the period
beginning on the respective date indicated below and ending on the day before
the next date indicated, plus accrued interest thereon to the date of such
redemption on the amount redeemed:

                         Date                  Optional Redemption Price
                         ----                  -------------------------

                         July 1, 1993                      104%

                         November 30, 1993                 103.5%

                         May 31, 1994                      103%

                         November 30, 1994                 102.5%

                         May 31, 1995                      102%

                         November 30, 1995                 101.5%

                         May 31, 1996                      101%

                         November 30, 1996                 100.5%

                         May 31, 1997 until Maturity       100%



          In each case, interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or
prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or
one or more Predecessor Notes, of record at the close of business on the
relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the
Indenture.

          In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note or
Notes for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder
hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

          The Indenture further provides that, upon the occurrence of a Change
of Control, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing and shall promptly
make an offer to purchase, on the last day of the next fiscal quarter of the
Company commencing after the 

                                        3

                            Exhibit A -- Form of Note
                            -------------------------





<PAGE>



Change of Control Date (the "Change of Control Payment Date"), all Notes then
Outstanding at a purchase price equal to the price specified in this Note for
optional redemption, together with accrued interest to and including the Change
of Control Payment Date.  The obligation of the Company to make such purchase is
subject to certain limitations and qualifications set forth in the Indenture,
including that the Senior Credit Facility shall have been terminated or the Bank
Agent consented to such repurchase.

          The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, to the extent provided in the
Indenture, is subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment
in full in cash of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company as defined in the
Indenture, whether outstanding at the date of the Indenture or subsequently
incurred, and this Note is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture
with respect to such subordination.  Each Holder of this Note, by his acceptance
hereof, agrees to be bound by such provisions of the Indenture and authorizes
and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or
appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination of this Note as
provided in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any
and all such purposes, including, without limitation, in the event of any
dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, marshalling of assets and liabilities or
reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership,
reorganization or similar proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of
creditors or otherwise) tending towards liquidation of the business and assets
of the Company, the filing of a claim for the unpaid principal balance of and
premium, if any, and accrued interest on and other obligations with respect to
the Notes in the form required in those proceedings.  Each Holder of this Note,
by his acceptance hereof, agrees that each Senior Lender, whether the Senior
Indebtedness held by it was created or acquired before or after the issuance of
the Notes, shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such provisions in
acquiring and continuing to hold or in continuing to hold, such Senior
Indebtedness.

          If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have
occurred and be continuing, the principal of all Notes may be declared, and upon
such declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect
and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

          So long as any Senior Indebtedness is outstanding or the Company shall
have any outstanding obligation thereunder, the Company may not amend or modify
in certain respects any of the subordination provisions contained in the
Indenture as against any Senior Lender who has not consented thereto.

          The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the
Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, evidenced as in
the Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures adding any provision
to or changing in any manner or eliminating any provision of the Indenture or of
any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders
of the Notes; provided that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the
consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby, (a) change the
Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any
Note, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or
reduce the principal amount thereof or premium, if any, thereon, or impair the
right to institute suit for the payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof
(or, in the case of redemption or repurchase, on or after the Redemption Date or
Change of Control Payment Date), or change the place of payment where, or the
coin or currency in which, the principal, premium, if any, or interest is
payable, (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes the consent of whose Holders is required to waive compliance
with certain provisions of the Indenture or 






                                        4

                            Exhibit A -- Form of Note
                            -------------------------





<PAGE>

certain defaults thereunder or to consent to any such supplemental indenture or
(c) modify certain sections of the Indenture or the Events of Default
thereunder.  The Indenture also provides that, prior to any declaration
accelerating the maturity of the Notes, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding on behalf of the Holders
of all of the Notes may waive any past default or Event of Default under the
Indenture and its consequences except a default in the payment of the principal
of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes and certain other
defaults.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (unless revoked
as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder
and upon all future Holders of this Note and any Note that may be issued in
exchange or substitution herefor, irrespective of whether or not any notation
thereof is made upon this Note or such other Note.

          No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture (except to the extent contemplated by Section 4.02 of the
Indenture) shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and
interest on this Note at the place, at the times, at the rate and in the coin or
currency herein prescribed.

          The Notes are issuable only in registered form (pursuant to Regulation
Sec. 5f.103-1 of the Federal Income Tax Regulations) without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof and may be transferred
only by surrender of this Note and the reissuance by the Company of this Note to
the transferee or the issuance by the Company of a new Note or new Notes to the
transferee or transferees.  At the office or agency of the Company maintained
for such purpose and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in
the Indenture, Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of
Notes of other authorized denominations.

          Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note at the
office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, a new Note or Notes
of authorized denominations for an equal aggregate principal amount will be
issued to the transferee in exchange herefor, subject to the limitations
provided in the Indenture, without charge except for any tax or other
governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

          The Company, the Trustee, any paying agent, and any Note Registrar may
deem and treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the absolute
owner of this Note (whether or not this Note shall be overdue and
notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone
other than the Company or any Note Registrar), for the purpose of receiving
payment hereof and for all other purposes, and none of the Company, the Trustee,
any paying agent or any Note Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the
contrary.  All payments made to or upon the order of such registered Holder, to
the extent of the sum or sums paid, shall satisfy and discharge liability for
amounts payable on this Note.

          The rate of interest payable hereon shall in no event exceed the
maximum rate permissible under applicable law.  If interest would otherwise be
payable to the Holder hereof in excess of the maximum lawful amount, the
interest payable shall be reduced to the maximum amount permitted under
applicable law; and if the Holder shall ever receive anything of value deemed
interest by applicable law in excess of the maximum lawful amount, an amount
equal to any excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the
principal hereof and not to payment of interest, or if such excessive interest
exceeds the unpaid balance of principal hereon, such excess shall be refunded to
the Company.





                                        5

                            Exhibit A -- Form of Note
                            -------------------------





<PAGE>


                      OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT REPURCHASE

          If you wish to have this Note repurchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 9.14 of the Indenture, check the box:  / / If you wish to have a portion
                                               --
of this Note repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 9.14 of the
Indenture, state the amount (which must be $1,000 or integral multiples of
$1,000):

                                   $              
                                    --------------

                                   DATE:               
                                        ---------------

                                   YOUR SIGNATURE:          
                                                  ---------------------

                                   SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:     
                                                       ----------------

















































                                        6

                            Exhibit A -- Form of Note
                            -------------------------





<PAGE>



                 FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
                 -----------------------------------------------



          This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.

                                   AIBC SERVICES N.V.,

                                   as Trustee

                                   By:                 
                                      -----------------

                                   Authorized Officer






















































                                        7

                            Exhibit A -- Form of Note
                            -------------------------









                                                                    Exhibit 4.08




                          FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

          This FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "First Supplemental
Indenture") is dated as of April 22, 1996 between SAKS & COMPANY, a New York
corporation (the "Company"), and AIBC SERVICES, N.V., a Netherlands Antilles
corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee") under the Indenture (as hereinafter
defined).

                                 R E C I T A L S
                                 - - - - - - - -

          A.   The Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee
a certain Indenture dated as of July 1, 1993 (the "Indenture"), providing for
the issuance of $50,000,000 principal amount of its 9% Subordinated Notes due
May 31, 2001 (the "Notes").  All terms used in this First Supplemental Indenture
which are defined in the Indenture shall have the same meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture.

          B.   Pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Indenture, a supplemental
indenture may be entered into by the Company and the Trustee without the consent
of any of the Holders of Outstanding Notes to, among other things, cure any
ambiguity or correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture that may be
inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture, or to make such other
provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under the Indenture as are
not inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture and as shall not adversely
affect the interests of the Holders.

          C.   All things necessary to make this First Supplemental Indenture
when executed by the parties hereto a valid and binding amendment of and
supplement to the Indenture have been done and performed.

                                A G R E E M E N T
                                - - - - - - - - -

          NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and for other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby mutually covenant and agree as
follows:

          SECTION 1. Amendment to Indenture.  Section 1.01 of the Indenture
                     ----------------------
shall be amended by amending the definition of "Public Offering" by deleting the
words "the Company's" and substituting therefor the word "Holdings's".

          SECTION 2. Severability.  In case any provision in this First
                    -------------
Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity,
legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

          SECTION 3.  No Third Party Beneficiaries.  Nothing in this First
                     -----------------------------
Supplemental Indenture, express or implied, shall give to any Person other than
the parties hereto and their successors under the Indenture, the Senior Lenders
and the Holders of the Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under the Indenture.



















<PAGE>





          SECTION 4. Effect of First Supplemental Indenture.  This First
                     --------------------------------------
Supplemental Indenture supplements the Indenture and shall be a part and subject
to all the terms thereof.  Except as supplemented hereby, the Indenture shall
continue in full force and effect.

          SECTION 5. Governing Law.  This First Supplemental Indenture shall be
                     -------------
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

          SECTION 6. Counterparts.  This First Supplemental Indenture may be
                     ------------
executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be
deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute
but one and the same instrument.

         [The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]






















































                                        2





<PAGE>





          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First
Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and their respective corporate seals,
if any, to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first
above written.

                                        SAKS & COMPANY




                                        By:   /s/ Robert J. Vill        
                                            ----------------------------
                                             Name:  Robert J. Vill
                                             Title: Vice President, Treasurer



Attest:




By:  /s/ Joan F. Krey        
    -------------------------
     Name:  Joan F. Krey
     Title: Vice President, Secretary,.
               General Counsel


                                        AIBC SERVICES N.V.

                                        By:  AMACO (Curacao) N.V.



                                        By:                                
                                            -------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:





















                                        3





<PAGE>








          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First
Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and their respective corporate seals,
if any, to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first
above written.


                                        SAKS & COMPANY



                                        By:                              
                                            -----------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


Attest:




By:                            
    ---------------------------
     Name:
     Title:

                                        AIBC SERVICES N.V.

                                        By:  AMACO (Curacao) N.V.



                                        By:  /s/ Petronella J.S. Dunselman
                                            ------------------------------
                                             Name: Petronella J.S. Dunselman
                                             Title: Attorney-in-fact


                                             /s/ Rudolphus F.M. Scholten
                                            ----------------------------
                                             Name: Rudolphus F.M. Scholten
                                             Title: Attorney-in-fact



                                                  Exhibit 10.17.2




                            UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT
                                       OF
                             THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                                       OF
                               SAKS HOLDINGS, INC.

     The undersigned, being all of the directors of Saks Holdings, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), and acting hereunder without convening
a formal meeting, do hereby consent, effective as of April 18, 1996, in writing
to the adoption of the following resolutions pursuant to Section 141(f) of the
General Corporation Law of Delaware, such action to have the same force and
effect as a unanimous vote of the directors of the Corporation at a meeting duly
called and held:



1996 MANAGEMENT STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
- ------------------------------------

     WHEREAS, in February 1996 the shareholders of the
Corporation approved the adoption by the Corporation of, and the
Corporation adopted, a management stock incentive plan (the "1996
Management Stock Incentive Plan"); 

     WHEREAS, the 1996 Management Stock Incentive Plan provides
that the number of shares of stock that may be subject to the
1996 Management Stock Incentive Plan shall not in the aggregate
exceed 486,6000, subject to adjustment as provided for therein;
and

     WHEREAS, it is deemed in the best interest of the
Corporation that the aggregate number of shares of stock that may
be subject to the 1996 Management Stock Incentive Plan be
increased to 1,241,809, subject to adjustment as provided for
therein. 

     NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the 1996 Management
Stock Incentive Plan be, and it hereby is, amended in the
following manner:  Section 2 of the 1996 Management Stock
Incentive Plan shall be, and it hereby is, deleted and replaced
in its entirety with the following:

          "2.  Stock Subject to the Plan.  The maximum number of
               -------------------------
          shares of stock that may be subject to Options or Stock
          Appreciation Rights granted hereunder and the number of
          shares of stock that may be sold as Restricted Stock
          hereunder, when combined with the number of shares of
          stock subject to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights
          granted, or Restricted Stock sold, under the 1990
          Senior Management Stock Incentive Plan previously
          established by the Company, shall not in the aggregate
          exceed 1,241,809 shares of the Class C Stock, one cent 
          ($0.01) par value (the "Shares"), of the Company,
          subject to adjustment under Section 15 hereof.  The
          Shares that may be subject to Options granted and
          Restricted Stock sold or granted under the Plan may be
          authorized and unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by
          the Company and held as treasury stock.

          Shares that are subject to the unexercised portions of
          any Options that expire, terminate or are canceled, and
          Shares that are not required to satisfy the exercise 























<PAGE>

          of any Stock Appreciation Rights that expire, terminate
          or are canceled, and Shares of Restricted Stock that
          are reacquired by the Company pursuant to the
          restrictions thereon, may again become available for
          the grant of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights and
          the sale or grant of Restricted Stock under the Plan. 
          If a Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, any Option
          or portion thereof that is surrendered in connection
          with such exercise shall terminate and the Shares
          theretofore subject to the Option or portion thereof
          shall not be available for further use under the Plan."

GENERAL AUTHORIZING RESOLUTION; RATIFICATION
- --------------------------------------------

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that any specific resolutions that may be
required to have been adopted by the Board in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions be, and
the same hereby are, adopted, and each appropriate officer of the
Corporation is hereby authorized in the name and on behalf of the
Corporation to certify as to the adoption of any and all such
resolutions;

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that the appropriate officers of the
Corporation be, and each of them acting alone hereby is,
authorized and directed in the name and on behalf of the
Corporation to execute and deliver any instrument, document or
agreement or to take or cause to be taken any other action or
actions which such officer or officers may deem necessary,
appropriate or desirable to carry out the intent and purposes of
the foregoing resolutions, such approval to be conclusively
evidenced by the taking of any such action or the execution and
delivery of any such instrument by an officer of the Corporation;
and

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that any action heretofore taken by any
officer of the Corporation in connection with or otherwise in
contemplation of the transactions contemplated by any of the
foregoing resolutions be, and they hereby are, adopted, approved,
confirmed and ratified.




        [remainder of this page intentionally left blank]











































<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has hereunto set his
hand effective as of the day and year first written above.







                              /s/ Savio W. Tung
                              -------------------------------
                                                            
                                         Savio W. Tung



                              /s/ Jon P. Hedley
                              -------------------------------
                                                            
                                         Jon P. Hedley



                                                             
                              -------------------------------
                                                            
                                     E. Garrett Bewkes III



                              /s/ Charles J. Philippin
                              --------------------------------
                                      Charles J. Philippin







                                                              
                              --------------------------------
                                        Philip B. Miller







                                                              
                              --------------------------------
                                        Rose Marie Bravo







                                                              
                              --------------------------------
                                       Brian E. Kendrick
















<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has hereunto set his
hand effective as of the day and year first written above.







                                                             
                              -------------------------------
                                         Savio W. Tung







                                                             
                              -------------------------------
                                         Jon P. Hedley







                                                             
                              -------------------------------
                                     E. Garrett Bewkes III







                                                              
                              --------------------------------
                                      Charles J. Philippin



                              /s/ Philip B. Miller
                              --------------------------------
                                        Philip B. Miller



                              /s/ Rose Marie Bravo
                              --------------------------------
                                        Rose Marie Bravo



                              /s/ Brian E. Kendrick
                              --------------------------------
                                       Brian E. Kendrick













                                 




<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has hereunto set his
hand effective as of the day and year first written above.







                              -------------------------------
                                         Savio W. Tung







                                                             
                              -------------------------------
                                         Jon P. Hedley



                              /s/ E. Garrett Bewkes III
                              -------------------------------
                                                            
                                     E. Garrett Bewkes III







                                                              
                              --------------------------------
                                      Charles J. Philippin







                                                              
                              --------------------------------
                                        Philip B. Miller







                                                              
                              --------------------------------
                                        Rose Marie Bravo







                                                              
                              --------------------------------
                                       Brian E. Kendrick




















                                                  Exhibit 10.19


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              --------------------
                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------



















          This Amended and Restated Agreement (this "Agreement") is entered into

as of March 1, 1996, by and between Saks & Company ("Employer") and Philip B.

Miller ("Employee").


          WHEREAS, Employer and Employee are party to a certain Employment

Agreement, dated as of August 6, 1990 (the "Old Employment Agreement"); and


          WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to amend certain provisions of

the Old Employment Agreement;


          NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound,

hereby agree that, effective as of March 1, 1996, the terms and provisions of

the Old Employment Agreement be and they hereby are amended and restated in

their entirety as set forth below:


          1.   Position.  Employee shall serve under this Agreement as Chairman
               --------

of the Board of Directors of Employer (the "Board") and as Chief Executive

Officer of Employer.  Employee shall devote his best efforts and all of his

business time and attention to the performance of his duties.  Employee's duties

hereunder may be changed from time to time hereafter but only in a manner

consistent with Employee's position with Employer and reputation in the

retailing industry.  Employment shall be principally at Employer's offices in

New York City, except for business travel.























<PAGE>




          2.   Compensation.  For services performed, Employer agrees to pay and
               ------------

Employee agrees to accept, the following terms of compensation:


               A.   Salary.  A salary, payable semi-monthly, at the annual rate
                    ------

of $1,200,000.  Employee's salary hereunder shall be subject to annual review by

the Board, provided that the level of such salary shall not be subject to

reduction and shall be increased annually by a minimum percentage amount equal

to the percentage increase (if any) in the "CPI" during the calendar year

immediately preceding such fiscal year.  As used in this paragraph, "CPI" means

the Consumer Price Index-All Urban Consumers, All Items (CPI-U), New York City

(Base Year 1982-1984=100), as published by the United States Bureau of Labor

Statistics.  If the CPI is discontinued or revised, such other government index

or computation with which it is replaced shall be used in order to obtain

substantially the same result as would have been obtained if the CPI had not

been discontinued or revised.


               B.   Personal Expense Allowance.  A personal expense allowance,
                    --------------------------

payable annually, at the rate of not less than $40,000 per year throughout the

term of this Agreement.


               C.   Bonuses. Employer agrees to adopt bonus arrangements
                    -------

applicable to Employee which in the good faith judgment of the Board are fair

and reasonable in the context of then-relevant factors, including without

limitation the financial condition of Employer, its recent operating

performance, its 





























                                          2





<PAGE>




prospects, the performance and responsibilities of Employee, and competitive

conditions in the retailing industry.


          3.   Supplemental Items. Employer agrees to provide the following
               ------------------

supplemental items:


               A.   Benefit Plans.  Employee shall be entitled to participate in
                    -------------

all of Employers benefit plans applicable to, and to the same extent as,

Employer's highest ranking executives, including incentive and option plans, if

any, according to the terms of those plans, provided that Employee's right to

participate in such plans shall not affect Employers right to amend or terminate

the general applicability of such plans.


               B.   Medical Dental and Vision Care.  Reimbursement by Employer
                    ------------------------------

(through insurance or otherwise) for the full amount of any medical, dental and

vision-care expenses incurred by Employee and his spouse and dependent children

during the term of this Agreement.


               C.   Life Insurance.  Full participation in any life insurance
                    --------------

plan or plans of Employer.  Employer shall provide life insurance coverage

(through such plan or otherwise), in an amount at least equal to twice annual

Salary under Paragraph 3.A. above, and Employee may purchase at his own expense

additional coverage in an amount equal to annual Salary under Paragraph 3.A.

above.


               D.   Pension.  Employee shall be entitled to participate in all
                    -------

of Employer's pension and deferred benefits plans applicable to, and to the same

extent as, Employer's 

























                                          3





<PAGE>




highest ranking executives according to the terms of those plans, provided that

Employee's right to participate in such plans shall not affect Employer's right

to amend or terminate the general applicability of such plans.  Employee's

"Credited Service" for purposes of calculating Employee's entitlement to

supplemental pension benefits will be equal to the sum of (A) one month of

Credited Service for each actual month of employment by Employer commencing on

August 6, 1990, plus (B) notional service equal to thirteen (13) years of

Credited Service.


          4.   Taxes.  Federal, state and local income taxes shall be withheld
               -----

on all cash and in-kind payments made by Employer to Employee in accordance with

applicable tax laws and regulations.


          5.   Termination. The provisions of this Paragraph 5 shall apply upon
               -----------

termination of Employee's employment hereunder.  The phrase "Standard

Termination Amounts" shall mean, as of the date of termination of Employee's

employment hereunder, pro-rated as appropriate, the following: earned but unpaid

salary, bonus and deferred compensation; unpaid personal expense allowance;

unreimbursed medical, dental and vision care expenses; unpaid or unreimbursed

benefits under other applicable benefit plans; life insurance benefits; and non-

forfeitable benefits under Employers Pension Plans.


          A.   Death.  In the event of Employee's death, all provisions of this
               -----

Agreement shall terminate, except any survivor(s) benefits subject to the

provisions of Paragraph 3.D. 





























                                          4





<PAGE>




above and the right of his beneficiaries to receive the Standard Termination

Amounts.


          B.   Disability. In the event of Employee's failure to render services
               ----------

to Employer for a continuous period of six months on account of physical or

mental disability, Employer may terminate this Agreement.  However, this will

not affect Employee's right or the right of Employee's beneficiaries to receive

any (i) disability benefits set forth in this Paragraph; and (ii) Standard

Termination Amounts.  In the event this Agreement is terminated by Employer on

account of Employee's disability, Employee shall receive disability benefits in 

accordance with the terms of the Employers long-term disability plan.  The

disability payments to be made hereunder shall not be reduced by the amount of

supplement pension payments to which Employee shall-be entitled hereunder.


          C.   Retirement.  In the event of Employee's retirement at Employer's
               ----------

normal retirement age, which is age 65, or earlier retirement with the consent

of the Board, all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate except for

Paragraphs 3.D, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10.  However, this will not affect Employee's

right or the right of Employee's beneficiaries to receive any Standard

Termination Amounts.


          D.   By Employer. In the event Employer terminates Employee's
               -----------

employment for any reason other than for death, disability, retirement or cause,

all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate, except the provisions of

Paragraph 7 hereof and Employee's right or the right of his beneficiaries to

receive any 



























                                          5





<PAGE>




Standard Termination Amounts.  In addition, Employer shall, in such event, pay

to Employee, within thirty (30) days of the date of such termination, an amount

in cash equal to three times Employee's annual base salary as then in effect,

without deduction or offset except as provided in paragraph 4 hereof.  If at any

time during the term of this Agreement Employee shall not be a member of both

the Board and the board of directors of Employer's parent corporation, Saks

Holdings, Inc., and each of their respective successors or assigns, Employee

shall have the right, by written notice to Employer, to terminate his services

hereunder, and such termination shall be deemed a termination by Employer

pursuant to this Paragraph 5.D, provided that Employee shall no longer have the

right to so terminate his services hereunder if prior to the delivery of such

notice of termination, Employer shall cause Employee to be elected a director of

the appropriate board(s) of directors.  If Employer shall breach any of its

obligations to Employee hereunder and if such breach is not cured by Employer in

all material respects within thirty (30) days after receipt by Employer of

written notification thereof from Employee, and if within thirty (30) days of

the expiration of the aforesaid thirty (30) day period Employee shall terminate

his services hereunder by written notice to Employer, such termination shall be

deemed a termination by Employer pursuant to this Section 5.D.


          E.   By Employee, or by Employer for Cause.  In the event that
               -------------------------------------

Employee voluntarily terminates employment (which shall include retirement by

Employee prior to age 65 without the consent of the Board) or if Employer

terminates Employee's 





























                                          6





<PAGE>




employment for cause, all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate, except

Employee's right, or the right of his beneficiaries, to receive any Standard

Termination Amounts, and except that in the event of voluntary termination the

provisions of Paragraph 7 shall remain in effect.  Termination by Employer for

"cause" shall mean termination by action of the Employer because of serious,

willful misconduct by Employee as, for example, the commission by Employee of a

felony arising from specific conduct of Employee which reasonably relates to his

qualification or ability (personal or professional) to perform his duties

hereunder or a perpetration by Employee of a common law fraud against Employer. 

In the event of a termination under this Paragraph 5.E., Employer shall promptly

give Employee a written notice specifying the grounds for Employer's

determination of misconduct.


          F.   Continuation of Medical Coverage.  In the event of the
               --------------------------------

termination of Employee's employment pursuant to Paragraph 5.A, 5.B or 5.C,

Employee and his spouse shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to

Employer by Employee or his spouse or representative within forty-five (45) days

of such termination, to continue to receive for his life and that of his spouse,

at Employee's cost or the cost of his spouse, the benefits provided under the

health care plan of the Employer then in effect, which benefits may but need not

be provided under said plan or plans.  Employee's cost or the cost of his spouse

shall be determined at least annually in accordance with the formulae for

"applicable premium" set forth in Section 4980B(f)(4) of the Internal Revenue

Code of 1986, as amended (the "I.R.C."), 





























                                          7





<PAGE>




provided, however, that, except as required by law during the COBRA continuation

period, no other provision of Section 4980B shall apply to the health care

continuation provided for herein. If changes in law cause the foregoing

arrangement for Employee's and his spouse's health benefits to negatively affect

any tax aspect of such benefits or plan with respect to the Employer, other

employees or the Employer's plan or trust, then the foregoing arrangement shall

no longer be in effect, and Employer shall design and implement an arrangement

for providing equivalent health benefits for Employee and his spouse which will

not have such negative effect described above.


          6.   Confidential Information.  Employee agrees that he will not
               ------------------------

disclose, and Employer may enjoin Employee from disclosing, any confidential

information concerning Employer to any competing business, and that nothing

herein shall preclude Employer from enjoining or attempting to enjoin any such

competing business from receiving any confidential information from Employee. 

For purposes of the foregoing, "confidential information" does not include

information which (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than

as a result of disclosure by Employee or (ii) is or becomes available to the

competing business from a source other than Employee which source, to Employee's

best knowledge, did not violate any contractual or common law obligation to

Employer by making available such information.


          7.   Excess Parachute Parent Indemnification.  If any payment, right
               ---------------------------------------

or benefit provided for herein or in connection with Employee's providing

services to Employer is treated as an 




























                                          8





<PAGE>




"excess parachute payment" as such term is defined in Section 280G(b) of the

I.R.C., Employer shall indemnify, hold harmless and make whole, on an after-tax

basis, Employee for any adverse federal tax consequences, including but not

limited to providing to Employee on an after-tax basis the amount necessary to

pay any tax imposed by I.R.C. S 4999; provided, however, that in determining

whether any adverse federal tax consequences have occurred, the denial of a tax

deduction to the Employer with respect to the amount of a payment made to or

other benefit conferred on Employee shall not be treated as giving rise to an

adverse federal tax consequence with respect to Employee.  The Employer shall

use its reasonable efforts to insure that any payments, rights or benefits

provided for herein or in connection with Employees providing services to

Employer are not treated as excess parachute payments, including, but not

limited to, seeking shareholder approval of the amount of such any payment,

right or benefit as provided for in I.R.C. Sec. 280G(b)(5)(B).


          8.   Construction and Amendment.  This Agreement contains all of the
               --------------------------

material terms and conditions governing Employers continuing employment of

Employee, and shall supersede all prior agreements between Employer and

Employee.  No amendment of the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be

effective unless agreed to in writing by Employer and Employee.  This Agreement

shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of

New York, applicable to agreements made and to be enforced in that state.


          9.   Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
               --------------

to the benefit of Employer, its successors 




























                                          9





<PAGE>




and assigns, and Employee, his heirs, executors, administrators, and legal

representatives Employee's rights and benefits under this Agreement are personal

to him, and, except as otherwise provided herein, no such right or benefit shall

be subject to voluntary or involuntary alienation, assignment or transfer

without the prior written consent of Employer.


          10.  Notice.  Any notice or other communication required or permitted
               ------

under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent

prepaid telex, cable or telecopy, or sent postage prepaid by registered,

certified or express mail or sent by reputable overnight courier service and

shall be deemed given when so delivered by hand, telexed, cabled or telecopied,

or if mailed, three days after mailing (one business day in the case of express

mail or overnight courier service), to the addresses indicated below or to such

other address as the addressee shall have theretofore furnished in writing to

the other party:


          If to Employer:     Saks & Company
                              12 East 49th Street
                              New York, New York 10017

                              Attn:  Chairman of the Board

          with a copy to:     Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher
                              200 Park Avenue
                              New York, New York 10166

                              Attn:  Charles K. Marquis

          If to Employee:     Saks & Company
                              12 East 49th Street
                              New York, New York 10017

                              Attn:  Mr. Philip B. Miller




























                                          10





<PAGE>




          with a copy to:     _________________
                              _________________
                              _________________
                              Attn: 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer and Employee have signed this Agreement.


                              SAKS & COMPANY





                              By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                   __________________
                                   Title:

Agreed to and Accepted:


/s/ Philip B. Miller
_______________________
Philip B. Miller

Date:


















































                                          11





                                                                 Exhibit 10.20

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------



          This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (this "Agreement") is

entered into as of March 1, 1996, by and between Saks & Company ("Employer") and

Rosemarie Bravo ("Employee").


          WHEREAS, Employer and Employee are party to a certain Employment

Agreement, dated as of September __, 1992 (the "Old Employment Agreement"); and


          WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to amend certain provisions of

the Old Employment Agreement;


          NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound,

hereby agree that, effective as of March 1, 1996, the terms and provisions of

the Old Employment Agreement be and they hereby are amended and restated in

their entirety as set forth below:


          l.   Position; Commencement.  Employee shall serve under this
               ----------------------

Agreement as President of Employer.  Employee shall devote her best efforts and

all her business time and attention to the performance of her duties hereunder. 

Employment shall be principally at Employer's offices in New York City, except

for business travel.



<PAGE>



          2.   Compensation.  For services performed, Employer agrees to pay,
               ------------

and Employee agrees to accept, salary, payable semi-monthly, at the annual rate

of $750,000.00.  Employee shall be entitled to a performance and salary review

in April, 1997, and annually thereafter, and to receive bonus payments at the

discretion of the board of directors of Employer.  In addition, Employee shall

be entitled to participate in all of Employer's bonus and benefit plans

applicable to, and to the same extent as, Employer's other similarly situated

officers, according to the terms of those plans, provided that Employee's right

to participate in such plans shall not affect Employer's right to amend or

terminate the general applicability of such plans, and provided further that

Employee shall be entitled to four (4) weeks vacation per year.


          3.   Taxes.  Federal, state and local income taxes shall be withheld
               -----

on all cash and in-kind payments made by Employer to Employee in accordance with

applicable tax laws and regulations.


          4.   Termination.  The provisions of this Paragraph 4 shall apply upon
               -----------

termination of Employee's employment hereunder. The phrase "Standard Termination

Amounts" shall mean, as of the date of termination of Employee's employment

hereunder, pro-rated as appropriate, the following: earned but unpaid salary;

unreimbursed normal business expenses; and unpaid or unreimbursed 



                                          2



<PAGE>



bonus payments and benefits under, and in accordance with the terms of,

applicable bonus and benefit plans.


               A.   Death.  In the event of Employee's death, all provisions of
                    -----

this Agreement shall terminate, except the right of her estate or her

beneficiaries to receive the Standard Termination Amounts.


               B.   Disability.  In the event of Employee's failure to render
                    ----------

services to Employer for a continuous period of six months on account of

physical or mental disability, Employer may terminate this Agreement in which

event all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate except the provisions of

Paragraph 5 hereof. However, this will not affect Employee's right or the right

of Employee's estate or beneficiaries to receive any Standard Termination

Amounts.


               C.   Retirement.  In the event of Employee's retirement at
                    ----------

Employer's normal retirement age, which is age 65, or earlier retirement with

the consent of the Board, all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate

except the provisions of Paragraph 5 hereof. However, this will not affect

Employee's right or the right of Employee's estate or beneficiaries to receive

any Standard Termination Amounts.


               D.   By Employer.  In the event Employer terminates Employee's
                    -----------

employment for any reason other than for death, disability, retirement, or cause

(as defined in 4.E. 



                                          3



<PAGE>



hereof), all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate except the provisions

of Paragraph 5 hereof and Employee's right or the right of Employee's estate or

beneficiaries to receive any Standard Termination Amounts. In addition, Employer

shall, in such event, pay to Employee, within thirty (30) days of the date of

such termination, an amount in cash equal to two times Employee's annual base

salary as then in effect, without deduction or offset except as provided in

paragraph 3 hereof. In the event that Employer assigns to Employee duties

inconsistent with her status as a senior executive officer of Employer or in the

event that there is a substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of

her responsibilities, if Employee terminates her employment within three (3)

months thereafter Employer shall be deemed to have terminated Employee's

employment without cause, and Employee shall be entitled to the payment provided

for in the preceding sentence. 


               E.   By Employee, or by Employer for Cause.  In the event that
                    -------------------------------------

Employee voluntarily terminates employment or if Employer terminates Employee's

employment for cause, all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate, except

the provisions of Paragraph 5 hereof and Employee's right, or the right of

Employee's estate or beneficiaries, to receive any Standard Termination Amounts.

Termination by Employer for "cause" shall mean termination by action of Employer

because of serious, willful misconduct by Employee as, for example, the

commission by 



                                          4



<PAGE>



Employee of a felony arising from specific conduct of Employee which reasonably

relates to Employee's qualification or ability (personal or professional) to

perform Employee's duties hereunder or a perpetration by Employee of a common

law fraud against Employer. In the event of a termination under this Paragraph

4.E., Employer shall promptly give Employee a written notice specifying the

grounds for Employer's determination of misconduct.


          5.   Confidential Information.  Employee agrees to keep confidential
               ------------------------

and not disclose (either directly or indirectly), and Employer may enjoin

Employee from disclosing, any confidential information concerning Employer to

any third party, including, without limitation, any business competing with

Employer. For purposes of the foregoing, "confidential information" does not

include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public

other than as a result of disclosure by Employee or (ii) is or becomes available

to a third party from a source other than Employee which source, to Employee's

best knowledge, did not violate any contractual or common law obligation to

Employer by making available such information.


          6.   Construction and Amendment.  This Agreement contains all of the
               --------------------------

material terms and conditions governing Employer's continuing employment of

Employee, and shall supersede any and all prior oral and written understandings

and agreements 



                                          5



<PAGE>



and all contemporaneous oral understandings and agreements between Employer and

Employee  In this respect, Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employer's sole

obligations to Employee with respect to the future termination of Employee's

employment by Employer (for whatever reason and under whatever circumstances)

are as set forth in this Agreement. No amendment of the terms and conditions of

this Agreement shall be effective unless agreed to in writing by Employer and

Employee. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held unenforceable, the

enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected. This

Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the

State of New York, applicable to agreements made and to be enforced in that

state.


          7.   Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
               --------------

to the benefit of Employer, its successors and assigns, and Employee and

Employee's heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives. 

Employee's rights and benefits under this Agreement are personal, and, except as

otherwise provided herein, no such right or benefit shall be subject to

voluntary or involuntary alienation, assignment or transfer without the prior

written consent of Employer.


          8.   Notice.  Any notice or other communication required or permitted
               ------

under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent

prepaid telex, cable or telecopy, or sent postage prepaid by registered,

certified or 



                                          6



<PAGE>



express mail or sent by reputable overnight courier service and shall be deemed

given when so delivered by hand, telexed, cabled or telecopied, or if mailed,

three days after mailing (one business day in the case of express mail or

overnight courier service), to the address indicated below or to such other

address as the addressee shall have theretofore furnished in writing to the

other party:


          If to Employer:     Saks & Company

                              12 East 49th Street 

                              New York, New York 10017



                              Attn:  Chairman of the Board

          If to Employee:     Ms. Rosemarie Bravo

                              ____________________

                              ____________________

                              ____________________



                                          7



<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer and Employee have signed this Agreement.



                              SAKS & COMPANY



                              By:  /s/ Philip B. Miller
                                   ----------------------
                                   Title:

Agreed to and Accepted:


/s/ Rosemarie Bravo
- ----------------------
Rosemarie Bravo



                                          8




                                                                Exhibit 10.21

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------



          This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (this "Agreement") is

entered into as of March 1, 1996, by and between Saks & Company ("Employer") and

Owen E. Dorsey ("Employee").


          WHEREAS, Employer and Employee are party to a certain Employment

Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1993 (the "Old Employment Agreement"); and


          WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to amend certain provisions of

the Old Employment Agreement;


          NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound,

hereby agree that, effective as of March 1, 1996, the terms and provisions of

the Old Employment Agreement be and they hereby are amended and restated in

their entirety as set forth below.


          1.   Position; Commencement.  Employee shall serve under this
               ----------------------

Agreement as Executive Vice President of Employer. Employee shall devote his

best efforts and all his business time and attention to the performance of his

duties hereunder. Employment shall be principally at Employer's offices in New

York City, except for business travel.



<PAGE>



          2.   Compensation. For services performed, Employer agrees to pay, and
               ------------

Employee agrees to accept, salary, payable semi-monthly, at the minimum annual

rate of $360,000.00, or such higher amount as shall be authorized by the

Chairman of Employer or Employer's board of directors.  Employee shall be

entitled to a performance and salary review in April, 1996, and annually

thereafter, and to receive bonus payments at the discretion of the board of

directors of the Employer. In addition, Employee shall be entitled to

participate in all of Employer's other bonus and benefit plans applicable to,

and to the same extent as, Employer's other similarly situated officers,

according to the terms of those plans, provided that Employee's right to

participate in such plans shall not affect Employer's right to amend or

terminate the general applicability of such plans, and provided further that

Employee shall be entitled to four (4) weeks vacation per year.


          3.   Taxes. Federal, state and local income taxes shall be withheld on
               -----

all cash and in-kind payments made by Employer to Employee in accordance with

applicable tax laws and regulations.


          4.   Termination. The provisions of this Paragraph 4 shall apply upon
               -----------

termination of Employee's employment hereunder. The phrase "Standard Termination

Amounts" shall mean, as of the date of termination of Employee's employment

hereunder, pro-rated as appropriate, the following: earned but unpaid salary;

unreimbursed normal business expenses; and unpaid or unreimbursed 



                                          2



<PAGE>



bonus payments and benefits under, and in accordance with the terms of,

applicable bonus and benefit plans.


               A.   Death.  In the event of Employee's death, all provisions of
                    -----

this Agreement shall terminate, except the right of his estate or his

beneficiaries to receive the Standard Termination Amounts.


               B.   Disability.  In the event of Employee's failure to render
                    ----------

services to Employer for a continuous period of six months on account of

physical or mental disability, Employer may terminate this Agreement in which

event all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate except the provisions of

Paragraph 5 hereof.  However, this will not affect Employee's right or the right

of Employee's estate or beneficiaries to receive any Standard Termination

Amounts.


               C.   Retirement.  In the event of Employee's retirement at
                    ----------

Employer's normal retirement age, which is age 65, or earlier retirement with

the consent of the Board, all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate

except the provisions of Paragraph 5 hereof.  However, this will not affect

Employee's right or the right of Employee's estate or beneficiaries to receive

any Standard Termination Amounts.


               D.   By Employer or After Change in Duties. In the event that
                    -------------------------------------

either (i) Employer terminates Employee's employment for any reason other than

for death, disability, retirement, or 



                                          3



<PAGE>



cause or (ii) Employee resigns after a material change in Employee's duties, all

provisions of this Agreement shall terminate except the provisions of Paragraph

5 hereof and Employee's right or the right of Employee's estate or beneficiaries

to receive any Standard Termination Amounts.  In addition, Employer shall, in

such event, pay to Employee, within thirty (30) days of the date of such

termination, an amount in cash equal to Employee's annual base salary as then in

effect and shall continue Employee's benefits for one (l) year following

termination.


               E.   By Employee or by Employer for Cause. In the event that
                    ------------------------------------

Employee voluntarily terminates employment (other than pursuant to Paragraph

4.D(ii) above) or if Employer terminates Employee's employment for cause, all

provisions of this agreement shall terminate, except the provisions of Paragraph

5 hereof and Employee's right, or the right of Employee's estate or

beneficiaries, to receive any Standard Termination Amounts. Termination by

Employer for "cause" shall mean termination by action of Employer because of

serious, willful misconduct by Employee as, for example, the commission by

Employee of a felony arising from specific conduct of Employee which reasonably 

relates to Employee's qualification or ability (personal or professional) to

perform Employee's duties hereunder or a perpetration by Employee of a common

law fraud against Employer. In the event of a termination under this Paragraph

4.E. for 



                                          4



<PAGE>



cause, Employer shall promptly give Employee a written notice specifying the

grounds for Employer's determination of cause.


          5.   Confidential Information. Employee agrees to keep confidential
               ------------------------

and not disclose (either directly or indirectly), and Employer may enjoin

Employee from disclosing, any confidential information concerning Employer to

any third party, including, without limitation, any business competing with

Employer.  For purposes of the foregoing, "confidential information" does not

include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public

other than as a result of disclosure by Employee or (ii) is or becomes available

to a third party from a source other than Employee which source, to Employer's

best knowledge, did not violate any contractual or common law obligation to

Employer by making available such information.


          6.   Construction and Amendment.  This Agreement contains all of the
               --------------------------

material terms and conditions governing Employer's continuing employment of

Employee, and shall supersede any and all prior oral and written understandings

and agreements and all contemporaneous oral understandings and agreements

between Employer and Employee.  In this respect, Employee acknowledges and

agrees that Employer's sole obligations to Employee with respect to the future

termination of Employee's employment by Employer (for whatever reason and under

whatever circumstances) are as set forth in this Agreement.  No amendment 



                                          5



<PAGE>



of the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be effective unless agreed

to in writing by Employer and Employee.  If any provision of this Agreement

shall be held unenforceable, the enforceability of the remaining provisions

hereof shall not be affected.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance

with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, applicable to agreements

made and to be enforced in that state.


          7.   Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
               --------------

to the benefit of Employer, its successors and assigns, and Employee and

Employee's heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives.

Employee's rights and benefits under this Agreement are personal, and, except-

as otherwise provided herein, no such right or benefit shall be subject to

voluntary or involuntary alienation, assignment or transfer without the prior

written consent of Employer.


          8.   Notice.  Any notice or other communication required or permitted
               ------

under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent

prepaid telex, cable or telecopy, or sent postage prepaid by registered,

certified or express mail or sent by reputable overnight courier service and

shall be deemed given when so delivered by hand, telexed, cabled or telecopies,

or if mailed, three days after mailing (one business day in the case of express

mail or overnight courier service), to the address indicated below or to such

other address 



                                          6



<PAGE>



as the addressee shall have theretofore furnished in writing to the other party:


          If to Employer:     Saks & Company
                              12 East 49th Street 
                              New York, New York 10017

                              Attn:  Chairman of the Board

          If to Employee:     Mr. Owen Dorsey
                              4150 Woodlark Cab.
                              Roswell, GA  30075



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer and Employee have signed this Agreement.


                              SAKS & COMPANY



                              By:  /s/ Philip B. Miller
                                   ----------------------
                                   Title:

Agreed to and Accepted:


/s/ Owen Dorsey
- ----------------------
Owen Dorsey



                                          7




                                                                Exhibit 10.22

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------



          This Employment Agreement (this "Agreement") is entered into as of

March 1, 1996, by and between Saks & Company ("Employer") and Brian E. Kendrick

("Employee").


          l.   Position; Commencement.  Employee shall serve under this
               ----------------------

Agreement as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and as Chief Financial

Officer of Employer.  Employee shall devote his best efforts and all his

business time and attention to the performance of his duties hereunder. 

Employment shall be principally at Employer's offices in New York City, except

for business travel.


          2.   Compensation.  For services performed, Employer agrees to pay,
               ------------

and Employee agrees to accept, salary, payable semi-monthly, at the annual rate

of $750,000.00.  Employee shall be entitled to a performance and salary review

in April, 1997, and annually thereafter, and to receive bonus payments at the

discretion of the board of directors of Employer.  In addition, Employee shall

be entitled to participate in all of Employer's bonus and benefit plans

applicable to, and to the same extent as, Employer's other similarly situated

officers, according to the terms of those plans, provided that Employee's right

to participate in such plans shall not affect Employer's right to amend or

terminate the general applicability of such plans, and 



<PAGE>



provided further that Employee shall be entitled to four (4) weeks vacation per

year.


          3.   Taxes.  Federal, state and local income taxes shall be withheld
               -----

on all cash and in-kind payments made by Employer to Employee in accordance with

applicable tax laws and regulations.


          4.   Termination.  The provisions of this Paragraph 4 shall apply upon
               -----------

termination of Employee's employment hereunder. The phrase "Standard Termination

Amounts" shall mean, as of the date of termination of Employee's employment

hereunder, pro-rated as appropriate, the following: earned but unpaid salary;

unreimbursed normal business expenses; and unpaid or unreimbursed bonus payments

and benefits under, and in accordance with the terms of, applicable bonus and

benefit plans.


               A.   Death.  In the event of Employee's death, all provisions of
                    -----

this Agreement shall terminate, except the right of his estate or his

beneficiaries to receive the Standard Termination Amounts.


               B.   Disability.  In the event of Employee's failure to render
                    ----------

services to Employer for a continuous period of six months on account of

physical or mental disability, Employer may terminate this Agreement in which

event all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate except the provisions of

Paragraph 5 hereof. However, this will not affect Employee's right or the 



                                          2



<PAGE>



right of Employee's estate or beneficiaries to receive any Standard Termination

Amounts.


               C.   Retirement.  In the event of Employee's retirement at
                    ----------

Employer's normal retirement age, which is age 65, or earlier retirement with

the consent of the Board, all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate

except the provisions of Paragraph 5 hereof. However, this will not affect

Employee's right or the right of Employee's estate or beneficiaries to receive

any Standard Termination Amounts.


               D.   By Employer.  In the event Employer terminates Employee's
                    -----------

employment for any reason other than for death, disability, retirement, or cause

(as defined in 4.E. hereof), all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate

except the provisions of Paragraph 5 hereof and Employee's right or the right of

Employee's estate or beneficiaries to receive any Standard Termination Amounts.

In addition, Employer shall, in such event, pay to Employee, within thirty (30)

days of the date of such termination, an amount in cash equal to two times

Employee's annual base salary as then in effect, without deduction or offset

except as provided in paragraph 3 hereof. In the event that Employer assigns to

Employee duties inconsistent with his status as a senior executive officer of

Employer or in the event that there is a substantial adverse alteration in the

nature or status of his responsibilities, if Employee terminates his employment

with three (3) months thereafter Employer shall be 



                                          3



<PAGE>



deemed to have terminated Employee's employment without cause, and Employee

shall be entitled to the payment provided for in the preceding sentence. 


               E.   By Employee, or by Employer for Cause.  In the event that
                    -------------------------------------

Employee voluntarily terminates employment or if Employer terminates Employee's

employment for cause, all provisions of this Agreement shall terminate, except

the provisions of Paragraph 5 hereof and Employee's right, or the right of

Employee's estate or beneficiaries, to receive any Standard Termination Amounts.

Termination by Employer for "cause" shall mean termination by action of Employer

because of serious, willful misconduct by Employee as, for example, the

commission by Employee of a felony arising from specific conduct of Employee

which reasonably relates to Employee's qualification or ability (personal or

professional) to perform Employee's duties hereunder or a perpetration by

Employee of a common law fraud against Employer. In the event of a termination

under this Paragraph 4.E., Employer shall promptly give Employee a written

notice specifying the grounds for Employer's determination of misconduct.


          5.   Confidential Information.  Employee agrees to keep confidential
               ------------------------

and not disclose (either directly or indirectly), and Employer may enjoin

Employee from disclosing, any confidential information concerning Employer to

any third party, including, without limitation, any business competing with 



                                          4



<PAGE>



Employer. For purposes of the foregoing, "confidential information" does not

include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public

other than as a result of disclosure by Employee or (ii) is or becomes available

to a third party from a source other than Employee which source, to Employee's

best knowledge, did not violate any contractual or common law obligation to

Employer by making available such information.


          6.   Construction and Amendment.  This Agreement contains all of the
               --------------------------

material terms and conditions governing Employer's continuing employment of

Employee, and shall supersede any and all prior oral and written understandings

and agreements and all contemporaneous oral understandings and agreements

between Employer and Employee  In this respect, Employee acknowledges and agrees

that Employer's sole obligations to Employee with respect to the future

termination of Employee's employment by Employer (for whatever reason and under

whatever circumstances) are as set forth in this Agreement. No amendment of the

terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be effective unless agreed to in

writing by Employer and Employee. If any provision of this Agreement shall be

held unenforceable, the enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall

not be affected. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and

governed by the laws of the State of New York, applicable to agreements made and

to be enforced in that state.



                                          5



<PAGE>



          7.   Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
               --------------

to the benefit of Employer, its successors and assigns, and Employee and

Employee's heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives. 

Employee's rights and benefits under this Agreement are personal, and, except as

otherwise provided herein, no such right or benefit shall be subject to

voluntary or involuntary alienation, assignment or transfer without the prior

written consent of Employer.


          8.   Notice.  Any notice or other communication required or permitted
               ------

under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent

prepaid telex, cable or telecopy, or sent postage prepaid by registered,

certified or express mail or sent by reputable overnight courier service and

shall be deemed given when so delivered by hand, telexed, cabled or telescopes,

or if mailed, three days after mailing (one business day in the case of express

mail or overnight courier service), to the address indicated below or to such

other address as the addressee shall have theretofore furnished in writing to

the other party:


          If to Employer:     Saks & Company

                              12 East 49th Street 

                              New York, New York 10017



                              Attn:  Chairman of the Board

          If to Employee:     Mr. Brian E. Kendrick

                              ____________________

                              ____________________

                              ____________________



                                          6



<PAGE>



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer and Employee have signed this Agreement.



                              SAKS & COMPANY


                              By:  /s/ Philip B. Miller
                                   ----------------------
                                   Title:


Agreed to and Accepted:


/s/ Brian E. Kendrick
- --------------------------
Brian E. Kendrick



                                          7




                                                                 Exhibit 10.25



                                                                           
          =================================================================



                                 SFA FINANCE COMPANY,
                                        Seller

                                   SAKS & COMPANY,
                                       Servicer

                                         and

                                BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                       Trustee


                                                            
                         -----------------------------------

                                TRANSITION SUPPLEMENT

                              Dated as of April 25, 1996

                                          to

                 AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of December 16, 1991

                                                             
                         ------------------------------------

                                   SFA MASTER TRUST

                               TRANSITION SERIES 1996-1



                                                                           
          =================================================================



<PAGE>
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  -----------------


                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----

                                      ARTICLE I

                    CREATION OF THE TRANSITION SERIES CERTIFICATE,
                                     SERIES 1996  . . . . . . . . . . .   1

               SECTION 1.1.   Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                                      ARTICLE II

                                     DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . .   2

               SECTION 2.1.   Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                                     ARTICLE III

                   PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE TRANSITION CERTIFICATE  . .  10

               SECTION 3.1.   The Transition Certificate  . . . . . . .  10
               SECTION 3.2.   Purchase of the Transition Certificate. .  11
               SECTION 3.3.   Delivery  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
               SECTION 3.4.   Procedure for Increasing the Invested
                                Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
               SECTION 3.5.   Procedure for Decreasing the Invested
                                Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               SECTION 3.6.   Purchase of Transition Certificate by
                                the Seller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               SECTION 3.7.   Transfer of Transition Certificate  . . .  13

                                      ARTICLE IV

                             ARTICLE IV OF THE AGREEMENT  . . . . . . .  13

               SECTION 4E.2.  Establishment of Trust Accounts . . . . .  13
               SECTION 4E.3.  Allocations; Payments to Seller.  . . . .  14
               SECTION 4E.4.  Deficiency Amount . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
               SECTION 4E.5.  Applications of Finance Charges . . . . .  15
               SECTION 4E.6   Distributions From the Transition Series
                                1996-1 Finance Charge Sub-subaccount  .  16
               SECTION 4E.7   Distributions from the Transition Series
                                1996-1 Principal Collections
                                Sub-subaccount  . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
               SECTION 4E.8   Transfer Payments; Additional Amounts . .  17

                                      ARTICLE V

                              DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS . . . . . . . .  18

               SECTION 5E.1.  Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
               SECTION 5E.2.  Daily Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
               SECTION 5E.3.  Monthly Settlement Statements.  . . . . .  18



                                         -i-


<PAGE>
                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----


                                      ARTICLE VI

                         ADDITIONAL EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS . . . . .  18

               SECTION 6.1.   Additional Early Amortization Events  . .  18

                                     ARTICLE VII

                      COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . .  20

               SECTION 7.1.   Representations and Warranties of the
                                Seller and the Servicer . . . . . . . .  20
               SECTION 7.2.   Covenants of the Seller . . . . . . . . .  20
               SECTION 7.3.   Covenants of the Servicer . . . . . . . .  21
               SECTION 7.4.   Exchange of Transition Certificate  . . .  21
               SECTION 7.5.   Obligations Unaffected  . . . . . . . . .  22

                                     ARTICLE VIII

                             ADDITIONAL SERVICER DEFAULTS . . . . . . .  22

               SECTION 8.1.   Additional Servicer Defaults  . . . . . .  22

                                      ARTICLE IX

                                    MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . .  23

               SECTION 9.1.   Ratification of Agreement . . . . . . . .  23
               SECTION 9.2.   Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
               SECTION 9.3.   Further Assurances  . . . . . . . . . . .  23
               SECTION 9.4.   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies  . . . . .  23
               SECTION 9.5.   Amendments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
               SECTION 9.6.   Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
               SECTION 9.7.   Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
               SECTION 9.8.   Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . .  24
               SECTION 9.9.   Counterparts; Effectiveness . . . . . . .  24
               SECTION 9.10.  Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . .  24
               SECTION 9.11.  Consent to Assignment.  . . . . . . . . .  24


          EXHIBITS

          Exhibit A        Form of Transition Certificate
          Exhibit B        Form of Daily Report
          Exhibit C        Form of Monthly Certificateholders' Statement
          Exhibit D        Form of Monthly Settlement Statement


          SCHEDULES

          Schedule I     Trust Account
          Schedule II    Base Daily Average Merchandise Returns


                                         -ii-

<PAGE>


          SERIES 1996-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of April 25, 1996 (this
"Supplement"), among SFA FINANCE COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (the "Seller"),
SAKS & COMPANY, a New York corporation (in its capacity as originator of the
Receivables and as seller of the Receivables to the Seller pursuant to the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, "Saks"; in its capacity as servicer, the
"Servicer"), and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a New York banking corporation, not in
its individual capacity but solely as Trustee (the "Trustee") under the
Agreement (as hereinafter defined).


                              W I T N E S S E T H :
                              - - - - - - - - - -


          WHEREAS, the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee are parties to the
Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 16,
1991 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the
"Agreement");

          WHEREAS, the Agreement provides, among other things, that the Seller
and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a supplement to
the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the issuance by the Trust to the
Seller for execution and redelivery to the Trustee for authentication of one or
more Series of Investor Certificates; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to this Supplement the Seller and the Trust wish to
create a Series of Investor Certificates and specify the Principal Terms
thereof;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

          CREATION OF THE TRANSITION SERIES CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1996-1

          SECTION 1.1.  Designation.  (a)  The Investor Certificate created and
                        -----------
authorized pursuant to the Agreement and this Supplement shall be designated as
the "Transition Series Certificate, Series 1996-1" (the "Transition
Certificate").  The Transition Certificate shall be issued in the form of a
Registered Certificate, which shall be in substantially the form set forth as
Exhibit A.

          (b)  In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall
conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the
Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Supplement shall govern.  All
capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Agreement. 
All Article, Section and subsection references herein shall mean 



<PAGE>
                                                                          2
Article, Section and subsections of this Supplement, except as otherwise
provided herein.  Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise
requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Agreement, each capitalized
term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Transition Certificate and
not to other Series of Investor Certificates issued by the Trust.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   DEFINITIONS

          SECTION 2.1.  Definitions.  The following words and phrases shall have
                        -----------
the following meanings with respect to the Transition Series and the definitions
of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural form of such
terms and to the masculine as well as the feminine and neuter genders of such
terms:

          (a)  Definitions Required by the Agreement.
               -------------------------------------

          "Adjusted Base Purchase Amount" shall mean the Adjusted Invested
Amount divided by the Purchase Percentage.

          "Amortization Period" shall mean the Early Amortization Period.  

          "Base Purchase Amount" shall mean the Invested Amount divided by the
Purchase Percentage.

          "Deficiency Amount" shall have the meaning assigned in Section 4E.4.

          "Distribution Date" shall mean (i) with respect to payments of
principal of the Transition Certificate, each New York Business Day and (ii)
with respect to payments of interest on the Transition Certificate, each
Transfer Date.

          "Early Amortization Event" shall have the meaning assigned in Section
6.1 of this Supplement and Section 9.1 of the Agreement.

          "Initial Invested Amount" shall mean, as of the Issuance Date, the
Issuance Date Invested Amount and as of any date thereafter, the Invested Amount
on such date.

          "Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any New York Business Day, the
Invested Amount on the immediately preceding New York Business Day (or, on the
Issuance Date, the Issuance Date Invested Amount), plus the amount of any
                                                   ----
increases in the Invested Amount pursuant to Section 3.4 made on such New York
Business Day, minus (c) the amount of any distributions to the New Trust
              -----
pursuant to Section 3.5 or Section 4E.7 on such New York Business Day, minus (d)
                                                                       -----
the excess, if any, of the aggregate 




<PAGE>
                                                                          3
amount of reductions of the Invested Amount made pursuant to Section 4E.4 over
reductions reimbursed prior to such New York Business Day.

          "Invested Percentage" shall mean, with respect to Actual Aggregate
Finance Charges, Defaulted Receivables and the Offset Amount, the Monthly
Floating Allocation Percentage, (b) with respect to Daily Estimated Principal
Collections, Actual Aggregate Principal Collections and Actual Aggregate
Collected Discount during the Amortization Period, the Modified Fixed Allocation
Percentage and (c) with respect to Daily Estimated Principal Collections, Actual
Aggregate Principal Collections and Actual Aggregate Collected Discount during
the Revolving Period, (i) for purposes of daily allocations, the Modified Daily
Floating Allocation Percentage and (ii) for purposes of allocations on any
Transfer Date, the Modified Monthly Floating Allocation Percentage.

          "Issuance Date" shall mean April 25, 1996. 

          "Issuance Date Invested Amount" means $176,944,806.68.

          "Optional Repurchase Percentage" shall mean 10% of the Invested Amount
on the close of business on the last day of the Revolving Period.

          "Purchase Percentage Criteria" shall have the meaning assigned in the
Series 1991-2 Supplement.

          "Purchase Percentage Downward Trigger" shall have the meaning assigned
in the Series 1991-2 Supplement.

          "Purchase Percentage Upward Trigger" shall have the meaning assigned
in the Series 1991-2 Supplement.

          "Record Date" shall mean, for any date of determination, the
Determination Date immediately preceding such date.

          "Required Participation Percentage" shall mean the excess, if any, of
(i) the Required Dilution Percentage over (ii) the sum of the "Class D
                                     ----
Percentage" and the "Class D Spread Account Percentage", in each case as defined
in the New Trust Series 1996-1 Supplement.

          "Series Termination Date" shall mean the date which is 38 months after
the last day of the Revolving Period.

          "Servicing Fee Percentage" shall mean 2%.



<PAGE>
                                                                          4
          (b)  Other Definitions.
               -----------------
          "Accrual Period" shall mean the period from and including a Settlement
Date (or in the case of the initial Accrual Period, the Issuance Date) to but
excluding the succeeding Settlement Date.

          "Actual Daily Average Merchandise Returns" shall mean, with respect to
any Settlement Period, the quotient of (a) (i) the aggregate dollar amount of
credits posted to Eligible Accounts during such Settlement Period with respect
to merchandise returns related to outstanding Eligible Receivables sold to the
Trust divided by the number of days in such Settlement Period and (b) the Daily
      ----------
Average Eligible Receivables for such Settlement Period.

          "Aggregate Eligible Receivables" shall mean the aggregate outstanding
principal balances of all Eligible Receivables.

          "Agreement" shall mean the Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of December 16, 1991, among the Seller, the Servicer and the
Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Available Amounts" shall mean, with respect to any New York Business
Day and with respect to any subaccount of the Collection Account, the amounts on
deposit in such subaccount on such New York Business Day which are not invested
in Eligible Investments maturing after such New York Business Day.

          "Base Daily Average Merchandise Returns" shall mean, for a Fiscal
Month, the number with respect to such Fiscal Month set forth opposite such
Fiscal Month in Schedule II.

          "Basic Documents" shall mean the collective reference to this
Supplement, the Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the New Trust
Agreement. 

          "Benchmark Dilution Amount" shall mean, for any day during the
Revolving Period, the product of the Benchmark Dilution Percentage and the
Adjusted Base Purchase Amount as of such day.

          "Benchmark Dilution Percentage" shall mean 11.25%.

          "Chemical" shall mean Chemical Bank, a New York banking corporation
and its successors and assigns.

          "Charge-Off" shall have the meaning assigned in subsection 4E.4(b)(v).

          "Charge-Off Amount" shall have the meaning assigned in subsection
4E.4(b)(v).




<PAGE>
                                                                          5
          "Daily Average Eligible Receivables" shall mean, with respect to any
Settlement Period, the sum of Eligible Receivables for each day during such
Settlement Period divided by the number of days in such Settlement Period.
                  ----------

          "Daily Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any
New York Business Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding New York
Business Day and the denominator of which is the product of the Purchase
Percentage and Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the end of the preceding
New York Business Day. 

          "Daily Report" shall mean a report prepared by the Servicer on each
New York Business Day for the period specified therein, in substantially the
form of Exhibit B or in such other form as may be approved by the Trustee of the
New Trust.

          "Dilution Factor" shall mean, with respect to any Accrual Period, the
quotient of (a) the Three Month Rolling Average Actual Daily Average Merchandise
Returns and (b) the Three Month Rolling Average Base Daily Average Merchandise
Returns, calculated as of the Determination Date immediately preceding the end
of such Accrual Period.

          "Dollars" and "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States of
America.

          "Exchange Date" shall mean the date on which the Series 1991-2
Certificates are repaid in full in accordance with the terms of the Series 1991-
2 Supplement.

          "Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean, for any New York Business
Day during the Amortization Period:

          (a)  with respect to Daily Estimated Principal Collections, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Adjusted
Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last New York Business Day of
the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (i) the
product of the Purchase Percentage and Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the
close of business on the preceding New York Business Day and (ii) the sum of the
numerators used to calculate the Invested Percentage with respect to Principal
Receivables for all Series of Certificates outstanding on the New York Business
Day for which such percentage is determined; and

          (b)  with respect to Actual Aggregate Principal Collections and Actual
Aggregate Collected Discount, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the close of business
on the last New York Business Day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is the greater of (i) the product of the 



<PAGE>
                                                                          6
Purchase Percentage and the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of
business on the last New York Business Day of the preceding Settlement Period
and (ii) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Invested Percentage
with respect to Principal Receivables for all Series of Certificates outstanding
on the New York Business Day for which such percentage is determined. 

          "Modified Daily Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean, with
respect to any New York Business Day (other than a Transfer Date), a percentage
equal to the lesser of (i) the Daily Floating Allocation Percentage and (ii) (A)
100%, minus (B) the Series 1991-2 Invested Percentage, minus (C) the percentage
      -----                                            -----
equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Minimum Seller Amount and
the denominator of which is the product of the Purchase Percentage and the
Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the end of the preceding New York Business
Day.

          "Modified Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any
New York Business Day, (i) a percentage equal to the lesser of (i) the Fixed
Allocation Percentage and (ii) (A) with respect to Daily Estimated Principal
Collections, (1) 100%, minus (2) the Series 1991-2 Invested Percentage, minus
                       -----                                            -----
(3) the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the
Minimum Seller Amount and the denominator of which is the product of the
Purchase Percentage and the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the end of the
preceding New York Business Day and (B) with respect to Actual Aggregate
Principal Collections, (1) 100%, minus (2) the Series 1991-2 Invested
                                 -----
Percentage, minus (3) the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of
            -----
which is the Minimum Seller Amount and the denominator of which is the product
of the Purchase Percentage and Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close
of business on the preceding New York Business Day.

          "Modified Monthly Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean, with
respect to any Transfer Date, a percentage equal to the lesser of (i) the
Monthly Floating Allocation Percentage and (ii) (A) 100%, minus (B) the Series
                                                          -----
1991-2 Invested Percentage, minus (C) the percentage equivalent of a fraction
                            -----
the numerator of which is the Minimum Seller Amount and the denominator of which
is the product of the Purchase Percentage and the daily average Aggregate
Principal Receivables during the preceding Settlement Period.

          "Monthly Certificateholders' Statement" shall mean a report prepared
by the Servicer with respect to each Settlement Date for the immediately
preceding Settlement Period in substantially the form of Exhibit C.

          "Monthly Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean, with respect to
any Transfer Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of
which is the daily average Adjusted Invested Amount during the preceding
Settlement Period (or, in 



<PAGE>
                                                                          7
the case of the first Transfer Date, the daily average Adjusted Invested Amount
during the period from the Issuance Date to the first Settlement Date
thereafter) and the denominator of which is the product of the Purchase
Percentage and the daily average Aggregate Principal Receivables during the
preceding Settlement Period.

          "Monthly Interest" shall mean, with respect to any Accrual Period, the
excess of (i) the sum of all amounts deposited into the Finance Charge
Subaccount or any subaccount thereof pursuant to the Agreement, this Supplement
or any other Supplement to the Agreement (including, without limitation the
Aggregate Invested Percentage of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and
Collected Discount) during the Settlement Period ending during such Accrual
Period over (ii) the sum for such Settlement Period of (A) the Series Monthly
Servicing Fee, (B) the Series Program Costs, (C) the Series Defaulted Amount
times the Purchase Percentage, (D) all amounts required to be distributed from
any subaccount of the Finance Charge Account pursuant to the Series 1991-2
Supplement but only to the extent such amounts are available to be so
distributed prior to giving effect to Section 4B.9(d) of the Series 1991-2
Supplement or Section 4.1(j) of the Agreement (other than any such amounts
distributable to the Seller (whether in its capacity as holder of the
Exchangeable Seller Certificate or otherwise) pursuant to such Supplement) and
(E) on any date on which there are any unreimbursed Charge-Offs, the aggregate
amount of all such unreimbursed Charge-Offs (the "Full Monthly Interest
Amount"); provided, however, that if the Series 1991-2 Deficiency Amount is
          --------  -------
greater than zero with respect to any Accrual Period, the Monthly Interest for
such Accrual Period shall be reduced by the lesser of (i) the Full Monthly
Interest Amount minus the New Trust Carrying Costs and (ii) the Series 1991-2
                -----
Deficiency Amount.

          "Monthly Settlement Statement" shall mean a report prepared by the
Servicer on each Determination Date for the immediately preceding Settlement
Period, in substantially the form of Exhibit D, or such other form as may be
approved by the Transition Certificateholder.

          "Negative Spread" shall mean, with respect to any Transfer Date, the
Deficiency Amount determined pursuant to Section 4E.4(a), without giving effect
to any reductions of such Deficiency Amount pursuant to subsection 4E.4(b).

          "New Trust" shall mean the Saks Master Trust created pursuant to the
New Trust Agreement.

          "New Trust Agreement" shall mean the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of April 25, 1996, among the Seller, Saks, as Servicer, and Bankers
Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee, together
with all supplements, amendments and modifications thereto.



<PAGE>
                                                                          8
          "New Trust Carrying Costs" shall mean, for each Accrual Period, all
interest (including default interest) accrued on any outstanding New Trust
Investor Certificates during such Accrual Period, plus any other amounts payable
out of any subaccount of the New Trust Finance Charge Account (other than
amounts payable to the Seller (whether in its capacity as holder of the New
Trust Exchangeable Seller Certificate or as holder of any New Trust Investor
Certificate)).

          "New Trust Exchangeable Seller Certificate" shall mean the
"Exchangeable Seller Certificate" as defined in the New Trust Agreement.

          "New Trust Finance Charge Account" shall mean the "Finance Charge
Account", as defined in the New Trust Agreement.

          "New Trust Investor Certificates" shall mean all "Investor
Certificates" as defined in the New Trust Agreement.

          "New Trust Series 1996-1 Supplement" shall mean the Series 1996-1
Supplement, dated as of April 25, 1996, to the New Trust Agreement.

          "Offset Amount" shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 4E.8.

          "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, business
trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture,
Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

          "Required Dilution Percentage" shall mean, (i) for any Accrual Period
during the Revolving Period, the greater of (A) the product of (1) the Dilution
Factor and (2) the Benchmark Dilution Percentage, calculated on the
Determination Date immediately preceding the end of such Accrual Period and (B)
8% and (ii) for any Accrual Period during the Amortization Period, the Required
Dilution Percentage as of the close of business on the last day of the Revolving
Period.

          "Revolving Period" shall mean the period commencing on the Issuance
Date and terminating on the earlier to occur of (i) the close of business on the
date on which an Early Amortization Event occurs and (ii) the Exchange Date.

          "Series 1991-2" shall mean the Series, the Principal Terms of which
are set forth in the Series 1991-2 Supplement.

          "Series 1991-2 Adjusted Base Purchase Amount" shall mean the "Adjusted
Base Purchase Amount" as defined in the Series 1991-2 Supplement.

          "Series 1991-2 Deficiency Amount"  shall mean the "Deficiency Amount"
as defined in the Series 1991-2 Supplement.




<PAGE>
                                                                          9
          "Series 1991-2 Required Participation Percentage" shall mean the
"Required Participation Percentage" as defined in the Series 1991-2 Supplement.

          "Series 1991-2 Supplement" shall mean the Series 1991-2 Supplement,
dated as of December 16, 1991, to the Agreement (as such supplement has been
heretofore amended, supplemented or otherwise modified).

          "Series Defaulted Amount" shall mean, with respect to any Settlement
Period, the product of (i) the Monthly Floating Allocation Percentage with
respect to such Settlement Period and (ii) the Defaulted Amount with respect to
such Settlement Period.

          "Series Monthly Collected Discount" shall mean, with respect to any
Settlement Period, the product of (i) Actual Aggregate Collected Discount with
respect to the preceding Settlement Period and (ii) (A) if during the Revolving
Period, the Modified Monthly Floating Allocation Percentage and (B) if during
the Amortization Period, the Modified Fixed Allocation Percentage.

          "Series Monthly Finance Charges" shall mean, with respect to any
Settlement Period, the product of (i) Actual Aggregate Finance Charges with
respect to the preceding Settlement Period and (ii) the Monthly Floating
Allocation Percentage.

          "Series Monthly Principal Collections" shall mean, with respect to any
Settlement Period, the product of (i) Actual Aggregate Principal Collections for
the preceding Settlement Period and (ii) (A) if during the Revolving Period, the
Modified Monthly Floating Allocation Percentage and (B) if during the
Amortization Period, the Modified Fixed Allocation Percentage.

          "Series Program Costs" shall mean, with respect to any Transfer Date,
the product of (i) the Monthly Floating Allocation Percentage and (ii) the sum
of (A) fees and expenses due and payable to the independent auditors of the
Seller and (B) any corporate franchise taxes due and payable by the Seller.

          "Servicer Default" shall have the meaning assigned in Section 8.1 of
this Supplement and Section 10.1 of the Agreement.

          "Spread" shall mean the collective reference to Excess Spread and
Negative Spread.

          "Three Month Rolling Average Actual Daily Average Merchandise Returns"
shall mean, with respect to any Determination Date, the sum of the Actual Daily
Average Merchandise Returns for the three Fiscal Months corresponding to the
three preceding Settlement Periods divided by three.
                                   ----------




<PAGE>
                                                                         10
          "Three Month Rolling Average Base Daily Average Merchandise Returns"
shall mean, with respect to any Determination Date, the sum of the Base Daily
Average Merchandise Returns for the three Fiscal Months corresponding to the
three preceding Settlement Periods divided by three.

          "Transition Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
1.1.

          "Transition Certificateholder" shall mean the holder of the Transition
Certificate.

          "Transition Series 1996-1" shall mean the Series, the Principal Terms
of which are set forth in this Supplement.

          "Transition Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Sub-subaccount" shall mean
the Finance Charge Sub-subaccount with respect to Transition Series 1996-1.

          "Transition Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Sub-subaccount" shall
mean the Principal Collections Sub-subaccount with respect to Transition Series
1996-1.

          "Trust Accounts" shall mean the collective reference to the Transition
Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Sub-subaccount and the Transition Series 1996-1
Principal Collections Sub-subaccount.

          "Unutilized Amount" shall mean, as of any date of determination, (i)
(A) the Purchase Percentage times Aggregate Eligible Receivables minus (B) the
                            -----                                -----
Series 1991-2 Adjusted Base Purchase Amount minus (C) the Series 1991-2 Required
                                            -----
Participation Percentage times the Series 1991-2 Adjusted Invested Amount
                         -----
divided by (ii) 1 plus the Required Participation Percentage.
- ----------        ----



                                   ARTICLE III

                 PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE TRANSITION CERTIFICATE

          SECTION 3.1.  The Transition Certificate.  (a)  The Transition
                        --------------------------
Certificate shall represent a fractional undivided interest in the Trust Assets,
consisting of the right to receive (i) the Invested Percentage of Collections,
Recoveries and Transfer Payments received with respect to the Receivables and
the allocable portion of funds on deposit in the Excess Spread Account and (ii)
all other funds on deposit in the Collection Account credited to the subaccounts
maintained for the benefit of the holder of the Transition Certificate (the
"Transition Certificateholder's Interest").  The Exchangeable Seller's
Certificate and any other Series of Investor Certificates outstanding shall
represent the ownership interest in the 



<PAGE>
                                                                         11
remainder of the Trust Assets not allocated pursuant hereto to the Transition
Certificateholder's Interest.

          (b)  The Transition Certificate shall, upon issue, be executed and
delivered by the Seller to the Trustee, at the written direction of the Seller,
for authentication and redelivery as provided in Section 3.3 hereof and Section
6.2 of the Agreement.

          SECTION 3.2.  Purchase of the Transition Certificate.  (a)  Subject to
                        --------------------------------------
the terms and conditions of this Supplement, the Transition Certificateholder
shall (i) purchase the Transition Certificate on the Issuance Date for the
Issuance Date Invested Amount and (ii) maintain its interest in the Trust,
subject to increase or decrease during the Revolving Period in accordance with
Sections 3.4 and 3.5, equal to the Invested Amount.

          (b)  On the Issuance Date the Seller shall pay the cash proceeds
received by it upon the issuance of the Transition Certificate on such date (the
"Proceeds") to the Trustee for deposit in the Series 1993-1 Principal
Collections Sub-subaccount.  In accordance with the agreement between the Seller
and the Investor Certificateholders of Series 1993-1, the amount so deposited in
the Series 1993-1 Principal Collections Sub-subaccount shall be applied to
reduce the "Invested Amount" of such Series and the invested amounts of each
Class of such Series to zero and to terminate the commitments with respect to
such Series.

          SECTION 3.3.  Delivery.  On the Issuance Date, the Seller shall duly
                        --------
execute and deliver to the Trustee and, upon written instruction from the
Seller, the Trustee shall duly authenticate and deliver to the Transition
Certificateholder the Transition Certificate.

          SECTION 3.4.  Procedure for Increasing the Invested Amount.  (a)  On
                        --------------------------------------------
any New York Business Day during the Revolving Period on which the Unutilized
Amount exceeds the Invested Amount, the Servicer on behalf of the Seller, shall
cause the Invested Amount to be increased by the amount of such excess by
causing the Servicer of the New Trust to transfer, or direct the Trustee of the
New Trust in writing to transfer, such amount (as specified by the Servicer),
first, from the Companion Account established pursuant to the New Trust Series
1996-1 Supplement (up to the amount on deposit therein) and, second, from the
Principal Subaccount established pursuant to the Series 1996-2 Supplement to the
New Trust Agreement, to the Transition Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Sub-
subaccount and to invest such amount in Receivables in accordance with Article
IV.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such increase of the Invested Amount
shall be made pursuant to this Section 3.4 unless, at the time of such increase,
and after giving effect thereto, no Early Amortization Event, and no event
which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice would become an Early
Amortization Event, 



<PAGE>
                                                                         12
shall have occurred and be continuing.  Any increase pursuant to this Section
3.4 shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Seller that the
condition set forth in the foregoing sentence has been satisfied.

          SECTION 3.5.  Procedure for Decreasing the Invested Amount.  On any
                        --------------------------------------------
New York Business Day during the Revolving Period on which the Unutilized Amount
becomes less than the Invested Amount, the Servicer on behalf of the Seller
shall cause(or direct the Trustee in writing to cause) the Invested Amount to be
reduced through the distribution of the amount by which the Invested Amount
exceeds the Unutilized Amount, (a) first, if the invested amount of Series 1996-
2 of the New Trust is greater than zero, to the Principal Subaccount established
pursuant to the Series 1996-2 Supplement to the New Trust Agreement, up to such
invested amount, and, (b) second, to the Companion Account established pursuant
to the New Trust Series 1996-1 Supplement.

          SECTION 3.6.  Purchase of Transition Certificate by the Seller.  (a) 
                        ------------------------------------------------
In the event of any breach of any of the representations and warranties set
forth in subsection 2.3(a) or (c) or subsection 2.4(a)(i), (a)(ii) or (a)(v) of
the Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the interests of the
Transition Certificateholder, the Transition Certificateholder, by notice given
in writing to the Seller, the Trustee and the Servicer, may direct the Seller to
purchase the Transition Certificateholder's Interest.  The Seller shall be
obligated to make such purchase on the next Settlement Date occurring at least
five New York Business Days after receipt of such notice on the terms and
conditions set forth below; provided, however, that no such purchase shall be
                            --------  -------
required to be made if, on such Settlement Date, the Trustee shall have been
notified in writing by the Transition Certificateholder that the representations
and warranties contained in subsections 2.3(a) and (c) and subsections
2.4(a)(i), (a)(ii) and (a)(v) of the Agreement shall be true in all material
respects, and any material adverse effect on the Transition Certificateholder
caused by any breach thereof shall have been cured.

          (b)  The Seller shall deposit in the Collection Account for credit to
the Transition Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Sub-subaccount, on the New
York Business Day preceding such Settlement Date, an amount equal to the
purchase price (as described in the next succeeding sentence) for the Transition
Certificateholder's Interest.  The purchase price for such purchase will be
equal to the sum of (i) the Adjusted Invested Amount on the Settlement Date on
which the purchase is scheduled to be made, plus (ii) an amount equal to all
                                            ----
Monthly Interest accrued but unpaid on such Settlement Date and all prior
Settlement Dates.  Payment of such purchase price into the Principal Collections
Sub-subaccount in immediately available funds shall be considered a distribution
of the entire amount required to be distributed to the Transition
Certificateholder.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Supplement
or 



<PAGE>
                                                                         13
the Agreement, the entire amount on deposit in the Principal Collections Sub-
subaccount shall be distributed to the Transition Certificateholder on such
Settlement Date.  If the Transition Certificateholder gives notice directing the
Seller to purchase the Transition Certificateholder's Interest as provided
above, the obligation of the Seller to purchase the Transition
Certificateholder's Interest pursuant to this Section 3.6 shall constitute the
sole remedy with respect to an event of the type specified in the first sentence
of this Section 3.6 available to the Transition Certificateholder.

          SECTION 3.7.  Transfer of Transition Certificate. Notwithstanding
                        ----------------------------------
anything to the contrary in this Supplement or the Agreement, the Transition
Certificate may not be sold or transferred to any Person; provided, however,
that (i) all of the right, title and interest of the Transition
Certificateholder in, to and under the Transition Certificate shall be assigned
to the New Trust as set forth in the New Trust Agreement and (ii) the Transition
Certificate shall be exchanged on the Exchange Date in accordance with the
provisions of Section 7.4.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                           ARTICLE IV OF THE AGREEMENT

          Any provision of Article IV of the Agreement which distributes
Collections to the Seller on the basis of the Seller's Percentage shall continue
to apply irrespective of the issuance of the Transition Certificate.  Section
4.1 of the Agreement shall be read in its entirety as provided in the Agreement.
Article IV of the Agreement (except for Section 4.1 thereof and any portion
thereof relating to another Series) shall read in its entirety as follows and
shall be exclusively applicable to the Transition Certificate:

          SECTION 4E.2.  Establishment of Trust Accounts.  (a)  The Trustee
                         -------------------------------
shall cause to be established and maintained in the name of the Trust with an
Eligible Institution for the benefit of the Transition Certificateholder, the
Transition Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Sub-subaccount and the Transition
Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Sub-subaccount, each bearing a designation clearly
indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the
Transition Certificateholder.  The Trustee shall possess all right, title and
interest in all funds from time to time on deposit in, and all Eligible
Investments credited to, the Trust Accounts and in all proceeds thereof.  The
Trust Accounts shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for
the exclusive benefit of the Transition Certificateholder.  If, at any time, the
Servicer has actual notice or knowledge that the institution holding any Trust
Account has ceased to be an Eligible Institution or the trust department of
Chemical, or, if such Trust Account is held in the trust department of Chemical,
that the long-term indebtedness of Chemical is rated less than Baa3 by Moody's
(or the equivalent 



<PAGE>
                                                                         14
rating by each Rating Agency then rating such institution), the Servicer shall
direct the Trustee in writing to establish within 30 New York Business Days a
substitute Trust Account therefor with an Eligible Institution, transfer any
cash and/or any Eligible Investments to such new account and from the date any
such substitute account is established, such account shall be a "Trust Account".
If a substitute Trust Account is established pursuant to this subsection, the
Servicer shall provide to the Trustee an amended Schedule I setting forth the
relevant information for such substitute Trust Account.  The Trustee, upon
written instruction from the Servicer, shall, on each Transfer Date, make
deposits and withdrawals in the amounts specified in this Article IV.

          (b)  All Eligible Investments in the Trust Accounts shall be held by
the Trustee or by the Eligible Institution maintaining such account on behalf of
the Trustee for the exclusive benefit of the Transition Certificateholder. 
Amounts on deposit and available for investment in the Transition Series 1996-1
Principal Collections Sub-subaccount shall be invested by the Trustee or by the
Eligible Institution maintaining such account on behalf of the Trustee at the
written direction of the Servicer in Eligible Investments that mature, or that
are payable or redeemable upon demand of the holder thereof, on the subsequent
New York Business Day.  All interest and investment earnings (net of losses and
investment expenses) on funds deposited in the Principal Collections Sub-
subaccount shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and
shall be deposited in the Finance Charge Sub-subaccount.

          SECTION 4E.3.  Allocations; Payments to Seller.  (a)  Collections of
                         -------------------------------
Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables, Transfer Payments and
Recoveries and the portion of the Defaulted Amount allocated to the Transition
Certificateholder pursuant to Article IV of the Agreement shall be allocated and
distributed as set forth in this Article IV.

          (b)  On each New York Business Day during the Revolving Period,
Available Amounts allocated to the Transition Series 1996-1 Principal
Collections Sub-subaccount pursuant to Section 4.1(d) of the Agreement shall, to
the extent possible, be reinvested in Receivables.  The amounts reinvested on
any New York Business Day shall be deemed to be paid, first, from Collections
received in the stores or by any Person to whom the Servicer shall have
delegated its collection duties pursuant to subsection 3.1(b) of the Agreement
and, second, from Collections received in the Lockbox.

          (c)  The allocations to be made pursuant to this Section 4E.3 are
subject to the provisions of subsections 2.6, 9.2, 10.1 and 12.1 of the
Agreement.

          SECTION 4E.4.  Deficiency Amount.  (a)  With respect to each Transfer
                         -----------------
Date, the Servicer shall determine on the related 



<PAGE>
                                                                         15
Determination Date the amount (the "Deficiency Amount"), if any, by which (i)
the sum of (A) the Monthly Interest with respect to the Accrual Period ending on
the Settlement Date following such Transfer Date, (B) the Series Monthly
Servicing Fee with respect to the Settlement Date following such Transfer Date
plus the amount of any Series Monthly Servicing Fee previously due but not
distributed with respect to any prior Distribution Date, (C) the Purchase
Percentage of the Series Defaulted Amount, if any, with respect to the
Settlement Date following such Transfer Date and (D) the Series Program Costs
with respect to such Settlement Date plus the amount of any Series Program Costs
                                     ----
previously due but not distributed with respect to any prior Transfer Date
exceeds (ii) the amount of funds that will be on deposit in the Transition
- -------
Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Sub-Subaccount on the related Transfer Date.

          (b)  In the event that with respect to any Transfer 
Date the Deficiency Amount is greater than zero, then:

            (i)  The Servicer shall give notice to the Trustee on or prior to
     the related Transfer Date to withdraw funds from the Excess Spread Account
     in an amount, as calculated by the Servicer, equal to the lesser of the
     Deficiency Amount as determined on such Determination Date and the amount
     specified in subsection 4.1(j) of the Agreement with respect to Transition
     Series 1996-1.  The Trustee shall, on the Transfer Date, withdraw or cause
     to be withdrawn, and deposit or cause to be deposited, such funds in the
     Transition Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Sub-subaccount.  The Deficiency
     Amount as determined on the Determination Date shall be reduced by the
     amount of such deposit.  

           (ii)  If, after giving effect to the allocations and reductions
     pursuant to subsections 4E.4(b)(i), the Deficiency Amount with respect to
     such Transfer Date is greater than zero, the Invested Amount shall be
     reduced (a "Charge-Off"), by an aggregate amount (the "Charge-Off Amount")
     equal to the lesser of (A) the Deficiency Amount as so reduced and (B) the
     Series Defaulted Amount multiplied by the Purchase Percentage.  The
                             -------------
     Deficiency Amount shall be further reduced by the amount of such reduction.

          SECTION 4E.5.  Applications of Finance Charges.  (a) After giving
                         -------------------------------
effect to the true-up adjustments made pursuant to subsection 4.1(e) of the
Agreement, on each Transfer Date the Servicer shall direct the Trustee in
writing to apply amounts, as calculated by the Servicer, on deposit in the
Finance Charge Subaccount and the Collected Discount Subaccount as follows:

          (a) an amount equal to the Series Monthly Finance Charges shall be
     transferred from the Finance Charge Subaccount to the Transition Series
     1996-1 Finance Charge Sub-subaccount; and 



<PAGE>
                                                                         16
          (b) an amount equal to the Series Monthly Collected Discount shall be
     transferred from the Collected Discount Subaccount to the Transition Series
     1996-1 Finance Charge Sub-subaccount.

          SECTION 4E.6  Distributions From the Transition Series 1996-1 Finance
                        -------------------------------------------------------
Charge Sub-subaccount.  After giving effect to the applications set forth in
- ---------------------
subsection 4E.5, on each Transfer Date (or to the extent set forth below, on
each Settlement Date following such Transfer Date), the Servicer shall direct
the Trustee in writing to distribute (i) the amount on deposit in the Transition
Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Sub-subaccount and (ii) the amount available from
the Excess Spread Account with respect to Transition Series 1996-1 pursuant to
subsection 4.1(j) of the Agreement in the following priority:

          (a)  an amount equal to the Monthly Interest shall be distributed to
     the Transition Certificateholder;

          (b)  subject to the rights of the Trustee under Section 3.2 of the
     Agreement, an amount equal to the Series Monthly Servicing Fee for the
     following Settlement Date plus the amount of any Series Monthly Servicing
                               ----
     Fee previously due but not distributed on any prior Settlement Date shall
     be distributed to the Servicer on such Settlement Date (unless such amount
     has been netted against amounts otherwise due hereunder or waived by the
     Servicer); 

          (c)  an amount equal to the Series Program Costs due on the following
     Settlement Date plus the amount of any Series Program Costs previously due
                     ----
     but not distributed with respect to any prior Settlement Date (as reflected
     in the Monthly Settlement Statement) shall be paid to the Persons owed such
     amount on such Settlement Date; 

          (d)  an amount equal to the Purchase Percentage of the Series
     Defaulted Amount for such Transfer Date shall be transferred to the
     Transition Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Sub-subaccount;

          (e) the balance shall constitute Excess Spread and shall be applied to
     reimburse any unreimbursed Charge-Offs; and

          (f)  any Excess Spread remaining after giving effect to subsection (e)
     shall be deposited in the Excess Spread Account and applied in accordance
     with subsection 4.1(j) of the Agreement.

          SECTION 4E.7  Distributions from the Transition Series 1996-1
                        -----------------------------------------------
Principal Collections Sub-subaccount. The Servicer shall direct the Trustee in
- ------------------------------------
writing to pay all amounts on deposit in the Transition Series 1996-1 Principal
Collections Sub-subaccount on each Distribution Date during the Early
Amortization Period to



<PAGE>
                                                                         17
the Transition Certificateholder in an amount not exceeding the Invested Amount.

          SECTION 4E.8  Transfer Payments; Additional Amounts.  (a)  If the
                        -------------------------------------
Seller or the Servicer shall fail to make any Transfer Payment, the Servicer
shall cause the Trustee to set off pursuant to subsection 4.1(g) of the
Agreement against all amounts payable to the Seller (including all amounts
payable to the Seller in its capacity as holder of Investor Certificates) or the
Servicer, as the case may be, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the
day on which such Transfer Payment was due, a portion of the amount deposited in
the Collection Account pursuant to Sections 2.5 and 3.9 of the Agreement equal
to the lesser of (i) the product of the Daily Floating Allocation Percentage for
such day (or, if a Transfer Date, the Monthly Floating Allocation Percentage)
and such Transfer Payment (such product, as reflected in a statement provided by
the Servicer, the "Offset Amount") and (ii) all amounts payable to such Person
on such day (other than Daily Estimated Principal Collections allocable to the
Seller) and distribute (A) to the Transition Series 1996-1 Principal Collections
Sub-subaccount an amount equal to the Purchase Percentage of the Offset Amount
and (B) to the Transition Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Sub-subaccount an amount
equal to the Discount Percentage of the Offset Amount.  If the amounts payable
to the Seller or the Servicer (other than Daily Estimated Principal Collections
allocable to the Seller) on such day are insufficient to pay the Offset Amount
in full, the Servicer shall cause the Trustee to set off pursuant to subsection
4.1(g) of the Agreement against all amounts on deposit in the Seller Principal
Account, including Daily Estimated Principal Collections payable to the Seller
in respect of the Seller Interest on such day, an amount equal to the lesser of
(i) the remaining Offset Amount and (ii) all such amounts on deposit in the
Seller Principal Account and distribute such amounts pursuant to clauses (A) and
(B) of the preceding sentence.  If the amount on deposit in the Seller Principal
Account on such day is insufficient to pay the remaining Offset Amount in full,
the Seller Amount shall be reduced on such day by such remaining Offset Amount.

          (b)  If the Seller or the Servicer shall later make a Transfer Payment
with respect to an Offset Amount paid pursuant to this subsection, the Seller
Amount and the Seller Principal Account shall be reimbursed for amounts advanced
pursuant to this subsection in such order of priority.

          (c)  During the Early Amortization Period, all Daily Estimated
Principal Collections allocable to the Seller Interest shall be deposited in the
Seller Principal Account until the balance therein equals the Minimum Seller
Amount calculated as 
of the last day of the Revolving Period, and such balance shall be retained in
the Seller Principal Account, subject to withdrawal pursuant to paragraph (a),
until the Invested Amount is reduced to zero.



<PAGE>
                                                                         18
                                    ARTICLE V
                            DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS

          Article V of the Agreement (except for any portion thereof relating to
another Series) shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be exclusively
applicable to the Transition Certificate:

          SECTION 5E.1.  Distributions.  On each Distribution Date, the Paying
                         -------------
Agent shall distribute to the Transition Certificateholder all amounts specified
in Article IV.

          SECTION 5E.2.  Daily Reports.  On each New York Business Day, the
                         -------------
Servicer shall provide the Transition Certificateholder, the Trustee, the
Servicer with respect to the New Trust and the Trustee with respect to the New
Trust with a Daily Report.

          SECTION 5E.3. Monthly Settlement Statements. (a)  On each
                        -----------------------------
Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the Transition
Certificateholder, the Trustee, the Servicer with respect to the New Trust and
the Trustee with respect to the New Trust a Monthly Settlement Statement.

          (b)  Monthly Certificateholders' Statement.  On each Settlement Date,
               -------------------------------------
the Servicer shall deliver to the Transition Certificateholder, the Trustee, the
Servicer with respect to the New Trust and the Trustee with respect to the New
Trust a Monthly Certificateholders' Statement.

          (c)  Amortization Period Notices.  Upon the occurrence of an Early
               ---------------------------
Amortization Event, the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall give
prompt written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Transition Certificateholder,
the Servicer with respect to the New Trust and the Trustee with respect to the
New Trust.



                                   ARTICLE VI

                      ADDITIONAL EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

          SECTION 6.1.  Additional Early Amortization Events.  If any one of the
                        ------------------------------------
events specified in Section 9.1 of the Agreement (after any grace periods or
consents applicable thereto) or any one of the following events shall occur
during the Revolving Period with respect to the Transition Certificate:

          (a)  failure on the part of the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable,
     (i) to make any payment or deposit (including any Transfer Payment)
     required by the terms of the Agreement or this Supplement, or to deliver a
     Daily Report or a 



<PAGE>
                                                                         19
     Monthly Settlement Statement within two New York Business Days of the day
     such item is due to be delivered under the Agreement or this Supplement,
     (ii) to make any payment reflected in such Daily Report or Monthly
     Settlement Statement as being required to be made by the Seller or the
     Servicer on the date such report is delivered, (iii) to make any other
     payment or deposit required by the terms of the Agreement, this Supplement
     or the Receivables Purchase Agreement within five days after the date when
     due, (iv) duly to observe or perform in any material respect the covenant
     of the Seller set forth in Section 2.7(b) or (q) of the Agreement or (v)
     duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenants or
     agreements of the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, set forth in
     the Agreement, this Supplement or the Receivables Purchase Agreement, which
     failure in the case of this clause (v) either (A) continues unremedied for
     a period of 30 days or (B) if such failure is in respect of Section 2.5 of
     the Agreement, the Seller shall have failed to comply with the provisions
     of Section 2.5 in respect thereof within five New York Business Days of
     when the Seller was obligated to do so;

          (b)  any representation, warranty, certification or statement made by
     the Seller in the Receivables Purchase Agreement, this Supplement or the
     Agreement or any information contained in a computer file or microfiche or
     written list required to be delivered by the Seller pursuant to the
     Agreement, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when
     made or when delivered; provided, however, that an Early Amortization Event
                             --------  -------
     shall not be deemed to have occurred under this paragraph if the
     incorrectness of such representation, warranty, certification, statement or
     information gives rise to an obligation to repurchase the related
     Receivables and the Seller has repurchased the related Receivable or all
     such Receivables, if applicable, in accordance with the provisions of the
     Agreement within five New York Business Days of when the Seller was
     obligated to do so;

          (c)  a Servicer Default or an event which would, with the giving of
     notice or the passage of time, constitute a Servicer Default, occurs;

          (d)  a "Trust Pay Out Event" or a "Series Pay Out Event" with respect
     to Series 1996-1 of the New Trust (in each case as defined in the New Trust
     Agreement) shall have occurred;

          (e)  the Seller shall fail to convey any Receivables to the Trust
     pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Agreement; or 




<PAGE>
                                                                         20
          (f)  any one or more of the events required to occur pursuant Section
     7.4 hereof shall not have occurred on or prior to November 20, 1996;

then, in the case of any such event described in subsection (a), (b) or (c) of
this Section 6.1, after the applicable grace period, if any, set forth in such
subsections, either the Trustee, in the case of any event actually known to a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee, or the Transition Certificateholder, by
notice then given in writing to the Seller and the Servicer (and to the Trustee
if given by the Transition Certificateholder), may declare that an "Early
Amortization Event" has occurred as of the date of such notice, and, in the case
of any event described in subsections (d) through (f) above or Section 9.1 of
the Agreement, subject to applicable law, an Early Amortization Event shall
occur, without any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee, the
Transition Certificateholder or the Investor Certificateholders, immediately
upon the occurrence of such event.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                    COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          SECTION 7.1.  Representations and Warranties of the Seller and the
                        ----------------------------------------------------
Servicer.  The Seller and the Servicer each hereby represents and warrants to
- --------
the Trustee and the Transition Certificateholder that each and every of their
respective representations and warranties contained in the Agreement is true and
correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the date of
each increase in the Invested Amount.

          SECTION 7.2.  Covenants of the Seller.  The Seller hereby agrees that:
                        -----------------------

          (a)  it shall observe each and every of its respective covenants (both
     affirmative and negative) contained in the Agreement and this Supplement;
     provided that the covenants of Seller contained in subsections 2.7(l),
     --------
     2.7(n) and 2.7(o) of the Agreement are hereby waived to the extent
     necessary to permit the Seller to comply with the provisions of Section 7.4
     hereof;
  
          (b)  it shall not amend, supplement or otherwise modify or terminate
     the Agreement, unless in strict compliance with the terms of Section 13.1
     of the Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the terms of the Agreement
                       --------
     the Seller shall not cause the Trust to issue any additional Series; and

          (c)  if on any day the Seller Amount is less than the Minimum Seller
     Amount, it shall deposit cash in the Seller Principal Account in an amount
     equal to such deficiency.



<PAGE>
                                                                         21
          SECTION 7.3.  Covenants of the Servicer.  The Servicer hereby agrees
                        -------------------------
that:

          (a)  it shall observe each and every of its covenants (both
     affirmative and negative) contained in the Agreement and this
     Supplement in all material respects; and

          (b)  it shall not amend, supplement or otherwise modify the
     Agreement, unless in strict compliance with the terms thereof;

          (c)  it shall give prior notice to the Transition
     Certificateholder and the Trustee of the New Trust of the delegation
     of any of its servicing, collection, enforcement or administrative
     duties with respect to the Accounts and the Receivables; and

          (d)  it shall provide to the Transition Certificateholder,
     simultaneously with delivery to the Trustee, all reports,
     certificates, statements and other documents required to be delivered
     to the Trustee pursuant to Sections 3.4 and 3.6 of the Agreement.

          SECTION 7.4.  Exchange of Transition Certificate. (a) The Seller
                        ----------------------------------
hereby agrees that on the Exchange Date, the Seller shall (i) accept surrender
of the Transition Certificate by the Transition Certificateholder and, in
exchange for the cancellation of the Transition Certificate upon such surrender,
transfer, assign and convey all of the Trust Assets to the Transition
Certificateholder and (ii) concurrently with such transfer, assignment and
conveyance, cause all rights of the Trustee under the Lockbox Agreement and the
Lockbox Processing Agreement to be assigned to the Trustee of the New Trust for
the benefit of the New Trust Investor Certificateholders.

          (b) The Seller hereby further agrees that on the Exchange Date, as
further consideration for the Transition Certificateholder's agreement to
surrender the Transition Certificate for exchange, the Seller shall pay to the
Transition Certificateholder, for application in accordance with Section 4.13 of
the New Trust Series 1996-1 Supplement the lesser of (i) the amount on deposit
in the Spread Account established pursuant to the Series 1991-2 Supplement to
the Agreement and (ii) the excess of (A) the sum of the Required Class ABC
Spread Account Amount and the Required Class D Spread Account Amount (in each
case as defined in the New Trust Series 1996-1 Supplement) over (B) the
aggregate amount on deposit in the Class ABC Spread Account and the Class D
Spread Account of the New Trust.

          (c)  The Servicer hereby directs the Trustee to execute and deliver to
the Trustee of the New Trust UCC financing statements and assignments in the
form directed by the Servicer and acceptable to the Trustee of the New Trust for
the purpose of 



<PAGE>
                                                                         22
transferring to the New Trust effective as of the Exchange Date all of the
Trust's right, title and interest to the Trust Assets.

          SECTION 7.5.  Obligations Unaffected.  The obligations of the Seller
                        ----------------------
and the Servicer to the Transition Certificateholder under this Supplement shall
not be affected by reason of any invalidity, illegality or irregularity of any
of the Receivables or any sale of any of the Receivables.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                          ADDITIONAL SERVICER DEFAULTS

          SECTION 8.1.  Additional Servicer Defaults.  If any of the events
                        ----------------------------
specified in Section 10.1 of the Agreement (after any grace periods or consents
applicable thereto) or any one of the following events shall occur with respect
to the Transition Certificate (any such event, a "Servicer Default"):

          (a)  failure by the Servicer to deliver, within two New York Business
     days of the due date thereof, any Daily Report or any Monthly Settlement
     Statement conforming in all material respects to the requirements of
     Sections 5E.2 and 5E.3 or failure to make any payment, deposit or transfer
     reflected in such Daily Report or Monthly Settlement Statement as being
     required to be made on the date such report or statement is delivered;

          (b)  failure by the Servicer to pay any amount (other than as
     specified in subsection (a) of this Section 10.1) on or before the date
     occurring five days after the date such payment is required to be made
     under the terms of this Supplement;

          (c)  failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in
     any material respect any covenants or agreements of the Servicer set forth
     in this Supplement or the Agreement which has a material adverse effect on
     the Transition Certificateholder, which failure continues unremedied for a
     period of 30 days after the date on which written notice of such failure,
     requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer or
     the Seller, as the case may be, by the Trustee, or to the Servicer or the
     Seller, as the case may be, and the Trustee by the Transition
     Certificateholder; or the Servicer shall assign its duties under this
     Supplement or the Agreement, except as permitted by Section 9.3 of this
     Supplement or Section 8.7 of the Agreement;

then, so long as the Servicer Default shall not have been remedied, if the
Servicer Default is one specified in subsection (a), (b) or (c) of this Section
8.1, the Transition Certificateholder may direct that the Trustee poll the
Investor Certificateholders to obtain their approval of the delivery of a



<PAGE>
                                                                         23
Termination Notice pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Agreement.  The Servicer
shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Servicer of the New Trust and the Trustee
of the New Trust of occurrence of any Servicer Default.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 9.1.  Ratification of Agreement.  As supplemented by this
                        -------------------------
Supplement, the Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the
Agreement as so supplemented by this Supplement shall be read, taken and
construed as one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 9.2.  Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
                        -------------
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SUCH LAW.

          SECTION 9.3.  Further Assurances.  Each of the Seller, the Servicer
                        ------------------
and the Trustee agrees, from time to time, to do and perform any and all acts
and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested
by the Transition Certificateholder more fully to effect the purposes of this
Supplement and the sale of the Transition Certificate hereunder, including,
without limitation, in the case of the Seller and the Servicer, the execution of
any financing statements or continuation statements relating to the Receivables
and the other Trust Assets for filing under the provisions of the UCC of any
applicable jurisdiction.  

          SECTION 9.4.  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure to exercise
                        ------------------------------
and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Transition
Certificateholder, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall
operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.
The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and
not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.  

          SECTION 9.5.  Amendments.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                        ----------
contained in the Agreement, the Transition Certificateholder in its capacity as
such shall not consent to any amendment, supplement or other modification to the
Agreement or this Supplement unless the exact form of such amendment, supplement
or other modification has been approved in writing by the Trustee with respect
to the New Trust.  The Seller shall deliver a copy of each amendment to this
Supplement to each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Investor
Certificates issued by the New Trust.  No amendment may be made 



<PAGE>
                                                                         24
to this Supplement without satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

          SECTION 9.6.  Severability.  If any provision hereof is void or
                        ------------
unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such voidness or unenforceability shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of (i) such provision in any other
jurisdiction or (ii) any other provision hereof in such or any other
jurisdiction. 

          SECTION 9.7.  Notices.  All notices, requests, instructions,
                        -------
directions and demands to or upon any party hereto to be effective shall be in
writing delivered by hand or by facsimile and shall be deemed to have been duly
given, in the case of notice by facsimile, when telecopied to the number set
forth below its signature hereto, or, in the case of notice by hand, if
personally delivered at its address set forth below its signature hereto or to
such other telecopier number or address as may be hereafter notified by it to
the other parties hereto.

          SECTION 9.8.  Successors and Assigns.  This Supplement shall be
                        ----------------------
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns, except that the Seller may not assign or transfer any of
its rights under this Supplement without the prior written consent of the
Transition Certificateholder.
          
          SECTION 9.9.  Counterparts; Effectiveness.  This Supplement may be
                        ---------------------------
executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement.

          SECTION 9.10.  Limitation of Liability.  It is expressly understood
                         -----------------------
and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Supplement is executed and
delivered by Bankers Trust Company, not individually or personally but solely as
Trustee of the Trust, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and
vested in it, (b) the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made
on the part of the Trust are made and intended not as personal representations,
undertakings and agreements by Bankers Trust Company, but are made and intended
for the purpose of binding only the Trust, and (c) under no circumstances shall
Bankers Trust Company be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness
or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any
obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust
under this Supplement.

          SECTION 9.11.  Consent to Assignment.  Each of the Seller, the
                         ---------------------
Servicer, the Trustee, and the Transition Certificateholder acknowledges and
consents to (a) the assignment by the Seller to the New Trust for the benefit of
the "Investor Certificateholders" (as defined in the New Trust Agreement) of 



<PAGE>
                                                                         25
all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Transition
Certificate, this Supplement and the Agreement and (b) the exercise by the
Trustee of the New Trust of any and all rights of the Seller hereunder and
thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Trust Agreement.  In
furtherance of the foregoing, the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee agree
that, for so long as the Seller owns the Transition Certificate and the New
Trust Agreement is in effect, all rights of the Seller to exercise voting and
other consensual rights under this Supplement or the Agreement (including,
without limitation, the right to waive any provision of this Supplement or the
Agreement) shall be subject to the consent of the Trustee.  The Seller, the
Servicer and the Trustee agree that, and the Servicer hereby directs that, for
so long as the Seller owns the Transition Certificate and the New Trust
Agreement is in effect, all payments to be made to the Seller as Holder of the
Transition Certificate pursuant to this Supplement and the Agreement will be
made directly to the applicable account of the New Trust, as specified herein. 
The Seller and the Servicer further agree to deliver to the Trustee of the New
Trust any and all certificates, reports and other documents required to be
delivered to the Transition Certificateholder pursuant to the terms hereof.



<PAGE>
                                                                         26
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee have
caused this Supplement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of
the day and year first above written.



                              SFA FINANCE COMPANY, as Seller 
                               

                              By: /s/ Robert Vill
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Name: 
                                 Title:

                              Address:  c/o The Richardson Company
                                        599 Lexington Avenue
                                        New York, New York  10022
                                        Attn:  Oliver Richardson

                              Telecopier:    212-940-5159


                              SAKS & COMPANY, as Servicer


                              By:  /s/ Robert Vill
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Name: 
                                 Title:

                              Address:  12 East 49th Street, 19th Floor
                                        New York, New York  10017
                                        Attn:  Chief Financial Officer

                              Telecopier:    212-940-4110


                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                individual capacity but solely 
                                as Trustee


                              By: /s/ Linda A. Rakolta
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Name:  Linda A. Rakolta
                                 Title: Vice President

                              Address:  Four Albany Street, 10th Floor
                                        New York, New York  10006
                                        Attn:  Corporate Trust and 
                                               Agency Group, Structured
                                               Finance Team

                              Telecopier:    212-250-6439




<PAGE>
                                                                 Schedule I
                                                                 ----------



                              The Collection Account has been established
                              by and at Chemical Bank ("Chemical") ABA
                              number 021-000306, account number AR76932-76.




<PAGE>
                                     SCHEDULE II
                                     -----------



                        BASE DAILY AVERAGE MERCHANDISE RETURNS


                         Fiscal               Base Daily Average
                         Month                Merchandise Returns
                         ------               -------------------

                         January                    .33274%

                         February                   .26069%

                         March                      .33430%

                         April                      .37155%

                         May                        .35997%

                         June                       .31277%

                         July                       .25890%

                         August                     .30537%

                         September                  .37749%

                         October                    .38313%

                         November                   .35897%

                         December                   .38648%







                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.26








   --------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              SFA FINANCE COMPANY,
                                   as Seller,

                                 SAKS & COMPANY,
                                  as Servicer,

                                       and

                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                   as Trustee

                       on behalf of the Certificateholders

                            of the SAKS MASTER TRUST

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                           Dated as of April 25, 1996

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------





































<PAGE>






                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

     Section 1.1    Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
     Section 1.2    Other Definitional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
     Section 1.3    Daily Estimation of Finance Charge
                      Collections and Principal Collections . . . . . . . .   24


                                   ARTICLE II

               TRANSFER OF TRUST ASSETS; ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES . . . . .   25

     Section 2.1    Transfer of Transition Certificate  . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 2.2    Acceptance by Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
     Section 2.3    Representations and Warranties of the
                      Seller Relating to the Seller . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
     Section 2.4    Representations and Warranties of the
                      Seller Relating to the Agreement and
                      the Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
     Section 2.5    Covenants of the Seller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
     Section 2.6    Addition of Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
     Section 2.7    Removal of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
     Section 2.8    Discount Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45

                                   ARTICLE III

                   ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES  . . . . . .   46

     Section 3.1    Acceptance of Appointment and Other
                      Matters Relating to the Servicer  . . . . . . . . . .   46
     Section 3.2    Servicing Compensation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48
     Section 3.3    Representations; Warranties and
                      Covenants of the Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   49
     Section 3.4    Reports and Records for the Trustee . . . . . . . . . .   51
     Section 3.5    Annual Servicer's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
     Section 3.6    Annual Independent Public Accountants'
                      Servicing Report  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
     Section 3.7    Tax Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53

                                   ARTICLE IV

                   RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION
                         AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS . . . . . . . . . .   53

     Section 4.1    Rights of Certificateholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
     Section 4.2    Establishment of Accounts and
                      Allocations with Respect to the
                      Exchangeable Seller Certificate . . . . . . . . . . .   54
     Section 4.3    Collections and Allocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55




















                                       -i-




<PAGE>






                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----



                  [THE REMAINDER OF ARTICLE IV IS RESERVED AND
                      SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT
                           WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES]  . . . . . . . . . .   59

                                    ARTICLE V

                        [ARTICLE V IS RESERVED AND SHALL
                         BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT
                           WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES]  . . . . . . . . . .   59

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                THE CERTIFICATES  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59

     Section 6.1    The Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
     Section 6.2    Authentication of Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . .   60
     Section 6.3    Registration of Transfer and Exchange of
                      Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   60
     Section 6.4    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen
                      Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   62
     Section 6.5    Persons Deemed Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
     Section 6.6    Appointment of Paying Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
     Section 6.7    Access to List of Certificateholders'
                      Names and Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   64
     Section 6.8    Authenticating Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65
     Section 6.9    Book-Entry Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   66
     Section 6.10   Notices to Clearing Agency  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   67
     Section 6.11   Definitive Certificates Initially Issued
                      as Book-Entry Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   67
     Section 6.12   Global Certificate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   68
     Section 6.13   Meetings of Certificateholders  . . . . . . . . . . . .   68

                                   ARTICLE VII

                      OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SELLER  . . . . . . . .   71

     Section 7.1    Liability of the Seller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   71
     Section 7.2    Merger or Consolidation of, or
                      Assumption of the Obligations of, the
                      Seller, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   71
     Section 7.3    Limitation on Liability of the Seller . . . . . . . . .   72
     Section 7.4    Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   72

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER . . . . . . . .   73

     Section 8.1    Liability of the Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   73
     Section 8.2    Merger or Consolidation of, or
                      Assumption of the Obligations of, the
                      Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   73



















                                      -ii-




<PAGE>






                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


     Section 8.3    Limitation on Liability of the Servicer
                      and Others  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   73
     Section 8.4    Indemnification of the Trust and the
                      Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   74
     Section 8.5    The Servicer Not to Resign  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   75
     Section 8.6    Access to Certain Documentation and
                      Information Regarding the Receivables . . . . . . . .   75
     Section 8.7    Delegation of Duties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   75
     Section 8.8    Examination of Records  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   76

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 PAY OUT EVENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   76

     Section 9.1    Pay Out Events  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   76
     Section 9.2    Additional Rights Upon the Occurrence of
                      Certain Events  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   77

                                    ARTICLE X

                                SERVICER DEFAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . .   78

     Section 10.1   Servicer Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   78
     Section 10.2   Trustee to Act; Appointment of
                      Successor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   80
     Section 10.3   Notification to Certificateholders  . . . . . . . . . .   82
     Section 10.4   Waiver of Past Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   82

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   THE TRUSTEE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   82

     Section 11.1   Duties of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   82
     Section 11.2   Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee . . . . . . . . .   85
     Section 11.3   Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in
                      Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   86
     Section 11.4   Trustee May Own Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   87
     Section 11.5   The Servicer to pay Trustee's Fees and
                      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   87
     Section 11.6   Eligibility Requirements for Trustee  . . . . . . . . .   87
     Section 11.7   Resignation or Removal of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . .   88
     Section 11.8   Successor Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
     Section 11.9   Merger or Consolidation of Trustee  . . . . . . . . . .   89
     Section 11.10  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate
                      Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
     Section 11.11  Tax Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   91
     Section 11.12  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without
                      Possession of Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   91
     Section 11.13  Suits for Enforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   92
     Section 11.14  Rights of Certificateholders to Direct
                      Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   92




















                                      -iii-




<PAGE>






                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


     Section 11.15  Representations and Warranties of
                      Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   92
     Section 11.16  Maintenance of Office or Agency . . . . . . . . . . . .   93
     Section 11.17  Requests for Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   93

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                   TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   93

     Section 12.1   Termination of Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   93
     Section 12.2   Optional Purchase and Final Trust
                      Termination Date of Investor
                      Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   93
     Section 12.3   Final Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   95
     Section 12.4   Termination Rights of the Holder of the
                      Exchangeable Seller Certificate . . . . . . . . . . .   96

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS  . . . . . . . . . . .   96

     Section 13.1   Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   96
     Section 13.2   Protection of Right, Title and Interest
                      to Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   98
     Section 13.3   Limitation on Rights of
                      Certificateholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   99
     SECTION 13.4   GOVERNING LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  100
     Section 13.5   Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  100
     Section 13.6   Severability of Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  101
     Section 13.7   Rule 144A Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  101
     Section 13.8   Certificates Nonassessable and Fully
                      Paid  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  101
     Section 13.9   Further Assurances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  101
     Section 13.10  No Waiver: Cumulative Remedies  . . . . . . . . . . . .  101
     Section 13.11  Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  102
     Section 13.12  Third-Party Beneficiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  102
     Section 13.13  Actions by Certificateholders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  102
     Section 13.14  Merger and Integration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  103
     Section 13.15  No Bankruptcy Petition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  103


                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A:     Form of Exchangeable Seller Certificate 
Exhibit B:     Form of Third Amended and Restated Receivables
                 Purchase Agreement
Exhibit C:     Form of Confirming Assignment of Receivables in Additional
                 Accounts
Exhibit D:     Form of Retransfer Agreement
Exhibit E:     Form of Monthly Servicer's Statement
Exhibit F:     Form of Annual Servicer's Certificate
Exhibit G:     Form of Annual Independent Auditors' Report



















                                      -iv-




<PAGE>






Exhibit H:     Form of Opinion with Respect to Amendments
Exhibit I:     Form of Annual Opinion of Counsel








































































                                       -v-





<PAGE>


          POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of April 25, 1996, among SFA
FINANCE COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, as the Seller, SAKS & COMPANY, a New
York corporation, as Servicer, and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a New York banking
corporation, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee. 

          In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, each party
agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the benefit of
the Certificateholders: 

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

          Section 1.1  Definitions.  Whenever used in this Agreement, the
                       -----------
following words and phrases shall have the following meanings: 

          "Account" shall mean (a) prior to the Existing Trust Termination Date,
     each "Account" as defined in the Existing Trust Agreement, which shall
     include each such Account existing on the Initial Cut Off Date and each
     "Additional Account" added to the Existing Trust thereafter in accordance
     with the terms of the Existing Trust Agreement, each of which Accounts is
     identified on a computer file or microfiche or written list delivered to
     the Trustee on or prior to the Initial Closing Date by account number and
     Receivables balance as of close of business on the last day of the fiscal
     month preceding the Initial Closing Date (or, with respect to any such
     Additional Account, identified on each computer file or microfiche or
     written list delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.6(b)) and (b)
     on and after the Existing Trust Termination Date, (i) each Account referred
     to in clause (a) above which is outstanding as of the Existing Trust
     Termination Date and which is required to be transferred by the Existing
     Trust to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.1(d), and (ii) to the extent not
     included in clause (i), each additional charge account established pursuant
     to a Charge Account Agreement and identified by account number and
     Receivable balance as of the Second Cut Off Date on the computer file,
     microfiche or written list delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section
     2.1(d), or identified as of each Addition Date thereafter in each computer
     file or microfiche or written list delivered to the Trustee pursuant to
     Section 2.6(b).  The term "Account" shall also be deemed to refer to each
     Additional Account, but only from and after the Addition Date with respect
     thereto, and the term "Account" shall be deemed to refer to any Removed
     Account prior to but not after the Removal Date with respect thereto. 

          "Accumulation Period" shall have the meaning specified in any
     applicable Supplement. 



































<PAGE>



                                                                               2




          "Addition Date" shall have (a) with respect to Accounts existing prior
     to the Exiting Trust Termination Date, the meaning specified in the
     Existing Trust Agreement and (b) with respect to Accounts created after the
     Existing Trust Termination Date, the meaning specified in Section 2.6. 

          "Additional Accounts" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6.

          "Additional Trust Assets" shall have the meaning  specified in Section
     2.1(b).

          "Adjusted Invested Amount" shall have, with respect any Series, the
     meaning specified in the related Supplement. 

          "Affiliate" of any specified Person, shall mean any other Person
     directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
     indirect common control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this
     definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means
     the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or
     indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract
     or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings
     correlative to the foregoing. 

          "Aggregate Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the sum of the Adjusted Invested Amounts of all Series
     issued and outstanding on such date of determination. 

          "Aggregate Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the sum of the Invested Amounts of all Series issued and
     outstanding on such date of determination.

          "Aggregate Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the aggregate of the Unpaid Invested Amounts for all Series
     outstanding as of such date of determination.

          "Aggregate Invested Percentage" with respect to Principal Receivables,
     Finance Charge Receivables and Defaulted Receivables, as the case may be,
     shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of such Invested
     Percentages of all Series issued and outstanding on such date of
     determination; provided, however, that the Aggregate Invested Percentage
     shall not exceed 100%. 

          "Aggregate Principal Receivables" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of such
     date.

































<PAGE>



                                                                               3




          "Agreement" shall mean this Pooling and Servicing Agreement and all
     amendments hereof and supplements hereto, including any Supplement. 

          "Amortization Period" shall mean, with respect to any Series, the
     period following the related Revolving Period, which shall be the
     Accumulation Period, the Controlled Amortization Period or the Rapid
     Amortization Period or any other accumulation or amortization period, in
     each case as defined with respect to such Series in the related Supplement.

          "Applicants" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.7. 

          "Authorized Newspaper" shall mean The New York Times or the Wall
     Street Journal.

          "Average Aggregate Principal Receivables" shall mean, for any period,
     an amount equal to (a) the sum of the Aggregate Principal Receivables at
     the end of each day during such period divided by (b) the number of days in
     such period. 

          "Base Rate" shall have, with respect to any Series, the meaning
     specified in the related Supplement. 

          "Bearer Certificates" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.1.

          "Bearer Rules" shall mean the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code,
     in effect from time to time, governing the treatment of bearer obligations,
     including sections 163(f), 871, 881, 1441, 1442, and 4701, and any
     regulations thereunder including, to the extent applicable to any Series,
     proposed or temporary regulations.

          "Book-Entry Certificates" shall mean certificates evidencing a
     beneficial interest in any Investor Certificates, ownership and transfers
     of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as
     described in Section 6.9: provided, that after the occurrence of a
     condition whereupon book-entry registration and transfer are no longer
     permitted and Definitive Certificates are to be issued to the Certificate
     Owners, such Certificates shall no longer be "Book-Entry Certificates".

          "Business Day" shall mean each day which is neither a Saturday, a
     Sunday nor any other day on which banking institutions in New York, New
     York (or, with respect to any Series, any additional city specified in the
     related Supplement) are authorized or obligated by law or required by
     executive order to be closed. 


































<PAGE>



                                                                               4




          "Cedel" shall mean Cedel Bank, societe anonyme.

          "Certificate" shall mean any one of the Investor Certificates of any
     Series or the Exchangeable Seller Certificate.

          "Certificateholder" or "Holder" shall mean the Person in whose name a
     Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register and, if applicable,
     the holder of any Bearer Certificate or Coupon, as the case may be.

          "Certificate Interest" shall mean interest payable in respect of the
     Investor Certificates of any Series pursuant to Article IV as set forth in
     the Supplement related to such Series.

          "Certificate Owner" shall mean, with respect to a Book-Entry
     Certificate, the Person who is the owner of such Book-Entry Certificate, as
     reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person
     maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an
     indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing
     Agency). 

          "Certificate Principal" shall mean principal payable in respect of the
     Investor Certificates of any Series pursuant to Article IV as set forth in
     the Supplement related to such Series.

          "Certificate Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Series of
     Certificates (or, for any Series with more than one Class, for each Class
     of such Series), the rate (or formula on the basis of which such rate shall
     be determined) stated for such Series in the related Supplement. 

          "Certificate Register" shall mean the register maintained pursuant to
     Section 6.3, providing for the registration of the Certificates and
     transfers and exchanges thereof.

          "Charge Account Agreement" shall mean, in the case of each account
     originated by Saks, the agreement (and the related credit application) for
     a credit card account between any Obligor and Saks, as the same may be
     amended, modified or otherwise changed from time to time. 

          "Charge Account Fees" shall mean, with respect to any Account, the
     fees, if any, specified in the Charge Account Agreement applicable to such
     Account, including without limitation, annual fees, over limit charges,
     cash advance fees, late charges, returned check fees, and reinstatement
     charges. 


































<PAGE>



                                                                               5




          "Charge Account Guidelines" shall mean the policies and procedures of
     Saks and the Servicer relating to the operation of Saks' charge account
     business, including, without limitation, the policies and procedures for
     determining the creditworthiness of charge account customers, the extension
     of credit to charge account customers, the terms on which repayments are
     required to be made, and relating to the maintenance of charge accounts and
     collection of charge account receivables, as such policies and procedures,
     as applicable, may be amended from time to time.
 
          "Class" shall mean, with respect to any Series, any one or more of the
     classes of Certificates of such Series as specified in the related
     Supplement. 

          "Clearing Agency" shall mean an organization registered as a "clearing
     agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended. 

          "Clearing Agency Participant" shall mean a broker, dealer, bank, other
     financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing
     Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited
     with the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency.

          "Closing Date" shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date
     specified as such in the related Supplement. 

          "Collection Account" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     4.2(a).

          "Collection Subaccount" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     4.2(a).

          "Collections" shall mean (a) prior to the Existing Trust Termination
     Date, all payments received by the Trust in respect of the Transition
     Certificate and (b) on and after the Existing Trust Termination Date, all
     payments (including Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries) received by the
     Servicer or by the Seller in respect of the Receivables, in the form of
     cash, checks, wire transfers or other form of payment in accordance with
     the Charge Account Agreement in effect from time to time on any Receivable
     plus all amounts deposited by the Seller in respect of its Deposit
     Obligations.

          "Confirming Assignment" shall have the meaning specified in Section
     2.6(b).

          "Controlled Amortization Period" for any Series shall have the meaning
     specified in the related Supplement. 































<PAGE>



                                                                               6




          "Corporate Trust Office" shall mean the principal office of the
     Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall
     be administered, which office at the date of the execution of this
     Agreement is located at Four Albany Street, Tenth Floor, New York, New York
     10006 (Attention:  Corporate Trust and Agency Group, Structured Finance
     Team).

          "Coupon" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.1.
 
          "Credit Adjustment" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     4.3(d).

          "Credit Insurance" shall mean life, accident, health, disability,
     involuntary unemployment or other insurance of an Obligor to insure payment
     of any amount owing by such Obligor to the Seller under an Account and
     which proceeds of such insurance are payable to the Seller upon such
     Obligor's death, disability or involuntary unemployment. 

          "Daily Estimated Finance Charge Collections" shall mean, with respect
     to any Business Day, the product of (a) the estimated outstanding principal
     balance of Receivables as of the preceding Business Day, (b) the Estimation
     Factor for such day and (c) the number of days from and including the
     preceding Business Day to but excluding such Business Day divided by 365
     (or 366, as the case may be).

          "Daily Estimated Principal Collections" shall mean, with respect to
     any Business Day, (a) total Collections received minus (b) Daily Estimated
     Finance Charge Collections.

          "Daily Report" shall have the meaning specified in subsection 3.4(a).

          "Date of Processing" shall mean, with respect to any transaction, the
     date on which such transaction is first recorded on the Servicer's computer
     master file of accounts (without regard to the effective date of such
     recordation). 

          "Debtor Relief Laws" shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United
     States of America and all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship,
     bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency,
     reorganization, suspension of payments, or similar debtor relief laws from
     time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

          "Default Amount" shall mean, with respect to any Transfer Date, the
     sum for all Accounts of the amount of Principal Receivables which became
     Defaulted Receivables in the Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date
     minus the 
     -----































<PAGE>



                                                                               7



     full amount of any Defaulted Receivables which have been repurchased by the
     Seller or the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.4(d) (but not less than zero).

          "Defaulted Receivable" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period,
     all Receivables in an Account (i) which are charged off as uncollectible in
     accordance with the Charge Account Guidelines or the Servicer's customary
     and usual servicing procedures for servicing charge account receivables
     comparable to the Receivables or (ii) in which any portion of any minimum
     monthly payment remains unpaid for 210 days or more after the date such
     minimum monthly payment was first billed.

          "Definitive Certificates" shall have the meaning specified in Section
     6.9. 

          "Deposit Obligation" shall mean the obligation of the Seller to make
     any deposit to the Excess Funding Account pursuant to subsection 2.4(d) or
     4.3(d).

          "Depository Agreement" shall mean, with respect to any Series, the
     agreement (if any) among the Seller, the Trustee and the initial Clearing
     Agency (if any) with respect to such Series. 

          "Determination Date" shall mean, unless otherwise specified in the
     related Supplement, the fifth Business Day preceding each Distribution
     Date. 

          "Discount Option Receivables" shall have the meaning specified in
     Section 2.8.

          "Discount Option Receivable Collections" shall mean on any Business
     Day on which any Discount Option Receivable remains outstanding, an amount
     equal to the product of (a) a fraction the numerator of which is the amount
     of Discount Option Receivables and the denominator of which is the Original
     Principal Receivables, in each case (for both numerator and denominator) on
     such Business Day and (b) Principal Collections calculated prior to any
     reduction for Finance Charge Receivables which are Discount Option
     Receivables received on such Business Day.

          "Discount Percentage" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.8.

          "Distribution Account" shall mean the one or more accounts designated
     as such in any applicable Supplement.

          "Distribution Date" shall mean, (a) on and prior to the Existing Trust
     Termination Date, the 20th day of each calendar month  or, if such 20th day
     is not a Working Day (as defined in the Existing Trust Agreement) the next 
































<PAGE>



                                                                               8



     succeeding Working Day and (b) after the Existing Trust Termination Date,
     unless modified with respect to a particular Series in the Supplement with
     respect thereto, the 20th calendar day of each month or, if such 20th day
     is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

          "Duff & Phelps" shall mean Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. or any
     successor thereto.

          "Eligible Account" shall mean, (a) each "Eligible Account" and
     "Eligible Additional Account," in each case as defined in the Existing
     Trust Agreement and (b) on and after the Existing Trust Termination Date,
     each additional Account satisfying each of the following requirements (x)
     as of the Second Cut Off Date in the case of Accounts existing on such date
     but not owned by the Existing Trust and (y) as of the applicable Addition
     Date in the case of any Additional Account conveyed to the Trust after the
     Existing Trust Termination Date:

               (i) such Account is payable in United States dollars;

               (ii) the Obligor of such Account has not been identified by Saks
          in its computer files as being involved in any bankruptcy-related or
          fraud-related events;

               (iii) the credit card or cards for such Account have not been
          reported lost or stolen; provided, however, that a Transferred Account
          established for an Obligor who has previously reported a lost or
          stolen card with respect to a prior Account shall not fail to be an
          Eligible Account because it includes Receivables balances that existed
          prior to the date the loss or theft was reported that have been
          transferred to the Transferred Account and have not been disputed by
          the Obligor;

               (iv) none of the Receivables in such Account are Defaulted
          Receivables;

               (v) such Account was originated by Saks in the ordinary course of
          its business;

               (vi) the Seller has good title to such Account and has not sold
          or pledged such Account to any other party; and

               (vii) such Account does not have Receivables that have been sold
          or pledged to any other party (other than to the Existing Trust
          pursuant to the Existing Trust Agreement).


































<PAGE>



                                                                               9




          "Eligible Deposit Account" shall mean either (a) a segregated account
     with a Qualified Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the
     corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the
     laws of the United States or any one of the states thereof, including the
     District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), and acting
     as a trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the
     securities of such depository institution shall have a credit rating from
     each Rating Agency in one of its long-term credit rating categories which
     signifies investment grade. 

          "Eligible Receivable" shall mean (a) each "Eligible Receivable" as
     defined in the Existing Trust Agreement and (b) on and after the Existing
     Trust Termination Date, each additional Receivable:

               (a)  which has arisen under an Account or Additional Account
          which is an Eligible Account;

               (b)  which was created in compliance, in all material respects,
          with all Requirements of Law applicable to Saks and pursuant to a
          Charge Account Agreement which complies, in all material respects,
          with all Requirements of Law applicable to Saks;

               (c)  with respect to which all material consents, licenses,
          approvals or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with,
          any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given
          by Saks or the Seller in connection with the creation of such
          Receivable or the execution, delivery and performance by Saks of the
          Charge Account Agreement pursuant to which such Receivable was
          created, have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full
          force and effect as of such date of creation; 

               (d)  as to which, at all times following the transfer of such
          Receivable to the Trust, the Trust will have had good title thereto
          free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens permitted under Section
          2.5(b));

               (e)  which has been the subject of either a valid transfer and
          assignment from the Seller to the Trust of all the Seller's right,
          title and interest therein (including any proceeds thereof) or the
          grant of a first priority perfected security interest therein (and in
          the proceeds thereof), effective until the termination of the Trust; 

               (f)  which will at all times be the legal, valid and binding
          payment obligation of the Obligor thereon enforceable against such
          Obligor in accordance with its 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              10



          terms, subject to applicable Debtor Relief Laws and by general
          principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in
          equity);

               (g)  which, at the time of its transfer to the Trust, has not
          been waived or modified except for a Receivable which has been waived
          or modified as permitted in accordance with the Charge Account
          Guidelines and which waiver or modification is reflected in the
          Servicer's computer files; 

               (h)  which, at the time of transfer to the Trust, is not (to the
          knowledge of the Seller or the Servicer) subject to any right of
          rescission, setoff, counterclaim or any other defense (including the
          defense of usury) of the Obligor; 

               (i)  as to which, at the time of the transfer to the Trust, each
          of the Seller and Saks has satisfied all obligations required to be
          satisfied at or prior to such time;

               (j)  which constitutes either an "account" or "chattel paper"
          under the UCC as then in effect in the State of New York; 

               (k)  which, at the time of transfer to the Trust, does not
          constitute a Defaulted Receivable; and

               (l)  which, if the Obligor in respect of such Receivable has a
          billing address outside of the United States of America or any State,
          territory or possession thereof (a "Foreign Receivable"), will not, on
          the date of transfer to the Trust, when added to all other Foreign
          Receivables, cause the percentage of the principal portion of Eligible
          Receivables represented by Foreign Receivables to exceed 5% of the
          Aggregate Principal Receivables.

          "Enhancement" shall mean, with respect to any Series, the
     subordination, the cash collateral guaranty or account, collateral
     interest, letter of credit, guaranteed rate agreement, maturity guaranty
     facility, tax protection agreement, insurance policy, interest rate swap or
     any other contract, arrangement or agreement for the benefit of the
     Certificateholders of such Series (or Certificateholders of a Class within
     such Series), as designated in the applicable Supplement.

          "Enhancement Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
     Series, the amount specified in the related Supplement.



































<PAGE>



                                                                              11




          "Enhancement Provider" shall mean, with respect to any Series, the
     Person, if any, designated as such in the related Supplement.

          "Estimation Factor" shall mean, with respect to any Business Day, the
     sum of (a) four times the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Receivables
     billed and of Recoveries received during the three Monthly Periods relating
     to the preceding three Determination Dates (or if such Business Day is a
     Determination Date, such day and the two preceding Determination Dates)
     divided by the actual daily average Aggregate Principal Receivables during
     such three Monthly Periods (or, if such actual numbers are not determinable
     for such three Monthly Periods or any portion thereof, 14.5% for such three
     Monthly Periods or such portion thereof) plus (b) 0.5%.
                                              ----

          "Euroclear Operator" shall mean Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
     York, Brussels, Belgium office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

          "Excess Funding Account" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.2(b).

          "Exchange" shall have the meaning specified in subsection 6.14(b). 

          "Exchangeable Seller Certificate" shall mean the certificate which
     represents the Seller Amount and which has been authenticated by the
     Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, and is exchangeable as
                                           ---------
     provided in Section 6.14; provided, that at any time there shall be only
     one Exchangeable Seller Certificate. 

          "Exchange Date" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     6.14(b). 

          "Exchange Notice" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     6.14(b).

          "Existing Trust" shall mean the SFA Master Trust created pursuant to
     the Existing Trust Agreement.

          "Existing Trust Agreement" shall mean the Amended and Restated Pooling
     and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 16, 1991, among the Seller,
     Saks and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, including all amendments
     thereof and supplements thereto.

          "Existing Trust Investor Certificates" shall mean the "Investor
     Certificates" as defined in the Existing Trust Agreement.


































<PAGE>



                                                                              12




          "Existing Trust Termination Date" shall mean the Distribution Date on
     which the invested amount of each outstanding class of Existing Trust
     Investor Certificates (other than the Transition Certificates) shall have
     been reduced to zero, and all accrued interest, fees and other amounts with
     respect to such Existing Trust Investor Certificates and other amounts
     payable pursuant to the Existing Trust Agreement (excluding amounts payable
     to the holder of the Transition Certificate) shall have been paid in full.

          "FDIC" shall mean the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any
     successor thereto. 

          "Final Trust Termination Date" shall mean December 31, 2015.

          "Finance Charge Account" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.2(a).

          "Finance Charge Collections" shall mean, (a) for any period prior to
     the Existing Trust Termination Date, all amounts paid to the Trust during
     such period in respect of interest payments on the Transition Certificate,
     and (b) for any period on or after the Existing Trust Termination Date, the
     amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables estimated during such
     period in accordance with subsection 1.3(a) and adjusted pursuant to
     subsection 1.3(b) plus Discount Option Receivable Collections for such
     period plus Recoveries for such period.
 
          "Finance Charge Receivables" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly
     Period, all amounts billed to Obligors in any Account during such Monthly
     Period in respect of finance charges and Charge Account Fees plus the
     aggregate amount of Discount Option Receivables created during such period.

          "Fiscal Month" shall mean shall mean each 4 or 5 week period set forth
     in the calendar published by the National Retail Federation setting forth
     the fiscal year for retailers on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the
     Saturday closest to January 31.

          "Fiscal Year" shall mean, with respect to the Seller, the Servicer or
     Saks, the fiscal year set forth in the calendar published by the National
     Retail Federation setting forth the fiscal year for retailers on a 52/53
     week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to January 31st.

          "Foreign Clearing Agency" shall mean Cedel and the Euroclear Operator.

          "Global Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.12.


































<PAGE>



                                                                              13




          "Governmental Authority" shall mean the United States of America, any
     state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising
     executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of
     or pertaining to government. 

          "Highest Required Investment Category" shall mean (i) with respect to
     ratings assigned by Standard & Poor's, A-1 for short-term instruments and
     AAA for long-term instruments and (ii) with respect to ratings assigned by
     Moody's, A-2 or P-1 for one month instruments, A-2 and P-1 for three month
     instruments, Aa3 and P-1 for six month instruments and Aaa and P-1 for
     instruments with a term in excess of six months and (iii) with respect to
     ratings assigned by Duff & Phelps, D-1 for short-term instruments and AAA
     for long-term instruments.
 
          "Indebtedness" shall mean, with respect to any Person at any date, (a)
     all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred
     purchase price of property or services (other than current liabilities
     incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with
     customary trade practices) or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture
     or similar instrument, (b) all obligations of such Person under capital
     leases, (c) all obligations of such Person in respect of acceptances issued
     or created for the account of such Person and (d) all liabilities secured
     by any Lien on any property owned by such Person even though such Person
     has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof.

          "Ineligible Receivable" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
     2.4(d).

          "Initial Closing Date" shall mean April 25, 1996.

          "Initial Cut Off Date" shall mean the close of business on November
     30, 1991.

          "Initial Invested Amount" with respect to any Series, shall have the
     meaning specified in the related Supplement. 

          "Insolvency Event" shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.2. 

          "Insurance Proceeds" shall mean any amounts paid to the Servicer or to
     the Seller pursuant to any Credit Insurance policies covering any Obligor
     with respect to Receivables under such Obligor's Account. 

          "Internal Revenue Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
     as amended from time to time. 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              14




          "Invested Amount" shall have, with respect to any Series, the meaning
     specified in the related Supplement. 

          "Invested Percentage" shall have, for any Series, with respect to
     Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and Defaulted
     Receivables, the meaning specified in the related Supplement. 

          "Investor Certificate" shall mean any one of the certificates
     authenticated by the Trustee substantially in the form (or forms, in the
     case of a Series with multiple Classes) of the investor certificate
     attached to the related Supplement. 

          "Investor Certificateholder" shall mean the Holder of an Investor
     Certificate. 

          "Investor Charge Off" shall have, with respect to any Series, the
     meaning specified in the related Supplement. 

          "Investor Default Amount" shall have, with respect to any Series, the
     meaning specified in the related Supplement. 
          "Investor Exchange" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     6.14(b). 

          "Investor Monthly Servicing Fee" shall have the meaning specified in
     Section 3.2. 

          "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation,
     assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other),
     equity interest, participation interest, preference, priority or other
     security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
     whatsoever, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other
     title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the
     same economic effect as any of the foregoing; provided, however, that any
     assignment pursuant to subsection 7.2(b) shall not be deemed to constitute
     a Lien. 

          "Lockbox" shall mean the post office boxes listed on Schedule 3 to the
     Existing Trust Agreement to which the Obligors are instructed to remit
     payments on the Receivables.

          "Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables" shall mean, on any date of
     determination, the sum of the numerators used at such date to calculate the
     Invested Percentage with respect to Principal Receivables for all Series
     outstanding on such date minus the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
     Account on such date of determination (excluding investment earnings on
     such amount).































<PAGE>



                                                                              15




          "Minimum Seller Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination after
     the Existing Trust Termination Date, the sum of the amounts for each Series
     obtained by multiplying the Minimum Seller Percentage for such Series by
     the Adjusted Invested Amount for such Series.
 
          "Minimum Seller Percentage" shall have, for any Series, the meaning
     specified in the related Supplement.
 
          "Monthly Period" shall mean the period commencing on the Initial
     Closing Date and ending on the last day of the Fiscal Month in which the
     Initial Closing Date occurs and each period thereafter commencing on the
     first day of each Fiscal Month and ending on the last day of such Fiscal
     Month.

          "Monthly Servicer's Statement" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 3.4(b).

          "Monthly Servicing Fee" shall have the meaning specified in Section
     3.2. 

          "Moody's" shall mean Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor
     thereto. 

          "Obligor" shall mean, with respect to any Account, the Person or
     Persons obligated to make payments with respect to such Account, including
     any guarantor thereof. 

          "Officer's Certificate" shall mean a certificate signed by the
     Treasurer or any Vice President or more senior officer of the Seller or the
     Servicer and delivered to the Trustee. 

          "Opinion of Counsel" shall mean a written opinion of counsel, who may
     be counsel for the Seller or the Servicer and who shall be reasonably
     acceptable to the Trustee. 

          "Original Principal Receivables" shall mean Principal Receivables
     determined without giving effect to any reduction thereof attributable to
     Discount Option Receivables. 

          "Paying Agent" shall mean any paying agent appointed pursuant to
     Section 6.6 and shall initially be the Trustee. 

          "Pay Out Commencement Date" shall mean, with respect to each Series,
     (a) the date on which a Trust Pay Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to
     Section 9.1, or (b) the date on which a Series Pay Out Event is deemed to
     occur pursuant to the Supplement for such Series. 

          "Pay Out Event" shall mean either a Trust Pay Out Event or a Series
     Pay Out Event.




























<PAGE>



                                                                              16




          "Permitted Investments" shall mean negotiable instruments or
     securities or other investments (a) which, except in the case of demand or
     time deposits, investments in money market funds and Repurchase
     Obligations, are represented by instruments in bearer or registered form or
     ownership of which is represented by book entries at a Clearing Agency or
     at a Federal Reserve Bank in favor of depository institutions eligible to
     have an account with such Federal Reserve Bank who hold such investments on
     behalf of their customers and (b) which evidence:

               (i)  direct obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to
          full and timely payment by, the United States of America (or by any
          agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full
          faith and credit of the United States of America);

              (ii)  demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of
          depository institutions or trust companies incorporated under the laws
          of the United States of America or any state thereof (or United States
          branches of foreign banks) and subject to supervision and examination
          by federal or state banking or depository institution authorities;
          provided, however, that at the time of the Trust's investment or
          contractual commitment to invest therein, the commercial paper, if
          any, and short-term unsecured debt obligations (other than such
          obligation whose rating is based on the credit of a Person other than
          such institution or trust company) of such depository institution or
          trust company shall have a credit rating from the Rating Agency in the
          Highest Required Investment Category granted by such Rating Agency;

             (iii)  commercial paper having, at the time of the Trust's
          investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating in
          the Highest Required Investment Category granted by the Rating Agency;

              (iv)  bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution or
          trust company referred to in (ii) above;

               (v)  investments in money market funds having, at the time of the
          Trust's investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a
          rating of the Highest Required Investment Category from the Rating
          Agency;

              (vi)  time deposits (having maturities of not more than 30 days)
          or notes which are payable on demand by an entity the commercial paper
          of which has, at the time of the Trust's investment or contractual
          commitment to invest therein, a rating of the Highest Required
          Investment Category granted by the Rating Agency; and

































<PAGE>



                                                                              17




             (vii)  Repurchase Obligations.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Duff & Phelps is a Rating Agency, an
     investment shall not be deemed to have failed to maintain the Highest
     Required Investment Category solely because such investment is not rated by
     Duff & Phelps.

          "Permitted Transaction" shall mean any transaction or series of
     related transactions pursuant to which the Seller finances an interest in
     the Trust Assets or the Exchangeable Seller Certificate pursuant to the
     transfer of a Certificate or otherwise and (i) as to which the Rating
     Agency Condition is satisfied and (ii) which in the reasonable judgment of
     the Seller as evidenced by an Officer's Certificate, could not reasonably
     be expected to have a material adverse effect on the interests of the
     Investor Certificateholders.

          "Person" shall mean any legal person, including any individual,
     corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
     trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or other entity of
     similar nature. 

          "Portfolio Yield" shall have, with respect to any Series, the meaning
     specified in the related Supplement. 

          "Principal Collections" shall mean (a) for any period prior to the
     Existing Trust Termination Date, all amounts received during such period in
     respect of principal payments on the Transition Certificate and (b) for any
     period on and after the Existing Trust Termination Date, all Collections
     during such period in respect of Principal Receivables plus the amount
     deposited by the Seller during such period in respect of its Deposit
     Obligations.

          "Principal Collections Account" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.2(a).

          "Principal Receivable" shall mean each Receivable other than Finance
     Charge Receivables and Defaulted Receivables.  A Principal Receivable shall
     be deemed to have been created on the Date of Processing of such
     Receivable.  In calculating the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
     on any day, the amount of Principal Receivables shall be reduced by the
     aggregate amount of credit balances in the Accounts on such day.  Discount
     Option Receivables, if any, and any Principal Receivables which the Seller
     is unable to transfer as provided in subsection 2.5(c) shall not be
     included in calculating the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables. 

          "Principal Shortfall" shall mean, with respect to a Distribution Date,
     the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series which the related
     Supplement with respect to each 





























<PAGE>



                                                                              18



     such Series specifies is the "Principal Shortfall" for such Series for such
     Distribution Date.

          "Principal Terms" shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series
     issued pursuant to an Exchange, specified in subsection 6.12(c). 

          "Qualified Institution" shall mean either (a) the Trustee, (b) a
     depository institution which at all times shall have a credit rating from
     Moody's and either Standard & Poor's or Duff & Phelps for each Series
     outstanding hereunder of P-1, A-1+ or D-1, as applicable, respectively, in
     the case of its certificates of deposit, short-term deposits or commercial
     paper, or a rating from the applicable Rating Agencies of Aaa or AAA, as
     applicable, in the case of its long-term unsecured debt obligations, and
     which is a member of the FDIC or (c) any other institution acceptable to
     each Rating Agency.

          "Rapid Amortization Period" for any Series shall have the meaning
     specified in the Supplement for such Series. 

          "Rating Agency" shall mean, with respect to each Series, the rating
     agency or agencies, if any, designated as a "Rating Agency" in the related
     Supplement. 

          "Rating Agency Condition" shall mean, with respect to any action or
     series of related actions or proposed transaction or series of related
     proposed transactions, that each Rating Agency shall have notified the
     Seller and the Trustee in writing that such action or series of related
     actions or the consummation of such proposed transaction or series of
     related transactions will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the
     rating of any outstanding Series or Class with respect to which it is a
     Rating Agency.

          "Receivable" shall mean any amount owing by an Obligor under an
     Account (including in respect of Defaulted Receivables) from time to time,
     including, without limitation, amounts owing for the purchase of goods,
     finance charges, Charge Account Fees, and premiums for Credit Insurance, if
     any.

          "Receivables Purchase Agreement" shall mean the Third Amended and
     Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 25, 1996,
     between the Seller and Saks, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
                                                               ---------
     as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
     time to time.

          "Record Date" shall mean with respect to any Series, the date
     specified as such in the applicable Supplement.
































<PAGE>



                                                                              19




          "Recoveries" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, all
     amounts recorded as recoveries by the Servicer during such Monthly Period
     with respect to Receivables which have previously been charged off as
     uncollectible (other than any such Receivables that have been repurchased
     by the Seller pursuant to subsection 2.4(d)).

          "Registered Certificates" shall have the meaning specified in Section
     6.1.

          "Removal Date" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.7.

          "Removal Notice Date" shall mean the fifth Business Day prior to a
     Removal Date. 

          "Removed Accounts" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.7.

          "Replacement Series" shall mean a Series which is designated as such
     by the Seller and which has a Revolving Period that is scheduled to
     commence after the Revolving Period of the Series to be replaced by such
     Series ends.

          "Repurchase Obligations" shall mean repurchase obligations with
     respect to any security that is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed
     by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof
     the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the
     United States of America (collectively, "Eligible Collateral"), in either
     case entered into with (a) a depository institution or trust company
     (acting as principal) described in clause (b)(ii) of the definition of
     Permitted Investments or (b) any other depository institution or trust
     company or any other Person who is a member of the Securities Investor
     Protection Corporation so long as such Eligible Collateral (1) has an
     aggregate market value at least equal to the requisite collateral
     percentage of the obligation in accordance with the standards of the Rating
     Agency; (2) is deposited with the Trustee or with a Federal Reserve Bank
     for the account of the Trustee, or with a bank or trust company that is
     acting solely as agent for the Trustee and has a combined capital and
     surplus of at least $500,000,000; (3) is subject to a perfected first
     priority security interest in favor of the Trustee; (4) is free and clear
     of claims of third parties; and (5) the failure to maintain the requisite
     collateral percentage will obligate the Trustee to liquidate the
     collateral.

          "Requirements of Law" for any Person shall mean the certificate of
     incorporation or articles of association and by-laws or other
     organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty,
     rule or regulation, or order or determination of an arbitrator or
     Governmental 






























<PAGE>



                                                                              20



     Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or to
     which such Person is subject, whether Federal, state or local (including,
     without limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth in Lending Act and
     Regulation Z and Regulation B of the Board of Governors of the Federal
     Reserve System). 

          "Responsible Officer" shall mean any officer within the Corporate
     Trust Office of the Trustee, including any Managing Director, Vice
     President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer, Assistant
     Secretary or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing
     functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated
     officers and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer
     to whom such matter is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and
     familiarity with the particular subject.

          "Restored Account" shall mean, with respect to any Business Day, a
     charge account entered into pursuant to a Charge Account Agreement (a)
     which on the preceding Business Day was not an Eligible Account, (b) which
     on the Business Day in question is an Eligible Account, and (c) which, if
     it was not an Eligible Account on the preceding Business Day because a
     Receivable or Receivables in such account were Defaulted Receivables, has a
     zero balance or credit balance on the Business Day in question, all such
     Defaulted Receivables having been repaid in full by the Obligor with
     respect thereto.

          "Retransfer Agreement" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     2.7(b)(ii). 

          "Retransfer Date" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     2.4(e).

          "Revolving Period" shall have, with respect to any Series, the meaning
     specified in the related Supplement. 

          "Saks"  shall mean Saks & Company, a New York corporation, in its
     capacity as originator of the Receivables and as seller of the Receivables
     pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

          "Second Cut Off Date" shall mean the close of business on the last day
     of the Fiscal Month immediately preceding the Existing Trust Termination
     Date.

          "Seller" shall mean SFA Finance Company, a Delaware corporation.

          "Seller Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination on or after
     the Existing Trust Termination Date, the Aggregate Principal Receivables at
     the end of the 































<PAGE>



                                                                              21



     day immediately prior to such date of determination, plus the amount on
     deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the day immediately
     prior to such date of determination (exclusive of any investment earnings
     thereon), minus the Aggregate Adjusted Invested Amount at the end of such
     day, minus the aggregate Enhancement Adjusted Invested Amounts (if such
     amounts are not included in the Aggregate Adjusted Invested Amount in the
     applicable Supplement) for each Series outstanding at the end of such day. 
     The Seller Amount may be a negative number. 

          "Seller Exchange" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     6.14(b).

          "Seller Percentage" shall mean, on any date of determination, when
     used with respect to Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and
     Defaulted Receivables, a percentage equal to 100% minus the Aggregate
     Invested Percentage calculated on such date with respect to such categories
     of Receivables; provided, however, that the Seller Percentage shall never
     be less than zero.

          "Series" shall mean any series of Investor Certificates, which may
     include within any such Series a Class or Classes of Investor Certificates
     subordinate to another such Class or Classes of Investor Certificates. 

          "Series Account" shall mean, with respect to any Series, any of the
     accounts established and designated as such pursuant to the related
     Supplement. 

          "Series Pay Out Event" shall have, with respect to any Series, the
     meaning specified in the related Supplement.

          "Series Servicing Fee Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any
     Series, the amount specified as such in the related Supplement. 

          "Series Termination Date" shall mean, with respect to any Series, the
     date, if any, specified as such in the related Supplement. 

          "Servicer" shall mean initially Saks and its permitted successors and
     assigns, and thereafter any Person appointed as successor as herein
     provided to service the Receivables. 

          "Servicer Default" shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.1.

          "Servicing Officer" shall mean any employee of the Servicer involved
     in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Receivables
     whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished to the Trustee
     by the 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              22



     Servicer on the Initial Closing Date, as such list may from time to time be
     amended. 

          "Shared Finance Charge Collections" shall mean, with respect to any
     Transfer Date, the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Collections allocable
     to each Series which the related Supplements specify are to be treated as
     "Shared Finance Charge Collections" for such date.

          "Shared Principal Collections" shall mean, with respect to a Transfer
     Date, the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal Receivables for all
     outstanding Series which the related Supplements specify are to be treated
     as "Shared Principal Collections" for such date.

          "Shortfall Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination, the
     amount, if any, by which the Minimum Seller Amount exceeds the Seller
     Amount. 

          "Shortfall Share" shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.3.

          "Standard & Poor's" shall mean Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, or any
     successor thereto.

          "Successor Servicer" shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.2.


          "Supplement" shall mean, with respect to any Series, a supplement to
     this Agreement complying with the terms of Section 6.14, executed in
     conjunction with the issuance of any Series (or, in the case of the
     issuance of Certificates on the Initial Closing Date, the supplement
     executed in connection with the issuance of such Certificates). 

          "Termination Notice" shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.1.

          "Transfer Agent and Registrar" shall have the meaning specified in
     Section 6.3 and shall initially be the Trustee.

          "Transition Supplement" shall mean the Transition Series 1996-1
     Supplement, dated as of April 25, 1996, to the Existing Trust Agreement, as
     the same shall be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
     time.

          "Transfer Date" shall mean the Business Day immediately preceding the
     20th day of each calendar month, provided that if such 20th day is not a
     Business Day, the Transfer Date shall be the Business Day preceding the
     next succeeding Business Day. 

          "Transferred Account" shall mean an Account with respect to which a
     new credit card account number has been 






























<PAGE>



                                                                              23



     issued by the Servicer under circumstances not requiring standard
     application and credit evaluation procedures under the Charge Account
     Guidelines and which can be traced or identified by reference to or by way
     of the computer files or microfiche lists delivered to the Trustee pursuant
     to Sections 2.1 and 2.6, as an account into which an Account has been
     transferred.

          "Transition Certificate" shall mean the Transition Certificate, Series
     1996-1, issued by the Existing Trust to the Seller and conveyed to the
     Trustee on behalf of the Trust pursuant to Section 2.1.

          "Trust" shall mean the trust created by this Agreement and known as
     the "Saks Master Trust". 

          "Trust Assets" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

          "Trust Pay Out Event" shall have, with respect to all Series, the
     meaning specified in Section 9.1.

          "Trust Termination Date" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 12.1. 

          "Trustee" shall mean the institution executing this Agreement as
     Trustee, or its successor in interest, or any successor trustee appointed
     as herein provided. 

          "UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to
     time, as in effect in any specified jurisdiction. 

          "Undivided Interest" shall mean the undivided interest in the Trust
     evidenced by a Certificate.

          "Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean, with respect to any outstanding
     Series, the excess of the Initial Invested Amount of such Series over the
     aggregate amount of distributions in respect of Certificate Principal to
     Investor Certificateholders of such Series.

          Section 1.2  Other Definitional Provisions.
                       -----------------------------

          (a)  All terms defined in this Agreement or in any Supplement shall
have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or
delivered pursuant hereto or thereto unless otherwise defined therein. 

          (b)  As used in this Agreement or in any Supplement and in any
certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto,
accounting terms not defined in Section 1.1, and accounting terms partially
defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the meanings given
to them under 






























<PAGE>



                                                                              24



generally accepted accounting principles.  To the extent that the definitions of
accounting terms herein are inconsistent with the meaning of such terms under
generally accepted accounting principles, the definitions contained herein shall
control. 

          (c)  The agreements, representations and warranties of Saks in this
Agreement and in any Supplement in its capacity as Servicer shall be deemed to
be the agreements, representations and warranties of Saks solely in its capacity
as Servicer for so long as it acts in such capacity under this Agreement. 

          (d)  The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar
import when used in this Agreement or any Supplement shall refer to this
Agreement or any Supplement as a whole and not to any particular provision of
this Agreement or any Supplement; and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit
references contained in this Agreement or any Supplement are references to
Sections, subsections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement or any
Supplement unless otherwise specified. 

          Section 1.3  Daily Estimation of Finance Charge Collections and
                       --------------------------------------------------
Principal Collections.
- ---------------------

          (a) For purposes of allocating Collections on each Business Day during
each Monthly Period commencing on or after the Existing Trust Termination Date,
the Servicer may estimate the amount of Finance Charge Collections (which term
shall exclude for all purposes of this Section 1.3, Discount Option Receivables)
to be equal to the Daily Estimated Finance Charge Collections for such Business
Day and the amount of Principal Collections to be equal to the Daily Estimated
Principal Collections for such Business Day.

          (b)  On the Determination Date following each Monthly Period during
which the foregoing estimation method is used, the Servicer shall make an
appropriate true-up adjustment to the balance on deposit in the Finance Charge
Account and in the Principal Collections Account in respect of the preceding
Monthly Period, in each case to reflect the difference, if any, between the
amount that should have been recorded as Finance Charge Collections and
Principal Collections if such actual Collections had been known and the amount
allocated thereto pursuant to subsection 1.3(a).

          (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer may adopt a different
method of estimating the amount of Finance Charge Collections and Principal
Collections which in the good faith judgment of the Servicer is designed to more
accurately reflect the portions of Receivables and Collections constituting
Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables and the actual amounts
being collected in respect thereof, provided that prior to instituting any such
different method, the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with
respect to such adoption.  The Servicer shall provide to each Rating Agency and 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              25



to the Trustee written notice each time the Servicer adopts a different method
of estimating such amounts. 

                                   ARTICLE II

               TRANSFER OF TRUST ASSETS; ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES

          Section 2.1  Transfer of Transition Certificate.  (a) The Seller does
                       ----------------------------------
hereby transfer, assign and set-over to the Trust for the benefit of the
Certificateholders, without recourse, representation or warranty, except to the
extent set forth herein or in the Transition Supplement, all right, title and
interest of the Seller in, to and under (i) the Transition Certificate, (ii) all
monies due or to become due in respect thereof (including all Collections),
(iii) the right to any Enhancement and all monies available under any
Enhancement with respect to any Series and (iv) all proceeds and products of the
foregoing (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of New York).  Such
property, together with all monies and investments on deposit, from time to
time, in the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account and the Series
Accounts maintained for the benefit of the Certificateholders of any Series of
Certificates, shall constitute the assets of the Trust prior to the Existing
Trust Termination Date (collectively, the "Initial Trust Assets").

          (b)  The Seller and the Trustee hereby agree that, in accordance with
the terms of the Existing Trust Agreement (as supplemented by the Series 1996-1
Supplement thereto), on the Existing Trust Termination Date, the Trustee shall
(i) take all action necessary to cause the Transition Certificate to be
surrendered to the Existing Trust in exchange for the transfer, assignment and
conveyance by the Existing Trust to the Trust of all of the Trust Assets as
defined in the Existing Trust Agreement (including, without limitation, all of
the Existing Trust's right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables
existing as of the Existing Trust Termination Date, all monies due or to become
due in respect thereof (including all recoveries) and all proceeds with respect
thereto) and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such exchange, transfer,
assign and set-over to the Trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders,
without recourse, representation or warranty, except to the extent expressly
provided herein, all right, title and interest of the Seller in, to and under
the following (to the extent not already conveyed pursuant to clause (i) of this
subsection (b)): (i) all Receivables existing as of the Second Cut Off Date and
all Receivables thereafter created and arising in connection with the Accounts
and all monies then due or to become due with respect thereto, (ii) all
Recoveries, Collections and other proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds
relating thereto, (iii) all rights to security for any Receivables, (iv) the
right to any Enhancement and all monies available under any Enhancement with
respect to any Series, (v) the Receivables Purchase Agreement and (vi) all
proceeds and products of all of 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              26



the foregoing.  Such property, together with the Initial Trust Assets (other
than the Transition Certificate) shall constitute the assets of the Trust on and
after the Existing Trust Termination Date (the "Additional Trust Assets").  The
assets of the Trust at any time (which shall be comprised of the Initial Trust
Assets prior to the Existing Trust Termination Date and the Additional Trust
Assets on and after the Existing Trust Termination Date) shall be herein
referred to as the "Trust Assets".

          (c)  The foregoing transfers, assignments, set-overs and conveyances
do not constitute and are not intended to result in a creation or an assumption
by the Trust, the Trustee or any Investor Certificateholder of any obligation of
the Seller, the Servicer or any other Person in connection with the Accounts or
Receivables or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, including, without
limitation, any obligation to any Obligors or insurers, or in connection with
the Receivables Purchase Agreement.  In connection with each such transfer,
assignment and set-over, the Seller agrees to execute and deliver assignment
documentation with respect to the Transition Certificate and to record and file,
at its own expense, financing statements (including any continuation statements
with respect to such financing statements when applicable) with respect to the
Transition Certificate and the Receivables existing at the time of such
conveyance and thereafter created for the transfer of accounts, chattel paper
and general intangibles (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of New
York) meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in
such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect the transfer of all of the right,
title and interest of the Seller in the Transition Certificate and the
Receivables from the Seller to the Trust, and to deliver the Transition
Certificate together with such executed assignment documentation, as well as
file-stamped copies of such financing statements or continuation statements or
other evidence of such filings (which may, for purposes of this Section 2.1,
consist of telephone confirmations of such filings with the file-stamped copy to
be provided to the Trustee as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the
Seller), to the Trustee (A) in the case of the Transition Certificate and
assignment documentation and the financing statements with respect to the
Transition Certificate, on or prior to the Initial Closing Date, (B) in the case
of financing statements with respect to the Accounts to be conveyed as of the
Existing Trust Termination Date, on or prior to the Existing Trust Termination
Date, and (C) in the case of any continuation statements filed pursuant to this
Section 2.1, as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the Seller.

          (d) In connection with such transfers, the Seller further agrees, at
its own expense, on or prior to the Existing Trust Termination Date (i) to
indicate in its books and records, including the computer files of the
Receivables, that Receivables created in connection with the Accounts have been
transferred to 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              27



the Trust pursuant to this Agreement for the benefit of the Certificateholders
and (ii) to deliver to the Trustee a computer file or microfiche or written list
containing a true and complete list of all such Accounts, identified by account
number and by the Receivable balance as of the Second Cut Off Date.  Such file
or list shall be marked confidential and proprietary and shall be deemed to be
incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement from the date of delivery
thereof.  On each Addition Date, the Seller shall indicate in its computer files
that the Receivables created in the Additional Accounts added to the Trust on
such date pursuant to Section 2.6 have been conveyed to the Trust for the
benefit of the Certificateholders.

          (e) The parties intend that, in the event this Agreement shall not be
effective to transfer, assign and set over the Trust Assets to the Trustee, the
Seller hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Certificateholders,
a first priority perfected security interest in all of the property described in
the first two paragraphs of this Section 2.1 to secure a loan in an amount equal
to the unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates issued hereunder or
to be issued hereunder, the interest accruing thereon at the applicable
Certificate Rates and all of the Seller's and the Servicer's other obligations
hereunder, and agrees that this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement
under applicable law. 

          (f) The foregoing transfers, assignments, set-overs and conveyances to
the Trust shall be made to the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, and each
reference in this Agreement to such transfer, assignment, set-over and
conveyance to the Trust, and each retransfer, reassignment or reconveyance by
the Trust, shall be construed accordingly.

          Section 2.2  Acceptance by Trustee.
                       ---------------------

          (a)  The Trustee hereby acknowledges its acceptance, on behalf of the
Trust, of the Initial Trust Assets and agrees to accept, on behalf of the Trust,
on the Existing Trust Termination Date, the Additional Trust Assets.  The
Trustee declares that it shall maintain all right, title and interest, upon the
trust herein set forth in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, for the
benefit of all Certificateholders.  The Trustee on behalf of the Trust hereby
agrees to surrender the Transition Certificate to the trustee of the Existing
Trust on the Existing Trust Termination Date in exchange for the Additional
Trust Assets.

          (b)  The Trustee hereby agrees not to disclose to any Person any of
the account numbers or other information contained in the computer files or
microfiche or written lists delivered to the Trustee by the Seller pursuant to
Sections 2.1 and 2.6, except as is required in connection with the performance
of its duties hereunder or in enforcing the rights of the Certificateholders, or
to a Successor Servicer appointed pursuant 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              28



to Section 10.2, any successor trustee appointed pursuant to Section 11.8, any
co-trustee or separate trustee appointed pursuant to Section 11.10 or as
mandated by any Requirement of Law applicable to the Trustee. The Trustee agrees
to take such measures as shall be reasonably requested by the Seller to protect
and maintain the security and confidentiality of such information.  The Trustee
shall use its best efforts to provide the Seller with written notice five days
prior to any disclosure pursuant to this subsection 2.2(b).
 
          (c)  The Trustee shall have no power to create, assume or incur
indebtedness or other liabilities in the name of the Trust other than as
contemplated in this Agreement. 

          Section 2.3  Representations and Warranties of the Seller Relating to
                       --------------------------------------------------------
the Seller.  Without limitation of the representations and warranties contained
- ----------
in the Transition Supplement and the Existing Agreement, the Seller hereby
represents and warrants as of the Initial Closing Date and as of the Existing
Trust Termination Date that:

          (a)  Organization and Good Standing.  The Seller is a corporation duly
               ------------------------------
     organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State
     of Delaware, and has full corporate power, authority and legal right to own
     its properties and conduct its business as such properties are presently
     owned and such business is presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and
     perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Receivables Purchase
     Agreement and to direct the Trustee to execute and deliver the
     Certificates.

          (b)  Due Qualification.  The Seller is duly qualified to do business
               -----------------
     and is in good standing as a foreign corporation (or is exempt from such
     requirements), and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in
     each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires such
     qualification except where the failure to so qualify or obtain licenses or
     approvals would not have a material adverse affect on its ability to
     perform its obligations hereunder and under the Receivables Purchase
     Agreement.

          (c)  Due Authorization.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement
               -----------------
     and the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the
     transactions provided for herein and therein have been duly authorized by
     the Seller by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Seller. 

          (d)  No Conflict.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and
               -----------
     the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the performance of the transactions
     contemplated hereby and thereby and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and
     thereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the material
     terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of
     time or both) a default under, 































<PAGE>



                                                                              29



     the Existing Agreement or any other indenture, contract, agreement,
     mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which the Seller is a party
     or by which it or any of its property is bound, except to the extent that
     any such conflict, breach or default would not have a material adverse
     effect on the Certificateholders on the ability of the Seller to perform
     its obligations hereunder or under the Receivables Purchase Agreement. 

          (e)  No Violation.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and
               ------------
     the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the performance of the transactions
     contemplated hereby and thereby and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and
     thereof will not conflict with or violate, in any material respect, any
     Requirement of Law applicable to the Seller. 

          (f)  No Proceedings.  There are no proceedings or investigations
               --------------
     pending or, to the best knowledge of the Seller, threatened against the
     Seller, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other
     tribunal or governmental instrumentality (i) asserting the invalidity of
     this Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Certificates,
     (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificates or the
     consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the
     Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Certificates, (iii) seeking any
     determination or ruling that, if adversely determined, would have a
     material adverse effect on the Certificateholders or on the ability of the
     Seller to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Receivables
     Purchase Agreement, (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would
     have a material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of this
     Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Certificates or (v)
     seeking to adversely affect the income tax attributes of the Trust.

          (g)  Eligibility of Accounts.  Each Account conveyed by the Existing
               -----------------------
     Trust to the Trust on the Existing Trust Termination Date was an Eligible
     Account as of the Initial Cut Off Date or the Addition Date with respect
     thereto, as the case may be, and each additional Account conveyed to the
     Trust on the Existing Trust Termination Date (but not owned by the Existing
     Trust) was an Eligible Account as of the Second Cut Off Date. 

          (h)  All Consents Required.  All appraisals, authorizations, consents,
               ---------------------
     orders or other actions of any Person or of any governmental body or
     official required in connection with the execution and delivery of this
     Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Certificates, the
     performance of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and the
     fulfillment of or terms hereof and thereof, have been obtained. 




































<PAGE>



                                                                              30




          (i)  Bulk Sales.  The execution, delivery and performance of this
               ----------
     Agreement do not require compliance with any "bulk sales" law by the
     Seller. 

          (j)  Solvency.  The transactions under this Agreement do not and will
               --------
     not render the Seller insolvent. 

The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.3 shall survive
the transfer of the Trust Assets to the Trust, and termination of the rights and
obligations of the Servicer pursuant to Section 10.1.  In addition, each of the
representations and warranties of the Seller made pursuant to the Existing Trust
Agreement and the Series 1996-1 Supplement thereto shall be deemed also to
constitute representations and warranties by the Seller for the benefit of the
Investor Certificateholders and shall survive the execution and delivery hereof
and the termination of the Existing Trust Agreement on the Existing Trust
Termination Date.  Upon discovery by the Seller, the Servicer or a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee of a breach of any of the foregoing representations and
warranties, the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice
to the others and to any Enhancement Provider.  For the purposes of the
representations and warranties contained in this Section 2.3 and made by the
Seller on the Initial Closing Date and the Existing Trust Termination Date,
"Certificates" shall mean the Certificates issued or outstanding on such dates. 
The Seller hereby represents and warrants, with respect to any Series, as of the
Closing Date with respect to such Series, unless otherwise stated in the related
Supplement, that the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in
this Section 2.3 will be true and correct as of such Closing Date (for the
purposes of such representations and warranties, "Certificates" shall mean the
Certificates issued on such Closing Date). 

          Section 2.4  Representations and Warranties of the Seller Relating to
                       --------------------------------------------------------
the Agreement and the Receivables.  Without limitation of the representations
- ---------------------------------
and warranties set forth in the Transition Supplement and the Existing
Agreement:

          (a)  Binding Obligation; Valid Transfer and Security Interest.  The
               --------------------------------------------------------
Seller hereby represents and warrants, as of the Initial Closing Date and the
Existing Trust Termination Date and, with respect to any Series issued after the
Existing Trust Termination Date, unless otherwise stated in the related
Supplement, as of the Closing Date for such Series: 

            (i)  This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding
     obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with
     its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief
     Laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles
     of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).
































<PAGE>



                                                                              31




           (ii)  This Agreement constitutes either (A) a valid transfer to the
     Trust of all right, title and interest of the Seller in, to and under the
     Trust Assets, and such property will be held by the Trust free and clear of
     any Lien of any Person claiming through or under the Seller or its
     Affiliates, except for (w) the interests of the Trustee and the
     Certificateholders, (x) Liens permitted under subsection 2.5(b), (y) the
     interest of the Seller as holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate and
     (z) the Seller's right to receive interest accruing on, and investment
     earnings in respect of, the Collection Account or any Series Account as
     provided in this Agreement and any Supplement or (B) a grant of a security
     interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of New York) in
     such property to the Trust, which is enforceable with respect to (i) the
     Transition Certificate, all monies due or to become due with respect
     thereto (including all principal and interest with respect thereto), the
     Collections and other proceeds thereof, upon execution and delivery of this
     Agreement, (ii) the Receivables existing in the Accounts as of the Existing
     Trust Termination Date, all monies then due or to become due with respect
     thereto (including Finance Charge Receivables), the Collections, Recoveries
     and other proceeds thereof and all Insurance Proceeds relating thereto,
     upon the conveyance of the Additional Trust Assets as of the Existing Trust
     Termination Date and (iii) all Receivables thereafter created, the
     Collections, Recoveries and other proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds
     relating thereto, at the time such Receivables arise.  If this Agreement
     constitutes the grant of a security interest to the Trust in such property,
     upon the delivery of the Transition Certificate and assignment
     documentation with respect thereto and the filing of the financing
     statements (in each case described in Section 2.1) and in the case of the
     Receivables hereafter arising in the Accounts and proceeds thereof and
     Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables, as the same arise, the
     Trust shall have a first priority perfected security interest in such
     property, except for Liens permitted under subsection 2.5(b).  Neither the
     Seller nor any Person claiming through or under the Seller shall have any
     claim to or interest in the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account
     or any Series Account, except (i) to the extent that this Article IV
     provides the Seller with any right to receive interest or investment
     earnings accruing with respect to any account established pursuant to this
     Article IV, (ii) for the Seller's right to receive payments from the
     Collection Account or any Series Account in accordance with the provisions
     of Article IV, and (iii) if this Agreement constitutes the grant of a
     security interest in such property, for the interest of the Seller in such
     property as a debtor for purposes of the UCC as in effect in the State of
     New York. 



































<PAGE>



                                                                              32




          (b)  Eligibility of Receivables.  Without limiting any of the
               --------------------------
provisions of the Existing Trust Agreement or the Transition Supplement in
effect prior to the Existing Trust Termination Date, each of the representations
and warranties set forth in subsection 2.4(a)(ii), (iii), (iv) or (viii) of the
Existing Trust Agreement made by the Seller on the Initial Closing Date pursuant
to the Existing Trust Agreement (as supplemented by the Series 1996-1 Supplement
thereto) shall be deemed on and after the Existing Trust Termination Date to be
incorporated herein and to constitute representations and warranties of the
Seller for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders.  In addition, as of
the Existing Trust Termination Date, the Seller shall be deemed to have
represented and warranted to the Trust, the Trustee and the Certificateholders
that (i) as of the Second Cut Off Date, the computer file or microfiche or
written list delivered pursuant to subsection 2.1 is an accurate and complete
listing in all material respects of all the Accounts as of the Second Cut Off
Date which were not conveyed by the Existing Trust and the information contained
therein with respect to the identity of such Accounts and the Receivables
existing thereunder is true and correct in all material respects as of the
Second Cut Off Date, (ii) each Receivable then existing which was not previously
owned by the Existing Trust is an Eligible Receivable, (iii) each such
Receivable existing as of the Existing Trust Termination Date will have been
transferred to the Trust free and clear of any Lien of any Person (other than
Liens permitted under subsection 2.5(b), the interest of the Seller as holder of
the Exchangeable Seller Certificate and the Seller's right to receive interest
accruing on, and investment earnings in respect of, the Collection Account or
any Series Account as provided in this Agreement and any Supplement) and in
compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to
the Seller and (iv) with respect to each such Receivable, all material consents,
licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or declarations with
any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the
Seller in connection with the transfer of such Receivable to the Trust will have
been duly obtained, effected or given and in full force and effect.  On each day
after the Existing Trust Termination Date on which any new Receivable is
transferred by the Seller to the Trust, the Seller shall be deemed to represent
and warrant to the Trust, the Trustee and the Certificateholders that (i) each
Receivable transferred on such day is an Eligible Receivable, (ii) each
Receivable transferred on such day has been transferred to the Trust free and
clear of any Lien of any Person (other than Liens permitted under subsection
2.5(b), the interest of the Seller as holder of the Exchangeable Seller
Certificate and the Seller's right to receive interest accruing on, and
investment earnings in respect of, the Collection Account or any Series Account,
as provided in this Agreement and any Supplement) and in compliance, in all
material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Seller, (iii)
with respect to each such Receivable, all consents, licenses, approvals or
authorizations 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              33



of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required to
be obtained, effected or given by the Seller in connection with the transfer of
such Receivable to the Trust have been duly obtained, effected or given and are
in full force and effect and (iv) the representations and warranties set forth
in subsection 2.4(a) are true and correct with respect to each Receivable
transferred on such day as if made on such day. 

          (c)  Notice of Breach.  The representations and warranties set forth
               ----------------
in this Section 2.4 shall survive the transfer of the Transition Certificate and
Receivables to the Trust, and the termination of the rights and obligations of
the Servicer pursuant to Section 10.1.  Upon discovery by the Seller, the
Servicer or a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of a breach of any of the
foregoing representations and warranties, the party discovering such breach
shall give prompt written notice to the others and any Enhancement Provider. 

          (d)  Transfer of Ineligible Receivables.  In the event of a breach of
               ----------------------------------
any representation and warranty set forth in subsection 2.4(b), 2.6(d)(i) or
2.6(e) or any representation or warranty contained in subsection 2.4(a)(ii),
(iii), (iv) or (viii) of the Existing Trust Agreement and incorporated herein by
reference, within 60 days of the receipt by the Seller of written notice of such
breach given by the Trustee or the Servicer, the Seller shall accept a
retransfer of each Principal Receivable to which such breach relates (an
"Ineligible Receivable") on the terms and conditions set forth below; provided,
however, that no such retransfer shall be required to be made with respect to
such Ineligible Receivable if, on any day within such 60-day period, the
representations and warranties in subsection 2.4(b), subsection 2.6(d)(i) and
subsection 2.6(e) and in subsection 2.4(a)(iv), (vi) and (vii) of the Existing
Trust Agreement with respect to such Ineligible Receivable shall then be true
and correct in all material respects with respect to such Ineligible Receivable
as if such Ineligible Receivable had been transferred to the Trust on such day. 
Notwithstanding anything contained in this subsection 2.4(d) to the contrary, in
the event of breach of any representation and warranty set forth in subsection
2.4(b), with respect to (x) each Receivable existing as of the Existing Trust
Termination Date or an Addition Date, as applicable, and (y) each new Receivable
thereafter arising, having been conveyed to the Trust free and clear of any Lien
of any Person claiming through or under the Seller and its Affiliates and in
compliance in all material respects with all Requirements of Law applicable to
the Seller, immediately upon the earlier to occur of the discovery of such
breach by the Seller or receipt by the Seller of written notice of such breach
given by the Trustee or the Servicer, the Seller shall repurchase and the
Trustee shall retransfer, without recourse, representation or warranty, all of
the Trust's right, title and interest in each such Ineligible Receivable.  The
Seller shall accept a retransfer of each such Ineligible Receivable and there
shall be deducted (i) from the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used to
calculate the 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              34



Seller Amount the aggregate principal amount (as reflected in the records of the
Servicer) of each such Ineligible Receivable and (ii) from the aggregate amount
of Finance Charge Receivables all Finance Charges (as reflected in the records
of the Servicer) accrued with respect to such Ineligible Receivable on and after
the date of such retransfer.  On and after the date of such retransfer, the
principal amount of each Ineligible Receivable so retransferred shall not be
included in the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used in the
calculation of the Invested Percentage, the Seller Percentage or the Seller
Amount or any corollary term.  In the event that the exclusion of the principal
amount of an Ineligible Receivable from the calculation of the Seller Amount
would cause the Seller Amount to be less than the Minimum Seller Amount, the
Seller shall, on the date of retransfer of such Ineligible Receivable, make a
deposit in the Excess Funding Account (for allocation pursuant to Article IV) in
immediately available funds in an amount equal to the Shortfall Amount and such
deposit shall be applied in accordance with Article IV.  Upon each retransfer to
the Seller of such Ineligible Receivable, the Trust shall automatically and
without further action be deemed to transfer, assign and set-over to the Seller,
without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest
of the Trust in, to and under such Ineligible Receivable and all monies due or
to become due with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge Receivables
accruing on and after the date of such retransfer) and all proceeds of the
Ineligible Receivable and Recoveries and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and
all rights to security for any such Ineligible Receivable, and all proceeds and
products of the foregoing.  The Trustee shall execute such documents and
instruments of transfer as may be prepared by the Seller and take such other
actions as shall reasonably be requested by the Seller to effect the transfer of
such Ineligible Receivable pursuant to this subsection.  The obligation of the
Seller to accept retransfer of any Ineligible Receivable shall constitute the
sole remedy respecting any breach of the representations and warranties set
forth in subsection 2.4(b), 2.6(d)(i) and 2.6(e) with respect to such Receivable
available to Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of Certificateholders. 

          (e)  Retransfer of Trust Portfolio.  In the event of a breach of any
               -----------------------------
of the representations and warranties set forth in subsection 2.4(a) hereof,
either the Trustee, or the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided
Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Aggregate Unpaid Invested Amount, by
notice then given in writing to the Seller (and to the Trustee and the Servicer,
if given by the Investor Certificateholders), may direct the Seller to accept
retransfer of the Transition Certificate or all of the Principal Receivables, as
the case may be, within the period of 60 days after such notice and the Seller
shall be obligated to accept retransfer of such Transition Certificate or
Receivables on a Distribution Date specified by the Seller (such date, the
"Retransfer Date") occurring within such applicable period on the terms and
conditions set forth 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              35



below; provided, however, that no such retransfer shall be required to be made
if, at any time during such applicable period, the representations and
warranties contained in subsection 2.4(a) hereof shall then be true and correct
in all material respects. The Seller shall deposit on the Transfer Date (in next
day funds) for the Retransfer Date an amount equal to the deposit amount
provided in the next sentence for such Transition Certificate or Receivables, as
the case may be, in the Distribution Account for distribution to the Investor
Certificateholders pursuant to Section 12.3.  The deposit amount for such
retransfer will be equal to (i) the Aggregate Invested Amount at the end of the
day on the Business Day preceding the Distribution Date on which the retransfer
is scheduled to be made, less the amount, if any, transferred to the
Distribution Account on such Transfer Date for application to principal payments
in respect of Investor Certificates, plus (ii) an amount equal to all interest
accrued but unpaid on the Investor Certificates at the applicable Certificate
Rates through such Distribution Date, less the amount transferred to the
Distribution Account from the Finance Charge Account on such Transfer Date in
respect of Certificate Interest plus (iii) an amount sufficient to pay all
unreimbursed amounts owing to each Enhancement Provider (to the extent set forth
in the applicable Supplement).  Payment of the deposit amount and all other
amounts in the Distribution Account in respect of the preceding Monthly Period
shall be considered a prepayment in full of the Receivables represented by the
Investor Certificates.  On the Retransfer Date that is on or immediately
following the Transfer Date on which such amount has been deposited in full into
the Distribution Account, the Transition Certificate or Receivables, as the case
may be, and all monies due or to become due with respect thereto and all
proceeds thereof and in the case of the Receivables, all Recoveries and
Insurance Proceeds relating thereto, all rights to security for any such
Receivables, and all proceeds and products of the foregoing, shall be
transferred to the Seller, and the Trustee shall execute and deliver such
instruments of transfer, in each case without recourse, representation or
warranty, as shall be prepared and reasonably requested by the Seller to vest in
the Seller, or its designee or assignee, all right, title and interest of the
Trust in, to and under the Transition Certificate or Receivables, as the case
may be, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto and all proceeds
thereof and in the case of the Receivables all Recoveries and Insurance Proceeds
relating thereto.  If the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders give a
notice directing the Seller to accept a retransfer as provided above, the
obligation of the Seller to accept a retransfer of the Receivables pursuant to
subsection 2.4(e) shall constitute the sole remedy respecting a breach of the
representations and warranties contained in subsection 2.4(a) available to the
Investor Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of the Investor
Certificateholders.




































<PAGE>



                                                                              36




          Section 2.5  Covenants of the Seller.  The Seller hereby covenants
                       -----------------------
that:

          (a)  Receivables Not to be Evidenced by Promissory Notes.  The Seller
               ---------------------------------------------------
     will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any
     "instrument" (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of New York),
     except in  connection with the enforcement or collection of such
     Receivable. 

          (b)  Security Interests.  Except for the transfers hereunder and,
               ------------------
     prior to the Existing Trust Termination Date, the transfers of the
     Receivables pursuant to the Existing Trust Agreement, the Seller will not
     sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or grant, create,
     incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on the Transition Certificate or
     any Lien on any Receivable, whether now existing or hereafter transferred
     to the Trust, or any interest therein.  The Seller will immediately notify
     the Trustee of the existence of any Lien on any Receivable other than the
     Liens created pursuant hereto and, prior to the Existing Trust Termination
     Date, the Liens created pursuant to the Existing Trust Agreement; and the
     Seller shall defend the right, title and interest of the Trust in, to and
     under the Transition Certificate and, on and after the Existing Trust
     Termination Date, the Receivables (whether then existing or thereafter
     transferred to the Trust) against all claims of third parties; provided,
     however, that nothing in this subsection 2.5(b) shall prevent or be deemed
     to prohibit the Seller from suffering to exist (i) any Liens on the
     Transition Certificate or any of the Receivables for state, municipal or
     other local taxes if such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or
     if the Seller shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good
     faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have set aside on its books
     adequate reserves with respect thereto, (ii) Liens on the Receivables in
     favor of the Seller created pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement
     and transferred to the Trustee pursuant hereto, (iii) Liens on the
     Transition Certificate and Receivables in favor of the Trustee created
     pursuant to this Agreement and (iv) prior to the Existing Trust Termination
     Date, Liens on the Receivables in favor of the trustee under the Existing
     Trust Agreement or the Seller under the Receivables Purchase Agreement. 

          (c)  Account Allocations.
               -------------------

            (i)  In the event that the Seller is unable for any reason to
     transfer Receivables to the Trust in accordance with the provisions of this
     Agreement (including, without limitation, by reason of the occurrence of an
     Insolvency Event) then, in any such event, (A) the Seller agrees to
     instruct the Servicer to allocate and pay to the Trust, after the date of
     such inability, all Principal Collections 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              37



     and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Collections but for
     the Seller's inability to transfer such Receivables (up to an aggregate
     amount equal to the amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust on such
     date); (B) the Seller agrees to have such amounts applied as Collections in
     accordance with Article IV and (C) for only so long as all Collections and
     all amounts which would have constituted Collections are allocated and
     applied in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) above, Principal Receivables
     (and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Receivables but for
     the Seller's inability to transfer Receivables to the Trust) that are
     written off as uncollectible in accordance with this Agreement shall
     continue to be allocated in accordance with Article IV and all amounts that
     would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the Seller's inability
     to transfer Receivables to the Trust shall be deemed to be Principal
     Receivables for the purpose of calculating (i) the applicable Invested
     Percentage with respect to any Series and (ii) the Aggregate Invested
     Percentage thereunder.  If the Seller is unable pursuant to any Requirement
     of Law to allocate Collections as described above, the Seller agrees that,
     solely for purposes of payments under this Agreement, it shall in any such
     event allocate, after the occurrence of such event, payments on each
     Account with respect to the principal balance of such Account first to the
     oldest principal balance of such Account (it being understood that the
     foregoing allocation does not affect, with respect to any Obligor, the
     priority of application of cardholder payments provided for in the related
     Charge Account Agreement(s)) and to have such payments applied as
     Collections in accordance with Article IV.  The parties hereto agree that
     Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created or accrued in respect of
     Principal Receivables which have been conveyed to the Trust, or that would
     have been conveyed to the Trust but for the above described inability to
     transfer such Receivables, shall continue to be a part of the Trust
     notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional Principal
     Receivables to the Trust and Collections with respect thereto shall
     continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with Article IV. 

           (ii)  In the event that, pursuant to subsection 2.4(d), the Seller
     accepts a retransfer of an Ineligible Receivable as a result of a breach of
     the representations and warranties in subsection 2.4(b) relating to such
     Receivable, then, in any such event, the Seller agrees to instruct the
     Servicer to allocate payments received in respect of the Account giving
     rise to such Receivable first to the total amount of Principal Receivables
     of the appropriate Obligor retained in the Trust and thereafter to the
     total amount owing by such Obligor on any Ineligible Receivable
     retransferred to the Seller (it being understood that the foregoing
     allocation does not affect, with respect 



































<PAGE>



                                                                              38



     to any Obligor, the priority of application of cardholder payments provided
     for in the related Charge Account Agreement(s)). 

          (d)  Delivery of Collections.  The Seller agrees to pay to the
               -----------------------
     Servicer promptly (but in no event later than two Business Days after
     receipt) all Collections received by the Seller in respect of the
     Receivables. 

          (e)  Regulatory Filings.  The Seller shall make any filings, reports,
               ------------------
     notices, applications and registrations with, and seek any consents or
     authorizations from, the Securities and Exchange Commission and any state
     securities authority on behalf of the Trust as may be necessary or that the
     Seller deems advisable to comply with any federal or state securities or
     reporting requirements laws. 

          (f)  Finance Charges and Other Fees.  The Seller agrees that, except
               ------------------------------
     as otherwise required by any Requirement of Law or as is reasonably deemed
     by Saks to be necessary in order for Saks to maintain its credit card
     business, the Seller shall maintain Saks's commitment as set forth in the
     Receivables Purchase Agreement, that Saks shall not reduce at any time (x)
     the finance charges assessed in respect of any Accounts, or (y) any other
     fees charged on any of the Accounts if, as a result of such reduction, the
     Servicer reasonably expects that the Portfolio Yield with respect to any
     Series as of such date, after giving effect to such reduction, would be
     less than the Base Rate for such Series.  

          (g)  Charge Account Agreements and Charge Account Guidelines.  The
               -------------------------------------------------------
     Seller agrees to maintain Saks's commitment, as set forth in the
     Receivables Purchase Agreement, that Saks will comply with and perform its
     obligations under the Charge Account Agreements relating to the Accounts
     and the Charge Account Guidelines, except insofar as any failure so to
     comply or conform would not materially and adversely affect the rights of
     the Trust or the Certificateholders under this Agreement or the
     Certificates.  Subject to the foregoing and subject to the restrictions set
     forth in subsection 2.5(f), and so long as such changes are made applicable
     to comparable segments of those charge account accounts serviced by the
     Servicer which have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar
     to, the Accounts which are subject hereto, and so long as such changes
     would not be reasonably likely to cause the occurrence of a Pay Out Event,
     the Seller may permit Saks to change the terms and provisions of such
     Charge Account Agreements or the Charge Account Guidelines in any respect. 
 
          (h)  Compliance with Law.  The Seller hereby agrees to comply in all
               -------------------
     material respects with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Seller.


































<PAGE>



                                                                              39




          (i)  Activities of the Seller.  The Seller shall not engage in any
               ------------------------
     business or activity of any kind, or enter into any transaction or
     indenture, mortgage, instrument, agreement, contract, lease or other
     undertaking, which is not directly related to the transactions contemplated
     and authorized by this Agreement or the Receivables Purchase Agreement,
     except a Permitted Transaction.

          (j)  Indebtedness.  The Seller shall not create, incur, assume or
               ------------
     suffer to exist any Indebtedness or other liability whatsoever, except (i)
     obligations incurred or owing to the Trust under this Agreement or the
     Receivables Purchase Agreement, (ii) liabilities incident to the
     maintenance of its corporate existence in good standing and the ownership
     of the Receivables or the Transition Certificate or (iii) obligations
     incident to a Permitted Transaction.

          (k)  Guarantees.  The Seller shall not become or remain liable,
               ----------
     directly or contingently, in connection with any Indebtedness or other
     liability of any other Person, whether by guarantee, endorsement (other
     than endorsements of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in
     the ordinary course of business), agreement to purchase or repurchase,
     agreement to supply or advance funds, or otherwise, except incident to a
     Permitted Transaction.

          (l)  Investments.  The Seller shall not make or suffer to exist any
               -----------
     loans or advances to, or extend any credit to, or make any investments (by
     way of transfer of property, contributions to capital, purchase of stock or
     securities or evidences of indebtedness, acquisition of the business or
     assets, or otherwise) in, any Person except (i) for purchases of
     Receivables pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, (ii) for
     investments in Permitted Investments in accordance with the terms of this
     Agreement or (iii) pursuant to a Permitted Transaction.

          (m)  Merger; Sales.  The Seller shall not enter into any transaction
               -------------
     of merger or consolidation, or liquidate or dissolve itself (or suffer any
     liquidation or dissolution), or acquire or be acquired by any Person, or
     convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
     property or business, except as provided for in this Agreement.

          (n)  Distributions.  The Seller shall not declare or pay, directly or
               -------------
     indirectly, any dividend or make any other distribution (whether in cash or
     other property) with respect to the profits, assets or capital of the
     Seller or any Person's interest therein, or purchase, redeem or otherwise
     acquire for value any of its capital stock now or hereafter outstanding,
     except that so long as no Pay Out Event has occurred and is continuing and
     no Pay Out Event 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              40



     would occur as a result thereof or after giving effect thereto, the Seller
     may declare and pay dividends on its capital stock.

          (o)  Agreements.  The Seller shall not become a party to, or permit
               ----------
     any of its properties to be bound by, any indenture, mortgage, instrument,
     contract, agreement, lease or other undertaking, except this Agreement, the
     Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Supplements and except incidental to
     a Permitted Transaction or amend or modify the provisions of any of
     Articles First, Third, Fourth, Sixth, Seventh, Eleventh or Twelfth of its
     Certificate of Incorporation or issue any power of attorney except to the
     Trustee or to the Servicer.

          (p)  Receivables Purchase Agreement.  The Seller shall not give any
               ------------------------------
     material consent to Saks or exercise any of its rights under the
     Receivables Purchase Agreement unless the Rating Agency Condition is
     satisfied with respect thereto.

          (q)  Separate Corporate Existence.  The Seller shall:
               ----------------------------

               (i)  Maintain its own deposit account or accounts, separate from
          those of any Affiliate, with commercial banking institutions.  The
          funds of the Seller will not be diverted to any other Person or for
          other than corporate uses of the Seller, nor will such funds be
          commingled with the funds of Saks or any other subsidiary of Saks;
          provided, however, in the event that payments received on the Accounts
          in stores or at the corporate offices of the Servicer or through
          electronic funds transfers are not deposited in an account of the
          Seller until the second Business Day after receipt, until such deposit
          such payments may be commingled with funds of Saks.

              (ii)  Ensure that, to the extent that it shares the same officers
          or other employees as any of its stockholders or Affiliates, the
          salaries of and the expenses related to providing benefits to such
          officers and other employees shall be fairly allocated among such
          entities, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of the salary
          and benefit costs associated with all such common officers and
          employees.

             (iii)  Ensure that, to the extent that it jointly contracts with
          any of its stockholders or Affiliates to do business with vendors or
          service providers or to share overhead expenses, the costs incurred in
          so doing shall be allocated fairly among such entities, and each such
          entity shall bear its fair share of such costs.  To the extent that
          the Seller contracts or does business with vendors or service
          providers where the goods and services provided are partially for the 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              41



          benefit of any other Person, the costs incurred in so doing shall be
          fairly allocated to or among such entities for whose benefit the goods
          and services are provided, and each such entity shall bear its fair
          share of such costs.  All material transactions between the Seller and
          any of its Affiliates shall be only on an arm's length basis.

              (iv)  Maintain a principal executive and administrative office
          through which its business is conducted separate from those of its
          Affiliates.  To the extent that the Seller and any of its stockholders
          or Affiliates have offices in the same location, there shall be a fair
          and appropriate allocation of overhead costs among them, and each such
          entity shall bear its fair share of such expenses.

               (v)  Conduct its affairs strictly in accordance with its
          Certificate of Incorporation and observe all necessary, appropriate
          and customary corporate formalities, including, but not limited to,
          holding all regular and special stockholders' and directors' meetings
          appropriate to authorize all corporate action, keeping separate and
          accurate minutes of its meetings, passing all resolutions or consents
          necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining
          accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including, but not
          limited to, payroll and intercompany transaction accounts.

              (vi)  (A) Maintain one independent director on its Board of
          Directors and (B) cause the Series A Preferred Stock to continue to be
          held by a Person that is not an Affiliate of Saks or the Seller and to
          continue to have the voting rights and other terms in effect on the
          date hereof; provided that if the Series A Preferred Stock at any time
          fails to be outstanding or fails to meet the requirements of clause
          (B), the Seller shall maintain two independent directors on its Board
          of Directors and each action which currently requires the vote of the
          independent director shall require the vote of both such independent
          directors.

          (r)  Location of Records.  The Seller (i) shall not move outside the
               -------------------
     State of New York the location of its chief executive office or outside of
     the State of New York, New Jersey or Texas any of the offices where it
     keeps its records with respect to the Receivables without 45 days' prior
     written notice to the Trustee and (ii) will promptly take all actions
     reasonably requested by the Trustee (including but not limited to all
     filings and other acts necessary or advisable under the UCC of each
     relevant jurisdiction) in order to continue the first priority perfected
     ownership interest of the Certificateholders in 



































<PAGE>



                                                                              42



     all Receivables now owned or hereunder created.  The Seller will give the
     Trustee prompt notice of a change within the State of New York of the
     location of its chief executive office or of a change within the State of
     New York, New Jersey or Texas the location of any office where it keeps its
     records with respect to the Receivables.

          Section 2.6  Addition of Accounts.
                       --------------------

          (a)  On each Business Day after the Existing Trust Termination Date
(each an "Addition Date"), each charge account established pursuant to a Charge
Account Agreement since the preceding Business Day and which is an Eligible
Account, and each Restored Account (any such account, an "Additional Account")
shall be included as an Account, provided that unless the Rating Agency
Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such action, no such charge
account shall be added as an Account if, after giving effect to such addition,
the aggregate number of Additional Accounts (other than Restored Accounts)
included in the Trust during the then current Fiscal Year shall exceed 10% of
the number of Accounts in the Trust as of the last day of the preceding Fiscal
Year.  The Seller shall be permitted to convey to the Trust the Additional
Accounts on the Addition Date with respect thereto.

          (b)  On each Determination Date, the Seller shall deliver to the
Trustee a written assignment (including an acceptance by the Trustee for the
benefit of the Certificateholders) in substantially the form of Exhibit C (a
                                                                ---------
"Confirming Assignment") and a computer file, microfiche or written list
containing a true and complete schedule identifying all Additional Accounts
added to the Trust during the preceding Monthly Period (or in the case of the
Confirming Assignment delivered on the first Determination Date, during the
period from the Second Cut-Off Date to the Distribution Date following the
Initial Closing Date) and specifying for each such Account, as of the last
billing date for such Account, its account number and Receivable balance, and
such computer file, microfiche or written list shall be incorporated into and
made part of such Confirming Assignment and this Agreement as of the date of
such Confirming Assignment. 

          (c)  On each Addition Date, the Seller shall indicate in its computer
files that the Receivables created in the Additional Accounts added to the Trust
on such date have been conveyed to the Trust for the benefit of the
Certificateholders.

          (d)  The Seller shall be deemed to represent and warrant that (i) as
of the Addition Date, the computer file or microfiche or written list delivered
pursuant to subsection 2.6(b) is an accurate and complete listing in all
material respects of all the Additional Accounts as of the Addition Date and the
information contained therein with respect to the identity of such Additional
Accounts and the Receivables existing 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              43



thereunder is true and correct in all material respects as of the Addition Date,
(ii) each Additional Account is, as of the Addition Date, an Eligible Account
and (iii) as of the Addition Date, the Seller is not insolvent and will not be
rendered insolvent by adding any such Additional Account to the Trust.

          (e)  The Seller shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, as of
the Addition Date, that the transfer of the Additional Accounts transferred on
such Addition Date constitutes either (i) a valid transfer to the Trust of all
right, title and interest of the Seller in, to and under the Receivables then
existing and thereafter arising in respect of the Additional Accounts, all
monies due or to become due with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge
Receivables), and all proceeds (including, without limitation, as defined in the
UCC as in effect in the State of New York) of such Receivables and Insurance
Proceeds relating thereto, and such property will be owned by the Trust free and
clear of any Lien of any Person, except for (A) Liens permitted under subsection
2.5(b), (B) the interest of the Seller as holder of the Exchangeable Seller
Certificate and (C) the Seller's right to receive interest accruing on, and
investment earnings in respect of, the Collection Account or any Series Account
as provided in this Agreement and any Supplement, or (ii) a grant of a security
interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of New York) in such
property to the Trust, which is enforceable with respect to then existing
Receivables of the Additional Accounts, all monies due or to become due with
respect thereto, the proceeds thereof, and Recoveries and Insurance Proceeds
relating thereto upon the transfer of such Receivables to the Trust, and which
will be enforceable with respect to the Receivables thereafter transferred in
respect of Additional Accounts, the proceeds thereof, Recoveries and Insurance
Proceeds relating thereto upon such transfer; and (iii) if the transfer
constitutes the grant of a security interest to the Trust in such property, upon
such transfer, the Trust shall have a first priority perfected security interest
in such property, except for Liens permitted under subsection 2.5(b), the
interest of the Seller as holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate and the
Seller's right to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in
respect of, the Collection Account or any Series Account, as provided in this
Agreement and any Supplement.

          Section 2.7  Removal of Accounts.
                       -------------------

          (a)  Subject to the conditions set forth below, during the Revolving
Period the Seller may designate from time to time Accounts no longer to be
designated for inclusion in the Trust (the "Removed Accounts"); provided,
however, that the Seller shall not make more than one such designation in any
Monthly Period.  On or before the fifth Business Day (the "Removal Notice Date")
prior to the date on which Removed Accounts shall be designated (the "Removal
Date"), the Seller shall give the Trustee, the Servicer, each Enhancement
Provider and the Rating 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              44



Agency written notice that the Receivables from such Removed Accounts are to be
retransferred to the Seller. 

          (b)  The Seller shall be permitted to designate and require retransfer
to it of the Receivables from Removed Accounts only upon satisfaction of the
following conditions: 

            (i)  The Seller shall satisfy the Rating Agency Condition with
     respect thereto by such Removal Date;

           (ii)  On each Removal Date, the Trustee shall deliver to the Seller a
     written retransfer agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit D (the
                                                               ---------
     "Retransfer Agreement") prepared by the Seller, and the Seller shall
     deliver to the Trustee a computer file, microfiche or written list
     containing a true and complete schedule identifying all Removed Accounts
     specifying for each such Removed Account, as of the Removal Notice Date,
     its account number and the Receivable balance thereof.  Such computer file,
     microfiche or written list shall, as of the date of such Retransfer
     Agreement, be incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement; 

          (iii)  The Seller shall represent and warrant as of each Removal Date
     that (a) the list of Removed Accounts, as of the Removal Notice Date,
     complies in all material respects with the requirements of (ii) above; (b)
     no selection procedure used by the Seller which is adverse to the interests
     of the Investor Certificateholders was utilized in selecting the Removed
     Accounts; and (c) as of the Removal Notice Date and as of the Removal Date,
     the Seller is not insolvent and the Seller has no present intention of
     seeking protection under any Debtor Relief Laws;
 
           (iv)  The removal of any Receivables of any Removed Accounts on any
     Removal Date shall not, in the reasonable belief of the Seller, cause a Pay
     Out Event to occur, or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both
     would constitute a Pay Out Event; 

            (v)  The Seller Amount shall not be less than 105% of the Minimum
     Seller Amount (or if the Minimum Seller Amount is zero, 2% of the Minimum
     Aggregate Principal Receivables) after giving effect to such removal and
     the Aggregate Principal Receivables shall not be less than the Minimum
     Aggregate Principal Receivables; and

           (vi)  The Seller shall have delivered to the Trustee and to each
     Enhancement Provider an Officer's Certificate of an officer of the Seller
     confirming the items set forth in (i) through (v) above. The Trustee may
     conclusively rely on such certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries
     with 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              45



     regard to the matters set forth therein and shall incur no liability in so
     relying. 

          Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Trustee shall execute
and deliver the Retransfer Agreement to the Seller, and the Receivables from the
Removed Accounts shall no longer constitute a part of the Trust.

          Section 2.8  Discount Option.  (a)  Subject to the conditions set
                       ---------------
forth in clause (b) below, the Seller shall from time to time have the option to
designate all or any specified percentage (which may be fixed or variable based
on a formula) (the "Discount Percentage") of Principal Receivables created after
the effectiveness of such designation to be treated as Finance Charge
Receivables ("Discount Option Receivables"). The aggregate amount of Discount
Option Receivables outstanding on any Date of Processing occurring on or after
the effectiveness of such designation shall equal the sum of (a) the aggregate
Discount Option Receivables at the end of the prior Date of Processing (which
amount, prior to such designation, shall be zero) plus (b) any new Discount
Option Receivables created on such Date of Processing minus (c) any Discount
Option Receivables Collections received on such Date of Processing.  Discount
Option Receivables created on any Date of Processing shall mean the product of
the amount of any Original Principal Receivables created on such Date of
Processing and the Discount Percentage.
All Collections of Principal Receivables to which a Discount Percentage did not
apply shall be treated in their entirety as Principal Collections and not as
Finance Charge Collections.

          (b) The Seller shall also have the option of increasing, reducing or
withdrawing the Discount Percentage, at any time and from time to time, on and
after the effectiveness of any designation of a Discount Percentage; provided
that any such increase, reduction or withdrawal shall not affect the status of
any existing Discount Option Receivable.  The Seller shall provide to the
Servicer, the Trustee and any Rating Agency five Business Days' prior written
notice of each designation of the Discount Percentage, and of each increase,
reduction or withdrawal of the Discount Percentage after any such designation. 
Such designation, increase, reduction or withdrawal shall become effective on
such fifth Business Day after notice unless (i) a Pay Out Event with respect to
any Series shall have occurred prior to such designation, reduction or
withdrawal, (ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall not have been satisfied with
respect to such designation, reduction or withdrawal or (iii) such designation,
reduction or withdrawal in the reasonable belief of the Seller would cause a Pay
Out Event, or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute a Pay Out Event, to occur.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
designation of or increase to a Discount Percentage not in excess of 2% shall
not require satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.


































<PAGE>



                                                                              46




          (c)  After the Discount Percentage has been designated pursuant to
this Section 2.8 and as long as any Discount Option Receivable remain
outstanding, the Seller shall treat Discount Option Receivable Collections as
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables.

                                   ARTICLE III

                   ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES

          Section 3.1  Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to
                       -------------------------------------------------------
the Servicer.  (a)  Saks agrees to act as the Servicer under this Agreement. 
- ------------
The Investor Certificateholders by their acceptance of the Investor Certificates
consent to Saks acting as Servicer.  The parties hereto, and the Investor
Certificateholders by their acceptance of the Investor Certificates understand
and agree that notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1, prior to the
Existing Trust Termination Date, the Servicer's rights and obligations with
respect to the administration of the Accounts and the Receivables shall be
limited to the exercise of its rights and the performance of its obligations
with respect to such Accounts and Receivables as "Servicer" under the Existing
Trust Agreement and accordingly, its compensation during such period shall be
limited as set forth in Section 3.2.  Nothing contained in this paragraph or the
Existing Agreement shall affect the rights and obligations of the Servicer
hereunder with respect to the administration of the Collection Account, the
Excess Funding Account or the Series Accounts.

          (b)  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Servicer shall
service and administer the Receivables and shall collect payments due under the
Receivables in accordance with its customary and usual servicing procedures for
servicing charge accounts receivable comparable to the Receivables and in
accordance with the Charge Account Guidelines and shall have full power and
authority, acting alone or through any party properly designated by it
hereunder, to do any and all things in connection with such servicing and
administration which it may deem necessary or desirable.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing and subject to Section 10.1, the Servicer is hereby
authorized and empowered, unless such power and authority is revoked by the
Trustee on account of the occurrence of a Servicer Default pursuant to Section
10.1, (i) to make withdrawals from the Collection Account as set forth in this
Agreement, (ii) to instruct the Trustee in writing to make withdrawals and
payments from the Series Accounts in accordance with such instructions as set
forth in this Agreement, (iii) to instruct the Trustee in writing as provided
herein, and (iv) to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Trust for the benefit
of the Certificateholders, any and all instruments of satisfaction or
cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other
comparable instruments, with respect to the Receivables and, after the
delinquency of any Receivable and to the extent permitted under 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              47



and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, to commence enforcement
proceedings with respect to such Receivables.  The Trustee agrees that it shall
promptly execute any limited power of attorney or other documents furnished to
it and follow the written instructions of the Servicer, including those to
withdraw funds from the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account and any
other Series Account.  The Trustee shall furnish the Servicer with any powers of
attorney and other documents as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to
enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties
hereunder. 

          (c)(i)  In the event that the Seller is unable for any reason to
transfer Receivables to the Trust in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement (including, without limitation, by reason of the occurrence of an
Insolvency Event), (A) the Servicer agrees to allocate and pay to the Trust,
after the date of such inability, all Principal Collections and all amounts
which would have constituted Principal Collections but for the Seller's
inability to transfer such Receivables (up to an aggregate amount equal to the
amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust on such date); (B) the Servicer
agrees to apply such amounts as Collections in accordance with Article IV; and
(C) for only so long as all Collections and all amounts which would have
constituted Collections are allocated and applied in accordance with clauses (A)
and (B) above, the Servicer agrees that Principal Receivables (and all amounts
which would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the Seller's
inability to transfer Receivables to the Trust) that are written off as
uncollectible in accordance with this Agreement shall continue to be allocated
in accordance with Article IV and all amounts that would have constituted
Principal Receivables but for the Seller's inability to transfer Receivables to
the Trust shall be deemed to be Principal Receivables for the purpose of
calculating (i) the applicable Invested Percentage with respect to any Series
and (ii) the Aggregate Invested Percentage thereunder.  If the Servicer is
unable pursuant to any Requirement of Law to allocate Collections as described
above, the Servicer agrees that it shall in any such event allocate, after the
occurrence of such event, payments on each Account with respect to the principal
balance of such Account first to the oldest principal balance of such Account
(it being understood that the foregoing allocation does not affect, with respect
to any Obligor, the priority of application of cardholder payments provided for
in the related Charge Account Agreement(s)) and to have such payments applied as
Collections in accordance with Article IV.  The parties hereto agree that
Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created or accrued in respect of Principal
Receivables which have been conveyed to the Trust, or that would have been
conveyed to the Trust but for the above described inability to transfer such
Receivables, shall continue to be a part of the Trust notwithstanding any
cessation of the transfer of additional Principal Receivables to the Trust and
Collections with respect 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              48



thereto shall continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with Article IV.

           (ii)  In the event that pursuant to subsection 2.4(d), the Seller
accepts a retransfer of an Ineligible Receivable as a result of a breach of the
representations and warranties in subsection 2.4(b) relating to such Receivable,
the Servicer agrees to allocate principal payments received in respect of the
Account giving rise to such Receivable first to the total amount of Principal
Receivables of the appropriate Obligor retained in the Trust and thereafter to
the total amount owing by such Obligor on any Ineligible Receivables
retransferred to the Seller. 

          (d)  The Servicer shall not be obligated to use separate servicing
procedures, offices, employees or accounts for servicing the Receivables from
the procedures, offices, employees and accounts used by the Servicer in
connection with servicing other credit card receivables. 

          (e)  The Servicer shall maintain fidelity bond coverage insuring
against losses through wrongdoing of its officers and employees who are involved
in the servicing of credit card receivables covering such actions and in such
amounts as the Servicer reasonably believes to be adequate.

          Section 3.2  Servicing Compensation.  As compensation for its
                       ----------------------
servicing activities hereunder and reimbursement for its expenses as set forth
in the immediately following paragraph, from and after the Existing Trust
Termination Date, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive a monthly servicing
fee in respect of any Monthly Period (or portion thereof) prior to the
termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.1 (with respect to each Monthly
Period, the "Monthly Servicing Fee").  The share of the Monthly Servicing Fee
allocable to each Series of Investor Certificates with respect to any Monthly
Period (or portion thereof) (the "Investor Monthly Servicing Fee") shall be
payable on the related Transfer Date and, with respect to each Series (unless
provided in the related Supplement) and shall be equal to one-twelfth of the
product of (A) the Series Servicing Fee Percentage and (B) the weighted average
daily Adjusted Invested Amount of such Series during such Monthly Period, or
portion thereof.  The share of the Monthly Servicing Fee allocable to the Holder
of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate with respect to any Monthly Period (or
portion thereof) shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (A) the
weighted average daily Seller Amount during such Monthly Period and (B) the
weighted average of the Series Servicing Fee Percentages with respect to each
Series of Investor Certificates then outstanding (the "Monthly Seller Servicing
Fee").  The Monthly Servicing Fee shall equal the sum of (x) the aggregate
amount of Investor Monthly Servicing Fees with respect to each Series then
outstanding and (y) the Monthly Seller Servicing Fee.  The Investor Monthly
Servicing Fee with respect to any Series is payable in arrears on the related 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              49



Transfer Date (unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement) and the
Monthly Seller Servicing Fee is payable in arrears no later than the last
Transfer Date with respect to any Series occurring in a Monthly Period.

          The Servicer's expenses include the reasonable fees and disbursements
of independent accountants and all other expenses incurred by the Servicer in
connection with its activities hereunder; provided that the Servicer shall not
be liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the Investor
Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law,
including without limitation any federal, state or local income or franchise
taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or
penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith). 
The Servicer shall be required to pay such expenses for its own account and
shall not be entitled to any payment therefor other than the Monthly Servicing
Fee. 

          Section 3.3  Representations; Warranties and Covenants of the
                       ------------------------------------------------
Servicer.  Saks, as initial Servicer, hereby makes, and any successor Servicer
- --------
by its appointment hereunder shall make, the following representations and
warranties and covenants on which the Trustee has relied in accepting the Trust
Assets in trust and in authenticating Certificates:

          (a)  Organization and Good Standing.  The Servicer is duly organized,
               ------------------------------
     validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
     organization, and has full corporate power, authority and right to own its
     properties and conduct its business as such properties are presently owned
     and such business is presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and
     perform its obligations under this Agreement. 

          (b)  Due Qualification.  The Servicer is qualified as a foreign
               -----------------
     corporation in each state where it is required to be so qualified to
     service the Receivables as required by this Agreement and has obtained all
     necessary licenses and approvals as required under federal and state law,
     in each case, where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or approved,
     could reasonably be expected materially and adversely to affect the ability
     of the Servicer to comply with the terms of this Agreement. 

          (c)  Due Authorization.  The execution, delivery, and performance of
               -----------------
     this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary
     corporate action on the part of the Servicer. 

          (d)  Binding Obligation.  This Agreement constitutes legal, valid and
               ------------------
     binding obligations of the Servicer, enforceable in accordance with its
     terms, except as enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              50



     except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of
     equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). 

          (e)  No Violation.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by
               ------------
     the Servicer, and the performance of the transactions contemplated by this
     Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof applicable to the
     Servicer, will not conflict with, violate, result in any material breach of
     any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice
     or lapse of time or both) a material default under, any Requirement of Law
     applicable to the Servicer or any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage,
     deed of trust or other material instrument to which the Servicer is a party
     or by which it is bound. 

          (f)  No Proceedings.  There are no proceedings or investigations
               --------------
     pending or, to the best knowledge of the Servicer, threatened against the
     Servicer before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other
     tribunal or governmental instrumentality seeking to prevent the issuance of
     the Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement, seeking any determination or ruling that,
     if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect the
     performance by the Servicer of its obligations under this Agreement, or
     seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely
     affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. 

          (g)  Rescission and Cancellation.  Other than pursuant to and in
               ---------------------------
     accordance with the Charge Account Guidelines or the normal operating
     procedures of the Servicer, the Servicer shall not rescind or cancel any
     Receivable unless such rescission or cancellation shall have been ordered
     or directed by a Governmental Authority. 

          (h)  Other Actions.  Other than pursuant to and in accordance with the
               -------------
     Charge Account Guidelines or the normal operating procedures of the
     Servicer, and as otherwise specifically permitted by this Agreement, the
     Servicer shall not (i) take or fail to take any action if such action or
     failure to act would impair the rights of the Trust in any Receivable, or
     (ii) revise or defer any payment due in respect of any Receivable. 

          (i)  Compliance with Requirements of Law.  The Servicer shall duly
               -----------------------------------
     satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection
     with the Receivables or Accounts, will maintain in effect all
     qualifications required under Requirements of Law in order to properly
     service the Receivables and the Accounts and will comply in all material
     respects with all other Requirements of Law in connection with servicing
     the Receivables and the Accounts 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              51



     the failure to comply with which would have a material adverse effect on
     the Certificateholders.

               Section 3.4  Reports and Records for the Trustee.
                            -----------------------------------

          (a)  Daily Reports.  (i) On each Business Day prior to the Existing
               -------------
Trust Termination Date, the Servicer shall prepare and deliver to the Trustee or
its agent a "Daily Report" as set forth in the Transition Supplement and (ii) on
each Business Day following the Existing Trust Termination Date, the Servicer
shall prepare and deliver to the Trustee or its agent a report (the "Daily
Report") setting forth (in each case determined in the manner set forth herein)
(A) the aggregate amount of Collections processed by the Servicer on the
preceding Business Day, (w) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close
of business on the preceding Business Day, (B) the amount of Finance Charge
Collections for the preceding Business Day, (C) the amount on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account on the preceding Business Day, (D) a calculation of the
Seller Amount and the Minimum Seller Amount and the Minimum Aggregate Principal
Receivables on the preceding Business Day and a determination of whether the
Seller Amount on the preceding Business Day was greater than the Minimum Seller
Amount on such Business Day and whether the Aggregate Principal Receivables on
the preceding Business Day was greater than the Minimum Aggregate Principal
Receivables on the preceding Business Day, (E) the Principal Receivables created
since the preceding Business Day, (F) the Daily Estimated Principal Collections
and Daily Estimated Finance Charge Collections since the preceding Business Day,
(G) the aggregate amount of Receivables and the balance on deposit in the
Collection Account (or any subaccount thereof) or any Series Account applicable
to any Series then outstanding with respect to Collections processed as of the
end of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period, and (H) such other
information as may be specified in a Supplement. 

          (b)  Monthly Servicer's Statement.  Unless otherwise stated in the
               ----------------------------
related Supplement with respect to any Series, on each Determination Date, the
Servicer shall prepare, and within two days thereafter shall deliver to the
Trustee, the Paying Agent, any Rating Agency and any Enhancement Provider (i)
during the period prior to the Existing Trust Termination Date a "Monthly
Settlement Statement" as required by the Transition Supplement and (ii) during
the period commencing with the Existing Trust Termination Date a report and
certificate of a Servicing Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit E (the
                                                                ---------
report referred to in clause (i) and (ii), collectively, the  "Monthly
Servicer's Statement") setting forth (i) the aggregate amounts for the preceding
Monthly Period with respect to each of the items specified in clauses (i) and
(ii) of subsection 3.4(a), together with the amount and nature of any true-up
adjustment required by subsection 1.3(b), (ii) the Default Amount for the
preceding Monthly Period, (iii) Recoveries for the preceding Monthly Period,
(iv) a calculation of the Portfolio Yield and 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              52



Base Rate for each Series then outstanding, (v) Shared Principal Collections and
Shared Finance Charge Collections available to and contributed by each Series,
(vi) the aggregate amount of Credit Adjustments from the preceding Monthly
Period, (vii) the aggregate amount, if any, of withdrawals, drawings or payments
under any Enhancement and the remaining balance thereof with respect to each
Series required to be made with respect to the previous Monthly Period, and
(viii) the sum of all amounts payable to the Investor Certificateholders on the
succeeding Distribution Date in respect of Certificate Interest and Certificate
Principal and the remaining principal balances of all Investor Certificates
after giving effect to such payments.  The Servicer shall also certify that to
the best of the Servicer's knowledge, no Pay Out Event has occurred and is
continuing.

          Section 3.5  Annual Servicer's Certificate.  The Servicer will deliver
                       -----------------------------
to the Trustee, any Enhancement Provider and any Rating Agency on or before May
31 of each calendar year, beginning with May 31, 1997, an Officer's Certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit F stating that (a) a review of the
                             ---------
activities of the Servicer during the preceding Fiscal Year (or, with respect to
the certificate to be delivered on May 31, 1997, since the Trust's inception)
and of its performance under this Agreement was made under the supervision of
the officer signing such certificate and (b) to the best of such officer's
knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fully performed all its
obligations under this Agreement throughout such period, or, if there has been a
default in the performance of any such obligation, specifying each such default
known to such officer and the nature and status thereof.  A copy of such
certificate may be obtained by any Investor Certificateholder by a request in
writing to the Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office. 

          Section 3.6  Annual Independent Public Accountants' Servicing Report.
                       -------------------------------------------------------

          Beginning with June 30, 1997, the Servicer shall engage a firm of
nationally recognized independent public accountants (who may also render other
services to the Servicer or the Seller) to furnish, on or before June 30 of each
calendar year, to the Trustee, each Enhancement Provider and the Seller a report
covering the preceding Fiscal Year to the effect that such accountants have
applied certain agreed-upon procedures to amounts contained in the Monthly
Servicer's Statements delivered during the Fiscal Year.  The accountants shall
perform the agreed-upon procedures pursuant to the relevant standards of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, vis. Statement on Auditing
Standards No. 75, Engagements to Apply Agreed-Upon Procedures to Specified
Elements, Accounts or Items of a Financial Statement, or Statement on Auditing
Standards for Attestation Engagements No. 4, Agreed Upon Procedures Engagements
(as such statements may be amended, modified or superseded).  The
Certificateholders shall be deemed to have directed the Servicer 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              53



to have selected the procedures set forth in Exhibit G to be performed by the
                                             ---------
accountants in such report.  The Servicer shall assume sole responsibility for
the sufficiency of such procedures.  The accountants shall report their
procedures and findings; however, the engagement will not constitute an audit or
an examination and, thus, the accountants will not provide an opinion or
negative assurance.  Such report will identify exceptions in excess of
individual differences of $200 or more for each procedure and cumulative
differences for all procedures of $5,000 or more.   A copy of such report may be
obtained by any Investor Certificateholder by a request in writing to the
Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office. In addition, the Servicer shall
cause such accountants to furnish a copy of such report to each Rating Agency
and to each Enhancement Provider, provided that any party that requests such
report must agree to the procedures performed and agree to assume responsibility
for the sufficiency of the procedures therein. 

          Section 3.7  Tax Treatment.  The Seller has structured this Agreement
                       -------------
and the Investor Certificates with the intention that the Investor Certificates
will constitute indebtedness of the Seller for federal, state, local and foreign
tax purposes.  The Seller, the Servicer, each Certificateholder and each
Certificate Owner agree to treat and to take no action inconsistent with the
treatment of the Investor Certificates (or any beneficial interest therein) as
indebtedness for purposes of federal, state, local and foreign income or
franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income.  Each
Certificateholder, by accepting its Certificate, and each Certificate Owner, by
acquiring a beneficial interest in a Certificate, agrees to be bound by the
provisions of this Section 3.7.  Each Certificateholder will cause any
Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in a Certificate through it to comply
with this Agreement as to treatment as indebtedness under applicable tax law, as
described in this Section 3.7.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                   RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION
                         AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

          Section 4.1  Rights of Certificateholders.  Each Series of Investor
                       ----------------------------
Certificates shall represent Undivided Interests in the Trust, including the
benefits of any Enhancement with respect to such Series and the right to receive
the Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in
this Article IV to be deposited in the Collection Account or the Series Accounts
maintained for the benefit of such Investor Certificates or paid to the Investor
Certificateholders of such Series; provided, however, that the aggregate
interest represented by such Series of Certificates at any time in the Principal
Receivables shall not exceed an amount equal to the Invested Amount for such
Series at such time.  The Exchangeable Seller 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              54



Certificate shall represent the remaining Undivided Interest in the Trust not
represented by any Series of Investor Certificates then outstanding, including
the right to receive the Collections and other amounts at the times and in the
amounts specified in this Article IV to be paid to the Holder of the
Exchangeable Seller Certificate, provided, however, that the aggregate interest
represented by the Exchangeable Seller Certificate at any time in the Principal
Receivables shall not exceed the Seller Amount at such time and such Certificate
shall not represent any interest in the Collection Account or any Series
Accounts maintained for the benefit of the Certificateholders of any Series or
the benefits of any Enhancement issued with respect to any Series, except as
provided in this Agreement. 

          Section 4.2  Establishment of Accounts and Allocations with Respect to
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
the Exchangeable Seller Certificate.
- -----------------------------------

          (a)  The Collection Account.  The Servicer, for the benefit of the
               ----------------------
Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee on
behalf of the Trust, or cause to be established and maintained, with an office
or branch located in the state designated by the Servicer of a depository
institution or trust company (which may include the Trustee) organized under the
laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof an
Eligible Deposit Account bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders
(the "Collection Account").  For administrative purposes only, the Collection
Account shall be divided into two subaccounts (each respectively, the "Principal
Collections Account" and the "Finance Charge Account").   The Supplement for a
Series may require the Trustee to establish and maintain, for administrative
purposes only, a sub-subaccount of the Collection Account (such sub-subaccount,
a "Collection Subaccount") and other Series Accounts for such Series bearing a
designation clearly indicating that the funds allocated thereto are held in
trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders of such Series.  The Collection
Account or any Collection Subaccount may not be invested except as provided in
the related Supplement.  The funds on deposit in such Collection Subaccount may
be invested in the manner provided in the related Supplement, and any earnings
resulting from such investment shall be applied as provided in such Supplement. 
Pursuant to authority granted to it pursuant to subsection 3.1(b), the Servicer
shall have the power, revocable by the Trustee, to withdraw funds from the
Collection Account for the purposes of carrying out its duties hereunder.  The
Trustee, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, shall possess all right,
title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Collection
Account and in all proceeds thereof.  Subject to the foregoing provisions, the
Collection Account shall initially be located at Chemical Bank.

          (b)  Establishment of the Excess Funding Account.  The Servicer, for
               -------------------------------------------
the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain or
cause to be established and 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              55



maintained in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, an Eligible
Deposit Account, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Investor
Certificateholders (the "Excess Funding Account").  The Trustee shall possess
all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the
Excess Funding Account and in all proceeds thereof.  Pursuant to the authority
granted to it pursuant to subsection 3.1(b), the Servicer shall have the power,
revocable by the Trustee, to withdraw funds and to instruct the Trustee in
writing to withdraw funds from the Excess Funding Account for the purposes of
carrying out its duties hereunder.  Subject to the foregoing provisions, the
Excess Funding Account shall initially be located at Chemical Bank.

          (c)  Failure of Institution to Qualify.  If any institution with which
               ---------------------------------
any of the accounts established pursuant to this Section 4.2 are established
ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Servicer or the Trustee (as the case
may be) shall within 10 Business Days of acquiring actual knowledge of such
condition establish a replacement Eligible Deposit Account at a Qualified
Institution after notice thereof.

          (d)  Allocations for the Exchangeable Seller Certificate.  Throughout
               ---------------------------------------------------
the existence of the Trust, unless otherwise stated in any Supplement, on each
day on which the Servicer allocates Collections, the Servicer shall allocate to
the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate an amount equal to the product
of (A) the applicable Seller Percentage determined for such day and (B) the
aggregate amount of Principal Collections and Finance Charge Collections on such
day.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, unless
otherwise stated in any Supplement, the Servicer need not deposit this amount or
any other amounts so allocated to the Exchangeable Seller Certificate pursuant
to any Supplement into the Collection Account and shall pay, or be deemed to
pay, such amounts as collected to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller
Certificate; provided, however, that such payments shall not be made to the
Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate if and to the extent that the
Seller Amount is less than the Minimum Seller Amount or if and to the extent
that such payment would cause the Seller Amount to be less than the Minimum
Seller Amount.  Amounts not distributed to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller
Certificate pursuant to this subsection 4.2(d) shall be allocated as provided in
subsection 4.3(g).

          Section 4.3  Collections and Allocations.
                       ---------------------------

          (a)  Collections.  The Servicer shall, subject to subsections 4.2(d),
               -----------
4.3(c) and 4.3(f), deposit all Collections in the Collection Account as promptly
as possible after the Date of Processing of such Collections, but in no event
later than the second Business Day following such Date of Processing.


































<PAGE>



                                                                              56




          The Servicer shall allocate such amounts to each Series of Investor
Certificates and to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate in
accordance with this Article IV and shall withdraw the required amounts from the
Collection Account or pay such amounts to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller
Certificate or to the other Persons entitled thereto in accordance with this
Article IV, in both cases as modified by any Supplement.  The Servicer shall
make such deposits or payments on the date indicated therein, if applicable, by
wire transfer in same day funds or as otherwise provided in the Supplement for
any Series with respect to such Series.  Principal Collections shall be deemed
to be paid, first, from Collections received in the stores or by any Person to
whom the Servicer shall have delegated its collection duties and, second, from
Collections received in the Lockbox.

          (b)  Servicer Letter of Credit; Deposits to Trust Accounts. 
               -----------------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, for so long as, and
only so long as, Saks shall remain the Servicer hereunder and no Servicer
Default has occurred and is continuing and (a)(i) the Servicer provides to the
Trustee a letter of credit or other arrangement covering risk of collection of
the Servicer and (ii) the Servicer shall have satisfied the Rating Agency
Condition with respect to such arrangement or (b) the Servicer (unless the
Rating Agency shall have notified the Servicer that making monthly deposits will
result in the reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of the
Certificates) shall have and maintain a short-term debt rating of P-1 by Moody's
and either A-1 by S&P or D-1 by Duff & Phelps, the Servicer need not deposit
Collections to the Collection Account in the manner provided in this Article IV
or make payments to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate prior to
the close of business on the day any Collections are deposited in the Collection
Account as provided in Article IV, but may make such deposits, payments and
withdrawals on each Transfer Date in an amount equal to the net amount of such
deposits, payments and withdrawals which would have been made but for the
provisions of this paragraph.

          Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, with
respect to any Monthly Period other than during a Rapid Amortization Period, so
long as (i) Saks is the Servicer and  shall maintain an investment grade long-
term debt rating by Moody's and S&P and (ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall
have been satisfied, whether the Servicer is required to make monthly or daily
deposits from the Collection Account into the Finance Charge Account, the
Principal Collections Account, the Excess Funding Account or any Series Account,
as provided in any Supplement, (i) the Servicer will only be required to deposit
Collections from the Collection Account into the Finance Charge Account, the
Principal Collections Account, the Excess Funding Account or any Series Account
in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the amount required to be deposited into
any such deposit account pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement and (y)
the 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              57



amount required to be distributed on or prior to the related Distribution Date
or Transfer Date, as the case may be, to Investor Certificateholders or any
Enhancement Provider pursuant to the terms of any Supplement or agreement
relating to such Investor Certificate or Enhancement and (ii) if any time prior
to such Distribution Date the amount of Collections deposited in the Collection
Account exceeds the amount required to be deposited pursuant to clause (i)
above, the Servicer will be permitted to withdraw the excess from the Collection
Account.

          (c)  Allocation of Collections of Recoveries and Defaulted
               -----------------------------------------------------
Receivables.
- -----------

          (i)  On the date on which a Receivable becomes a Defaulted Receivable,
the Trust shall automatically and without further action or consideration be
deemed to transfer, set over, and otherwise convey to the Seller, without
recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the
Trust in and to such Receivable, all monies due or to become due with respect
thereto (including Finance Charge Receivables accruing after the date of such
retransfer), all proceeds of such Receivables allocable to the Trust with
respect to such Receivable, and all rights to security for any such Receivable,
and all proceeds and products of the foregoing, excluding Recoveries relating
thereto, which shall remain a part of the Trust Assets.  The Trustee, at the
written direction and expense of the Servicer, shall take all actions reasonably
necessary to release its security interest in such Receivables, including the
execution and delivery to the Servicer of UCC-3 Termination Statements where
appropriate.

         (ii)  On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall calculate the
Investor Default Amount for the preceding Monthly Period with respect to each
Series.

          (d)  Adjustments for Miscellaneous Credits.  The Servicer shall be
               -------------------------------------
obligated to reduce or adjust, as the case may be, on a net basis, the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables used to calculate the Seller Amount as provided
in this subsection 4.3(d) (a "Credit Adjustment") with respect to any Principal
Receivable (i) which was created in respect of merchandise refused or returned
by the Obligor thereunder, (ii) which is reduced by the Servicer by any rebate,
refund, chargeback or adjustment, (iii) as to which the Obligor thereunder has
asserted a counterclaim or defense, or (iv) which the Servicer has determined
was created through a fraudulent or counterfeit charge. 

          In the event that the exclusion of the amount of a Credit Adjustment
from the calculation of the Seller Amount would cause the Seller Amount to be
less than the Minimum Seller Amount, the Seller shall make a deposit, no later
than the Business Day following the Date of Processing of such Credit
Adjustment, in the Excess Funding Account in immediately 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              58



available funds, in an amount equal to the Shortfall Amount, after giving effect
to such exclusion.

          (e)  Net Payments.  So long as Saks is the Servicer and Saks, as
               ------------
Servicer, is making deposits to the Collection Account in accordance with
subsection 4.3(a), Saks, acting as Servicer and as agent for the Holder of the
Exchangeable Seller Certificate, may make a net payment to the Collection
Account on each Business Day in the amount of all Collections received by the
Servicer since the previous Business Day, minus all amounts payable to the
Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate on or before such day in
accordance with this Article IV. 

          (f)  Unallocated Principal Collections; Excess Funding Account.  On
               ---------------------------------------------------------
each Business Day, Principal Collections allocable to the Exchangeable Seller
Certificate in an amount equal to the Shortfall Amount shall be deposited in the
Excess Funding Account.  Thereafter, amounts in the Excess Funding Account shall
be treated as Shared Principal Collections.  Shared Principal Collections shall
be allocated to each outstanding Series pro rata based on the Principal
Shortfall, if any, for each such Series and the Servicer shall (except to the
extent otherwise provided in any Supplement) pay any remaining Shared Principal
Collections on such Business Day to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller
Certificate.

          (g)  Amounts in Excess Funding Account.  Amounts on deposit in the
               ---------------------------------
Excess Funding Account on any Business Day will be invested, at the written
direction of the Seller, by the Servicer or, if the Excess Funding Account is
maintained by the Trustee, the Trustee on behalf of and at the written direction
of the Seller in Permitted Investments maturing or available for withdrawal on
the next Business Day.  Earnings from such investments received shall be
deposited in the Finance Charge Subaccount and treated as Finance Charge
Collections.  If on any Business Day the Seller Amount exceeds the Minimum
Seller Amount, such excess shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections. 
Any investment instructions to the Trustee shall be in writing and include a
certification that the proposed investment is a Permitted Investment that
matures at or prior to the date required by this Agreement.

          (h)  Allocation of Deposit Obligations.  If the Seller or the Servicer
               ---------------------------------
shall fail to perform any Deposit Obligation, the amount thereof shall first be
allocated to reduce the Seller Amount but not below the Minimum Seller Amount. 
Any remaining shortfall shall be allocated to each Series ratably based upon a
fraction the numerator of which is the Invested Percentage used by such Series
to allocate the Default Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of all
such numerators of all Series outstanding (such allocated amount, the "Shortfall
Share").  The Shortfall Share of each Series that specifies a Minimum Seller
Percentage greater than zero shall be allocated to reduce the Minimum Seller
Amount to zero and any Collections otherwise 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              59



allocable to the Seller Amount shall be available on a ratable basis to such
Series to cover the Shortfall Share of such Series.  

          (i)  True-up.  On each Determination Date the Servicer shall make such
               -------
adjustments to the balances in the Excess Funding Account, the Principal
Collections Account and the Finance Charge Account as shall be necessary or
appropriate, in the judgement of the Servicer, to reflect the true-up
adjustments described in subsection 1.3(b).

                  [THE REMAINDER OF ARTICLE IV IS RESERVED AND
                      SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT
                           WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES]

                                    ARTICLE V

                        [ARTICLE V IS RESERVED AND SHALL
                         BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT
                           WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES]


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                THE CERTIFICATES

          Section 6.1  The Certificates.  Subject to Sections 6.9 and 6.12, the
                       ----------------
Investor Certificates of each Series and any Class thereof may be issued in
bearer form (the "Bearer Certificates") with attached interest coupons and a
special coupon (the "Coupons") or in fully registered form (the "Registered
Certificates") and shall be substantially in the form of the exhibits with
respect thereto attached to the related Supplement.  The Exchangeable Seller
Certificate shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.  The Investor
                                                  ---------
Certificates and the Exchangeable Seller Certificate shall, upon issue, be
executed and delivered by the Seller to the Trustee for authentication and
redelivery as provided in Section 6.2.  The Investor Certificates shall be
issuable in a minimum denomination of $1,000 Undivided Interest and integral
multiples thereof, unless otherwise provided in any Supplement, and the Investor
Certificates of each Series shall be issued upon initial issuance in an
aggregate original principal amount equal to the Initial Invested Amount of such
Series.  The Exchangeable Seller Certificate shall be issued in one Certificate.
Each Certificate shall be executed by manual or facsimile signature on behalf of
the Seller by an authorized officer of the Seller.  Certificates bearing the
manual or facsimile signature of the individual who was, at the time when such
signature was affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Seller or the Trustee
shall not be rendered invalid, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased
to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such
Certificates or does not hold such office at the date of such Certificates.  No
Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit 































<PAGE>



                                                                              60



under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless there appears on such
Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided
for herein executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual or facsimile
signature of a duly authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any
Certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such
Certificate has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.  All
Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication. 

          Section 6.2  Authentication of Certificates.  Contemporaneously with
                       ------------------------------
the transfer of the Initial Trust Assets, the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver the initial Series of Investor Certificates.  The Trustee shall deliver
the Exchangeable Seller Certificate to the Seller simultaneously with its
delivery to or upon the written order of the Seller of the initial Series of
Investor Certificates.  The Certificates shall be duly authenticated by or on
behalf of the Trustee, and together shall evidence the entire ownership of the
Trust.   If specified in the related Supplement for any Series, the Trustee
shall authenticate Book-Entry Certificates that are issued upon original
issuance thereof, upon the written order of the Seller, to the Depository
against payment of the purchase price therefor.  If specified in the related
Supplement for any Series, the Trustee shall authenticate Book-Entry
Certificates that are issued upon original issuance thereof, upon the written
order of the Seller, to a Clearing Agency or its nominee as provided in Section
6.9 against payment of the purchase price therefor.

          Section 6.3  Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates. 
                       -----------------------------------------------------
(a)  The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the office or agency to be maintained
by a transfer agent and registrar (the "Transfer Agent and Registrar") in
accordance with the provisions of Section 11.16 a register (the "Certificate
Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe,
the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall provide for the registration of the
Investor Certificates and of transfers and exchanges of the Investor
Certificates as herein provided. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed
Transfer Agent and Registrar for the purpose of registering the Investor
Certificates and transfers and exchanges of the Investor Certificates as herein
provided.  If any form of Investor Certificate is issued as a Global
Certificate, the Trustee may, or if and so long as any Series of Investor
Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange shall
so require, the Trustee shall appoint a co-transfer agent and co-registrar in
Luxembourg or another European city.  Any references in this Agreement to the
Transfer Agent and Registrar shall include a co-transfer agent and co-registrar
unless the context otherwise requires.  The Trustee shall be permitted to resign
as Transfer Agent and Registrar upon 30 days written notice to the Seller.  In
the event that the Trustee shall no longer be the Transfer Agent and Registrar,
the Seller shall appoint a successor Transfer Agent and Registrar. 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              61




          Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Investor
Certificate of any Series at any office or agency of the Transfer Agent and
Registrar maintained for such purpose, the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more
new Investor Certificates of such Series in authorized denominations of like
aggregate Undivided Interests; provided, however, that the provisions of this
paragraph shall not apply to Bearer Certificates. 

          At the option of an Investor Certificateholder, Investor Certificates
of any Series may be exchanged for other Investor Certificates of the same
Series and authorized denominations of like Undivided Interests, upon surrender
of the Investor Certificates to be exchanged at any such office or agency.  At
the option of any Holder of Registered Certificates, Registered Certificates may
be exchanged for other Registered Certificates of the same Series in authorized
denominations of like aggregate Undivided Interests in the Trust, upon surrender
of the Registered Certificates to be exchanged at any office or agency of the
Transfer Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose.  At the option of a
Bearer Certificateholder, subject to applicable laws and regulations (including,
without limitation, the Bearer Rules), Bearer Certificates may be exchanged for
other Bearer Certificates or Registered Certificates of the same Series in
authorized denominations of like aggregate Undivided Interest in the Trust, in
the manner specified in the Supplement for such Series, upon surrender of the
Bearer Certificates to be exchanged at an office or agency of the Transfer Agent
and Registrar located outside the United States.  Each Bearer Certificate
surrendered pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall have attached thereto (or be
accompanied by) all unmatured Coupons, provided that any Bearer Certificate so
surrendered after the close of business on the Record Date preceding the
relevant Distribution Date after the related Series Termination Date need not
have attached the Coupons relating to such Distribution Date.

          Whenever any Investor Certificates are so surrendered for exchange the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Investor Certificates which the
Certificateholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.  Every Investor
Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange
shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in a form satisfactory
to the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar duly executed by the
Certificateholder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. 

          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Investor Certificates, but the Transfer Agent and Registrar may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that
may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Investor
Certificates. 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              62




          All Investor Certificates (together with any Coupons attached to
Bearer Certificates) surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall
be canceled and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Seller and the
Trustee. The Trustee shall cancel and destroy any Global Certificates upon its
exchange in full for Definitive Certificates and shall deliver a certificate of
destruction to the Seller.  Such Certificate  shall also state that a
certificate or certificates of each Foreign Clearing Agency to the effect
referred to in Section 6.12 was received with respect to each portion of such
Global Certificate exchanged for Definitive Certificates.

          (b)  Except as provided in Section 6.12 and Section 7.2, the
Exchangeable Seller Certificate, or any interest therein, shall not be
transferred, assigned, exchanged, or otherwise transferred other than from the
Seller to any of its Affiliates, provided that if such a transfer, assignment or
exchange occurs pursuant to Section 7.2, (i) the Rating Agency Condition will
have been satisfied with respect thereto, (ii) the Seller will have delivered to
the Trustee an Officer's Certificate to the effect that, based upon the facts
known to such officer at such time, such transfer, assignment or exchange will
not cause a Pay Out Event and (iii) the Seller will have delivered to the
Trustee an opinion of tax counsel to the Seller to the effect that such
transfer, assignment or exchange will not cause outstanding Certificates to be
characterized as other than indebtedness for federal income tax purposes.

          (c)  The Transfer Agent and Registrar will maintain at its expense in
the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or offices or agency
or agencies where Investor Certificates may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange. 

          Section 6.4  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.  If
                       -------------------------------------------------
(a) any mutilated Certificate (together, in the case of Bearer Certificates,
with all unmatured Coupons, if any appertaining thereto) is surrendered to the
Transfer Agent and Registrar, and the Transfer Agent and Registrar receives
evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any
Certificate and (b) there is delivered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar and
the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each
of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Trustee that such
Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like tenor and
aggregate Undivided Interest.  In connection with the issuance of any new
Certificate under this Section 6.4, the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and
Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other
expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Transfer Agent
and Registrar) connected 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              63



therewith.  Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall
constitute complete and indefeasible evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if
originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate
shall be found at any time. 

          Section 6.5  Persons Deemed Owners.  Prior to due presentation of a
                       ---------------------
Certificate for registration of transfer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, the
Transfer Agent and Registrar and any agent of any of them may treat the Person
in whose name any Certificate is registered as the owner of such Certificate for
the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Article V (as described in
any Supplement) and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Trustee
and the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar nor any agent of any of
them shall be affected by any notice to the contrary: provided, however, that in
determining whether the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing the
requisite Undivided Interests have given any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Investor Certificates owned by
the Seller, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof shall be disregarded and
deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Investor Certificates which a
Responsible Officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee actually knows
to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Investor Certificates so owned which
have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded and may be regarded as
outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Investor Certificates and that
the pledgee is not the Seller, the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof. 

          In the case of a Bearer Certificate, the Trustee, the Paying Agent,
the Transfer Agent and Registrar and any agent or any of them may treat the
holder of a Bearer Certificate or Coupon as the owner of such Bearer Certificate
or Coupon for the purposes of receiving distributions pursuant to Article IV and
Article XII and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Trustee, the
Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar nor any agent of any of them
shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.  Certificates so owned which
have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded and may regarded as
outstanding, if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Investor Certificates and that
the pledgee is not the Seller, the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof.

          Section 6.6  Appointment of Paying Agent.  (a)  The Paying Agent shall
                       ---------------------------
make distributions to Investor Certificateholders from the Distribution Account
pursuant to Articles IV and V hereof.  Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable
power to withdraw funds from the Distribution Account for the purpose of making
distributions referred to above.  The 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              64



Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent for a particular
Series, if the Trustee determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent
shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any
material respect.  The Paying Agent, unless the Supplement relating to any
Series states otherwise, shall initially be the Trustee.  If any form of
Investor Certificate is issued as a Global Certificate, or if and so long as any
Series of Investor Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and
such exchange shall so require, the Trustee shall appoint a co-paying agent in
Luxembourg or another European city. The Trustee shall be permitted to resign as
Paying Agent upon 30 days' written notice to the Seller. In the event that the
Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the Seller shall appoint a
successor.  Each Paying Agent must be acceptable to the Seller, the Trustee and
the Servicer.  The provisions of Sections 7.4, 8.4, 11.1, 11.2 and 11.3 shall
apply to any Paying Agent and to the Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent,
for so long as the Trustee shall act as Paying Agent.  Any reference in this
Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the
context requires otherwise.

          (b)  The Trustee shall cause the Paying Agent (other than itself) to
execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent
shall agree with the Trustee that such Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any,
held by it for payment to the Investor Certificateholders in trust for the
benefit of the Investor Certificateholders entitled thereto until such sums
shall be paid to such Certificateholders and shall agree, and if the Trustee is
the Paying Agent and making distributions in such capacity it hereby agrees,
that it shall comply with all requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, if any,
imposed on it regarding the withholding of payments in respect of federal income
taxes due from Certificateholders by the Trustee. 

          Section 6.7  Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and
                       -----------------------------------------------
Addresses.  The Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Transfer
- ---------
Agent and Registrar to the Servicer or the Paying Agent, within five Business
Days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Servicer or the
Paying Agent, respectively, in writing, a list in such form as the Servicer or
the Paying Agent may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the
Investor Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date for payment of
distributions to Investor Certificateholders.  If Holders of Investor
Certificates (the "Applicants") evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not
less than 10% of the Invested Amount of the Investor Certificates of any Series
apply in writing to the Trustee, and such application states that the Applicants
desire to communicate with other Investor Certificateholders of any Series with
respect to their rights under this Agreement or under the Investor Certificates
and is accompanied by a copy of the communication which such Applicants propose
to transmit, then the Trustee, after having been indemnified in an amount
satisfactory to it by such Applicants for its costs and expenses, shall afford
or shall 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              65



cause the Transfer Agent and Registrar to afford such Applicants access during
normal business hours to the most recent list of Certificateholders held by the
Trustee and shall give the Servicer notice that such request has been made,
within five Business Days after the receipt of such application. Such list shall
be as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of receipt of such
Applicants' request.  Every Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a
Certificate, agrees that neither the Trustee nor the Transfer Agent and
Registrar nor the Seller nor any of their respective agents shall be held
accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names
and addresses of the Certificateholders hereunder, regardless of the source from
which such information was obtained. 

          Section 6.8  Authenticating Agent.  (a)  The Trustee may appoint one
                       --------------------
or more authenticating agents with respect to the Certificates which shall be
authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee in authenticating the Certificates in
connection with the issuance, delivery, registration of transfer, exchange or
repayment of Certificates.  Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the
authentication of Certificates by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of
authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication on
behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent and a certificate of
authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent. 
Each authenticating agent must be acceptable to the Seller and the Servicer. 

          (b)  Any institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of an
authenticating agent shall continue to be an authenticating agent without the
execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee
or such authenticating agent. 

          (c)  An authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written
notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Seller.  The Trustee may at any
time terminate the agency of an authenticating agent by giving notice of
termination to such authenticating agent and to the Seller.  Upon receiving such
a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time an
authenticating agent shall cease to be acceptable to the Trustee or the Seller
or the Servicer, the Trustee promptly may appoint a successor authenticating
agent.  Any successor authenticating agent upon acceptance of its appointment
hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its
predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an
authenticating agent.  No successor authenticating agent shall be appointed
unless acceptable to the Trustee, the Seller and the Servicer. 

          (d)  The Seller agrees to pay each authenticating agent from time to
time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 6.8.



































<PAGE>



                                                                              66




          (e)  The provisions of Sections 11.1, 11.2 and 11.3 shall be
applicable to any authenticating agent. 

          (f)  Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section 6.8, the
Certificates may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee's certificate of
authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in substantially the
following form: 

          This is one of the Certificates described in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. 

                                                                 
                         ----------------------------------------
                         as Authenticating Agent for the Trustee, 

                         By:                                     
                            -------------------------------------
                                   Authorized Officer

          Section 6.9  Book-Entry Certificates.  Unless otherwise provided in
                       -----------------------
any related Supplement, the Investor Certificates of any Series upon original
issuance, shall be issued in the form of one or more typewritten Certificates
representing the Book-Entry Certificates, to be delivered to the Clearing Agency
or Foreign Clearing Agency specified in the Supplement for such Series, by, or
on behalf of, the Seller.  The Investor Certificates of each Series shall,
unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement, initially be registered on
the Certificate Register in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency or
Foreign Clearing Agency, and no Certificate Owner will receive a definitive
certificate representing such Certificate Owner's interest in the Investor
Certificates, except as provided in Section 6.11.  Unless and until definitive,
fully registered Investor Certificates of any Series (the "Definitive
Certificates") have been issued to Certificate Owners: 

            (i)  the provisions of this Section 6.9 shall be in full force and
     effect with respect to each such Series; 

           (ii)  the Seller, the Servicer, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent
     and Registrar and the Trustee may deal with the related Clearing Agency or
     Foreign Clearing Agency and the related Clearing Agency Participants for
     all purposes (including the making of distributions on the Investor
     Certificates of each such Series) as the authorized representatives of such
     Certificate Owners; 

          (iii)  to the extent that the provisions of this Section 6.9 conflict
     with any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section
     6.9 shall control with respect to each such Series; and 

           (iv)  the rights of Certificate Owners of each such Series shall be
     exercised only through the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency and
     the applicable Clearing 





























<PAGE>



                                                                              67



     Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and
     agreements between such Certificate Owners and the Clearing Agency or
     Foreign Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants.  Pursuant
     to the Depository Agreement applicable to a Series, unless and until
     Definitive Certificates are issued pursuant to Section 6.11, the initial
     Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers
     among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit
     distributions of principal and interest on the Investor Certificates to
     such Clearing Agency Participants. 

          Section 6.10  Notices to Clearing Agency.  Whenever notice or other
                        --------------------------
communication to the Certificateholders of a Series is required under this
Agreement, unless and until Definitive Certificates shall have been issued to
the Certificate Owners of such Series, the Trustee shall give all such notices
and communications specified herein to be given to Holders of the Investor
Certificates of such Series to the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency. 

          Section 6.11  Definitive Certificates Initially Issued as Book-Entry
                        ------------------------------------------------------
Certificates.  If (i)(A) the Seller advises the Trustee in writing that the
- ------------
Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able properly
to discharge its responsibilities under the related Depository Agreement, and
(B) the Trustee or the Seller is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii)
the Seller, at its option, advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to
terminate the book-entry system through such Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing
Agency or (iii) after the occurrence of a Servicer Default, Certificate Owners
of a Series representing beneficial interests aggregating not less than 50% of
the Invested Amount of a Series advise the Trustee and the related Clearing
Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency through the related Clearing Agency
Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through
such Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency is no longer in the best
interests of the Certificate Owners, the Trustee shall notify all Certificate
Owners of such Series through such Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency,
of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive
Certificates to Certificate Owners requesting the same.  Upon surrender to the
Trustee of the Investor Certificates of such Series by the related Clearing
Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from
the related Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency for registration, the
Trustee shall issue the Definitive Certificates of such Series.  Neither the
Seller nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such
instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on,
such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Certificates of such Series,
all references herein to obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the
Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon
and performed by the Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such


































<PAGE>



                                                                              68



Definitive Certificates and the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the
Definitive Certificates of such Series as Certificateholders of such Series
hereunder. 

          Section 6.12  Global Certificate.  If specified in the related
                        ------------------
Supplement for any Series, the Investor Certificates may be initially issued in
the form of a single temporary Global Certificate (the "Global Certificate") in
bearer form, without interest coupons, in the denomination of the Initial
Invested Amount and substantially in the form attached to the related
Supplement.  Unless otherwise specified in the related Supplement, the
provisions of this Section 6.12 shall apply to such Global Certificate.  The
Global Certificate will be executed by the Seller and authenticated by the
Trustee upon the same conditions, in substantially the same manner and with the
same effect as the Definitive Certificates.  The Global Certificate may be
exchanged in the manner described in the related Supplement for Registered or
Bearer Certificates in definitive form.

          Section 6.13  Meetings of Certificateholders.  To the extent provided
                        ------------------------------
by the Supplement for any Series issued in whole or in part in Bearer
Certificates, the Servicer or the Trustee may at any time call a meeting of the
Certificateholders of such Series, to be held at such time and at such place as
the Servicer or Trustee, as the case may be, shall determine, all in accordance
with the provisions of the applicable Supplement, for the purpose of approving a
modification of or amendment to, or obtaining a waiver of, any covenant or
condition set forth in this Agreement with respect to such Series or in the
Certificates of such Series, subject to Section 13.1.

          Section 6.14  Tender of Exchangeable Seller Certificate. 
                        -----------------------------------------

          (a)  Upon any Exchange, the Seller shall, pursuant to Section 6.1,
deliver to the Trustee for authentication under Section 6.2, one or more new
Series of Investor Certificates.  Any such Series of Investor Certificates shall
be substantially in the form specified in the related Supplement and shall bear,
upon its face, the designation for the Series to which it belongs, as selected
by the Seller.  Except as specified in any Supplement for a related Series, all
Investor Certificates of any Series shall rank pari passu and be equally and
ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits hereof (except that the
Enhancement provided for any Series shall not be available for any other Series)
without preference, priority or distinction on delivery, all in accordance with
terms and provisions of this Agreement and the related Supplement. 

          (b)  The Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate may tender the
Exchangeable Seller Certificate to the Trustee in exchange for (i) one or more
newly issued Series of Investor Certificates and (ii) a reissued Exchangeable
Seller Certificate 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              69



(any such tender, a "Seller Exchange").  In addition, to the extent permitted
for any Series of Investor Certificates as specified in the related Supplement,
the Investor Certificateholders of such Series may tender their Investor
Certificates and the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate may tender
the Exchangeable Seller Certificate to the Trustee pursuant to the terms and
conditions set forth in such Supplement in exchange for (i) one or more newly
issued Series of Investor Certificates and (ii) a reissued Exchangeable Seller
Certificate (an "Investor Exchange").  The Seller Exchange and Investor Exchange
are referred to collectively herein as an "Exchange".   The Holder of the
Exchangeable Seller Certificate may perform an Exchange by notifying the Trustee
in writing at least five days (but in no event less than three Business Days) in
advance (an "Exchange Notice") of the date upon which the Exchange is to occur
(an "Exchange Date").  Any Exchange Notice shall state the designation of any
Series to be issued on the Exchange Date and, with respect to each such Series:
(a) its Initial Invested Amount (or the method of calculating such Initial
Invested Amount), which at any time may not be greater than the current
principal amount of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate at such time (or in the
case of an Investor Exchange, the sum of the Invested Amount of the Series of
Investor Certificates to be exchanged plus the current principal amount of the
Exchangeable Seller Certificate), (b) its Certificate Rate (or the method of
allocating interest payments or other cash flows to such Series), if any, (c)
the Enhancement Provider, if any, with respect to such Series, and (d) whether
such Series is a Replacement Series.  On the Exchange Date, the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver any such Series of Investor Certificates only upon
delivery to it of the following: (a) a Supplement in form satisfactory to the
Trustee satisfying the criteria set forth in subsection 6.12(c) executed by the
Seller and specifying the Principal Terms of such Series, (b) the applicable
Enhancement, if any, (c) the agreement, if any, pursuant to which the
Enhancement Provider agrees to provide the Enhancement, if any, (d) an Opinion
of Counsel to the Seller to the effect that (i) unless otherwise stated in the
related Supplement, all newly-issued Certificates not retained by the Seller or
an Affiliate thereof will be treated as debt or as an interest in an entity
other than an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation for federal or New York state income or franchise tax purposes,
(ii) that the issuance of the Series of Investor Certificates will not have a
material adverse effect on the characterization as debt of any outstanding
Series of Investor Certificates that were characterized as debt at the time of
their issuance and (iii) that the issuance of the new Series of Investor
Certificates will not result in the Trust being deemed an association (or
publicly-traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal or New York
State income or franchise tax purposes, (e) evidence that the Rating Agency
Condition with respect to the Exchange has been satisfied, (f) an Officer's
Certificate of the Seller that (i) all conditions precedent to such Seller
Exchange or Investor Exchange have been satisfied and 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              70



(ii) on the Exchange Date, after giving effect to such Exchange, the Seller
Amount would be at least equal to the Minimum Seller Amount, (g) the existing
Exchangeable Seller Certificate or applicable Investor Certificates, as the case
may be and (h) evidence, satisfactory to the Trustee, of any deposit to the
Distribution Account required in connection with the issuance of a Replacement
Series.  Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Trustee shall cancel the
existing Exchangeable Seller Certificate or applicable Investor Certificates, as
the case may be, and issue, as provided above, such Series of Investor
Certificates and a new Exchangeable Seller Certificate, dated the Exchange Date.
There is no limit to the number of Exchanges that may be performed under this
Agreement. 

          (c)  In conjunction with an Exchange, the parties hereto shall execute
a Supplement, which shall specify the relevant terms with respect to any newly
issued Series of Investor Certificates, which may include without limitation:
(i) its name or designation, (ii) an Initial Invested Amount or the method of
calculating the Initial Invested Amount, (iii) the Certificate Rate (or formula
for the determination thereof), (iv) the Closing Date, (v) the Rating Agency or
Agencies rating such Series, (vi) the name of the Clearing Agency, if any, (vii)
the rights of the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate that have been
transferred to the Holders of such Series pursuant to such Exchange (including
any rights to allocations of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and
Principal Receivables), (viii) the interest payment date or dates and the date
or dates from which interest shall accrue, (ix) the method of allocating
Collections with respect to Principal Receivables for such Series and, if
applicable, with respect to other Series and the method by which the principal
amount of Investor Certificates of such Series shall amortize or accrue and the
method for allocating Collections with respect to Finance Charge Receivables and
Defaulted Receivables, (x) the names of any accounts to be used by such Series
and the terms governing the operation of any such account, (xi) the Series
Servicing Fee Percentage, (xii) the Minimum Seller Percentage, (xiii) the Series
Termination Date, (xiv) the terms of any Enhancement with respect to such
Series, (xv) the Enhancement Provider, if applicable, (xvi) the Base Rate
applicable to such Series, (xvii) the terms on which the Certificates of such
Series may be repurchased or remarketed to other investors, (xviii) any deposit
into any account provided for such Series, (xix) the number of Classes of such
Series, and if more than one Class, the rights and priorities of each such
Class, (xx) the priority of any Series with respect to any other Series and
(xxi) any other relevant terms of such Series (including whether or not such
Series will be pledged as collateral for an issuance of any other securities,
including commercial paper or whether or not such Series is a Replacement
Series) (all such terms, the "Principal Terms" of such Series). The terms of
such Supplement may modify or amend the terms of this Agreement solely as
applied to such new Series. 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              71





                                   ARTICLE VII

                      OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SELLER

          Section 7.1  Liability of the Seller.  The Seller shall be liable in
                       -----------------------
accordance herewith to the extent, and only to the extent, of the obligations
specifically undertaken by the Seller hereunder. 

          Section 7.2  Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
                       ------------------------------------------------
Obligations of, the Seller, etc.  
- --------------------------------

          (a)  The Seller shall not consolidate with or merge into any other
Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an
entirety to any Person, unless: 

            (i)  the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the
     Seller is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the
     properties and assets of the Seller substantially as an entirety shall be,
     if the Seller is not the surviving entity, organized and existing under the
     laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of
     Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto,
     executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee,
     the performance of every covenant and obligation of the Seller, as
     applicable hereunder, and shall benefit from all the rights granted to the
     Seller, as applicable hereunder.  To the extent that any right, covenant or
     obligation of the Seller, as applicable hereunder, is inapplicable to the
     successor entity, such successor entity shall be subject to such covenant
     or obligation, or benefit from such right, as would apply, to the extent
     practicable, to such successor entity.  In furtherance hereof, in applying
     this Section 7.2 to a successor entity, Section 9.2 hereof shall be applied
     by reference to events of involuntary liquidation, receivership or
     conservatorship applicable to such successor entity as such be set forth in
     the officer's certificate described in subsection 7.2(a)(ii); 

           (ii)  The Seller shall have delivered to the Trustee and each
     Enhancement Provider an Officer's Certificate of the Seller and an Opinion
     of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or
     transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section 7.2 and
     that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such
     transaction have been complied with and, in the case of the Opinion of
     Counsel, that such supplemental agreement is legal, valid and binding with
     respect to the Seller; and

          (iii)  The Seller shall have delivered notice of such consolidation,
     merger, conveyance or transfer to each Rating Agency. 































<PAGE>



                                                                              72




          (b)  The obligations of the Seller hereunder shall not be assignable
nor shall any Person succeed to the obligations of the Seller hereunder except
for mergers, consolidations, assumptions or transfers in accordance with the
provisions of the foregoing paragraph. 

          Section 7.3  Limitation on Liability of the Seller.  Except as
                       -------------------------------------
expressly provided herein, neither the Seller nor any of the directors,
officers, employees and agents of the Seller shall be under any liability to the
Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders or any other Person for any action
taken or for refraining from the taking of any action pursuant to this Agreement
whether arising from express or implied duties under this Agreement it being
expressly understood that all such liability is expressly waived and released as
a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Agreement and
any Supplement and the issuance of the Certificates; provided, however, that
this provision shall not protect the Seller or any such person against any
liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad
faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of willful
misconduct hereunder.  The Seller and any director, officer, employee and agent
of the Seller may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie
properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising
hereunder.  

          Section 7.4  Liabilities.  The Seller, by entering into this
                       -----------
Agreement, agrees to be liable directly to the injured party, for the entire
amount of any losses, damages, reasonable expenses, injuries or liabilities (to
the extent that Trust Assets remaining after the Investor Certificateholders
have been paid in full are insufficient to pay such losses, damages, expenses,
injuries or liabilities) arising out of or based upon the arrangement created by
this Agreement or any Supplement hereto or on the actions of the Servicer taken
pursuant to this Agreement or such Supplement as though this Agreement created a
partnership under the New York Revised Limited Partnership Act in which the
Seller is a general partner and pursuant to which it agreed to provide the
foregoing indemnity; provided, however, that the Seller shall not be liable to
or indemnify or hold harmless the Trustee or any of its officers, directors,
employees or agents as to any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury
suffered or sustained by reason of fraud, negligence or willful misconduct on
the part of the Trustee or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents;
and provided further, however, that, in no event will the Seller be liable,
directly or indirectly, for or in respect of any loss, damage, expense, injury
or liability incurred by an Investor Certificateholder in its capacity as an
investor in the Investor Certificates, recourse for which loss, damage, expense,
injury or liability will be limited solely to the Trust Assets allocated for the
payment thereof as provided in this Agreement and in any applicable Supplement.


































<PAGE>



                                                                              73





                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER

          Section 8.1  Liability of the Servicer.  The Servicer shall be liable
                       -------------------------
in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by the Servicer in such capacity herein. 

          Section 8.2  Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
                       ------------------------------------------------
Obligations of, the Servicer.  The Servicer shall not consolidate with or merge
- ----------------------------
into any other Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets
substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless: 

            (i)  the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the
     Servicer is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer
     the properties and assets of the Servicer substantially as an entirety
     shall be if the Servicer is not the surviving entity, organized and
     existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the
     District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an agreement
     supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee in form
     satisfactory to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant and
     obligation of the Servicer hereunder, and shall benefit from all the rights
     granted to the Servicer, as applicable hereunder.  To the extent that any
     right, covenant or obligation of the Servicer, as applicable hereunder, is
     inapplicable to the successor entity, such successor entity shall be
     subject to such covenant or obligation, or benefit from such right, as
     would apply, to the extent practicable, to such successor entity; 

           (ii)  the Servicer has delivered to the Trustee and each Enhancement
     Provider an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating
     that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such
     supplemental agreement comply with this Section 8.2 and that all conditions
     precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been
     complied with and, in the case of the Opinion of Counsel, that such
     supplemental agreement is legal, valid and binding with respect to the
     Servicer; and

          (iii)  the Servicer shall have delivered notice of such consolidation,
     merger, conveyance or transfer to each of the Rating Agencies.

          Section 8.3  Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others. 
                       --------------------------------------------------
Except as provided herein, neither the Servicer nor any of the directors or
officers or employees or agents of the Servicer shall be under any liability to
the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, any Enhancement Provider or any
other Person for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any
action pursuant to this Agreement whether arising from 






























<PAGE>



                                                                              74



express or implied duties under this Agreement; provided, however, that this
provision shall not protect the Servicer or any such Person against any
liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of its willful misfeasance,
bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of its
willful misconduct hereunder.  The Servicer and any director or officer or
employee or agent of the Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any
kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any
matters arising hereunder.  The Servicer shall not be under any obligation to
appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which does not arise out of its
activities in servicing the Receivables in accordance with this Agreement which
in its reasonable opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

          Section 8.4  Indemnification of the Trust and the Trustee.  The
                       --------------------------------------------
Servicer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Seller, the Trust and the Trustee
directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any loss, liability,
expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts, omissions
or alleged acts or omissions of the Servicer with respect to activities of the
Trust or the Trustee for which the Servicer is responsible pursuant to this
Agreement, including those arising from acts or omissions of the Servicer
pursuant to this Agreement, including, but not limited to any judgment, award,
settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs or expenses incurred in
connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or
claim;  provided, however, that the Servicer shall not indemnify the Seller, the
Trust or the Trustee if such acts, omissions or alleged acts constitute fraud,
negligence or breach of fiduciary duty by the Trustee; provided further, that
the Servicer shall not indemnify the Seller, the Trust or the Trustee, (or,
directly or indirectly, any Investor Certificateholders or any Certificate
Owners) for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Seller or the Trust with
respect to any action taken by the Trustee at the request of any Investor
Certificateholders (to the extent that such Investor Certificateholders have
agreed to indemnify the Trustee as provided herein); provided further, that the
Servicer shall not indemnify the Seller or the Trust (or, directly or
indirectly, any Investor Certificateholders or any Certificate Owners) as to any
losses, claims or damages incurred by any of them in their capacities as
investors, including without limitation losses incurred as a result of Defaulted
Receivables or Receivables which are written off as uncollectible; and provided
further, that the Servicer shall not indemnify the Trust, the Trustee (or,
directly or indirectly, any Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate
Owners) for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the Trustee (or,
directly or indirectly, any Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate
Owners) arising under any tax law in respect of any federal, state or local
income or franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or
any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to
comply therewith) required to be paid by the 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              75



Trust, such Investor Certificateholders or such Certificate Owners in connection
herewith to any taxing authority.  The provisions of this indemnity shall run
directly to and be enforceable by an injured party subject to the limitations
hereof.

          Any indemnification pursuant to this Section shall not be payable from
the assets of the Trust. 

          The obligations of the Servicer under this Section 8.4 shall survive
the termination of the Trust and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 

          Section 8.5  The Servicer Not to Resign.  The Servicer shall not
                       --------------------------
resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon
determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder is or becomes
impermissible under applicable law and (ii) there is no reasonable action which
the Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder
permissible under applicable law.  Any such determination permitting the
resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced as to clause (i) above by an
Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Trustee.  No such resignation
shall become effective until the Trustee or a Successor Servicer shall have
assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with
Section 10.2 hereof.  If the Trustee is unable within 180 days of the date of
such determination to appoint a Successor Servicer, the Trustee shall serve as
successor Servicer hereunder subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 hereof. 

          Section 8.6  Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
the Receivables.  The Servicer shall provide to the Trustee access to the
- ---------------
documentation regarding the Accounts and the Receivables in such cases where the
Trustee is required in connection with the enforcement of the rights of the
Investor Certificateholders, or by applicable statutes or regulations to review
such documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (i) upon
reasonable request, (ii) during normal business hours, (iii) subject to the
Servicer's normal security and confidentiality procedures and (iv) at offices
designated by the Servicer.  Nothing in this Section 8.6 shall derogate from the
obligation of the Seller, the Trustee or the Servicer to observe any applicable
law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors and the failure
of the Servicer to provide access as provided in this Section 8.6 as a result of
such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section 8.6. 

          Section 8.7  Delegation of Duties.  In the ordinary course of
                       --------------------
business, the Servicer has delegated certain of its duties to BSI Business
Services, Inc. and may from time to time delegate any duties hereunder to any
other Person who agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with the Charge
Account Guidelines.  Any such delegations shall not relieve the Servicer 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              76



of its liability and responsibility with respect to such duties, and shall not
constitute a resignation within the meaning of Section 8.5 hereof. 

          Section 8.8  Examination of Records.  The Servicer shall clearly and
                       ----------------------
unambiguously identify each Account (including any Additional Account designated
pursuant to Section 2.6) in its computer or other records to reflect that the
Receivables arising in such Account have been transferred by the Seller to the
Trust pursuant to this Agreement.  The Servicer shall, prior to the sale or
transfer to a third party of any receivable held in its custody, examine its
computer and other records to determine that such receivable is not a
Receivable. 


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 PAY OUT EVENTS

          Section 9.1  Pay Out Events.  If any one of the following events shall
                       --------------
occur during either the Revolving Period, the Accumulation Period or the
Controlled Amortization Period with respect to any Series of the Investor
Certificates: 

          (a)  The Seller or Saks shall (A) become insolvent or admit in writing
     its inability to pay its debts as they become due or voluntarily and
     generally suspend payment of its obligations, (B) voluntarily seek, consent
     to, or acquiesce in the benefit or benefits of any Debtor Relief Law, (C)
     become a party to (or be made the subject of) any proceeding provided for
     by any Debtor Relief Law, other than as a creditor or claimant, and, in the
     event such proceeding is involuntary, (1) within 10 Business Days after the
     Seller or Saks has knowledge of such proceeding or the filing thereof
     either (a) the petition instituting same has not been dismissed or (b) an
     order has not been entered by the court having jurisdiction which allows
     continued transfer to the Trust of Principal Receivables with no adverse
     effect to the Trust or the Investor Certificateholders or (2) an order as
     contemplated in (l)(b) above having previously been entered, is no longer
     in effect other than by reason of the termination of such proceeding, or
     (D) become unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the Trust in
     accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; or 

          (b)  the Trust or the Seller shall become an "investment company"
     within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; 

then a Trust Pay Out Event shall occur without any notice or other action on the
part of the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders, immediately upon the
occurrence of such event.  

































<PAGE>



                                                                              77




          Section 9.2  Additional Rights Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events. 
                       -------------------------------------------------------
(a)  If on or after the Existing Trust Termination Date the Seller voluntarily
seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the benefit or benefits of any Debtor Relief
Law or becomes a party to (or is made the subject of) any proceeding provided
for by any Debtor Relief Law, other than as a creditor or claimant, and, in the
event such proceeding is involuntary, (1) within 10 business days after the
Seller has knowledge of such proceeding or the filing thereof either (x) the
petition instituting same has not been dismissed or (y) an order has not been
entered by the court having jurisdiction which allows continued transfer to the
Trust of Principal Receivables, with no adverse effect to the Trust or the
Investor Certificateholders or (2) an order as contemplated in (1)(y) above
having previously been entered, is no longer in effect other than by reason of
the termination of such proceeding (each, an "Insolvency Event"), the Seller
shall on the date of such Insolvency Event promptly give notice to the Trustee
of such Insolvency Event and shall immediately cease to transfer Principal
Receivables to the Trust.  Notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer to the
Trust of additional Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables, whenever
created, accrued in respect of Principal Receivables which have been transferred
to the Trust shall continue to be a part of the Trust.  Within 15 days after a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives written notice or actual knowledge
of the Insolvency Event, the Trustee shall (i) publish a notice in an Authorized
Newspaper that an Insolvency Event has occurred and that the Trustee intends to
sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Receivables in a commercially
reasonable manner and (ii) send written notice to the Investor
Certificateholders describing the provisions of this Section 9.2 and requesting
instructions from such Holders.  If after 90 days from the day notice pursuant
to clause (i) above is first published, the Trustee shall not have received
written instructions from Holders of Investor Certificates representing
Undivided Interests aggregating in excess of 50% of the Unpaid Invested Amount
of any Series to the effect that the Trustee shall not instruct the Servicer to
sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the Receivables, the Trustee, subject
to the following proviso, shall instruct the Servicer to proceed to take such
preparatory actions in order to sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the
Receivables or the Transition Certificate, as the case may be, in a commercially
reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms, which shall include the
solicitation of competitive bids.  The Trustee may obtain a prior determination
from any bankruptcy trustee, conservator or receiver that the terms and manner
of any proposed sale, disposition or liquidation are commercially reasonable. 
The provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.2 shall not be deemed to be mutually
exclusive. 

          (b)  The proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of the
Receivables pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be treated as Collections on
the Receivables and shall be allocated and deposited in accordance with the
provisions of 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              78



Article IV.  On the day following the Distribution Date on which such proceeds
are scheduled to be distributed to the Investor Certificateholders, the Trust
shall terminate. 


                                    ARTICLE X

                                SERVICER DEFAULTS

          Section 10.1  Servicer Defaults.  If any one of the following events
                        -----------------
(a "Servicer Default") shall occur and be continuing: 

          (a)  any failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer or
     deposit or to give instructions or notice to the Trustee pursuant to
     Article IV or to make any required drawing, withdrawal, or payment under
     any Enhancement on or before the date occurring five Business Days after
     the date such payment, transfer, deposit, withdrawal or drawing, or such
     instruction or notice is required to be made or given, as the case may be,
     under the terms of this Agreement; or 

          (b)  failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in
     any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer set
     forth in this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the
     Certificateholders, which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days
     after the date on which written notice of such failure requiring the same
     to be remedied shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to
     the Servicer and the Trustee by the Holders of Investor Certificates
     evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Unpaid
     Invested Amount of any Series adversely affected thereby and continues to
     materially adversely affect such Investor Certificateholders for such
     period; or the Servicer's delegation of its duties under this Agreement
     except as permitted by Section 8.7; or 

          (c)  any representation, warranty or certification made by the
     Servicer in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant to this
     Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect when made, which has a
     material adverse effect on the Certificateholders and which continues to be
     incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on
     which written notice of such failure requiring the same to be remedied
     shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer
     and the Trustee by the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing
     Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Unpaid Invested
     Amount of any Series adversely affected thereby and continues to materially
     adversely affect such Investor Certificateholders for such period; or 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              79




          (d)  the Servicer shall (a) become insolvent or admit in writing its
     inability to pay its debts as they become due or voluntarily and generally
     suspend payment of its obligations, (b) voluntarily seek, consent to, or
     acquiesce in the benefit or benefits of any Debtor Relief Law, or (c)
     become a party to (or be made the subject of) any proceeding provided for
     by any Debtor Relief Law, other than as a creditor or claimant, and, in the
     event such proceeding is involuntary, the petition instituting same is not
     dismissed within 60 days after its filing; 

then, so long as such Servicer Default shall not have been remedied, either the
Trustee, or the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests
aggregating more than 50% of the Aggregate Unpaid Invested Amount, by notice
then given in writing to the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the
Investor Certificateholders) (a "Termination Notice"), may terminate all of the
rights and obligations of the Servicer as Servicer under this Agreement and in
and to the Receivables and the proceeds thereof.  After receipt by the Servicer
of such Termination Notice, and on the date that a Successor Servicer shall have
been appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.2, all authority and power
of the Servicer under this Agreement shall pass to and be vested in a Successor
Servicer; and, without limitation, the Trustee is hereby authorized and
empowered (upon the failure of the Servicer to cooperate) to execute and
deliver, on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all
documents and other instruments upon the failure of the Servicer to execute or
deliver such documents or instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts
or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such transfer of
servicing rights.  The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Trustee and such
Successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and
rights of the Servicer to conduct servicing hereunder, including without
limitation, the transfer to such Successor Servicer of all authority of the
Servicer to service the Receivables provided for under this Agreement,
including, without limitation, all authority over all Collections which shall on
the date of transfer be held by the Servicer for deposit, or which have been
deposited by the Servicer, in any Collection Account or Series Account, or which
shall thereafter be received with respect to the Receivables, and in assisting
the Successor Servicer and in enforcing all rights to Insurance Proceeds.  The
Servicer shall promptly transfer its electronic records or electronic copies
thereof relating to the Receivables to the Successor Servicer in such electronic
form as the Successor Servicer may reasonably request and shall promptly
transfer to the Successor Servicer all other records, correspondence and
documents necessary for the continued servicing of the Receivables in the manner
and at such times as the Successor Servicer shall reasonably request.  To the
extent that compliance with this Section 10.1 shall require the Servicer to
disclose to the Successor Servicer information of any kind which the Servicer
reasonably deems to be confidential, the 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              80



Successor Servicer shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and
confidentiality agreements as the Servicer shall deem reasonably necessary to
protect its interest.  The Servicer shall, on the date of any servicing
transfer, transfer all of its rights and obligations, if any, in respect of any
Enhancement to the Successor Servicer.  In connection with any servicing
transfer, all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
fees and expenses) incurred in connection with transferring the Receivables and
the other Trust Assets to the Successor Servicer and amending this Agreement to
reflect such succession as Successor Servicer pursuant to this Section 10.1 and
Section 10.2 shall be paid by the Servicer (unless the Trustee is acting as the
Servicer, in which case the original Servicer) upon presentation of reasonable
documentation of such costs and expenses. 

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance
referred to in subsection 10.1(a) for a period of five Business Days, or under
subsection 10.1(b) or (c) for a period of 60 days, shall not constitute a
Servicer Default if such delay or failure could not have been prevented by the
exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such delay or failure was
caused by an act of God or public enemy, acts of declared or undeclared war,
public disorder, rebellion, riot or sabotage, epidemics, landslides, lightning,
fire, hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, nuclear disasters or meltdowns,
floods, power outages, bank closings, communications malfunction, computer
malfunction or other electronic system malfunction or similar causes.  The
preceding sentence shall not relieve the Servicer from using its best efforts to
perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and the Servicer shall provide the Trustee and the Seller with an
Officer's Certificate giving prompt notice of such failure or delay by it,
together with a description of the cause of such failure or delay and its
efforts so to perform its obligations.

          Section 10.2  Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor. (a)  On and
                        ----------------------------------------
after the receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice pursuant to Section
10.1, the Servicer shall continue to perform all servicing functions under this
Agreement until the date specified in the Termination Notice or otherwise
specified by the Trustee in writing or, if no such date is specified in such
Termination Notice or otherwise specified by the Trustee, until a date mutually
agreed upon by the Servicer and the Trustee. The Trustee shall as promptly as
possible after the giving of a Termination Notice appoint a successor servicer
(the "Successor Servicer"), and such Successor Servicer shall accept its
appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to the Trustee.  If the
Trustee is unable to appoint any successor servicer and the Servicer delivers an
Officer's Certificate to the effect that it cannot in good faith cure the
Servicer Default which gave rise to a transfer of servicing, and if the Trustee
is unable to act as Successor Servicer, then the Trustee shall offer the Seller
the right to accept retransfer of all the Receivables 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              81



and the Seller may accept retransfer of all the Receivables, provided, however,
that if the long-term unsecured debt obligations of the Seller are not rated at
the time of such purchase at least Baa-3 by Moody's and BBB- by Duff & Phelps or
S&P, no such retransfer shall occur unless the Seller shall deliver an Opinion
of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee that such retransfer would not
constitute a fraudulent conveyance of the Seller.  The retransfer deposit amount
for such a retransfer shall be equal to the sum of the Aggregate Unpaid Invested
Amount, plus accrued interest thereon, at the Certificate Rate, through the date
of retransfer.  In the event that a Successor Servicer has not been appointed
and has not accepted its appointment at the time when the Servicer ceases to act
as Servicer, the Trustee without further action shall automatically be appointed
the Successor Servicer.  Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee shall, if it is
unable so to act, petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any
established financial institution having a combined capital and surplus of not
less than $100,000,000. 

          (b)  Upon its appointment, the Successor Servicer shall be the
successor in all respects to the Servicer with respect to servicing functions
under this Agreement and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties
and liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and
provisions hereof, and all references in this Agreement to the Servicer shall be
deemed to refer to the Successor Servicer.  Any Successor Servicer, by its
acceptance of its appointment, will automatically agree to be bound by the terms
and provisions of any Enhancement to the extent that such terms apply to the
Servicer. 

          (c)  In connection with such appointment and assumption, the Trustee
shall be entitled to such compensation, or may make such arrangements for the
compensation of the Successor Servicer out of Collections, as it and such
Successor Servicer shall agree; provided, however, that no such compensation
shall be in excess of the Monthly Servicing Fees permitted to the Servicer
pursuant to Section 3.2.  The Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate
agrees that if the Servicer is terminated hereunder, it will agree, at the
request of the Trustee or any Successor Servicer, to deposit a portion of the
Collections in respect of Finance Charge Receivables that it is entitled to
receive pursuant to Article IV, to pay its share of the compensation of the
Successor Servicer. 

          (d)  All authority and power granted to the Servicer under this
Agreement shall automatically cease and terminate upon termination of the Trust
pursuant to Section 12.1 and shall pass to and be vested in the Seller and,
without limitation, the Seller is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and
deliver, on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all
documents and other instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts or
things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such transfer of
servicing rights.  The Servicer 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              82



agrees to cooperate with the Seller in effecting the termination of the
responsibilities and rights of the Servicer to conduct servicing on the
Receivables.  The Servicer shall transfer its electronic records relating to the
Receivables to the Seller in such electronic form as the Seller may reasonably
request and shall transfer all other records, correspondence and documents to
the Seller in the manner and at such times as the Seller shall reasonably
request.  To the extent that compliance with this Section 10.2 shall require the
Servicer to disclose to the Seller information of any kind which the Servicer
deems to be confidential, the Seller shall be required to enter into such
customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the Servicer shall deem
necessary to protect its interests. 

          Section 10.3  Notification to Certificateholders.  Within two business
                        ----------------------------------
days of the Servicer becoming aware of the occurrence of any Servicer Default,
the Servicer shall give written notice thereof to the Trustee and each Rating
Agency and the Trustee shall give notice to the Investor Certificateholders at
their respective addresses appearing in the Certificate Register.  Upon any
termination or appointment of a Successor Servicer pursuant to this Article X,
the Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to Investor
Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing in the Certificate
Register.

          Section 10.4  Waiver of Past Defaults.  The Holders of Investor
                        -----------------------
Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 50% of the
Unpaid Invested Amount of each Series affected thereby may, on behalf of all
Holders of Certificates, waive any default by the Servicer or the Seller in the
performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences, except a default
in the failure to make any required deposits or payments in accordance with
Article IV, provided, however, that no such waiver shall affect any rights of,
or obligations to, any Enhancement Provider hereunder.  Upon any such waiver of
a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any default arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this
Agreement.  No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or
impair any right consequent thereon except to the extent expressly so waived.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   THE TRUSTEE

          Section 11.1  Duties of Trustee.
                        -----------------

          (a)  The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of a Servicer Default of
which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge and after the
curing of all Servicer Defaults which may have occurred, undertakes to perform
such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this
Agreement, and no implied duties or covenants shall be read into this Agreement 































<PAGE>



                                                                              83



against the Trustee.  If a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received
written notice or actual knowledge that a Servicer Default has occurred (which
has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Agreement, and use the same degree of care and skill
in the exercise of such rights and powers, as a prudent person would exercise or
use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs,
provided, however, that if the Trustee shall assume the duties of the Servicer
pursuant hereto, the Trustee in performing such duties shall use the degree of
skill and attention customarily exercised by a servicer with respect to
comparable receivables that it services for itself or others.

          (b)  The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates,
statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished
to the Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement, shall examine them to determine whether they
conform to the requirements of this Agreement.

          (c)  No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure
to act or its own misconduct; provided, however, that: 

            (i)  the Trustee shall not be personally liable for an error of
     judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible
     Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was
     negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

           (ii)  the Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any
     action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in
     accordance with the direction of the Holders of Investor Certificates
     evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Unpaid
     Invested Amount of any Series relating to the time, method and place of
     conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or
     exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this
     Agreement; 

          (iii)  the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any failure
     by the Servicer to comply with the obligations of the Servicer referred to
     in Section 10.1 or any Pay Out Event unless a Responsible Officer of the
     Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such failure or Pay Out Event or the
     Trustee receives written notice of such failure from the Servicer or any
     Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating
     not less than 10% of the Unpaid Invested Amount of any Series;

           (iv)  the Trustee shall not be liable for the selection of Permitted
     Investments or for any investment losses resulting from Permitted
     Investments; and
































<PAGE>



                                                                              84




            (v)  the Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the performance of
     the Servicer, nor shall it have any liability in connection with
     malfeasance or nonfeasance by the Servicer.  The Trustee shall have no
     liability in connection with compliance of the Servicer or the Seller with
     statutory or regulatory requirements related to the Receivables.  The
     Trustee shall not make or be deemed to have made any representations or
     warranties with respect to the Receivables or the validity or the
     sufficiency of any assignment of the Receivables to the Trust or the
     Trustee.

          (d)  The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder, or in exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable
ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory
to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it, and none
of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event require the
Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any of
the obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement except during such time, if
any, as the Trustee shall be the successor to, and be vested with the rights,
duties, powers and privileges of, the Servicer in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement. 

          (e)  Except for actions expressly authorized by this Agreement, the
Trustee shall take no action reasonably likely to impair the interests of the
Trust in any Receivable now existing or hereafter arising or to impair the value
of any Receivable now existing or hereafter arising. 

          (f)  Except as provided in Section 2.6, the Trustee shall have no
power to vary the corpus of the Trust, including, without limitation, the power
to (i) accept any substitute obligation for a Receivable initially assigned to
the Trust under Section 2.1 or 2.6 hereof, (ii) add any other investment,
obligation or security to the Trust or (iii) withdraw from the Trust any
Receivables, except for a withdrawal permitted under subsection 2.4(d) or
2.4(e), 2.7, Article IV, or Section 9.2, 10.2, 12.1 or 12.2. 

          (g)  In the event that to the knowledge of a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall fail to
perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the manner or on the day required
to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the
case may be, under this Agreement, the Trustee shall be obligated promptly to
perform such obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required. 

          (h)  If the Seller has agreed to transfer any of its charge account
receivables (other than the Receivables) to another Person, upon the written
request of the Seller, the Trustee will enter into such intercreditor agreements
with the 































<PAGE>



                                                                              85



transferee of such receivables as are customary and necessary to identify the
rights of the Trust and such other Person, as the case may be, in the Seller's
charge account receivables: provided that the Trust shall not enter into any
intercreditor agreement which unless the Trustee receives an Officer's
Certificate which certifies that such intercreditor agreement could not
reasonably be expected to adversely affect the interests of the
Certificateholders.  Upon the request of the Trustee, the Seller will deliver an
Opinion of Counsel on any matters relating to such intercreditor agreement
reasonably requested by the Trustee. 

          Section 11.2  Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee. Except as
                        -------------------------------------
otherwise provided in Section 11.1: 

          (a)  the Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected
     in acting on, or in refraining from acting in accordance with, any
     resolution, Officer's Certificate, certificate of auditors or any other
     certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
     consent, order, appraisal, bond or other paper or document believed by it
     to be genuine and to have been signed or presented to it pursuant to this
     Agreement by the proper party or parties; 

          (b)  the Trustee may consult with counsel and any Opinion of Counsel
     shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any
     action taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
     accordance with such Opinion of Counsel;

          (c)  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
     rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct
     or defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto, at the request,
     order or direction of any of the Certificateholders or any Enhancement
     Provider, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, unless such
     Certificateholders or such Enhancement Provider shall have offered to the
     Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs,
     expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;
     provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall relieve the Trustee
     of the obligations, upon the occurrence of any Servicer Default (which has
     not been cured) of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual
     knowledge, to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
     Agreement or any Enhancement, and to use the same degree of care and skill
     in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the
     circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs; 

          (d)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or
     omitted by it in good faith and believed 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              86



     by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers
     conferred upon it by this Agreement; 

          (e)  the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
     facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
     instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval,
     bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by
     Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating
     more than 50% of the Invested Amount of any Series; provided, however, that
                                                         --------  -------
     such holders of Investor Certificates shall reimburse the Trustee for any
     expense resulting from any such investigation requested by them; provided,
                                                                      --------
     further, that the Trustee shall be entitled to make such further inquiry or
     -------
     investigation into such facts or matters as it may reasonably see fit, and
     if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
     investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books and records of the
     Seller, personally or by agent or attorney, at the sole cost and expense of
     the Seller; 

          (f)  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
     perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
     attorneys or a custodian and shall not be liable for the misconduct or
     negligence of, or for the supervision of, such agents, attorneys or
     custodians appointed with due care by it hereunder;

          (g)  except as may be required pursuant to subsection 11.1(a) hereof,
     the Trustee shall not be required to make any initial or periodic
     examination of any documents or records related to the Receivables or the
     Accounts for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of
     defects, the compliance by the Seller with its representations and
     warranties or for any other purpose; and

          (h)  in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Paying Agent or
     Transfer Agent and Registrar hereunder, the rights and protections afforded
     to the Trustee pursuant to this Article XI shall also be afforded to such
     Paying Agent or Transfer Agent and Registrar.

          Section 11.3  Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates.  The
                        -----------------------------------------------
Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained
herein and in the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on
the Certificates).  Except as set forth in Section 11.15, the Trustee makes no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or any
Supplement or of the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication
on the Certificates) or of any Receivable or related document.  The Trustee
shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Seller of any of the
Certificates or of the proceeds of such Certificates, or for the use or
application of any funds paid to the Seller in respect 
































<PAGE>



                                                                              87



of the Receivables or deposited in the Collection Account, the Excess Funding
Account or any other Series Account, or withdrawn from the Collection Account,
by the Servicer.  The Trustee shall have no duty to conduct any affirmative
investigation as to the occurrence of any condition requiring the repurchase of
any Receivable by the Seller pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement or the
eligibility of any Receivable for purposes of this Agreement or any Supplement. 
The Trustee shall have no responsibility for filing any financing or
continuation statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise perfect
or maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it
hereunder (unless the Trustee shall have become the Successor Servicer) or to
prepare or file any Securities and Exchange Commission filing for the Trust or
to record this Agreement or any Supplement.

          Section 11.4  Trustee May Own Certificates.  The Trustee in its
                        ----------------------------
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Investor
Certificates, and may deal with the Seller, the Servicer or any Enhancement
Provider, with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Trustee.

          Section 11.5  The Servicer to pay Trustee's Fees and Expenses.  The
                        -----------------------------------------------
Servicer covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee (and any co-trustee or
separate trustee) from time to time, and the Trustee (and such co-trustee and
separate trustee) shall be entitled to receive, reasonable compensation (which
shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a
trustee of an express trust) for all services rendered by it in the execution of
the trust hereby created and in the exercise and performance of any of the
powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee, and, subject to Section 8.4, the
Servicer will pay or reimburse the Trustee (without reimbursement from any
Series Account or otherwise) upon its request for all reasonable expenses,
disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with
any of the provisions of this Agreement (including the reasonable fees and
expenses of its agents and counsel) except any such expense, disbursement or
advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith and except as provided in
the following sentence.  If the Trustee is appointed Successor Servicer pursuant
to Section 10.2, the provisions of this Section 11.5 shall not apply to
expenses, disbursements and advances made or incurred by the Trustee in its
capacity as Successor Servicer.  

          The obligations of the Servicer under this Section 11.5 shall survive
the termination of the Trust and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 

          Section 11.6  Eligibility Requirements for Trustee.  The Trustee
                        ------------------------------------
hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under
the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof authorized under
such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              88



surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by
Federal or state authority.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition
at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid
supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section 11.6,
the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published.  In addition, no institution shall qualify as a successor trustee
hereunder unless its long-term debt obligations are rated at least Baa3 by
Moody's.  In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.6, the Trustee shall resign
immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 11.7. 

          Section 11.7  Resignation or Removal of Trustee.  (a)  The Trustee may
                        ---------------------------------
at any time resign and be discharged from the trust hereby created by giving
written notice thereof to the Seller and the Servicer.  Upon receiving such
notice of resignation, the Seller shall (i) promptly appoint a successor trustee
by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be
delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee and
(ii) provide written notice to each Rating Agency of such resignation.  If no
successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted within 30 days
after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
trustee. 

          (b)  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6 hereof and shall fail to resign
after written request therefor by the Seller, or if at any time the Trustee
shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or
a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public
officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or
affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the
Seller may, but shall not be required to, remove the Trustee and promptly
appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of
which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to
the successor trustee. 

          (c)  Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.7 shall
not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as
provided in Section 11.8 hereof and any liability of the Trustee arising
hereunder shall survive such appointment of a successor trustee. Upon the
appointment of a successor trustee hereunder, all fees, charges and expenses of
the resigning or removed Trustee shall become immediately due and payable.



































<PAGE>



                                                                              89




          (d)  The respective obligations of the Seller and the Servicer
described in Section 7.4 and 8.4 shall survive the removal or resignation of the
Trustee as provided in this Agreement.

          (e)  No Trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable for
any action or omission of any successor trustee.
 
          Section 11.8  Successor Trustee.  (a)  Any successor trustee appointed
                        -----------------
as provided in Section 11.7 hereof shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
Seller and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment
hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee
shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed
or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and
obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally
named as Trustee herein. The predecessor Trustee shall deliver to the successor
trustee all documents and statements held by it hereunder; and the Seller and
the predecessor Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such
other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and
confirming in the successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and
obligations. 

          (b)  No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section 11.8 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall
be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.6 hereof. 

          (c)  Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided
in this Section 11.8 hereof, such successor trustee shall mail notice of such
succession hereunder to all Certificateholders at their addresses as shown in
the Certificate Register, and also to each Rating Agency. 

          Section 11.9  Merger or Consolidation of Trustee.  Any Person into
                        ----------------------------------
which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to
all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall
be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be
eligible under the provisions of Section 11.6 hereof, without the execution or
filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto,
anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding. 

          Section 11.10  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.  (a) 
                         ---------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Trust may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              90



may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as
a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or
any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity
and for the benefit of the Certificateholders, such title to the Trust, or any
part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 11.10, such
powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider
necessary or desirable.  No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be
required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section
11.6 and no notice to Certificateholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or
separate trustee shall be required under Section 11.8 hereof. 

          (b)  Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and
conditions: 

          (i)  all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed
     upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or
     performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly
     (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not
     authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act),
     except to the extent that under any laws of any jurisdiction in which any
     particular act or acts are to be performed (whether as Trustee hereunder or
     as successor to the Servicer hereunder), the Trustee shall be incompetent
     or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights,
     powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust
     or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and
     performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the
     direction of the Trustee; 

         (ii)  no trustee hereunder shall be liable by reason of any act or
     omission of any other trustee hereunder; and 

        (iii)  the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove
     any separate trustee or co-trustee. 

          (c)  Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall
be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and
co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them.  Every instrument
appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article XI.  Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon
its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or
property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the
Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions
of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement
relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              91



protection to, the Trustee.  Every such instrument shall be filed with the
Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer. 

          (d)  Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the
Trustee its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect to this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or
successor trustee. 

          Section 11.11  Tax Returns.  The Trustee shall not file any federal
                         -----------
tax returns on behalf of the Trust; provided, however, that if the Trust shall
be required to file tax returns, the Servicer, as soon as practicable after it
is made aware of such requirement, shall prepare or cause to be prepared, and
the Trustee is authorized hereunder to sign, any tax returns required to be
filed by the Trust and, to the extent possible, the Servicer shall deliver such
returns to the Trustee at least five days before such returns are due to be
filed.  The Trustee shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared all tax
information required by law to be distributed to Certificateholders.  In no
event shall the Trustee or the Servicer be liable for any liabilities, costs or
expenses of the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners
arising under any tax law, including without limitation federal, state or local
income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any
interest or penalty with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply
therewith).  Nothing in this Section 11.11 shall be construed as inconsistent
with the characterization of the Investor Certificates as indebtedness of the
Seller for purposes of federal, state and local income or franchise taxes and
any other tax imposed upon or measured by income, as expressed in Section 3.7
hereof.  The Trustee shall have no liability for the form of or the accuracy of
the information contained in any tax return filed pursuant to this Section 11.1.


          Section 11.12  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
                         ------------------------------------------------
Certificates.  All rights of action and claims under this Agreement or the
- ------------
Certificates may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the
possession of any of the Certificates or the production thereof in any
proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as trustee.  Any recovery of judgment shall,
after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the
ratable benefit of the Certificateholders in respect of which such judgment has
been obtained. 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              92




          Section 11.13  Suits for Enforcement.  If a Servicer Default of which
                         ---------------------
a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge shall occur and be
continuing, the Trustee, in its discretion, may, subject to the provisions of
Section 10.1, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the
Certificateholders under this Agreement or any Supplement by a suit, action or
proceeding in equity or at law or otherwise, whether for the specific
performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any
Supplement or in aid of the execution of any power granted in this Agreement or
any Supplement or for the enforcement of any other legal, equitable or other
remedy as the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall deem most effectual to
protect and enforce any of the rights of the Trustee or the Certificateholders. 

          Section 11.14  Rights of Certificateholders to Direct Trustee. 
                         ----------------------------------------------
Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more
than 50% of the Aggregate Unpaid Invested Amount (or, with respect to any
remedy, trust or power that does not relate to all Series, 50% of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Unpaid Invested Amount of all Series to which
such remedy, trust or power relates) shall have the right to direct the time,
method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided,
however, that, subject to Section 11.1, the Trustee shall have the right to
decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel
determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the
Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of
the Trustee, determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or
involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of
Certificateholders not parties to such direction; and provided further that
nothing in this Agreement shall impair the right of the Trustee to take any
action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such
direction. 

          Section 11.15  Representations and Warranties of Trustee. The Trustee
                         -----------------------------------------
represents and warrants that: 

          (i)  The Trustee is a banking corporation organized, existing and in
     good standing under the laws of the State of New York; 

         (ii)  The Trustee is an entity that satisfies the eligibility
     requirements of Section 11.6;

        (iii)  The Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute,
     deliver and perform this Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to
     authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement;
     and 

         (iv)  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the
     Trustee. 






























<PAGE>



                                                                              93




          Section 11.16  Maintenance of Office or Agency.  The Trustee will
                         -------------------------------
maintain at its expense in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an
office or offices or agency or agencies where notices and demands to or upon the
Trustee in respect of the Certificates and this Agreement may be served.  The
Trustee initially appoints its Corporate Trust Office as its office for such
purposes in New York.  The Trustee will give prompt written notice to the
Servicer and to Certificateholders of any change in the location of the
Certificate Register or any such office or agency. 

          Section 11.17  Requests for Agreement.  A copy of this Agreement may
                         ----------------------
be obtained by any Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee
addressed to the Corporate Trust Office and will be provided at the expense of
the Seller. 

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                   TERMINATION

          Section 12.1  Termination of Trust.  The respective obligations and
                        --------------------
responsibilities of the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee created hereby
(other than the obligation of the Trustee to make payments to Certificateholders
as hereafter set forth) shall terminate, except with respect to the duties
described in Sections 7.4, 8.4 and 11.5 and subsections 2.4(c) and 12.3(b), upon
the earlier of (i) the day, if any, designated by the Seller after the
Distribution Date with respect to each Series following the date on which funds
shall have been deposited in the Distribution Account with respect to each
Series sufficient to pay the Aggregate Invested Amount plus Certificate Interest
accrued through such Distribution Date in full and (ii) the day on which final
payment is made under the Certificates (any such day under either the preceding
clause (i) or this clause (ii) is referred to as a "Trust Termination Date");
but in no event later than the Final Trust Termination Date. 

          Section 12.2  Optional Purchase and Final Trust Termination Date of
                        -----------------------------------------------------
Investor Certificates. 
- ---------------------

          (a)  If so provided in any Supplement, the Seller may, but shall not
be obligated to, repurchase Investor Certificates of the related Series by
depositing into the Distribution Account, on the Transfer Date that is on or
immediately preceding the Distribution Date specified in such Supplement, the
amount so specified therein; provided, however, that if the long-term unsecured
debt obligations of the Seller are not rated at least Baa3 by Moody's at the
time of such purchase, such purchase shall not occur unless the Seller shall
deliver an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee that such
purchase of Investor Certificates would not constitute a fraudulent conveyance
by the Seller.  On the Distribution Date that is on or following the Transfer
Date on which such deposit is made, the 































<PAGE>



                                                                              94



Seller shall be deemed, automatically and without requirement for any act on the
part of the Seller, or of any other Person, to have acquired all outstanding
Certificates and to have retired the Certificates, thereby resulting in an
increase in the Seller Amount.  If so provided in any Supplement, the Seller may
replace the Investor Certificates of such Series with a Replacement Series;
provided that the Seller shall follow the procedures set forth in related
Supplement.

          (b)  The Invested Amount of each Series shall be due and payable no
later than the Series Termination Date with respect to such Series.  Unless
otherwise provided in the applicable Supplement, if on the Series Termination
Date, the Invested Amount with respect to such Series is greater than zero, the
Servicer shall sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate, in a commercially
reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms (which shall include the
solicitation of competitive bids from Persons who are not Affiliates of the
Seller), within 60 days of such Determination Date, an amount of Receivables
equal to 110% of the Invested Amount with respect to such Series determined as
of the date of such sale, disposition or liquidation.  The Seller shall have the
option, exercisable at any time after the Servicer has obtained an offer from
any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Seller and prior to the consummation
of such sale, disposition or liquidation by giving notice of the exercise
thereof to the Servicer, to purchase such Receivables for cash (payable in
immediately payable funds on the Series Termination Date) for the highest price
offered therefor pursuant to such proposed sale, disposition or other
liquidation.  The proceeds received upon the sale, disposition or other
liquidation of such Receivables in an amount up to (i) the Invested Amount with
respect to such Series on the Series Termination Date, plus (ii) unpaid interest
thereon at the Certificate Rate for such Series as of the Series Termination
Date with respect to such Series, less (iii) amounts on deposit on such date in 
the Series Accounts with respect to such Series, shall be deposited into the
Distribution Account with respect to such Series on the Business Day prior to
the Series Termination Date with respect to such Series, and shall be
distributed to the Holders of the Investor Certificates of such Series in final
payment thereof pursuant to the terms of Section 12.3.  Proceeds received in
excess of the amount to be deposited as aforesaid shall be treated as
Collections on the Receivables and shall be allocated and deposited in
accordance with the provisions of Article IV; provided that the Servicer shall
determine conclusively the amount of such proceeds which are allocable to
Finance Charge Receivables and the amount of such proceeds which are allocable
to Principal Receivables.  In the event that the proceeds received upon the
sale, disposition or other liquidation of such Receivables is less than the sum
of (i) the Invested Amount with respect to any Series on the Series Termination
Date with respect to such Series and (ii) unpaid interest thereon at the
Certificate Rate for such Series as of such Series Termination Date, less (iii)
amounts on deposit on such date in
















































<PAGE>



                                                                              95



Series Accounts with respect to such Series, the Servicer will make a withdrawal
or drawing or take other action permitted by any applicable Enhancement, and 
shall deposit all amounts thereby obtained in the Distribution Account on such 
Series Termination Date, and the amount so withdrawn shall be distributed to the
Holders of Investor Certificates of such Series in final payment thereof 
pursuant to the terms of Section 12.3; provided, that if the Servicer fails to 
make such withdrawal or drawing or take such other action, then the Trustee may 
make such withdrawal and deposit such amounts into the Distribution Account. 

          (c)  The amount deposited pursuant to subsections 12.2(a) and 12.2(b)
shall be paid to the Investor Certificateholders in the manner provided in
Section 12.3. 

          Section 12.3  Final Distributions.  (a)  Written notice of any
                        -------------------
termination, specifying the Distribution Date upon which the Investor
Certificateholders may surrender their Certificates for payment of the final
distribution and cancellation (unless otherwise specified in a Supplement),
shall be given (subject to at least two Business Days' prior notice from the
Servicer to the Trustee) by the Trustee to Investor Certificateholders mailed
not later than the fifth day of the month of such final distribution specifying
(a) the Distribution Date (which shall be the Distribution Date in the month in
which the deposit is made pursuant to subsection 2.4(e), 9.2, 10.2, 12.1 or
12.2(a)) upon which final payment of the Investor Certificates will be made upon
presentation and surrender of Investor Certificates (unless otherwise specified
in a Supplement) at the office or offices therein designated, (b) the amount of
any such final payment and (c) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such
Distribution Date is not applicable, payments being made only upon presentation
and surrender of the Investor Certificates at the office or offices therein
specified (unless otherwise specified in a Supplement).  The Servicer's notice
to the Trustee in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be accompanied by
an Officer's Certificate setting forth the information specified in Section 3.5
covering the period during the then current calendar year through the date of
such notice.  The Trustee shall give such notice to the Transfer Agent and
Registrar and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to Investor
Certificateholders. 

          (b)  All funds on deposit in the Distribution Account, in the case of
a final payment, pursuant to Section 12.2 and, in the case of a termination of
the Trust, pursuant to Section 12.1 (and notwithstanding such termination),
shall continue to be held in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders and
the Paying Agent or the Trustee shall pay such funds to the appropriate
Certificateholders upon surrender of their Certificates.  In the event that all
of the Investor Certificateholders shall not surrender their Certificates for
cancellation within six months after the date specified in the above-mentioned
written notice, the Trustee shall give a second written notice to the remaining 

















<PAGE>



                                                                              96



Investor Certificateholders to surrender their Certificates for cancellation and
receive the final distribution with respect thereto.  If within one year after
the second notice all the Investor Certificates shall not have been surrendered
for cancellation, the Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an
agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining Investor
Certificateholders concerning surrender of their Certificates, and the cost
thereof shall be paid out of the funds in the Distribution Account held for the
benefit of such Investor Certificateholders.  The Trustee and the Paying Agent
shall pay to the Seller upon request any monies held by them for the payment of
principal or interest which remains unclaimed for two years.  After payment to
the Seller, Investor Certificateholders entitled to the money must look to the
Seller for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property
law designates another Person.

          Section 12.4  Termination Rights of the Holder of the Exchangeable
                        ----------------------------------------------------
Seller Certificate.  Upon the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.1
- ------------------
and the surrender of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate, the Trustee shall
return to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate (without recourse,
representation or warranty) all right, title and interest of the Trust in, to
and under the Receivables, whether then existing or thereafter created, and all
monies due or to become due with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge
Receivables), all Recoveries, Collections and other proceeds thereof and
Insurance Proceeds relating thereto, all rights to any security for any
Receivables, all rights to any Enhancement and any other Trust Asset, except for
amounts held by the Trustee pursuant to subsection 12.3(b).  The Trustee shall
execute and deliver such instruments of transfer, in each case prepared by the
Seller and without recourse, representation or warranty as shall be reasonably
requested by the Holder of the Exchangeable Trust Certificate to vest in the
Holder of the Exchangeable Trust Certificate all right, title and interest which
the Trust had in the Receivables. 


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          Section 13.1  Amendment.  (a)  This Agreement (including any
                        ---------
Supplement) may be amended from time to time by the Servicer, the Seller and the
Trustee, without the consent of any of the Certificateholders, (i) to cure any
ambiguity, to revise any exhibits or schedules (other than Schedule 1), to
correct or supplement any provisions herein or thereon or (ii) to add any other
provisions with respect to matters or questions raised under this Agreement
which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement; provided,
however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, 


































<PAGE>



                                                                              97



adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any of the Investor
Certificateholders.

          (b)  This Agreement (including any Supplement) and any schedule or
exhibit thereto may also be amended from time to time by the Servicer, the
Seller and the Trustee, without the consent of any of the Certificateholders,
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement, or of modifying in any
manner the provisions of this Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the
rights of the Holders of Certificates; provided, however, that (i) the Servicer
shall have provided an Officer's Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that
such amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interests of any
Certificateholder, (ii) such amendment shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of
Counsel, cause the Trust to be characterized for Federal or New York State
income or franchise tax purposes as an association (or publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation or have any material adverse effect on the
characterization as indebtedness for Federal and New York State income or
franchise tax purposes of any outstanding Investor Certificate that was
characterized as indebtedness upon its issuance, and (iii) the Servicer shall
have provided at least ten Business Days' prior written notice to each Rating
Agency of such amendment and shall have received written confirmation from each
Rating Agency to the effect that the rating of any Series or any Class of any
Series will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result of such amendment; provided,
further, that such amendment shall not, without the consent of each Investor
Certificateholder of each Series affected thereby, (i) reduce in any manner the
amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions which are required to be made
on any Investor Certificate of such Series, or (ii) alter the requirements for
changing the Minimum Seller Percentage for such Series or (iii) change the
definition of or the manner of calculating the interest of any Investor
Certificateholder of such Series, or (iv) change the manner in which the Seller
Amount is determined, or (v) reduce the percentage pursuant to Subsection
13.1(c) required to consent to any such amendment.

          (c)  This Agreement and any Supplement may also be amended from time
to time by the Servicer, the Seller and the Trustee with the consent of Investor
Certificateholders evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of
the Unpaid Invested Amount of each and every Series adversely affected, for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of
the Investor Certificateholders of any Series then issued and outstanding;
provided, however, that no such amendment under this subsection shall (i) reduce
in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions which are
required to be made on any Investor Certificate of such Series without the
consent of all of the related Investor Certificateholders; (ii) change the
definition of or the manner of calculating the Invested Amount, 

































<PAGE>



                                                                              98



the Invested Percentage or the Investor Default Amount of such Series without
the consent of the related Investor Certificateholders or (iii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment, in each case
without the consent of each Investor Certificateholder of all Series affected.

          (d)  It shall not be necessary to obtain the consent of Investor
Certificateholders under this Section 13.1 to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the
substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the
authorization of the execution thereof by Investor Certificateholders shall be
subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe.

          (e)  Any Supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.12
and any amendments regarding the addition to or removal of Receivables from the
Trust as provided in Sections 2.6 or 2.7, executed in accordance with the
provisions hereof, shall not be considered amendments to this Agreement for the
purpose of Section 13.1.

          (f)  In connection with any amendment, the Trustee may request, in
addition to the Opinion of Counsel required by subsection 13.2(d), an Opinion of
Counsel from the Seller or the Servicer to the effect that the amendment
complies with all requirements of this Agreement.  The Trustee may, but shall
not be obligated to, enter into any amendment which affects the Trustee's
rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

          (g)  The Seller shall provide a notice of each amendment to this
Agreement to each Rating Agency.

          Section 13.2  Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust. (a) 
                        ------------------------------------------------
The Servicer shall cause this Agreement, all amendments hereto and/or all
financing statements and continuation statements and any other necessary
documents covering the Certificateholders and the Trustee's right, title and
interest to the Trust to be promptly recorded, registered and filed, and at all
times to be kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such manner and in such
places as may be required by law fully to preserve and protect the right, title
and interest of the Trustee hereunder to all property comprising the Trust.  The
Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts
for, any document recorded, registered or filed as provided above, as soon as
available following such recording, registration or filing.  The Seller shall
cooperate fully with the Servicer in connection with the obligations set forth
above and will execute any and all documents reasonably required to fulfill the
intent of this subsection 13.2(a). 




































<PAGE>



                                                                              99




          (b)  Within 30 days after the Seller makes any change in its name,
identity or corporate structure which would make any financing statement or
continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously
misleading within the meaning of Section 9-402 of the UCC as in effect in the
state where such financing statement or continuation statement was filed, the
Seller shall give the Trustee and the Rating Agencies notice of any such change
and shall file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to
continue the perfection of the Trust's security interest in the Receivables and
the proceeds thereof. 

          (c)  The Servicer will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any
relocation of any office from which it services Receivables or keeps records
concerning the Receivables or of its principal executive office and whether, as
a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require
the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation
statement or of any new financing statement and shall file such financing
statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the
Trust's security interest in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof.  The
Servicer will at all times maintain each office from which it services
Receivables and its principal executive office within the United States of
America. 

          (d)  The Servicer will deliver to the Trustee:   (i) upon the
execution and delivery of each amendment of Articles I, II, III or IV hereto
other than amendments pursuant to subsection 13.1(a) an Opinion of Counsel
substantially in the form of Exhibit H; and (ii) on or before April 15 of each
                             ---------
year, beginning with April 15, 1997 an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of a date
during the preceding 90-day period, substantially in the form of Exhibit I. 
                                                                 ---------

          Section 13.3  Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders.  (a)  The
                        ------------------------------------------
death or incapacity of any Certificateholder shall not operate to terminate this
Agreement or the Trust, nor shall such death or incapacity entitle such
Certificateholder's legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to
take any action or commence any proceeding in any court for a partition or
winding up of the Trust, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and
liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them.

          (b)  No Certificateholder shall have any right to vote (except with
respect to the Investor Certificateholders as provided in Section 13.1 hereof)
or in any manner otherwise control the operation and management of the Trust, or
the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or
contained in the terms of the Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the
Certificateholders from time to time as partners or members of an association;
nor shall any Certificateholder be under any liability to any third person by 

































<PAGE>



                                                                             100



reason of any action taken by the parties to this Agreement pursuant to any
provision hereof. 

          (c)  No Certificateholder shall have any right by virtue of any
provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action or proceeding in
equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement, unless such
Certificateholder previously shall have given to the Trustee, and unless the
Holders of Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50%
of the Unpaid Invested Amount of any Series affected shall have made written
request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own
name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such indemnity
satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred
therein or thereby, and the Trustee, for 60 days after its receipt of such
notice, request and offer of indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to
institute any such action, suit or proceeding; it being understood and intended,
and being expressly covenanted by each Certificateholder with every other
Certificateholder and the Trustee, that no one or more Certificateholders shall
have the right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing itself or
themselves of any provisions of this Agreement to affect, disturb or prejudice
the rights of the Certificateholders of any other of the Certificates, or to
obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such
Certificateholder, or to enforce any right under this Agreement, except in the
manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all
Certificateholders.  For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of
this Section 13.3, each and every Certificateholder and the Trustee shall be
entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity. 

          SECTION 13.4  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
                        -------------
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SUCH LAWS. 

          Section 13.5  Notices.  All demands, notices and communications
                        -------
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if
personally delivered at or mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested
or overnight courier, to (a) in the case of the Servicer, to Saks & Company, 12
East 49th Street, New York, New York 10017, Attn:  Chief Financial Officer, (b)
in the case of the Seller, to The Richardson Company, 599 Lexington Avenue, New
York, New York 10022, Attn:  Oliver Richardson, (c) in the case of the Trustee,
Bankers Trust Company, Four Albany Street, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10006,
Attn:  Corporate Trust and Agency Group, Structured Finance Team (d) in the case
of the Enhancement Provider for a particular Series the address, if any,
specified in the Supplement relating to such Series, (e) in the case of any
Rating Agency with respect to any Series, the address specified in the
Supplement relating to such Series,; or, as to each party, at 

































<PAGE>



                                                                             101



such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to
each other party.  Any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a
Certificateholder shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, at the
address of such Certificateholder as shown in the Certificate Register.  Any
notice so mailed within the time prescribed in this Agreement shall be
conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the
Certificateholder receives such notice. 

          Section 13.6  Severability of Provisions.  If any one or more of the
                        --------------------------
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall for any
reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions
or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates
or rights of the Certificateholders thereof or any Enhancement Provider. 

          Section 13.7   Rule 144A Information.  For so long as any of the
                         ---------------------
Investor Certificates of any Series or any Class are  restricted securities
within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, each of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee and any Enhancement
Provider agree to cooperate with each other to provide to any Investor
Certificateholders of such Series or Class and to any prospective purchaser of
Certificates designated by such an Investor Certificateholder upon the request
of such Investor Certificateholder or prospective purchaser, any information
required to be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the
condition set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act. 

          Section 13.8  Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid. It is the
                        -----------------------------------------
intention of the parties to this Agreement that the Certificateholders shall not
be liable for obligations of the Trust, that the Undivided Interests represented
by the Certificates shall be nonassessable for any losses or expenses of the
Trust or for any reason whatsoever, and that Certificates upon authentication
thereof by the Trustee pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 6.2 are and shall be deemed
fully paid. 

          Section 13.9  Further Assurances.  The Seller and the Servicer agree
                        ------------------
to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and
all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Trustee more
fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation,
the execution of any financing statements or continuation statements relating to
the Receivables for filing under the provisions of the UCC of any applicable
jurisdiction. 

          Section 13.10  No Waiver: Cumulative Remedies.  No failure to exercise
                         ------------------------------
and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Investor
Certificateholders, any right, 
































<PAGE>



                                                                             102



remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege
hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and
privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights,
remedies, powers and privileges provided by law. 

          Section 13.11  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or
                         ------------
more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of
which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and
the same instrument. 

          Section 13.12  Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement shall inure
                         -------------------------
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, the Certificateholders
and, to the extent provided in any Supplement, the Enhancement Provider named
therein, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as
otherwise provided in this Article XIII, no other Person will have any right or
obligation hereunder. 

          Section 13.13  Actions by Certificateholders.  (a) Wherever in this
                         -----------------------------
Agreement a provision is made that an action may be taken or a notice, demand or
instruction given by Investor Certificateholders, such action, notice or
instruction may be taken or given by any Investor Certificateholder, unless such
provision requires a specific percentage of Investor Certificateholders. 

          (b)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other act by a Certificateholder shall bind such Certificateholder and
every subsequent Holder of such Certificate issued upon the registration of
transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of
anything done or omitted to be done by the Trustee, the Seller or the Servicer
in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such
Certificate. 

          (c)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action provided by this Agreement or any Supplement to be given
or taken by Certificateholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more
instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Certificateholders in
person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise
expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or
instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, when required, to the Seller or
the Servicer.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing
appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Agreement
or any Supplement and conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Seller and the
Servicer, if made in the manner provided in this Section.


































<PAGE>



                                                                             103




          (d)  The fact and date of the execution by any Certificateholder of
any such instrument or writing may be proved in any reasonable manner which the
Trustee deems sufficient.

          Section 13.14  Merger and Integration.  Except as specifically stated
                         ----------------------
otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings,
written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be
modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein. 

          Section 13.15  No Bankruptcy Petition.  Each Certificateholder and the
                         ----------------------
Trustee, severally and not jointly, hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to
the date which is one (1) year and one (1) day after the payment in full of all
Investor Certificates, it will not institute against, or join any other Person
in instituting against, the Seller or the Trust any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding
under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.  Nothing
in this Section 13.15 shall preclude, or be deemed to estop, any
Certificateholder or the Trustee from taking (to the extent such action is
otherwise permitted to be taken by such Person hereunder) or omitting to take
any action prior to such date in (i) any case or proceeding voluntarily filed or
commenced by or on behalf of the Seller or the Trust under or pursuant to any
such law or (ii) any involuntary case or proceeding pertaining to the Seller or
the Trust under or pursuant to any such law.

          Section 13.16  Headings.  The headings herein are for purposes of
                         --------
reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of
any provision hereof. 


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above
written. 

                                             SFA FINANCE COMPANY


                                             By:  /s/ Robert J. Vill
                                                --------------------
                                                Title: 


                                             SAKS & COMPANY


                                             By:  /s/ Robert J. Vill
                                                --------------------
                                                  Title: 

 
                                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                               individual capacity but solely as
                                               Trustee


                                             By: /s/ Linda A. Rakolta
                                                ---------------------
                                                Title:  Vice President



                                                  Exhibit 10.27

                                                             EXECUTION COPY











                                 SFA FINANCE COMPANY,
                                       Seller,

                                   SAKS & COMPANY,
                                      Servicer,

                                         and

                                BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                       Trustee

                  on behalf of the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders




                               SERIES 1996-1 SUPPLEMENT

                              Dated as of April 25, 1996

                                          to

                           POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                                Dated as of April 25, 1996






                                  SAKS MASTER TRUST

                                    Series 1996-1






































<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  -----------------

                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----

          SECTION 1.   Designation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

          SECTION 2.   Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

          SECTION 3.   Reassignment and Transfer Terms  . . . . . . . .  28

          SECTION 4.   Delivery of the Series 1996-1 Certificates . . .  28

          SECTION 5.   Form of Delivery of Series 1996-1 
                         Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29

          SECTION 6.   Article IV of Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . .  29

                                      ARTICLE IV

                           RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND
                      ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS . . . .  29

                    Section 4.1A  Rights of Investor Certificate-
                                    holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
                    Section 4.2A  The Series 1996-1 Collection
                                    Subaccounts; Establishment of 
                                    Series Accounts . . . . . . . . . .  30
                    Section 4.4.  Allocations . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
                    Section 4.5   Determination of Certificate
                                    Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
                    Section 4.6   Determination of Class ABC
                                    Deficiency Amount . . . . . . . . .  39
                    Section 4.7   Determination of Class D Deficiency
                                    Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
                    Section 4.8   Monthly Payments From Class ABC
                                    Finance Charge Subaccount . . . . .  42
                    Section 4.9   Monthly Payments From Class D
                                    Finance Charge Subaccount . . . . .  45
                    Section 4.11  Payment of Certificate Principal of
                                    Class A Certificates, Class B
                                    Certificates and Class C 
                                    Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . .  47
                    Section 4.12  Payment of Certificate Principal of
                                    Class D Certificates  . . . . . . .  49
                    Section 4.13  Applications of Spread Account
                                    Funds; Release of Funds From 
                                    Spread Accounts . . . . . . . . . .  52
                    Section 4.14  Applications of Reserve Account
                                    Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
                    Section 4.15  Allocation of Shortfall Share . . . .  53
                    Section 4.16  Accumulation Period Length  . . . . .  54
                    Section 4.17  Determination of LIBOR  . . . . . . .  54
                    Section 4.18  Deposits and Withdrawals from the
                                    Companion Account . . . . . . . . .  55


<PAGE>

          SECTION 7.   Article V of the Agreement . . . . . . . . . . .  55

                                      ARTICLE V

                        DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR
                                  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  . . . . . . . . .  55

                    Section 5.1  Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
                    Section 5.2  Monthly Certificateholders'
                                   Statement  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57

          SECTION 8.   Series 1996-1 Pay Out Events . . . . . . . . . .  59

          SECTION 9.   Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61

          SECTION 10.  Final Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63

          SECTION 11.  Funding Costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63

          SECTION 12.  Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70

          SECTION 13.  Indemnification by Seller  . . . . . . . . . . .  71

          SECTION 14.  Ratification of Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . .  71

          SECTION 15.  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72

          SECTION 16.  GOVERNING LAW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72

          SECTION 17.  The Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72

          SECTION 18.  Instructions in Writing  . . . . . . . . . . . .  72

          SECTION 19.  Limited Liability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72

          SECTION 20.  Waiver of Jury Trial . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72

          SECTION 21.  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers  . . . . . .  72



          EXHIBITS

          Exhibit A      Form of Class A Certificate
          Exhibit B      Form of Class B Certificate
          Exhibit C      Form of Class C Certificate
          Exhibit D-1    Form of Class D-1 Certificate
          Exhibit D-2    Form of Class D-2 Certificate
          Exhibit E      Form of Monthly Payment Instructions and
                         Notification to Trustee


                                        - ii -
<PAGE>

          Exhibit F      Form of Monthly Certificateholders' Statement
          Exhibit G      Form of Assignment Agreement


          ANNEX 1        Base Daily Average Merchandise Returns















































                                        - iii -

<PAGE>



          SERIES 1996-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of April 25, 1996 (this
"Supplement"), among SFA Finance Company, a Delaware corporation, as Seller,
Saks & Company, a New York corporation, as Servicer; and Bankers Trust Company,
a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as
Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of April 25, 1996
(as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the
"Agreement"), among the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee.

          Section 6.14 of the Agreement provides, among other things, that the
Seller and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a
supplement to the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the delivery by the
Seller to the Trustee for execution and authentication of one or more Series of
Investor Certificates.

          Pursuant to this Supplement, the Seller shall create a new Series of
Investor Certificates and shall specify the Principal Terms thereof.

          SECTION 1.  Designation.  There is hereby created a Series of Investor
                      -----------
Certificates to be issued pursuant to the Agreement and this Supplement to be
known as the "Series 1996-1 Certificates".  The Series 1996-1 Certificates shall
be issued in five Classes, which shall respectively be known as the "Floating
Rate Series 1996-1 Class A Certificates, (the "Class A Certificates"), the
"Floating Rate Series 1996-1 Class B Certificates" (the "Class B Certificates"),
the "Floating Rate Series 1996-1 Class C Certificates" (the "Class C
Certificates"), the "Floating Rate Series 1996-1 Class D-1 Certificates" (the
"Class D-1 Certificates") and the "Series 1996-1 Class D-2 Certificates (the
"Class D-2 Certificates").

          SECTION 2.  Definitions.
                      -----------

          In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall
conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision contained in the Agreement,
the terms and provisions of this Supplement shall govern.  All Article, Section
or subsection references herein shall mean Article, Section or subsections of
the Agreement, as amended or supplemented by this Supplement, except as
otherwise provided herein.  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein
are used herein as defined in the Agreement.  Each capitalized term defined
herein shall relate only to the Series 1996-1 Certificates and no other Series
of Certificates issued by the Trust.

          "Accrual Period" shall mean the period from and including a
     Distribution Date (or in the case of the initial Accrual Period, the
     Closing Date) to but excluding the succeeding Distribution Date.





















<PAGE>
                                                                          2




          "Accumulation Period" shall mean, unless a Rapid Amortization Period
     has occurred prior thereto, the period commencing on the later to occur of
     (i) the first day of the July 1998 Monthly Period and (ii) the first day of
     the Monthly Period other than the July 1998 Monthly Period specified by the
     Seller pursuant to subsection 4.16 and ending on the first to occur of (A)
     the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period and (B) the Class C
     Expected Payment Date.

          "Accumulation Period Factor" shall mean, for each Monthly Period, a
     fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the sum of the "Initial
     Invested Amounts" (or other amounts specified in the respective series
     supplements) with respect to all outstanding Series and the denominator of
     which is the sum of (a) the Initial Invested Amount, (b) the "Initial
     Invested Amounts" (or other amounts specified in the respective series
     supplements) with respect to all outstanding Series, if any, other than
     Series 1996-1, that are not expected to be in their Revolving Periods
     during the subsequent Monthly Period and (c) the "Initial Invested Amounts"
     (or other amounts specified in the respective series supplements) with
     respect to all outstanding Series other than Series 1996-1 that are in
     their Revolving Periods but are not allocating Shared Principal Collections
     to other Series.

          "Actual Daily Average Merchandise Returns" shall mean, with respect to
     any Monthly Period, (a) the quotient of (i) the aggregate dollar amount of
     credits posted to the Eligible Accounts during such Monthly Period with
     respect to merchandise returns and all other Credit Adjustments related to
     outstanding Eligible Receivables and (ii) the number of days in such
     Monthly Period divided by (b) Average Aggregate Principal Receivables for
     such Monthly Period.

          "Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination,
     the excess of the Invested Amount over the Principal Funding Accounts
     Balance.

          "Adjusted Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of
     determination, the Adjusted Invested Amount plus the amount of all
     unreimbursed Investor Charge Offs and all unreimbursed Class D-1 Dilution
     Reductions and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions.

          "Alternate Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded
     upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of
     (i) the rate of interest publicly announced by Chemical from time to time
     as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City or
     (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1/2 of 
     1%. The prime rate is not intended to be



































<PAGE>
                                                                          3



     the lowest rate of interest charged by Chemical in connection with the
     extension of credit to debtors.

          "Agreement" shall have the meaning specified in the preamble to this
     Agreement.

          "Amortization Period" shall mean the period following the Revolving
     Period, which shall be either the Accumulation Period or the Rapid
     Amortization Period.

          "Assignment" shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9(b).

          "Assignment Agreement" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     9(b).

          "Average Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean for any period the sum
     of the Adjusted Invested Amount on each day of such period divided by the
     number of days in such period.

          "Average Invested Amount" shall mean for any period the sum of the
     Invested Amount on each day of such period divided by the number of days in
     such period.

          "Base Daily Average Merchandise Returns" shall mean, for each Fiscal
     Month, the number with respect to such Fiscal Month set forth opposite such
     Fiscal Month in Annex 1 hereto.

          "Base Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, (i) the
     sum of (a) the amount of interest accrued or to accrue on each Class of
     Series 1996-1 Certificates for the Accrual Period ending in the month
     following the end of such Monthly Period and (b) the amount of the Investor
     Monthly Servicing Fee allocable to the Series 1996-1 Certificates in
     respect of such Monthly Period divided by (ii) the Average Invested Amount
     with respect to such Monthly Period times (iii) 12.

          "Benchmark Dilution Percentage" shall mean 7.50%.

          "Certificate Interest" shall mean the Class A Certificate Interest,
     the Class B Certificate Interest, the Class C Certificate Interest and the
     Class D-1 Certificate Interest.

          "Chemical" shall mean Chemical Bank, a New York banking corporation,
     and each of its successors and assigns.

          "Class A Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class A Invested Amount minus the Class A Cash Amount.



































<PAGE>
                                                                          4



          "Class A Cash Amount" shall mean, as of any date of determination, the
     lesser of the Class A Invested Amount and the Class ABC Principal Funding
     Account Balance.

          "Class A Certificateholder" shall mean the Holder of any Class A
     Certificate.

          "Class A Certificate Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.5(a).

          "Class A Certificate Rate" shall mean from the Closing Date through
     May 19, 1996 5.6675% and with respect to each Accrual Period thereafter, a
     per annum rate equal to 0.23% per annum in excess of LIBOR, as determined
     on the related LIBOR Determination Date in accordance with Section 4.17.

          "Class A Certificates" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

          "Class A Companion Account Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class A Invested Percentage of the amount on deposit in
     the Companion Account.

          "Class A Expected Payment Date" shall mean the Distribution Date that
     occurs in April 1999.

          "Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean the Class Fixed
     Allocation Percentage with respect to the Class A Certificates.

          "Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean the Class Floating
     Allocation Percentage with respect to the Class A Certificates.

          "Class A Initial Invested Amount" shall mean $296,740,000.

          "Class A Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination, an
     amount equal to (a) the Class A Net Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
     aggregate amount of payments of Certificate Principal paid to the Class A
     Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.11 prior to such date of
     determination, minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
     Class A Investor Charge Offs over Class A Investor Charge Offs reimbursed
     pursuant to subsections 4.8(f) and 4.9(g) prior to such date of
     determination, and plus (d) the Class A Invested Percentage of any transfer
     from the Companion Account to the Trustee of the Existing Trust or the
     Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate pursuant to Section 4.18.

          "Class A Investor Charge Off" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.6(b)(vi).




































<PAGE>
                                                                          5




          "Class A Invested Percentage" shall mean the Class Invested Percentage
     with respect to the Class A Certificates.

          "Class A Net Initial Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class A Initial Invested Amount minus the Class A
     Companion Account Amount.

          "Class A Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean the Class A Initial
     Invested Amount minus the amount of any distributions of principal to the
     Class A Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.11.

          "Class ABC Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean the Class ABC Invested
     Amount minus the Class ABC Principal Funding Account Balance.
 
          "Class ABC Deficiency Amount" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.6(a).

          "Class ABC Distribution Account"  shall have the meaning specified in
     4.2A(c).

          "Class ABC Excess Spread" shall mean, with respect to any Transfer
     Date, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the Class ABC Invested Percentage of
     the Invested Percentage of Finance Charge Collections during the preceding
     Monthly Period, (ii) the Class ABC Invested Percentage of all investment
     earnings earned during such Monthly Period and credited to the Series 1996-
     1 Finance Charge Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.2A(g) and (iii) all
     investment earnings on the Reserve Account credited to the Class ABC
     Finance Charge Account over (b) the sum of (i) the amount payable from the
     Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount with respect to such Transfer Date
     pursuant to subsections 4.8(a) through (c), (ii) the Class ABC Monthly
     Servicing Fee and (iii) the Class ABC Percentage of the Investor Default
     Amount.

          "Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount" shall have the meaning specified
     in 4.2A(a).

          "Class ABC Invested Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, (a) with respect to Finance Charge Collections, Principal
     Collections, the Investor Default Amount, the Monthly Servicing Fee, the
     amount in the Companion Account and the Shortfall Share, the sum of the
     applicable Class A Invested Percentage, Class B Invested Percentage and
     Class C Invested Percentage, (b) with respect to Shared Principal
     Collections a fraction the numerator 





































<PAGE>
                                                                          6



     of which is the Class ABC Principal Shortfall and the denominator of which
     is the Principal Shortfall for all Series of Investor Certificates and (c)
     with respect to Shared Finance Charge Collections, a fraction the numerator
     of which is the Class ABC Deficiency and the denominator of which is the
     sum of the "Deficiencies" for all Series and Classes of Investor
     Certificates.

          "Class ABC Monthly Servicing Fee" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.8(d).

          "Class ABC Monthly Total Principal Allocation" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.4(b)(v).

          "Class ABC Principal Allocation" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.4(b)(v).

          "Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.2A(a).

          "Class ABC Principal Funding Account" shall have the meaning set forth
     in subsection 4.2A(b).

          "Class ABC Principal Funding Account Balance" shall mean, on any date
     of determination, the amount on deposit in the Class ABC Principal Funding
     Account on such date (exclusive of investment earnings thereon).

          "Class ABC Principal Shortfall" shall mean (a) during the Accumulation
     Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount over the Class
     ABC Monthly Total Principal Allocation and (b) during the Rapid
     Amortization Period, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of the Class A
     Adjusted Invested Amount, the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount and the
     Class C Adjusted Invested Amount over (ii) the Class ABC Monthly Total
     Principal Allocation.

          "Class ABC Principal Funding Investment Proceeds" shall mean, with
     respect to each Monthly Period, the amount of investment income credited to
     the Class ABC Principal Funding Account for such Monthly Period and
     deposited in the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount in accordance with
     subsection 4.2A(g).

          "Class ABC Principal Funding Investment Shortfall" shall mean, with
     respect to each Monthly Period, the excess, if any, of the Covered Amount
     for such Monthly Period over the Class ABC Principal Funding Investment
     Proceeds for such Monthly Period.

          "Class ABC Spread Account" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.2A(e).

          "Class ABC Spread Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly
     Period, the aggregate of the Class ABC Excess Spread for such Monthly
     Period divided by the number of days in such Monthly Period multiplied by
     365 (or 366, as the case may be) and divided by the average Class ABC
     Invested Amount during such Monthly Period.




























<PAGE>
                                                                          7



          "Class ABCD-1 Invested Percentage" means the sum of the Class ABC
     Invested Percentage and the Class D-1 Invested Percentage.

          "Class B Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean the Class B Invested
     Amount minus the Class B Cash Amount.

          "Class B Cash Amount" shall mean the lesser of (i) the Class B
     Invested Amount and (ii) the Class ABC Principal Funding Account Balance
     minus the Class A Cash Amount.

          "Class B Certificateholder" shall mean the Holder of any Class B
     Certificate.

          "Class B Certificate Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.5(b).

          "Class B Certificate Rate"  shall mean from the Closing Date through
     May 19, 1996 5.8675% and with respect to each Accrual Period thereafter, a
     per annum rate equal to 0.43% per annum in excess of LIBOR, as determined
     on the related LIBOR Determination Date in accordance with Section 4.17.

          "Class B Certificates" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

          "Class B Companion Account Amount"  shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class B Invested Percentage of the amount on deposit in
     the Companion Account.

          "Class B Expected Payment Date" shall mean the Distribution Date that
     occurs in May 1999.

          "Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean the Class Fixed
     Allocation Percentage with respect to the Class B Certificates.

          "Class B Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean the Class Floating
     Allocation Percentage with respect to the Class B Certificates.

          "Class B Initial Invested Amount" shall mean $53,260,000.

          "Class B Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination, an
     amount equal to (a) the Class B Net Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
     aggregate amount of payments of Certificate Principal paid to the Class B
     Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.11 prior to such date of
     determination, minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
     Class B Investor Charge Offs over Class B Investor Charge Offs reimbursed
     pursuant to subsections 4.8(f) and 4.9(g) prior to such date of
     determination, and plus (d) the Class B Invested Percentage of any transfer



































<PAGE>
                                                                          8



     from the Companion Account to the Trustee of the Existing Trust pursuant to
     Section 4.18.

          "Class B Investor Charge Off" shall have the meaning specified in
     Section 4.6(b)(v).

          "Class B Invested Percentage" shall mean the Class Invested Percentage
     with respect to the Class B Certificates.

          "Class B Net Initial Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class B Initial Invested Amount minus the Class B
     Companion Account Amount.

          "Class B Reallocated Amounts" shall have the meaning specified in
     Section 4.6(b)(iv).

          "Class B Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean the Class B Initial
     Invested Amount minus the amount of any distributions of principal to the
     Class B Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.11.

          "Class C Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class C Invested Amount minus the Class C Cash Amount.

          "Class C Cash Amount" shall mean, as of any date of determination, the
     lesser of (i) the Class C Invested Amount and (ii) the Class ABC Principal
     Funding Account Balance minus the Class A Cash Amount and the Class B Cash
     Amount.

          "Class C Certificateholder" shall mean the Holder of any Class C
     Certificate.

          "Class C Certificate Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
     Section 4.5(c).

          "Class C Certificate Rate" shall mean from the Closing Date through
     May 19, 1996 6.0375%  and with respect to each Accrual Period thereafter, a
     per annum rate equal to 0.60% per annum in excess of LIBOR, as determined
     on the related LIBOR Determination Date in accordance with Section 4.17.

          "Class C Certificates" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

          "Class C Companion Account Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage of the amount on
     deposit in the Companion Account.

          "Class C Expected Payment Date" shall mean the Distribution Date that
     occurs in June 1999.


































<PAGE>
                                                                          9



          "Class C Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean the Class Fixed
     Allocation Percentage with respect to the Class C Certificates.

          "Class C Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean the Class Floating
     Allocation Percentage with respect to the Class C Certificates.

          "Class C Initial Invested Amount" shall mean $30,435,897.44.

          "Class C Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination, an
     amount equal to (a) the Class C Net Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
     aggregate amount of payments of Certificate Principal paid to the Class C
     Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.11 prior to such date of
     determination, minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
     Class C Investor Charge Offs over Class C Investor Charge Offs reimbursed
     pursuant to subsections 4.8(f) and 4.9(g) prior to such date of
     determination, and plus (d) the Class C Invested Percentage of any transfer
     from the Companion Account to the Trustee of the Existing Trust pursuant to
     Section 4.18.

          "Class C Investor Charge Off" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.6(b)(iii).

          "Class C Invested Percentage" shall mean the Class Invested Percentage
     with respect to the Class C Certificates.

          "Class C Monthly Charge Off Interest" shall have the meaning specified
     in subsection 4.8(h).

          "Class C Net Initial Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class C Initial Invested Amount minus the Class C
     Companion Account Amount. 

          "Class C Reallocated Amounts" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.6(b)(ii).

          "Class C Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean the Class C Initial
     Invested Amount minus the amount of any distributions of principal to the
     Class C Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.11.

          "Class D Certificates" shall mean the collective reference to the
     Class D-1 Certificates and the Class D-2 Certificates.

          "Class D Deficiency Amount" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.7(a).





































<PAGE>
                                                                         10



          "Class D Finance Charge Subaccount" shall have the meaning specified
     in 4.2A(a).

          "Class D Invested Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the sum of the applicable Class D-1 Invested Percentage and
     Class D-2 Invested Percentage provided that with respect to Shared Finance
     Charge Collections, the Class D Invested Percentage shall equal a fraction
     the numerator of which is the Class D Deficiency Amount and the denominator
     of which is the sum of the "deficiencies" with respect to all Series and
     Classes of Investor Certificates.

          "Class D Monthly Servicing Fee" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.9(b).

          "Class D Percentage" shall mean, as of any Transfer Date, the
     percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Class D
     Invested Amount as of such Transfer Date and the denominator of which is
     the Adjusted Invested Amount as of such Transfer Date.

          "Class D Spread Account Percentage" shall mean, as of any Business
     Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the
     amount on deposit in the Class D Spread Account at the end of the preceding
     Business Day and the denominator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount
     as of the end of the preceding Business Day.

          "Class D Spread Shortfall Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
     Business Day, the amount, if any, equal to the lesser of (a) the Class D-2
     Invested Percentage of the Invested Percentage of Principal Collections for
     such Business Day, as reflected in the Daily Report for such Business Day,
     and (b) the excess of the Required Class D Spread Account Amount as of the
     preceding Transfer Date over the amount on deposit in the Class D Spread
     Account on such Business Day (after giving effect all allocations, if any,
     to be made on such Business Day pursuant to subsections 4.8 and 4.9).

          "Class D Spread Account" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.2A(e).

          "Class D-1 Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class D-1 Invested Amount minus the lesser of the Class
     D-1 Invested Amount and the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account Balance.

          "Class D-1 Certificateholder" shall mean the Holder of any Class D-1
     Certificate.

          "Class D-1 Certificate Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.5(d).



































<PAGE>
                                                                         11



          "Class D-1 Certificate Rate" shall mean from the Closing Date through
     May 19, 1996 7.0375% and with respect to each Accrual Period thereafter, a
     per annum rate equal to 1.60% per annum in excess of LIBOR, as determined
     on the related LIBOR Determination Date in accordance with Section 4.17.

          "Class D-1 Certificates" shall have the meaning specified in Section
     1.

          "Class D-1 Companion Account Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class D-1 Invested Percentage of the amount on deposit
     in the Companion Account.

          "Class D-1 Dilution Reduction" shall mean any reduction of the Class
     D-1 Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.15.

          "Class D-1 Distribution Account" shall have the meaning specified in
     Section 4.2A(c).

          "Class D-1 Excess Spread" shall mean, with respect to any Transfer
     Date, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the Class D-1 Invested Percentage of
     the Invested Percentage of Finance Charge Collections during the preceding
     Monthly Period and (ii) the Class D-1 Invested Percentage of all investment
     earnings earned during such Monthly Period and credited to the Series 1996-
     1 Finance Charge Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.2A(g) over (b) the sum
     of (i) the amount payable from the Class D-1 Finance Charge Subaccount with
     respect to such Transfer Date pursuant to subsection 4.9(a), (ii) the Class
     D-1 Invested Percentage of the Investor Monthly Servicing Fee and (iii) the
     Class D-1 Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount.

          "Class D-1 Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean the Class Fixed
     Allocation Percentage with respect to the Class D-1 Certificates.

          "Class D-1 Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean the Class
     Floating Allocation Percentage with respect to the Class D-1 Certificates.

          "Class D-1 Initial Invested Amount" shall mean $16,540,691.19.

          "Class D-1 Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination,
     an amount equal to (a) the Class D-1 Net Initial Invested Amount, minus (b)
     the aggregate amount of payments of Certificate Principal paid to the Class
     D-1 Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.12 prior to such date of
     determination, minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
     Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions over Class
     D-1 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions reimbursed
     pursuant to 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         12



     subsections 4.8(j), 4.9(d) and 4.15 prior to such date of determination,
     and plus (d) the Class D-1 Invested Percentage of any transfer from the
     Companion Account to the Trustee of the Existing Trust pursuant to Section
     4.18.

          "Class D-1 Investor Charge Off" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.7(b)(iv).

          "Class D-1 Invested Percentage" shall mean (a) with respect to Finance
     Charge Collections, Principal Collections, the Companion Account Amount,
     the Investor Default Amount, the Monthly Servicing Fee and the Shortfall
     Share; the Class Invested Percentage with respect to the Class D-1
     Certificates and (b) with respect to Shared Principal Collections, a
     fraction the numerator of which is the Class D-1 Principal Shortfall and
     the denominator of which is the sum of the Principal Shortfalls for all
     Series of Investor Certificates.

          "Class D-1 Monthly Charge Off Interest" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.9(e).

          "Class D-1 Monthly Principal Distribution" shall mean, (a) with
     respect to any Monthly Period during the Accumulation Period, the lesser of
     (i) the Class D-1 Adjusted Invested Amount and (ii) the excess of the Class
     D Invested Amount over the Required Class D Invested Amount and (b) with
     respect to any Monthly Period during the Rapid Amortization Period, (i)
     prior to the date on which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced to
     zero, zero and (ii) after the date on which the Class B Invested Amount has
     been reduced to zero, the lesser of (A) the Class D-1 Adjusted Invested
     Amount and (B) the excess of the Class D Invested Amount over the Required
     Class D Invested Amount.

          "Class D-1 Monthly Total Principal Allocation" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.4(b)(vi).

          "Class D-1 Net Initial Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class D-1 Initial Invested Amount minus the Class D-1
     Companion Account Amount.

          "Class D-1 Principal Allocation" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.4(b)(vi).

          "Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.2A(a).

          "Class D-1 Principal Funding Account" shall have the meaning specified
     in subsection 4.2A(b).

          "Class D-1 Principal Funding Account Balance" shall mean, on any date
     of determination, the amount on deposit in 
































<PAGE>
                                                                         13



     the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account on such date (exclusive of
     investment earnings thereon).

          "Class D-1 Principal Funding Investment Proceeds" shall mean, with
     respect to each Monthly Period, the amount of investment income credited to
     the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account for such Monthly Period and
     deposited in the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount in accordance with
     subsection 4.2A(g).

          "Class D-1 Principal Shortfall" shall mean (a) during the Accumulation
     Period, the excess, if any, of the Class D-1 Monthly Principal Distribution
     over the Class D-1 Monthly Total Principal Allocation and (b) during the
     Rapid Amortization Period, the excess, if any, of the Class D-1 Adjusted
     Invested Amount over the Class D-1 Monthly Total Principal Allocation.

          "Class D-1 Spread Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly
     Period, the aggregate of the Class D-1 Excess Spread for such Monthly
     Period divided by the number of days in such Monthly Period multiplied by
     365 (or 366, as the case may be) and divided by the average Class D-1
     Invested Amount during such Monthly Period.

          "Class D-1 Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean the Class D-1 Initial
     Invested Amount minus the amount of any distributions of principal to the
     Class D-1 Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.12.

          "Class D-2 Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class D-2 Invested Amount minus the lesser of the Class
     D-2 Invested Amount and the Class D-2 Principal Funding Account Balance.

          "Class D-2 Certificateholder" shall mean the Holder of any Class D-2
     Certificate.

          "Class D-2 Certificates" shall have the meaning specified in Section
     1.

          "Class D-2 Companion Account Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class D-2 Invested Percentage of the amount on deposit
     in the Companion Account.

          "Class D-2 Dilution Reduction" shall mean any reduction of the Class
     D-2 Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.15.

          "Class D-2 Distribution Account" shall have the meaning specified in
     Section 4.2A(c).

          "Class D-2 Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean the Class Fixed
     Allocation Percentage with respect to the Class D-2 Certificates.


































<PAGE>
                                                                         14



          "Class D-2 Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean the Class
     Floating Allocation Percentage with respect to the Class D-2 Certificates.

          "Class D-2 Initial Invested Amount" shall mean $16,540,691.19.

          "Class D-2 Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination,
     an amount equal to (a) the Class D-2 Net Initial Invested Amount, minus (b)
     the aggregate amount of payments of Certificate Principal paid to the Class
     D-2 Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.12 prior to such date of
     determination, minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
     Class D-2 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions over Class
     D-2 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions reimbursed
     pursuant to subsections 4.8(j), 4.9(d) and 4.15 prior to such date of
     determination, and plus (d) the Class D-2 Invested Percentage of any
     transfer from the Companion Account to the Trustee of the Existing Trust
     pursuant to Section 4.18.

          "Class D-2 Investor Charge Off" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.7(b)(iii).

          "Class D-2 Invested Percentage" shall mean (a) with respect to Finance
     Charge Collections, Principal Collections, the Companion Account Amount,
     the Investor Default Amount, the Monthly Servicing Fee and the Shortfall
     Share, the Class Invested Percentage with respect to the Class D-2
     Certificates and (b) with respect to Shared Principal Collections, a
     fraction the numerator of which is the Class D-2 Principal Shortfall and
     the denominator of which is the Principal Shortfalls for all Series of
     Investor Certificates.

          "Class D-2 Monthly Principal Distribution" shall mean, with respect to
     any Monthly Period during any Amortization Period, (i) prior to the date on
     which the Class D-1 Invested Amount has been reduced to zero, zero and (ii)
     after the date on which the Class D-1 Invested Amount has been reduced to
     zero, the lesser of (A) the Class D-2 Adjusted Invested Amount and (B) the
     excess of the Class D-2 Invested Amount over the Required Class D Invested
     Amount.

          "Class D-2 Monthly Total Principal Allocation" shall mean, as of any
     Business Day, the sum of the Class D-2 Principal Allocation for such
     Business Day and each previous Business Day during the same Monthly Period,
     in each case as reflected in the Daily Reports with respect to such
     Business Days; provided, however, that on each Determination Date the Class
     D-2 Monthly Total Principal Allocation shall be increased or decreased by
     the amount deposited to or withdrawn from the Class D-2 Principal
     Collections Subaccount pursuant to Section 4.4(e).




































<PAGE>
                                                                         15




          "Class D-2 Net Initial Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class D-2 Initial Invested Amount minus the Class D-2
     Companion Account Amount.

          "Class D-2 Principal Allocation" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.4(c)(vii).

          "Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.2A(a).

          "Class D-2 Principal Funding Account" shall have the meaning specified
     in subsection 4.2A(b).

          "Class D-2 Principal Funding Account Balance" shall mean, on any date
     of determination, the amount on deposit in the Class D-2 Principal Funding
     Account on such date (exclusive of investment earnings thereon).

          "Class D-2 Principal Funding Investment Proceeds" shall mean, with
     respect to each Monthly Period, the amount of investment income credited to
     the Class D-2 Principal Funding Account for such Monthly Period and
     deposited in the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount in accordance with
     subsection 4.2A(g).

          "Class D-2 Principal Shortfall" shall mean (a) during the Accumulation
     Period, the excess, if any, of the Class D-2 Monthly Principal Distribution
     over the Class D-2 Monthly Total Principal Allocation and (b) during the
     Rapid Amortization Period, the excess, if any, of the Class D-2 Adjusted
     Invested Amount over the Class D-2 Monthly Total Principal Allocation.

          "Class D-2 Reallocated Amounts" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.7(b)(ii).

          "Class D-2 Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean the Class D-2 Initial
     Invested Amount minus the amount of any distributions of principal to the
     Class D-2 Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.12.

          "Class Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any
     Class of Certificates as of any date of determination, the percentage
     equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall be the portion of the
     Invested Amount represented by such Class as of the end of the last day of
     the Revolving Period and the denominator of which shall be the Adjusted
     Invested Amount as of the preceding Business Day.

          "Class Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean with respect to any
     Class of Certificates:



































<PAGE>
                                                                         16




               (a)  when used with respect to monthly allocations on any
          Transfer Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator
          of which shall be the portion of the Average Adjusted Invested Amount
          represented by such Class during the preceding Monthly Period (or, in
          the case of the first Transfer Date, during the period from the
          Closing Date through the end of the Monthly Period preceding such
          Transfer Date) and the denominator of which shall be the Average
          Adjusted Invested Amount during the preceding Monthly Period (or, in
          the case of the first Transfer Date, during the period from the
          Closing Date through the end of the Monthly Period preceding such
          Transfer Date).

               (b)  when used with respect to daily allocations, the percentage
          equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall be the portion
          of the Adjusted Invested Amount represented by such Class at the end
          of the preceding Business Day and the denominator of which shall be
          the Adjusted Invested Amount at the end of the preceding Business Day.

          "Class Invested Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any Class of
     Certificates as of any date of determination, (a) with respect to Finance
     Charge Collections during the Revolving Period and the Accumulation Period,
     the Investor Default Amount and Shortfall Share at any time and Principal
     Collections and the Companion Account Amount during the Revolving Period,
     the Class Floating Allocation Percentage with respect to such Class and (b)
     with respect to Finance Charge Collections during the Rapid Amortization
     Period and Principal Collections during the Accumulation Period and the
     Rapid Amortization Period and amounts in the Companion Account during the
     Rapid Amortization Period, the Class Fixed Allocation Percentage with
     respect to such Class.

          "Closing Date" shall mean April 25, 1996.

          "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          "Companion Account" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     4.2A(e).

          "Companion Investment Proceeds" shall mean, with respect to each
     Monthly Period, the amount of investment income credited to the Companion
     Account for such Monthly Period and deposited in the Series 1996-1 Finance
     Charge Subaccount in accordance with subsection 4.2A(g).

          "Controlled Deposit Amount" shall mean, (a) with respect to any
     Transfer Date during the Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full
     of the Class A Invested Amount, an amount equal to the Class A Adjusted
     Invested Amount as 


































<PAGE>
                                                                         17



     of the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all
     distributions on such Distribution Date) divided by the number of Accrual
     Periods remaining before the Class A Expected Payment Date and (b) with
     respect to each Transfer Date after the Class A Expected Payment Date, the
     sum of the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount and the Class C Adjusted
     Invested Amount as of the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect
     to all distributions on such Distribution Date).

          "Covered Amount" shall mean with respect to each Distribution Date
     during the Accumulation Period and the first Distribution Date following
     the end of the Accumulation Period the sum of

               (i)  the product of (A) the Class A Certificate Rate with respect
          to the related Accrual Period, (B) the number of days in such Accrual
          Period divided by 360 and (C) and the Class A Cash Amount as of the
          preceding Distribution Date,

              (ii)  the product of (A) the Class B Certificate Rate with respect
          to the related Accrual Period, (B) the number of days in such Accrual
          Period divided by 360 and (C) the Class B Cash Amount as of the
          preceding Distribution Date, and

             (iii)  the product of (A) the Class C Certificate Rate with respect
          to the related Accrual Period, (B) the number of days in such Accrual
          Period divided by 360 and (C) the Class C Cash Amount as of the
          preceding Distribution Date.

            "Dilution Factor" shall mean, after the Existing Trust Termination
     Date, with respect to any Accrual Period, the quotient of the Two Month
     Rolling Average Actual Merchandise Returns divided by the Two Month Rolling
     Average Base Merchandise Returns, in each case calculated as of the
     immediately preceding Determination Date.

          "Duff & Phelps" shall mean, Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co., and any
     successor thereto.

          "Enhancement" shall mean the Class C Certificates.

          "Enhancement Providers" shall mean the Class C Certificateholders.

          "Excess Funding Investment Proceeds" shall mean all investment income
     credited to the Excess Funding Account and credited to the Finance Charge
     Subaccount in accordance with subsection 4.3(g) of the Agreement.






































<PAGE>
                                                                         18



           "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted
     average of the rates on overnight funds transactions with members of the
     Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on
     the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,
     or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day,
     the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by
     the Servicer from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing
     selected by it.

          "Finance Charge Subaccounts" shall mean the collective reference to
     the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount, the Class ABC Finance Charge
     Subaccount and the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount.

          "Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of
     which shall be the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of the last day
     of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which shall be the greater
     of (x) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the end of the Business
     Day preceding such date of determination and (y) the sum of the numerators
     used to calculate the Invested Percentages for allocations with respect to
     Finance Charge Collections (when used to determine allocations of Finance
     Charge Collections) or Principal Collections (when used to allocate
     Principal Collections) for all outstanding Series on such date of
     determination.

          "Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean:

               (a)  when used with respect to monthly allocations on any
          Transfer Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator
          of which shall be the Average Adjusted Invested Amount during the
          preceding Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution
          Date, during the period from the Closing Date through the end of the
          Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date) and the denominator of
          which shall be the greater of (x) the Average Aggregate Principal
          Receivables during the preceding Monthly Period (or, in the case of
          the first Distribution Date, during the period from the Closing Date
          through the end of the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date)
          and (y) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Invested
          Percentages for such date of determination with respect to Finance
          Charge Collections for all Series of Investor Certificates
          outstanding.

               (b)  when used with respect to daily allocations, the percentage
          equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall be the Adjusted
          Invested Amount at the end of the preceding Business Day and the
          denominator of which shall be the greater of (x) the Aggregate



































<PAGE>
                                                                         19



          Principal Receivables on the preceding Business Day and (y) the sum of
          the numerators used to calculate the Invested Percentages for such
          date of determination with respect to Finance Charge Collections for
          all Series of Investor Certificates outstanding.

          "Funding Costs" shall mean increased costs, reemployment costs and
     other amounts due the Restricted Certificateholders pursuant Section 11
     hereof.

          "Increased Costs" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     11(d).

          "Initial Invested Amount" shall mean the sum of the Class A Initial
     Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested Amount, the Class C Initial
     Invested Amount, the Class D-1 Initial Invested Amount and the Class D-2
     Initial Invested Amount.

          "Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination, the sum of
     the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C
     Invested Amount, the Class D-1 Invested Amount and the Class D-2 Invested
     Amount on such date of determination.

          "Invested Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a)
     with respect to Finance Charge Collections during the Revolving Period and
     the Accumulation Period, the Default Amount and the Shortfall Share at any
     time and Principal Collections during the Revolving Period, the Floating
     Allocation Percentage and (b) with respect to Finance Charge Collections
     during the Rapid Amortization Period and Principal Collections during the
     Accumulation Period and the Rapid Amortization Period, the Fixed Allocation
     Percentage.

          "Investor Charge Off" shall mean a Class A Investor Charge Off, a
     Class B Investor Charge Off, a Class C Investor Charge Off, a Class D-1
     Investor Charge Off or a Class D-2 Investor Charge Off.

          "Investor Default Amount" shall mean, for each Transfer Date, an
     amount equal to the product of (a) the Default Amount with respect to the
     previous Monthly Period and (b) the Invested Percentage with respect to
     such Transfer Date.

          "LIBOR" shall mean, for any Accrual Period, the London interbank
     offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits determined by the
     Trustee for each Accrual Period in accordance with the provisions of
     subsection 4.17.

          "LIBOR Determination Date" shall mean for each Accrual Period (other
     than the Accrual Period commencing on the 


































<PAGE>
                                                                         20



     Closing Date), the second London Business Day prior to the commencement of
     the such Accrual Period.

          "London Business Day" shall mean any Business Day on which dealings in
     deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London interbank
     market.

          "Minimum Seller Percentage" shall mean, at any time after the Existing
     Trust Termination Date, the excess of the Required Dilution Percentage over
     the sum of the Class D Percentage and the Class D Spread Account
     Percentage.

          "Monthly Period Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount Allocation" shall
     have the meaning specified in subsection 4.6(a).

          "Monthly Period Class D Finance Charge Subaccount Allocation" shall
     have the meaning specified in subsection 4.7(a).

          "Negative Carry Amount" shall mean, as of any date of determination,
     the excess, if any, of (a) the product of (i) the Base Rate and (ii) the
     product of (A) the amount on deposit in the Companion Account and (B) the
     number of days since the preceding Business Day divided by 360 over (b) the
     Companion Investment Proceeds.

          "Participant"  shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9(d).

          "Participant Warranties"  shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 9(d).

          "Payment Date" shall mean, (i) with respect to payments of Certificate
     Interest, each Distribution Date; (ii) with respect to payments of
     principal on the Class A Certificates, the Class A Expected Payment Date;
     (iii) with respect to payments of principal on the Class B Certificates,
     the Class B Expected Payment Date; (iv) with respect to payments of
     principal on the Class C Certificates, the Class C Expected Payment Date;
     and (iv) with respect to payments of principal on the Class D Certificates
     during the Accumulation Period and with respect to payment of principal on
     all of the 1996-1 Certificates during the Rapid Amortization Period, each
     Distribution Date.

          "Pay Out Commencement Date" shall mean the date on which a Trust Pay
     Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Agreement or a
     Series 1996-1 Pay Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 8 of
     this Supplement.





































<PAGE>
                                                                         21




          "Person" includes any individual, sole proprietorship, joint venture,
     trust, incorporated organization, association, corporation, institution,
     party, entity or governmental authority.

          "Portfolio Adjusted Yield" shall mean, with respect to any Transfer
     Date, the average for the three preceding Monthly Periods of (i) the
     Portfolio Yield for such Monthly Periods minus (ii) the sum of the Base
     Rate for such Monthly Periods and 0.5%.

          "Portfolio Yield" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the
     annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, (a) the numerator of which
     is an amount equal to the excess of (i) the sum of (A) the amount of
     Finance Charge Collections allocated to the Series 1996-1 Certificates and
     deposited in the Finance Charge Subaccounts pursuant to Section 4.4 for
     such Monthly Period (including, without limitation, the amount of any
     Principal Funding Investment Proceeds and Companion Investment Proceeds and
     the Invested Percentage of any Excess Funding Investment Proceeds, all of
     which are to be treated as Finance Charge Collections in accordance
     herewith), such sum to be calculated on a cash basis, (B) the amount of
     funds, if any, to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account in respect of such
     Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 4.14(a) and (C) the amount of funds
     deposited in the Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount in respect of the
     Negative Carry Amount for such Monthly Period, over (ii) the Investor
     Default Amount and (b) the denominator of which is the Average Invested
     Amount for the preceding Monthly Period.

          "Principal Collections Subaccounts" shall mean the collective
     reference to the Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Subaccount, the Class
     ABC Principal Collections Subaccount, the Class D-1 Principal Collections
     Subaccount and the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount.

          "Principal Funding Accounts" shall mean the collective reference to
     the Class ABC Principal Funding Account, the Class D-1 Principal Funding
     Account and the Class D-2 Principal Funding Account.

          "Principal Funding Accounts Balance" shall mean the sum of the Class
     ABC Principal Funding Account Balance, the Class D-1 Principal Funding
     Account Balance and the Class D-2 Principal Funding Account Balance.

          "Principal Funding Investment Proceeds" shall mean, with respect to
     any Monthly Period, the sum of the Class ABC Principal Funding Investment
     Proceeds, the Class D-1 Principal Funding Investment Proceeds and the Class
     D-2 Principal Investment Proceeds.





































<PAGE>
                                                                         22




          "Principal Shortfall" shall mean (a) for the Series 1996-1
     Certificates on any Business Day during the Accumulation Period or the
     Rapid Amortization Period, the sum of the Class ABC Principal Shortfall,
     the Class D-1 Principal Shortfall and the Class D-2 Principal Shortfall on
     such Business Day and (b) for any other Series the amounts specified as
     such in the Supplement for such other Series.

          "Private Holder" shall mean each holder of a right to receive interest
     or principal in respect of any direct or indirect interest in the Trust,
     including any financial instrument or contract the value of which is
     determined in whole or in part by reference to the Trust (including the
     Trust's assets, income of the Trust or distributions made by the Trust),
     excluding any interest in the Trust represented by any Series or Class of
     Certificates or any other interest as to which the Seller has provided to
     the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such Series, Class or
     other interest will be treated as debt or otherwise not as an equity
     interest for federal income tax purposes, in each case, provided such
     interest is not convertible or exchangeable into an interest in the Trust
     or the Trust's income or equivalent value.  Notwithstanding the immediately
     preceding sentence, "Private Holder" shall also include any other Person
     that the Seller determines is (or may be) a "partner" within the meaning of
     section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) of the United States Treasury Regulations
     (including by reason of Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)).  Initially, the Private
     Holders include each holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate or any
     interest therein, the interest of the Servicer, the Class C Certificates
     and the Class D Certificates.  Any Person holding more than one interest in
     the Trust each of which separately would cause such Person to be a Private
     Holder shall be treated as a single Private Holder.  Each holder of an
     interest in a Private Holder which is a partnership, S Corporation or
     grantor trust under the Code shall be treated as a Private Holder unless
     excepted with the consent of the Seller (which consent shall be based upon
     an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the action taken pursuant to the
     consent will not cause the Trust to be treated as a publicly traded
     partnership taxable as a corporation).

          "Rapid Amortization Period" shall mean the period commencing on the
     Pay Out Commencement Date and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the
     Trust Termination Date and (ii) the Series Termination Date.

          "Rating Agencies" shall mean, collectively, Moody's, Duff & Phelps,
     and each other nationally recognized statistical rating agency which, at
     the request of the Seller or the Servicer, has assigned a rating to one or 
     more classes of Certificates.





































<PAGE>
                                                                         23



          "Record Date" shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
     close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

          "Reference Banks" shall mean the four banks specified in writing by
     the Servicer on the Closing Date.

          "Required Accumulation Factor Number" shall mean a fraction, rounded
     upward to the nearest whole number, the numerator of which is one and the
     denominator of which is equal to the lowest monthly principal payment rate
     on the Accounts, expressed as a decimal, for the 12 Fiscal Months preceding
     the date of such calculation. 

          "Required Class ABC Spread Account Amount" shall mean, with respect to
     any Transfer Date, (i) prior to the Existing Trust Termination Date and
     subject to the last sentence of this definition, 1% of the Transition
     Invested Amount as of the Closing Date and (ii) on and after the Existing
     Trust Termination Date and subject to the last sentence of this definition,
     a percentage of the Invested Amount, in each case as determined based on
     the Three Month Rolling Class ABC Spread Percentage with respect to such
     Transfer Date as follows: (A) if the Three Month Rolling Class ABC Spread
     Percentage is greater than 4.50%, 1.00%, (B) if the Three Month Rolling
     Class ABC Spread Percentage is less than or equal to 4.50% but more than
     4.00%, 2.50%, (C) if the Three Month Rolling Class ABC Spread Percentage is
     less than or equal to 4.00% but more than 3.50%, 3.25%, (D) if the Three
     Month Rolling Class ABC Spread Percentage is less than or equal to 3.50%
     but more than 3.00%, 4.00%, (E) if the Three Month Rolling Class ABC Spread
     Percentage is less than or equal to 3.00% but more than 2.50%, 4.75%, (F)
     if the Three Month Rolling Class ABC Spread Percentage is less than or
     equal to 2.50% but more than 2.00%, 5.50%, (G) if the Three Month Rolling
     Class ABC Spread Percentage is less than or equal to 2.00% but more than
     1.50%, 6.00%, and (H) if the Three Month Rolling Class ABC Spread
     Percentage is less than or equal to 1.50%, 7.50%.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, once a percentage of the Transition Invested Amount or Invested
     Amount, as the case may be, has become effective as set forth above, such
     percentage shall not be decreased until the third consecutive Transfer Date
     thereafter on which such a decrease would be permitted, in which case the
     decreased percentage of the Transition Invested Amount or Invested Amount,
     as the case may be, which shall become effective shall be the highest of
     the percentages of the Transition Invested Amount or the Invested Amount,
     as the case may be, otherwise permissible on such three consecutive
     Transfer Dates.  If at any time prior to the Existing Trust Termination
     Date any of the conditions set forth in clauses (B) through (H) occurs, the
     Required Class ABC Spread 

<PAGE>

                                                                        24


     Account Amount shall be determined pursuant to clause (ii) above rather 
     than clause (i).



          "Required Class D Invested Amount" shall mean, (a) prior to the date
     on which the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced to zero, the product
     of 8% and the Adjusted Invested Amount and (b) thereafter, zero.

          "Required Class D Spread Account Amount" shall mean, with respect to
     any Transfer Date, a percentage of the Invested Amount as determined based
     on the Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage and the Dilution
     Factor, respectively, with respect to such Transfer Date as follows: (A) if
     either the Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage is greater than
     3.50% or the Dilution Factor is less than 107, 0%, (B) if either the Three
     Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage is equal to or less than 3.50%
     but greater than 3.00% or the Dilution Factor is equal to or greater than
     107 but less than 112, 1.50%, (C) if either the Three Month Rolling Class
     D-1 Spread Percentage is equal to or less than 3.00% but greater than 2.50%
     or the Dilution Factor is equal to or greater than 112 but less than 117,
     2.50%, (D) if either the Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage is
     equal to or less than 2.50% but greater than 2.00% or the Dilution Factor
     is equal to or greater than 117 but less than 122, 3.50%, (E) if either the
     Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage is equal to or less than
     2.00% or the Dilution Factor is equal to or greater than 122, 4.00%. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if the percentage of the Invested Amount
     determined solely by reference to the Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread
     Percentage would result in a different percentage than the percentage
     determined solely by reference to the Dilution Factor, the higher
     percentage of the Invested Amount shall become effective and (ii) once a
     percentage has become effective as set forth above, such percentage shall
     not be decreased until the third consecutive Transfer Date thereafter on
     which a lower percentage would otherwise have been permitted pursuant to
     the provisions set forth above, in which case the decreased percentage
     which shall become effective shall be the highest of the percentages
     otherwise permissible on such three consecutive Transfer Dates.

          "Required Dilution Percentage" shall mean, at any time after the
     Existing Trust Termination Date, with respect to any Accrual Period (a)
     during the Revolving Period and the Accumulation Period, the greater of (i)
     the product of (A) the Dilution Factor, calculated as of the Determination
     Date immediately preceding the beginning of such Accrual Period and (B) the
     Benchmark Dilution Percentage, and (ii) 8.00% and (b) during the Rapid
     Amortization Period, the greater of (i) the Required Dilution Percentage as
     calculated pursuant to clause (a) above and (ii) the Required Dilution 









































<PAGE>
                                                                         25



     Percentage as of the last day of the Revolving Period or the Accumulation
     Period, as the case may be.

          "Required Reserve Account Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
     Distribution Date on or after the Reserve Account Funding Date, an amount
     equal to $1,750,000 or such other amount as shall from time to time be
     designated in writing to the Servicer, the Trustee and the Rating Agencies
     by the Seller; provided that if such designated amount is a lesser amount,
     such designation shall not become effective until the Rating Agency
     Condition has been satisfied with respect thereto and the Seller has
     delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate to the effect that, based
     upon the facts known to such officer at such time, such designation will
     not cause a Pay Out Event.
 
          "Reserve Account" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     4.2A(d).

          "Reserve Account Funding Date" shall mean the Transfer Date which
     occurs not later than the earliest of (a) the Transfer Date with respect to
     the Monthly Period which commences 3 months prior to the commencement of
     the Accumulation Period, (b) the first Transfer Date for which the
     Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 2% per annum, provided that in such
     event the Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be required to occur
     earlier than the Transfer Date with respect to the Monthly Period which
     commences 12 months prior to the commencement of the Accumulation Period,
     (c) the first Transfer Date for which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less
     than 3% per annum, provided that in such event the Reserve Account Funding
     Date shall not be required to occur earlier than the Transfer Date with
     respect to the Monthly Period which commences 6 months prior to the
     commencement of the Accumulation Period and (d) the first Transfer Date for
     which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 4% per annum, provided that
     in such event the Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be required to
     occur earlier than the Transfer Date with respect to the Monthly Period
     which commences 4 months prior to the commencement of the Accumulation
     Period.

          "Reserve Account Surplus" shall have the meaning assigned in
     subsection 4.14(b).

          "Reserve Draw Amount" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     4.14(a).

          "Restricted Certificate" shall mean any Class C Certificate or Class D
     Certificate.

          "Restricted Certificateholder" shall mean any holder of a Class C
     Certificate or Class D Certificate.


































<PAGE>
                                                                         26



          "Restricted Certificateholder Warranties" shall mean, with respect to
     any initial purchase of a Restricted Certificate or any transfer of any
     interest of a Restricted Certificateholder to an assignee pursuant to
     Section 9(b) of this Supplement, the representations, certifications and
     warranties required to be given by such initial purchaser or assignee
     Restricted Certificateholder in the manner required by such Section, to the
     effect that:

                (a) The acquiror has not acquired and shall not sell, trade or
          transfer the Restricted Certificate, nor cause the Restricted
          Certificate to be marketed on or through an "established securities
          market" within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code
          (including without limitation an interdealer quotation system that
          regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations by identified
          broker dealers by electronic means or otherwise); and 

               (b) Unless the Seller consents otherwise (which consent shall be
          based upon an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the action taken
          pursuant to the consent will not cause the Trust to be classified as a
          publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal
          income tax purposes), the acquiror (i) is properly classified as, and
          shall remain classified as, a "corporation" as described in Section
          7701(a)(3) of the Code and (ii) is not, and shall not become, an "S
          corporation" as described in Section 1361 of the Code.

          "Revolving Period" shall mean the period from and including the
     Closing Date to and including the earlier of (i) the close of business on
     the last day of the Monthly Period preceding the commencement of the
     Accumulation Period and (ii) the Pay Out Commencement Date.

          "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "Series 1996-1" shall mean the Series of the Saks Master Trust
     represented by the Series 1996-1 Certificates.

          "Scheduled Series 1996-1 Termination Date" shall mean the March 2002
     Distribution Date.

          "Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.2A(a).

          "Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Subaccount" shall have the
     meaning specified in subsection 4.2A(a).

          "Series 1996-1 Certificates" shall mean the Class A Certificates, the
     Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D
     Certificates.


































<PAGE>
                                                                         27



          "Series Accounts" shall mean the Principal Funding Accounts, the
     Distribution Accounts, the Reserve Account, the Companion Account, the
     Class ABC Spread Account and the Class D Spread Account.

          "Series Pay Out Event" shall have the meaning specified in Section 8
     of this Supplement.

          "Series Servicing Fee Percentage" shall mean 2%.

          "Series Termination Date" shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) the
     day after the Distribution Date on which the Series 1996-1 Certificates are
     paid in full, or (ii) the Scheduled Series 1996-1 Termination Date.

          "Shared Finance Charge Collections" shall mean either (a) the amounts
     allocated to the Series 1996-1 Certificates which, in accordance with
     Article IV, shall be allocated to the Investor Certificates of other Series
     (which are not retained by the Seller) or (b) amounts which the applicable
     Supplements for other Series specify are to be treated as "Shared Finance
     Charge Collections" and which may be applied to cover the Class ABC
     Deficiency Amount and the Class D Deficiency Amount with respect to the
     Series 1996-1 Certificates. 

          "Shared Principal Collections" shall mean, as the context requires,
     either (a) the amounts allocated to the Series 1996-1 Certificates which,
     in accordance with subsections 4.4(a) and (b) and subsection 4.3(g) of the
     Agreement, shall be applied to cover principal shortfalls with respect to
     Series other than Series 1996-1 or (b) the amounts allocated to the
     Investor Certificates (which are not retained by the Seller) of other
     Series which the applicable Supplements for such Series specify are to be
     treated as "Shared Principal Collections" and which may be applied to cover
     a Principal Shortfall with respect to the Series 1996-1 Certificates.

          "Supplement" shall have the meaning specified in the preamble to this
     Agreement.

          "Three Month Rolling Class ABC Spread Percentage" shall mean, with
     respect to any Transfer Date, the sum of the Class ABC Spread Percentages
     with respect to such Transfer Date and the two preceding Transfer Dates
     divided by three.

          "Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage" shall mean, with
     respect to any Transfer Date, the sum of the Class D-1 Spread Percentage
     with respect to such Transfer Date and the two preceding Transfer Dates
     divided by three.

          "Transition Invested Amount" shall mean the "Invested Amount" as
     defined in the Transition Supplement.

          "Transition Supplement" shall mean the Series 1996-1 Supplement to the
     Existing Trust Agreement.































<PAGE>
                                                                         28



          "Two Month Rolling Average Actual Merchandise Returns" shall mean,
     with respect to any Determination Date, the sum of the Actual Daily Average
     Merchandise Returns for the two preceding Monthly Periods divided by 2.

          "Two Month Rolling Average Base Merchandise Returns"  shall mean, with
     respect to any Determination Date, the sum of the Base Daily Average
     Merchandise Returns for the two preceding Monthly Periods divided by 2.

          "Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean the sum of the Class A Unpaid
     Invested Amount, the Class B Unpaid Invested Amount, the Class C Unpaid
     Invested Amount, the Class D-1 Unpaid Invested Amount and the Class D-2
     Unpaid Invested Amount.

          SECTION 3.  Reassignment and Transfer Terms.  
                      -------------------------------

          The Series 1996-1 Certificates shall be subject to repurchase by
Seller at its option, in accordance with the terms specified in subsection
12.2(a) of the Agreement, on any Distribution Date on or after the Distribution
Date on which the Invested Amount is reduced to an amount less than or equal to
10% of the Initial Invested Amount.  The deposit required in connection with any
such repurchase shall be equal to (a) the Adjusted Unpaid Invested Amount, plus
(b) accrued and unpaid interest on the Series 1996-1 Certificates through and
including the day preceding the day on which such repurchase occurs, minus (c)
all amounts to be transferred to the Distribution Accounts on the related
Transfer Date.

          SECTION 4.  Delivery of the Series 1996-1 Certificates.  The Seller
                      ------------------------------------------
shall execute and deliver the Series 1996-1 Certificates to the Trustee for
authentication in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Agreement.  The Trustee
shall deliver the Series 1996-1 Certificates when authenticated in accordance
with Section 6.2 of the Agreement.  It shall be a condition to the issuance of
the Series 1996-1 Certificates that Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher shall have delivered
an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 6.14(b)(iii) of the Agreement, in
relevant part, (i) with respect to the Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates to the effect that such Certificates will be characterized as
indebtedness for federal and New York State income tax purposes and (ii) with
respect to the Class C Certificates and the Class D-1 Certificates, to the
effect that there is substantial authority that such Certificates will be
treated as indebtedness for federal and New York State income tax purposes, or,
if such Certificates are not so treated, that such Certificates should be
treated as interests in an entity other than an association (or publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation.







































<PAGE>
                                                                         29




          SECTION 5.  Form of Delivery of Series 1996-1 Certificates.
                      ----------------------------------------------

          (a)  The Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates shall be
delivered as Book-Entry Certificates as provided in Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.9 and
6.11 of the Agreement.  The Class C Certificates and Class D Certificates shall
be delivered as Definitive Certificates.  The Series 1996-1 Certificates shall
be delivered as Registered Certificates as provided in Section 6.1 of the
Agreement.  The Series 1996-1 Certificates shall be issued only in denominations
of $150,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The Class A
Certificates, the Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates, the Class D-1
Certificates and the Class D-2 Certificates shall be substantially in the form
of Exhibit A, Exhibit B, Exhibit C, Exhibit D-1 and Exhibit D-2, respectively.

          (b)  The Clearing Agency for Class A Certificates and Class B
Certificates shall be The Depository Trust Company, and the Class A Certificates
and the Class B Certificates shall be initially registered in the name of Cede &
Co., its nominee.  The Class C Certificates and Class D Certificates shall be
initially registered in the names of such Persons as the Seller shall direct the
Trustee in writing.

          (c)  For purposes of any provision of this Agreement requiring or
permitting actions with the consent of, or at the direction of, Holders of
Series 1996-1 Certificates having Undivided Interests aggregating a specified
percentage, such direction or consent may be given, in the case of the Class A
Certificates and the Class B Certificates, by the relevant Certificate Owners
having interests in the requisite percentage of Series 1996-1 Certificates,
acting through the Clearing Agency and the Clearing Agency Participants;
provided, however that the Trustee shall only be obligated to follow such
directions or consents from the Holders of the Series 1996-1 Certificates.

          SECTION 6.  Article IV of Agreement.  Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 of the
                      -----------------------
Agreement shall read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement.  The
remainder of Article IV of the Agreement shall read in its entirety as follows
and shall be applicable only to the Series 1996-1 Certificates:

                                   ARTICLE IV

                        RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND
                    ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

          Section 4.1A  Rights of Investor Certificateholders.  The Series 1996-
                        -------------------------------------
1 Certificates shall represent Undivided Interests in the Trust, consisting of
the right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments with
respect to such Series 1996-1 Certificates at the times and in the amount
specified in this Agreement, (a) the related Invested Percentage 



































<PAGE>
                                                                         30



of Collections received with respect to the Receivables, (b)  funds on deposit
in the Collection Account and the subaccounts thereof and the Excess Funding
Account allocable to the Series 1996-1 Certificates, (c) funds in the Series
Accounts and (d) Shared Principal Collections and Shared Finance Charge
Collections allocable to the Principal Collections Subaccounts and Finance
Charge Subaccounts.  The Exchangeable Seller Certificate shall represent the
ownership interest in the Trust Assets not allocated to the Series 1996-1
Certificates or any other Series outstanding; provided, however, the ownership
interest represented by the Exchangeable Seller Certificate and any other Series
outstanding shall not represent any interest in any Series Account, except as
specifically provided in this Article IV.

          Section 4.2A  The Series 1996-1 Collection Subaccounts; Establishment
                        -------------------------------------------------------
of Series Accounts.  (a)  Pursuant to subsection 4.2(a) of the Agreement, the
- ------------------
Servicer, on behalf of the Trustee, shall establish and maintain for
administrative purposes only, (i) a Principal Collections Subaccount as a
subaccount of the Principal Collections Account (the "Series 1996-1 Principal
Collections Subaccount") and three sub-subaccounts of the Series 1996-1
Principal Collections Subaccount (the "Class ABC Principal Collections
Subaccount", the "Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount" and the "Class D-2
Principal Collections Subaccount", respectively) and (ii) a Finance Charge
Subaccount as a subaccount of the Finance Charge Account (the "Series 1996-1
Finance Charge Subaccount") and two sub-subaccounts of the Series 1996-1 Finance
Charge Subaccount (the "Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount" and the "Class D
Finance Charge Subaccount"), in each case for the benefit of the Series 1996-1
Certificateholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
allocated thereto are held in trust for the benefit of such Certificateholders.

          (b)  The Servicer, for the benefit of the Series 1996-1
Certificateholders, shall cause to be established and maintained in the name of
the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, with an office or branch of a Qualified
Institution three Eligible Deposit Accounts (the "Class ABC Principal Funding
Account, the "Class D-1 Principal Funding Account" and the "Class D-2 Principal
Funding Account") each bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Class A, B and C
Certificateholders, the Class D-1 Certificateholders and the Class D-2
Certificateholders, respectively.

          (c)  The Servicer, for the benefit of the Series 1996-1
Certificateholders, shall cause to be established and maintained in the name of
the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, with an office or branch of a Qualified
Institution three non-interest bearing segregated demand deposit accounts
maintained in the corporate trust department of such Qualified Institution, and
held in trust by such Qualified Institution (the "Class ABC 





































<PAGE>
                                                                         31



Distribution Account", the "Class D-1 Distribution Account" and the "Class D-2
Distribution Account") each bearing a designation clearly indicating that the
funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Class A, B and
C Certificateholders, the Class D-1 Certificateholders and the Class D-2
Certificateholders, respectively.  The Paying Agent shall have the revocable
authority to make withdrawals from the Distribution Accounts.

          (d)  The Servicer, for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders,
Class B Certificateholders and Class C Certificateholders, shall establish and
maintain or cause to be established and maintained in the name of the Trustee,
on behalf of the Trust, with a Qualified Institution designated by the Servicer,
a segregated trust account within the corporate trust department of such
Qualified Institution (the "Reserve Account"), bearing a designation clearly
indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of
such Series 1996-1 Certificateholders.

          (e)  The Servicer, for the benefit of the Series 1996-1
Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain or cause to be established and
maintained in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, with a Qualified
Institution designated by the Servicer, three segregated trust accounts within
the corporate trust department of such Qualified Institution (the "Companion
Account", the "Class ABC Spread Account" and the "Class D Spread Account"),
bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are
held in trust for the benefit of the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders.

          (f)  The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all
funds on deposit from time to time in the Series Accounts and in all proceeds
thereof. The Servicer on behalf of the Trustee at all times shall maintain
accurate records reflecting each transaction in such Series Accounts.  Pursuant
to the authority granted to it pursuant to subsection 3.1(b) of the Agreement,
the Servicer shall have the power, revocable by the Trustee, to withdraw funds,
and to instruct the Trustee to withdraw funds, from such Series Accounts for the
purpose of carrying out its duties hereunder.  All such instructions from the
Servicer to the Trustee shall be in writing; provided, however, that the
Servicer is entitled to give instructions to the Trustee by facsimile.  Funds
allocated to the Series Accounts shall at all times be invested by the Trustee,
at the written direction (or telephonic direction, promptly confirmed in
writing) of the Servicer, in Permitted Investments.  The Trustee shall not be
liable for investment losses on Permitted Investments.  Except in the case of
the Companion Account to the extent set forth in the following sentence, any
such investment shall mature and such funds shall be available for withdrawal on
or prior to the Transfer Date following the Monthly Period in which such funds
were processed for collection.  At least $15,000,000 of the amount on deposit in
the Companion Account 





































<PAGE>
                                                                         32



shall be invested in investments that mature and shall be available for
withdrawal on the following Business Day and the remaining amount on deposit in
the Companion Account shall be invested in investments that mature and shall be
available for withdrawal on or prior to the following Transfer Date. Subject to
the restrictions set forth above, the Servicer, or a Person designated in
writing by the Servicer, shall instruct the applicable Qualified Institution in
writing with respect to the investment of funds allocated to the Series
Accounts.  For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the balances
in the Series Accounts for any reason under this Agreement, all investment
earnings on such funds (net of losses and expenses) shall be deemed not to be
available or on deposit until actually credited to such sub-subaccounts. 
Permitted Investments shall not be disposed of prior to their maturity.

          (g)  On each Transfer Date, the Trustee, acting at the written
direction of the Servicer, shall transfer to the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge
Subaccount all investment earnings credited to the Series Accounts (other than
the Reserve Account) during the preceding Monthly Period (net of related
investment expenses and losses).  The amount so transferred shall be treated as
Finance Charge Collections allocable to the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders. 
On each Transfer Date, the Trustee, acting at the written direction of the
Servicer, shall transfer to the Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount all
investment earnings credited to the Reserve Account since the preceding
Distribution Date (net of related investment expenses and losses).  The amount
so transferred shall be treated as Finance Charge Collections allocable to the
Class A, B and C Certificates.

          Section 4.4.  Allocations.
                        -----------

          (a)  Allocations During the Revolving Period.  During the Revolving
               ---------------------------------------
Period, the Servicer shall, or shall direct the Trustee in writing to, prior to
the close of business on the Business Day any Collections are deposited in the
Collection Account, allocate from the applicable subaccount of the Collection
Account the following amounts, calculated by the Servicer, as set forth below:

          (i)  To the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount the Invested
     Percentage of the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Collections processed
     on such Business Day, as reflected in the Daily Report for such Business
     Day.
         (ii)  To the Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount from the Series 1996-1
     Finance Charge Subaccount the Class ABC Invested Percentage of the
     aggregate amount transferred to the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount
     on such Business Day (including amounts transferred thereto on any Transfer
     Date pursuant to subsection 4.2A(g)).






































<PAGE>
                                                                         33




        (iii)  To the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount from the Series 1996-1
     Finance Charge Subaccount the Class D Invested Percentage of the aggregate
     amount transferred to the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount on such
     Business Day (including amounts transferred thereto on any Transfer Date
     pursuant to subsection 4.2A(g)).

         (iv)  To the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate the Invested
     Percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Collections processed on
     such Business Day as reflected in the Daily Report for such Business Day;
     provided, however, that if the amount to be allocated to the Holder of the
     Exchangeable Seller Certificate pursuant to this subsection 4.4(a)(iv) with
     respect to any Business Day would create a Shortfall Amount on such
     Business Day after giving effect to the inclusion in the Trust of all
     Receivables created on or prior to such Business Day and the application of
     payments referred to in subsection 4.3(e) of the Agreement, the Shortfall
     Amount shall be deposited into the Excess Funding Account; provided,
     further, however, that the Class D Spread Shortfall Amount, if any, shall
     be deposited in the Class D Spread Account and, if such deposit in the
     Class D Spread Account would create a Shortfall Amount, the Seller shall
     make a deposit into the Excess Funding Account in the amount of such
     Shortfall Amount; and  provided, finally, however, that any such amount
     otherwise payable to the Seller pursuant to this subsection 4.4(a)(iv)
     shall first be treated as Shared Principal Collections.

          (v)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 4.2(d) of the
     Agreement, on each Business Day prior to the Existing Trust Termination
     Date, the lesser of (A) the Invested Percentage of Finance Charge
     Collections otherwise allocable to the Seller and (B) the Negative Carry
     Amount will be deposited in the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount and
     applied as set forth above.

          (b)  Allocations During the Accumulation Period.  During the
               ------------------------------------------
Accumulation Period, the Servicer shall, prior to the close of business on each
day any Collections are deposited in the Collection Account, direct the Trustee
in writing to allocate to the Certificateholders or the Holder of the
Exchangeable Seller Certificate and pay or deposit from the applicable
subaccount of the Collection Account the following amounts, calculated by the
Servicer, as set forth below:

          (i)  Allocate to the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount the
     Invested Percentage of the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Collections
     processed on such Business Day as reflected in the Daily Report for such
     Business Day.

         (ii)  Allocate to the Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount from the
     Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount the Class ABC Invested Percentage
     of the aggregate amount 

































<PAGE>
                                                                         34



     transferred to the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount on such Business
     Day (including amounts transferred thereto on any Transfer Date pursuant to
     subsection 4.2A(g)).

        (iii)  Allocate to the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount from the Series
     1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount the Class D Invested Percentage of the
     aggregate amount transferred to the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount
     on such Business Day (including amounts transferred thereto on any Transfer
     Date pursuant to subsection 4.2A(g)).

         (iv)  Allocate to the Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Subaccount
     the Invested Percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Collections
     processed on such Business Day as reflected in the Daily Report for such
     Business Day.

          (v)  Allocate to the Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount from
     the Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Subaccount the Class ABC Invested
     Percentage of the amount transferred to the Series 1996-1 Principal
     Collections Subaccount (the "Class ABC Principal Allocation"); provided,
     however, that if the sum of such Class ABC Principal Allocation and all
     preceding Class ABC Principal Allocations with respect to the same Monthly
     Period (as increased or decreased on each Determination Date by the amount
     deposited to or withdrawn from the Class ABC Principal Collections
     Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.4(e), the "Class ABC Monthly Total
     Principal Allocation") exceeds the Controlled Deposit Amount, then such
     excess shall not be treated as a Class ABC Principal Allocation and shall
     be paid as provided in subsection 4.4(b)(vii); and provided, further,
     however, that if on any Business Day after giving effect to the allocation
     set forth in this subsection 4.4(b)(v) there would be a Class ABC Principal
     Shortfall, then the Class ABC Invested Percentage of Shared Principal
     Collections from other Series, if any, will be deposited in the Class ABC
     Principal Collections Subaccount to the extent of such shortfall.

         (vi)  Allocate to the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount from
     the Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Subaccount the Class D-1 Invested
     Percentage of the aggregate amount transferred to the Series 1996-1
     Principal Collections Subaccount (the "Class D-1 Principal Allocation");
     provided, however, that if the sum of such Class D-1 Principal Allocation
     and all preceding Class D-1 Principal Allocations with respect to the same
     Monthly Period (as increased or decreased on each Determination Date by the
     amount deposited to or withdrawn from the Class D-1 Principal Collections
     Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.4(e), the "Class D-1 Monthly Total
     Principal Allocation") exceeds the Class D-1 Monthly Principal
     Distribution, then such excess shall not be treated as a Class D-1
     Principal 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         35



     Allocation and shall be paid as provided in subsection 4.4(b)(vii); and
     provided, further, however, that if on any Business Day after giving effect
     to the allocation set forth in this subsection 4.4(b)(vi) there would be a
     Class D-1 Principal Shortfall, then the Class D-1 Invested Percentage of
     Shared Principal Collections from other Series, if any, will be deposited
     in the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount to the extent of such
     shortfall.

        (vii)  Pay to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate an
     amount equal to the Invested Percentage of the aggregate amount of
     Principal Collections processed on such Business Day as reflected on the
     Daily Report for such Business Day minus the amounts allocated pursuant to
     subsections 4.4(b)(v) and (vi); provided, however, that in the event that
     the amount to be paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate
     pursuant to this subsection 4.4(b)(vii) with respect to any Business Day
     would result in a Shortfall Amount, the Shortfall Amount shall be deposited
     into the Excess Funding Account; provided, further, however, that the Class
     D Spread Shortfall Amount, if any, shall be deposited in the Class D Spread
     Account and, if such deposit in the Class D Spread Account would create a
     Shortfall Amount, the Seller shall make a deposit into the Excess Funding
     Account in the amount of such Shortfall Amount; and provided, finally, that
     any amount otherwise payable to the Seller pursuant to this paragraph
     4.4(b)(vii) will first be treated as Shared Principal Collections.

          (c)  Allocations During the Rapid Amortization Period.  During the
               ------------------------------------------------
Rapid Amortization Period, the Servicer shall, prior to the close of business on
each day any Collections are deposited in the Collection Account, direct the
Trustee in writing to allocate to the Certificateholders or the Holder of the
Exchangeable Seller Certificate and pay or deposit from the applicable
subaccount of the Collection Account the following amounts, calculated by the
Servicer, as set forth below:

          (i)  Allocate to the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount an amount
     equal to the Invested Percentage of Finance Charge Collections processed on
     such Business Day as reflected in the Daily Report with respect to such
     Business Day.

         (ii)  Allocate to the Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount from the
     Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount an amount equal to the Class ABC
     Invested Percentage of the aggregate amount transferred to the Series 1996-
     1 Finance Charge Subaccount on such Business Day (including amounts
     transferred thereto on any Transfer Date pursuant to Section 4.2A(g)).

          (iii) Allocate to the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount from the
     Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount the Class D 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         36



     Invested Percentage of the aggregate amount transferred to the Series 1996-
     1 Finance Charge Subaccount on such Business Day (including amounts
     transferred thereto on any Transfer Date pursuant to subsection 4.2A(g)).

         (iv)  Allocate to the Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Subaccount an
     amount equal to the Invested Percentage of Principal Collections processed
     on such Business Day as reflected in the Daily Report with respect to such
     Business Day;

          (v)  Allocate to the Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount from
     the Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Subaccount an amount equal to the
     Class ABC Invested Percentage of the amount transferred to the Series 1996-
     1 Principal Collections Subaccount on such Business Day; provided, however,
     that after the date on which the Class ABC Adjusted Invested Amount minus
     the amount on deposit in the Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount has
     been reduced to zero, the amount determined in accordance with this
     subparagraph (v) shall be paid as provided in subsection 4.4(b)(vii); and
     provided, further, however, that if on any Business Day after giving effect
     to the allocation set forth in this subsection 4.4(c)(v) there would be a
     Class ABC Principal Shortfall, then the Class ABC Invested Percentage of
     Shared Principal Collections from other Series, if any, will be deposited
     in the Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount to the extent of such
     shortfall.

         (vi)  Allocate to the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount from
     the Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Subaccount an amount equal to the
     Class D-1 Invested Percentage of the amount transferred to the Series 1996-
     1 Principal Collections Subaccount on such Business Day; provided, however,
     that after the date on which the Class D-1 Adjusted Invested Amount minus
     the amount on deposit in the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount has
     been reduced to zero, the amount determined in accordance with this
     subparagraph (v) shall be paid as provided in subsection 4.4(b)(vii); and
     provided, further, however, that if on any Business Day after giving effect
     to the allocation set forth in this subsection 4.4(c)(vi) there would be a
     Class D-1 Principal Shortfall, then the Class D-1 Invested Percentage of
     Shared Principal Collections from other Series, if any, will be deposited
     in the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount to the extent of such
     shortfall.

        (vii)  Allocate to the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount from
     the Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Subaccount an amount equal to the
     Class D-2 Invested Percentage of the amount transferred to the Series 1996-
     1 Principal Collections Subaccount on such Business Day (the "Class D-2
     Principal Allocation"); provided, however, that after the date on which the
     Class D-2 Adjusted Invested 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         37



     Amount minus the amount on deposit in the Class D-2 Principal Collections
     Subaccount has been reduced to zero, the amount determined in accordance
     with this subparagraph (vii) shall be paid as provided in subsection
     4.4(b)(vii); and provided, further, however, that if on any Business Day
     after giving effect to the allocation set forth in this subsection
     4.4(c)(vii) there would be a Class D-2 Principal Shortfall, then the Class
     D-2 Invested Percentage of Shared Principal Collections from other Series,
     if any, will be deposited in the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount
     to the extent of such shortfall.

          (d)  Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Agreement to the
contrary, whether or not the Servicer is required to make monthly or daily
deposits pursuant to subsections 4.4(a), (b) and (c), provided that (x) Saks is
the Servicer and the long-term unsecured debt securities of the Servicer shall
be rated investment grade by both Moody's and Standard & Poor's and (y) the
Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to the
institution of the provisions of this paragraph, then with respect to any
Monthly Period, (i) the Servicer shall only be required to deposit Collections
from the Collection Account into the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount or
the Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Subaccount in an amount equal to the
lesser of (A) the amount required to be deposited in such sub-subaccount
pursuant to Section 4.4 and (B) the amount required to be distributed to the
Series 1996-1 Certificateholders from such sub-subaccount on the following
Distribution Date and (ii) if at any time prior to such Distribution Date the
amount of Collections deposited in the Collection Account exceeds the amount
required to be deposited pursuant to clause (i), the Servicer will be permitted
to withdraw the excess from the Collection Account.  To the extent that, in
accordance with this subsection the Servicer has retained amounts which would
otherwise be required to be deposited in the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge
Subaccount or the Series 1996-1 Principal Collections Subaccount with respect to
any Monthly Period, the Servicer shall be required to deposit such amounts in
the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount and the Series 1996-1 Principal
Collections Subaccount on the related Transfer Date to the extent necessary to
make all required distributions on the related Distribution Date.

          (e)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, on each
Determination Date, the amounts in the Series 1996-1 Principal Collections
Subaccount, the Series 1996-1 Finance Charge Subaccount and each subaccount
thereof shall be adjusted by the Servicer as shall be necessary to reflect the
true-up adjustments pursuant to Section 1.3(b) and 4.3(i) of the Agreement.

          Section 4.5  Determination of Certificate Interest.  (a) The amount of
                       -------------------------------------
monthly interest distributable to the Class A Certificateholders on any
Distribution Date (the "Class A Certificate Interest") shall be an amount,
determined by the 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         38



Servicer, equal to (i) with respect to the first Distribution Date following the
Closing Date, the product of (A) the Class A Certificate Rate in effect for the
first Accrual Period times the number of days in the first Accrual Period
divided by 360 and (B) the Class A Initial Invested Amount and (ii) with respect
to each Distribution Date thereafter, the sum of (A) the product of (x) the
Class A Certificate Rate in effect for the Accrual Period ending on such
Distribution Date times the number of days in such Accrual Period divided by 360
and (y) the Class A Unpaid Invested Amount on the preceding Distribution Date
(after giving effect to all distributions occurring on such date) and (B) the
product of (x) the actual number of days in the related Accrual Period divided
by 360 times (y) the Class A Certificate Interest (or portion thereof) accrued
on any prior Distribution Date and remaining unpaid and (B) the Class A
Certificate Rate in effect during the related Accrual Period plus 2%.

          (b) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class B
Certificateholders on any Distribution Date (the "Class B Certificate Interest")
shall be an amount, determined by the Servicer, equal to (i) with respect to the
first Distribution Date following the Closing Date, the product of (A) the Class
B Certificate Rate in effect with respect to the first Accrual Period times the
number of days in the first Accrual Period divided by 360 and (B) the Class B
Initial Invested Amount and (ii) with respect to each Distribution Date
thereafter, the sum of (A) the product of (x) the Class B Certificate Rate in
effect during the Accrual Period ending on such Distribution Date times the
number of days in such Accrual Period divided by 360 and (y) the Class B Unpaid
Invested Amount on the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all
distributions occurring on such date) and (B) the product of (x) the actual
number of days in the related Accrual Period divided by 360 times (y) the Class
B Certificate Interest (or portion thereof) accrued on any prior Distribution
Date and remaining unpaid and (B) the Class B Certificate Rate in effect during
the related Accrual Period plus 2%.

          (c) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class C
Certificateholders on any Distribution Date (the "Class C Certificate Interest")
shall be an amount, determined by the Servicer, equal to (i) with respect to the
first Distribution Date following the Closing Date, the product of (A) the Class
C Certificate Rate times the number of days in the first Accrual Period divided
by 360 and (B) the Class C Initial Invested Amount and (ii) with respect to each
Distribution Date thereafter, the sum of (A) the product of (x) the Class C
Certificate Rate with respect to the Accrual Period ending on such Distribution
Date times the number of days elapsed in such Accrual Period divided by 360 and
(y) the Class C Invested Amount plus the Class C Companion Account Amount
determined on the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all
distributions occurring on such date) and (B) the product of (x) any Class C
Certificate Interest (or portion thereof) accrued on any prior Distribution Date
and 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         39



remaining unpaid and (y) the Class C Certificate Rate in effect for such prior
Accrual Period plus 2% times the number of days elapsed in the current Accrual
Period divided by 360.

          (d) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class D-1
Certificateholders on any Distribution Date (the "Class D-1 Certificate
Interest") shall be an amount, determined by the Servicer, equal to (i) with
respect to the first Distribution Date following the Closing Date, the product
of (A) the Class D-1 Certificate Rate in effect for the first Accrual Period
times the number of days in the first Accrual Period divided by 360 and (B) the
Class D-1 Initial Invested Amount and (ii) with respect to each Distribution
Date thereafter, the sum of (A) the product of (x) the Class D-1 Certificate
Rate with respect to the Accrual Period ending on such Distribution Date times
the number of days elapsed in such Accrual Period divided by 360 and (y) the
Class D-1 Invested Amount plus the Class D-1 Companion Account Amount determined
on the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all distributions
occurring on such date) and (B) the product of (x) any Class D-1 Certificate
Interest (or portion thereof) accrued on any prior Distribution Date and
remaining unpaid and (y) the Class D-1 Certificate Rate in effect for such prior
Accrual Period plus 2% times the number of days elapsed in the current Accrual
Period divided by 360.

          Section 4.6  Determination of Class ABC Deficiency Amount.  (a)  On
                       --------------------------------------------
each Determination Date, the Servicer shall determine the amount (the "Class ABC
Deficiency Amount"), if any, by which the sum of (i) the Class A Certificate
Interest, Class B Certificate Interest and Class C Certificate Interest for the
following Transfer Date, plus (ii) to the extent that Saks or an affiliate of
Saks is not the Servicer, the Class ABC Invested Percentage of the Monthly
Servicing Fee accrued in respect of the preceding Monthly Period plus (iii) the
Class ABC Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount, if any, for the
preceding Monthly Period exceeds the aggregate of (A) amounts allocated to the
Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount in respect of the preceding Monthly Period
(as such amount shall be increased or decreased pursuant to subsection 4.3(i) of
the Agreement and subsection 4.4(e) hereof), (B) the Class ABC Invested
Percentage of the Invested Percentage of the amount allocated to the Finance
Charge Account with respect to Ineligible Receivables reassigned pursuant to
subsection 2.4(d) of the Agreement and (C) any amounts allocable to the Class A
Certificates, Class B Certificates or Class C Certificates in respect of Shared
Finance Charge Collections in respect of the preceding Monthly Period (such sum,
the "Monthly Period Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount Allocation").

          (b)  If on any Determination Date the Class ABC Deficiency Amount
exceeds zero:

          (i)  first, on the Transfer Date following such Determination Date the
     Servicer shall, or shall direct the 



































<PAGE>
                                                                         40



     Trustee in writing to, withdraw an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the
     amount on deposit in the Class ABC Spread Account and (B) the Class ABC
     Deficiency Amount from the Class ABC Spread Account and deposit such amount
     in the Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount to reduce the Class ABC
     Deficiency Amount;
 
         (ii)  second, if the Class ABC Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (i), on the Transfer Date following such
     Determination Date, the Servicer shall, or shall direct the Trustee in
     writing to, withdraw a portion of the Collections allocated to the Class
     ABC Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(v) or
     4.4(c)(v), up to the least of (A) the Class C Invested Percentage of such
     Collections, (B) the Class ABC Invested Percentage of the Investor Default
     Amount and (C) the remaining Class ABC Deficiency Amount, from the Class
     ABC Principal Collections Subaccount and deposit such amount in the Class
     ABC Finance Charge Subaccount to reduce the remaining Class ABC Deficiency
     Amount (the amount so deposited the "Class C Reallocated Amounts");  the
     Servicer shall, or shall cause the Trustee to, reduce the Class C Invested
     Amount by the amount of the Class C Reallocated Amounts; 

        (iii)  third, if the Class ABC Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (ii), the Servicer shall, or shall cause
     the Trustee to, reduce the Class C Invested Amount on the Transfer Date
     following such Determination Date by the least of (A) the Class ABC
     Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount minus the Class C
     Reallocated Amounts for such Transfer Date, (B) the Class C Invested Amount
     (as reduced by any Class C Reallocated Amounts) and (C) the remaining Class
     ABC Deficiency Amount (together with any Class C Reallocated Amounts, a
     "Class C Investor Charge Off");

         (iv)  fourth, in the event that the Class ABC Deficiency Amount would
     be greater than zero after giving effect to clause (iii), on the Transfer
     Date following such Determination Date, the Servicer shall, or shall direct
     the Trustee in writing to, withdraw a portion of the Collections allocated
     to the Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to subsection
     4.4(b)(v) or 4.4(c)(v), up to the least of (A) the Class B Invested
     Percentage of such Collections, (B) the Class ABC Invested Percentage of
     the Investor Default Amount minus the Class C Investor Charge Offs for such
     Transfer Date and (C) the remaining Class ABC Deficiency Amount, and
     deposit such amount in the Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount to reduce
     the remaining Class ABC Deficiency Amount (the amount so deposited the
     "Class B Reallocated Amounts"); the Servicer shall, or shall direct the
     Trustee in writing to, reduce the Class B Invested Amount by the amount of
     the Class B Reallocated Amounts;





































<PAGE>
                                                                         41




          (v)  fifth, if the Class ABC Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (iv), on the Transfer Date following
     such Determination Date, the Servicer shall, or shall direct the Trustee in
     writing to, reduce the Class B Invested Amount on such date by an amount
     equal to the least of (A) the Class ABC Invested Percentage of the Investor
     Default Amount minus the sum of the Class C Investor Charge Offs and the
     Class B Reallocated Amounts, (B) the Class B Invested Amount (as reduced by
     any Class B Reallocated Amounts) and (C) the remaining Class ABC Deficiency
     Amount (together with any Class B Reallocated Amounts, a "Class B Investor
     Charge Off");

         (vi)  sixth, if the Class ABC Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (v), on the Transfer Date following such
     Determination Date, the Servicer shall, or shall direct the Trustee in
     writing to, reduce the Class A Invested Amount by an amount equal to the
     lesser of (A) the Class ABC Invested Percentage of the Investor Default
     Amount minus the sum of the Class C Investor Charge Offs and the Class B
     Investor Charge Offs and (B) the remaining Class ABC Deficiency Amount (a
     "Class A Investor Charge Off").

          Section 4.7  Determination of Class D Deficiency Amount.  (a)  On each
                       ------------------------------------------
Determination Date, the Servicer shall determine the amount (the "Class D
Deficiency Amount"), if any, by which the sum of (i) the Class D-1 Certificate
Interest, plus (ii) to the extent Saks or an affiliate of Saks is not the
Servicer, the Class D Invested Percentage of the Monthly Servicing Fee accrued
in respect of the preceding Monthly Period plus (iii) the Class D Invested
Percentage of the Investor Default Amount, if any, for the preceding Monthly
Period exceeds the aggregate of (A) amounts allocated to the Class D Finance
Charge Subaccount in respect of the preceding Monthly Period (as such amount
shall be increased or decreased pursuant to subsection 4.3(i) of the Agreement
and subsection 4.4(e) hereof), (B) the Class D Invested Percentage of the
Invested Percentage of any amounts deposited or to be deposited in the Finance
Charge Account for the prior Monthly Period, with respect to Ineligible
Receivables reassigned pursuant to subsection 2.4(d) of the Agreement and (C)
any amounts allocable to the Class D Certificates in respect of Shared Finance
Charge Collections in respect of the preceding Monthly Period (such sum, the
"Monthly Period Class D Finance Charge Subaccount Allocation").

          (b)  If on any Determination Date the Class D Deficiency Amount
exceeds zero, after giving effect to the provisions of Section 4.15, the
following applications shall be made:

          (i)  first, on the Transfer Date following such Determination Date,
     the Servicer shall, or shall direct the Trustee in writing to, withdraw an
     amount equal to the 



































<PAGE>
                                                                         42



     lesser of (A) the amount on deposit in the Class D Spread Account and (B)
     the Class D Deficiency Amount from the Class D Spread Account and deposit
     such amount in the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount to reduce the Class D
     Deficiency Amount; 

         (ii)  second, if the Class D Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (i), on the Transfer Date following such
     Determination Date, the Servicer shall, or shall direct the Trustee in
     writing to, withdraw a portion of the Collections allocated to the Class D-
     2 Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(vii) (after
     giving effect to any reallocation thereof pursuant to Section 4.15), up to
     the lesser of (A) the Class D Invested Percentage of the Investor Default
     Amount and (B) the remaining Class D Deficiency Amount, and deposit such
     amount in the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount to reduce the remaining
     Class D Deficiency Amount (the amount so deposited the "Class D-2
     Reallocated Amounts"); the Servicer shall, or shall cause the Trustee to,
     reduce the Class D-2 Invested Amount by the amount of the Class D-2
     Reallocated Amounts.

        (iii)  third, if the Class D Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (ii), the Servicer shall, or shall
     direct the Trustee in writing to, reduce the Class D-2 Invested Amount on
     the Transfer Date following such Determination Date by the least of (A) the
     Class D Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount minus the Class
     D-2 Reallocated Amounts for such Transfer Date, (B) the Class D-2 Invested
     Amount (as reduced by any Class D-2 Reallocated Amounts and any Class D-2
     Dilution Reductions pursuant to Section 4.15) and (C) the remaining Class D
     Deficiency Amount (together with any the amount of any Class D-2
     Reallocated Amounts, a "Class D-2 Investor Charge Off");

         (iv)  fourth, if the Class D Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (iii), on the Transfer Date following
     such Determination Date, Servicer shall, or shall direct the Trustee in
     writing to, reduce the Class D-1 Invested Amount by an amount equal to the
     lesser of (A) the Class D Invested Percentage of the Investor Default
     Amount minus the Class D-2 Charge Offs for such Transfer Date and (B) the
     remaining Class D Deficiency Amount (a "Class D-1 Investor Charge Off").

          Section 4.8  Monthly Payments From Class ABC Finance Charge
                       ----------------------------------------------
Subaccount.  On each Determination Date, the Servicer, pursuant to a Monthly
- ----------
Payment Instructions and Notification substantially in the form of Exhibit E to
this Supplement, shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw, and on the succeeding
Transfer Date the Trustee acting in accordance with such instructions shall
withdraw, or cause the withdrawal of, the following 





































<PAGE>
                                                                         43



amounts, up to the Monthly Period Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount
Allocation, from the Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount and apply them as
follows and in the following order of priority:

          (a)  Class A Certificate Interest.  To the Class ABC Distribution
               ----------------------------
     Account an amount equal to the Class A Certificate Interest with respect to
     the following Distribution Date.

          (b)  Class B Certificate Interest.  To the Class ABC Distribution
               ----------------------------
     Account an amount equal to the Class B Certificate Interest with respect to
     the following Distribution Date.

          (c)  Class C Certificate Interest.  To the Class ABC Distribution
               ----------------------------
     Account an amount equal to the Class C Certificate Interest with respect to
     the following Distribution Date.

          (d)  Servicing Fee to Nonaffiliates.  In the event that the Servicer
               ------------------------------
     is not Saks or an affiliate of Saks, to the Servicer, an amount equal to
     the Class ABC Invested Percentage of the Monthly Servicing Fee accrued in
     respect of the preceding Monthly Period (the "Class ABC Monthly Servicing
     Fee") plus all accrued and unpaid Class ABC Monthly Servicing Fees in
     respect of previous Monthly Periods.

          (e)  Defaults.  To the Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount, an
               --------
     amount equal to the Class ABC Invested Percentage of the Investor Default
     Amount.

          (f)  Reimbursement of Class A, B and C Investor Charge Offs.  To the
               ------------------------------------------------------
     Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount, an amount equal to the
     aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge Offs, Class B Investor Charge
     Offs and Class C Investor Charge Offs which have not theretofore been
     reimbursed.  Reimbursements under this subsection 4.8(f) shall be applied,
     first, to reimburse Class A Investor Charge Offs, second, to reimburse
     -----                                             ------
     Class B Investor Charge Offs, and third, to reimburse Class C Investor
                                       -----
     Charge Offs.  On the date of any such reimbursement, the Class A Invested
     Amount, Class B Invested Amount or Class C Invested Amount, as the case may
     be, shall be increased by the amount of such reimbursement.

          (g)  Reserve Account.  To the Reserve Account, an amount equal to the
               ---------------
     excess, if any, of the Required Reserve Account Amount over the amount on
     deposit in the Reserve Account (before giving effect to such deposit and
     after giving effect to any Reserve Account Draw on such date).







































<PAGE>
                                                                         44



          (h)  Interest on Class C Charge Offs. If prior to giving effect to
               -------------------------------
     clause (f) there were any unreimbursed Class C Investor Charge Offs, to the
     Class ABC Distribution Account, interest on such Class C Investor Charge
     Offs ("Class C Monthly Charge Off Interest") in an amount equal to the sum
     of (A) the amount of such unreimbursed Class C Investor Charge Offs times
     the Class C Certificate Rate in effect for the current Accrual Period times
     the number of days in the current Accrual Period divided by 360 and (B) the
     amount of any Class C Monthly Charge Off Interest due and unpaid with
     respect to any prior Accrual Period times the Class C Certificate Rate in
     effect during the Accrual Period in which such Class C Monthly Charge Off
     Interest became due plus 2% times the number of days in the current Accrual
     Period divided by 360.

          (i)  Class ABC Spread Account.  To the Class ABC Spread Account, the
               ------------------------
     excess, if any, of the Required Class ABC Spread Account Amount over the
     amount on deposit in the Class ABC Spread Account before giving effect to
     such deposit.

          (j)  Reimbursement of Class D Investor Charge Offs and Dilution
               ----------------------------------------------------------
     Reductions.  First, to the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount, an
     ----------
     amount equal to the aggregate amount of unreimbursed Class D-1 Investor
     Charge Offs and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions to reimburse such Class D-1
     Investor Charge Offs and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions, second, to the
     Class D Finance Charge Subaccount to pay accrued and unpaid Class D-1
     Monthly Charge Off Interest and, third, to the Class D-2 Principal
     Collections Subaccount to reimburse unreimbursed Class D-2 Investor Charge
     Offs and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions.  The Class D-1 Invested Amount or
     Class D-2 Invested Amount, as the case may be, shall be increased by the
     amount of any reimbursement of Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-1
     Dilution Reductions and Class D-2 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-2
     Dilution Reductions.

          (k)  Class D Spread Account.  To the Class D Spread Account an amount
               ----------------------
     equal to the excess, if any, of the Required Class D Spread Account Amount
     over the amount on deposit in the Class D Spread Account before giving
     effect to such deposit (but after giving effect to Sections 4.7 and 4.9).

          (l)  Funding Costs.  To the payment of Funding Costs owing to, first,
               -------------
     any Class C Certificateholders and, second, any Class D-1
     Certificateholders.

          (m)  Servicing Fee to Saks or Affiliates.  In the event that the
               -----------------------------------
     Servicer is Saks or an affiliate of Saks, to the Servicer, an amount equal
     to the Class ABC Monthly Servicing Fee accrued in respect of the preceding
     Monthly Period plus 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         45



     all accrued and unpaid amounts in respect of the Class ABC Monthly
     Servicing Fees in respect of previous Monthly Periods.

          (n)  Shared Finance Charge Collections.  To be treated as Shared
               ---------------------------------
     Finance Charge Collections allocable to other Series of Investor
     Certificates.

          (o)  Payment to Seller.  On each Transfer Date, the Trustee, acting in
               -----------------
     accordance with written instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw from
     the Finance Charge Subaccount and pay to the Holder of the Exchangeable
     Seller Certificate an amount up to the Monthly Period Class ABC Finance
     Charge Subaccount Allocation less any amounts withdrawn from the Finance
     Charge Subaccount pursuant to (a) through (n).

          Section 4.9  Monthly Payments From Class D Finance Charge Subaccount. 
                       -------------------------------------------------------
On each Determination Date, the Servicer, pursuant to a Monthly Payment
Instructions and Notification substantially in the form of Exhibit E to this
Supplement, shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw, and on the succeeding
Transfer Date the Trustee acting in accordance with such instructions shall
withdraw, or cause the withdrawal of, the following amounts, up to the Monthly
Period Class D Finance Charge Subaccount Allocation, from the Class D Finance
Charge Subaccount and apply them as follows and in the following order of
priority:

          (a)  Class D-1 Certificate Interest.  To the Class D Distribution
               ------------------------------
     Account an amount equal to the Class D-1 Certificate Interest with respect
     to the following Distribution Date.

          (b)  Servicing Fee to Nonaffiliates.  In the event that the Servicer
               ------------------------------
     is not Saks or an affiliate of Saks, to the Servicer, an amount equal to
     the Class D Invested Percentage of the Monthly Servicing Fee accrued in
     respect of the preceding Monthly Period (the "Class D Monthly Servicing
     Fee") plus all accrued and unpaid Class D Monthly Servicing Fees in respect
     of previous Monthly Periods.

          (c)  Defaults.  To the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount, an
               --------
     amount equal to the Class D-1 Invested Percentage of the Default Amount and
     to the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount, an amount equal to the
     Class D-2 Invested Percentage of the Default Amount.

          (d)  Reimbursement of D Charge Offs and Dilution Reductions.  To the
               ------------------------------------------------------
     Class D-1 or D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount, as the case may be, an
     amount equal to the aggregate amount of Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs,
     Class D-1 Dilution Reductions, Class D-2 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-2
     Dilution Reductions.  Reimbursements under this subsection 4.9(d) shall be
     applied first to reimburse Class D-1 Investor 
             -----



































<PAGE>
                                                                         46



     Charge Offs and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions and second, to reimburse
                                                       ------
     Class D-2 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions.  On the
     date of any such reimbursement, the Class D-1 Invested Amount or Class D-2
     Invested Amount, as the case may be, shall be increased by the amount of
     such reimbursement.

          (e)  Interest on Class D-1 Charge Offs and Dilution Reductions. If
               ---------------------------------------------------------
     prior to giving effect to clause (d) there were any unreimbursed Class D-1
     Investor Charge Offs and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions, to the Class D-1
     Distribution Account, interest on such Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs and
     Class D-1 Dilution Reductions ("Class D-1 Monthly Charge Off Interest") in
     an amount equal to the sum of (A) the amount of such unreimbursed Class D-1
     Investor Charge-Offs and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions times the Class D-1
     Certificate Rate in effect for the current Accrual Period times the number
     of days in the current Accrual Period divided by 360 and (B) the amount of
     any Class D-1 Monthly Charge Off Interest due and unpaid with respect to
     any prior Accrual Period times the Class D-1 Certificate Rate in effect
     during the Accrual Period in which such Class D-1 Monthly Charge Off
     Interest became due plus 2% times the number of days in the current Accrual
     Period divided by 360.

          (f)  Class D Spread Account.  To the Class D Spread Account, the
               ----------------------
     excess, if any, of the Required Class D Spread Account Amount over the
     amount on deposit in the Class D Spread Account before giving effect to
     such deposit.

          (g)  Reimbursement of Class A, B and C Investor Charge Offs.  To the
               ------------------------------------------------------
     Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount, an amount equal to the
     aggregate amount of unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge Offs, Class B
     Investor Charge Offs and Class C Investor Charge Offs and to the Class ABC
     Finance Charge Subaccount the amount of accrued and unpaid Class C Monthly
     Charge Off Interest.  Amounts available under this subsection 4.9(g) shall
     be applied first to reimburse Class A Investor Charge Offs, second, to
                -----                                            ------
     reimburse Class B Investor Charge Offs, third, to reimburse Class C
                                             -----
     Investor Charge Offs, and fourth, to the payment of accrued and unpaid
                               ------
     Class C Monthly Charge Off Interest.  On the date of any reimbursement, the
     Class A Invested Amount, Class B Invested Amount or Class C Invested
     Amount, as the case may be, shall be increased by the amount of such
     reimbursement.

          (h)  Class ABC Spread Account.  To the Class ABC Spread Account an
               ------------------------
     amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Required Class ABC Spread
     Account Amount over the amount on deposit in the Class ABC Spread Account
     before giving effect to such deposit (but after giving effect to Section
     4.8).




































<PAGE>
                                                                         47



          (i)  Funding Costs.  To the payment of Funding Costs owing to, first,
               -------------
     any Class D-1 Certificateholders and, second, any Class C
     Certificateholders.

          (j)  Servicing Fee to Saks or Affiliates.  In the event that the
               -----------------------------------
     Servicer is Saks or an affiliate of Saks, to the Servicer, an amount equal
     to the Class D Monthly Servicing Fee plus all accrued and unpaid amounts in
     respect of the Class D Monthly Servicing Fees in respect of previous
     Monthly Periods.

          (k)  Shared Finance Charge Collections.  To be treated as Shared
               ---------------------------------
     Finance Charge Collections allocable to other Series of Investor
     Certificates.

          (l)  Payment to Class D-2 Certificateholder.  On each Transfer Date,
               --------------------------------------
     the Trustee, acting in accordance with written instructions from the
     Servicer, shall withdraw from the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount and pay
     to the Class D-2 Certificateholder an amount up to the Monthly Period
     Finance Charge Subaccount Allocation less any amounts withdrawn from the
     Finance Charge Subaccount pursuant to clauses (a) through (k).

          Section 4.10  Payment of Certificate Interest.  On each Distribution
                        -------------------------------
Date, the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1:  (i) to the
Class A Certificateholders from the Class ABC Distribution Account the amount
deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.8(a) on the
related Transfer Date; (ii) to the Class B Certificateholders from the Class ABC
Distribution Account the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant
to Section 4.8(b) on the related Transfer Date; (iii) to the Class C
Certificateholders from the Class ABC Distribution Account the amount deposited
into the Class ABC Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.8(c) on the
related Transfer Date; and (iv) to the Class D-1 Certificateholders from the
Class D-1 Distribution Account the amount deposited into the Class D-1
Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.9(a) on the related Transfer Date.

          Section 4.11  Payment of Certificate Principal of Class A
                        -------------------------------------------
Certificates, Class B Certificates and Class C Certificates.
- -----------------------------------------------------------

          (a)  On the Determination Date following the commencement of the
Accumulation Period, and on each Determination Date thereafter until the
commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period, the Servicer shall instruct the
Trustee in writing to, and on the next succeeding Transfer Date the Trustee
shall, withdraw from the Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount and deposit
in the Class ABC Principal Funding Account (i) the amount deposited in the Class
ABC Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.4(b)(v) during the
preceding Monthly Period and (ii) the amount to be deposited in the Class 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         48



ABC Principal Collections Subaccount on such Transfer Date pursuant to
subsection 4.8(e) or (f) or 4.9(g);

          (b)  On each Transfer Date after the end of the Revolving Period, the
Servicer shall withdraw, or instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw, and on
such Transfer Date the Trustee shall withdraw, from the Excess Funding Account
and deposit to the Class ABC Principal Funding Account an amount equal to the
lesser of (x) the Class ABC Invested Percentage of the Invested Percentage of
the amount on deposit therein (exclusive of investment earnings) and (y) the
Class ABC Principal Shortfall.

          (c)  On the earlier to occur of (i) the Determination Date following
the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period and (ii) the Determination
Date immediately preceding the Class A Expected Payment Date, the Servicer shall
instruct the Trustee in writing to, and on the following Transfer Date the
Trustee shall, withdraw from the Class ABC Principal Funding Account and deposit
in the Class ABC Distribution Account the amount on deposit in the Class ABC
Principal Funding Account.

          (d)  On the earlier to occur of (i) the Determination Date following
the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period and (ii) the Determination
Date preceding the Class A Expected Payment Date, and on each Determination Date
thereafter, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing to, and on the
next succeeding Transfer Date the Trustee shall, withdraw from the Class ABC
Principal Collections Subaccount and deposit in the Class ABC Distribution
Account (1) the amount deposited in the Class ABC Principal Collection
Subaccount pursuant to subsections 4.4(b)(v) and 4.4(c)(v) during the preceding
Monthly Period and (2) the amount to be deposited in the Class ABC Principal
Collections Subaccount on such Transfer Date pursuant to subsection 4.8(e) or
(f) or 4.9(g).

          (e)  On the Determination Date preceding the final Transfer Date, the
Servicer shall determine the amounts to be deposited pursuant to this sentence,
and on the final Transfer Date: (x) the Servicer shall, or shall instruct the
Trustee in writing to, and the Trustee shall, withdraw from the Class ABC
Principal Collections Subaccount and deposit into the Class ABC Distribution
Account, an amount which is no greater than the sum of the Class A Invested
Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount as of the
end of the day on such Transfer Date (after giving effect to the application of
Sections 4.8 and 4.9 on such Transfer Date); and (y) the Servicer shall, or
shall instruct the Trustee in writing to, and the Trustee shall, withdraw from
the Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount and deposit into the Collection
Account, for allocation as Principal Collections pursuant to Article IV of the
Agreement, the amount, if any, remaining in the Class ABC Principal Collections
Subaccount after giving effect to the withdrawals made pursuant to clause (x).




































<PAGE>
                                                                         49



          (f)  Unless the Rapid Amortization Period has commenced, on the Class
A Expected Payment Date, subject to the following paragraph, the Paying Agent
shall pay, in the following order of priority, in accordance with Section
5.1(a), to the Class A Certificateholders from the Class ABC Distribution
Account the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Class ABC Distribution
Account on the related Transfer Date and (b) the Class A Invested Amount on such
date.  Unless the Rapid Amortization Period has commenced, on the Class B
Expected Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall pay, in accordance with Section
5.1(b), to the Class B Certificateholders from the Class ABC Distribution
Account the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Class ABC Distribution
Account on the related Transfer Date and (b) the Class B Invested Amount on such
date.  Unless the Rapid Amortization Period has commenced, on the Class C
Expected Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall pay, in accordance with Section
5.1(c), to the Class C Certificateholders from the Class ABC Distribution
Account the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Class ABC Distribution
Account on the related Transfer Date and (b) the Class C Invested Amount on such
date.

          (g)  In accordance with the subordination of the Class B Certificates
to the Class A Certificates and the subordination of the Class C Certificates to
the Class A and B Certificates, on each Distribution Date occurring after the
commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period, the Paying Agent shall pay, in
accordance with Section 5.1, (i) to the Class A Certificateholders from the
Class ABC Distribution Account the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the
Class ABC Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date and (b) the Class A
Invested Amount on such date, (ii) to the Class B Certificateholders from the
Class ABC Distribution Account the lesser of (r) the amount on deposit in the
Class ABC Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date less any amounts
withdrawn from the Distribution Account pursuant to clause (i) of this
subsection 4.11(g) and (s) the Class B Invested Amount on such date and (iii) to
the Class C Certificateholders from the Class ABC Distribution Account the
lesser of (y) the amount on deposit in the Class ABC Distribution Account on the
related Transfer Date less any amounts withdrawn from the Class ABC Distribution
Account pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this subsection 4.11(g) and (z) the
Class C Invested Amount on such date.

          Section 4.12  Payment of Certificate Principal of Class D
                        -------------------------------------------
Certificates.
- ------------

          (a)  On the Determination Date following the commencement of the
Accumulation Period, and on each Determination Date thereafter until the
commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period, the Servicer shall instruct the
Trustee in writing to, and on the next succeeding Transfer Date the Trustee
shall, withdraw from the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount and deposit
in the Class D-1 Distribution Account (i) the amount deposited in the Class D-1
Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.4(b)(vi) during the
preceding Monthly Period (and not reallocated pursuant to Section 4.15) and (ii)
the amount to be deposited in the Class D-1 Principal Collections 

































<PAGE>
                                                                         50



Subaccount on such Transfer Date pursuant to subsection 4.8(j) or 4.9(c) or
4.9(d) (in each case after giving effect to any reallocation pursuant to Section
4.15).

          (b)  On the Determination Date following the commencement of the Rapid
Amortization Period, and on each Determination Date thereafter, the Servicer
shall instruct the Trustee in writing to, and on the next succeeding Transfer
Date the Trustee shall, (i) withdraw from the Class D-1 Principal Collections
Subaccount and deposit in the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account (A) the amount
deposited in the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to
subsection 4.4(b)(vi) or 4.4(c)(vi) during the preceding Monthly Period (and not
reallocated pursuant to Section 4.15) and (B) the amount to be deposited in the
Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount on such Transfer Date pursuant to
subsection 4.8(j) or 4.9(c) or 4.9(d) (in each case after giving effect to any
reallocation pursuant to Section 4.15) and (ii) withdraw from the Class D-2
Principal Collections Subaccount and deposit in the Class D-2 Principal Funding
Account (A) the amount deposited in the Class D-2 Principal Collections
Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.4(c)(vii) during the preceding Monthly
Period (and not reallocated pursuant to Section 4.15) and (B) the amount to be
deposited in the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount on such Transfer
Date pursuant to subsection 4.8 (j) or 4.9(c) or 4.9(d) (in each case after
giving effect to any reallocation pursuant to Section 4.15).

          (c)  On the Determination Date during the Rapid Amortization Period
preceding the Transfer Date on which the funds available for transfer from the
Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount will be sufficient to reduce the
Class B Invested Amount to zero, and on each Determination Date thereafter, the
Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing to, and on the next succeeding
Transfer Date the Trustee shall, (i) withdraw from the Class D-1 Principal
Funding Account and deposit in the Class D-1 Distribution Account, the least of
(A) the amount on deposit in the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account, after
giving effect to clause (b) above, (B) the excess of the Class D Invested Amount
over the Required Class D Invested Amount and (C) the Class D-1 Invested Amount.

          (d)  On the Determination Date during the Rapid Amortization Period
preceding the Transfer Date on which the funds available for transfer from the
Class D-1 Principal Subaccount will be sufficient to reduce the Class D-1
Invested Amount to zero, and on each Determination Date thereafter, the Servicer
shall instruct the Trustee in writing to, and on the next succeeding Transfer
Date the Trustee shall, (i) withdraw from the Class D-2 Principal Funding
Account and deposit in the Class D-2 Distribution Account, the lesser of (A) the
amount on 







































<PAGE>
                                                                         51



deposit in the Class D-2 Principal Funding Account, after giving effect to
clause (b) above and (B) the excess of the Class D-2 Invested Amount over the
Required Class D Invested Amount.

          (e)  On each Transfer Date after the end of the Revolving Period, the
Servicer shall withdraw, or instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw, and on
such Transfer Date the Trustee shall withdraw, from the Excess Funding Account
and deposit (i) an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Class D-1 Invested
Percentage of the Invested Percentage of the amount on deposit in the Excess
Funding Account (exclusive of investment earnings) and (y) the Class D-1
Principal Shortfall to (A) during the Accumulation Period (or during the Rapid
Amortization Period on and after to the date on which the Class B Invested
Amount is reduced to zero), the Class D-1 Distribution Account, and (B) during
the Rapid Amortization Period prior to the date on which the Class B Invested
Amount is reduced to zero, the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account and (ii)
during the Rapid Amortization Period only, an amount equal to the lesser of (x)
the Class D-2 Invested Percentage of the Invested Percentage of the amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account (exclusive of investment earnings) and (y)
the Class D-2 Principal Shortfall to (A) first, the Class D Spread Account to
the extent the amount in the Class D Spread Account is less than the Required
Class D Spread Account Amount and, (B) second, the Class D-2 Distribution
Account.

          (f)  On the Determination Date preceding the final Transfer Date, the
Servicer shall determine the amounts to be deposited pursuant to this sentence
and on the final Transfer Date: (x) the Servicer shall, or shall instruct the
Trustee in writing to, and the Trustee shall, (i) withdraw from the Class D-1
Principal Funding Account and deposit in the Class D-1 Distribution Account an
amount which is no greater than the Class D-1 Invested Amount as of the end of
the day on such Transfer Date, after giving effect to the applications of
Section 4.8, 4.9 and 4.15 on such Transfer Date) and (ii) withdraw from the
Class D-2 Principal Funding Account and deposit in the Class D-2 Distribution
Account an amount which is no greater than the Class D-2 Invested Amount as of
the end of the day on the preceding Record Date; and (y) the Servicer shall, or
shall instruct the Trustee in writing to, and the Trustee shall, withdraw from
the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account and the Class D-2 Principal Funding
Account and deposit into the Collection Account, for allocation as Principal
Collections pursuant to Article IV, the amount, if any, remaining in such
Principal Funding Accounts after giving effect to the withdrawals made pursuant
to clause (x).

          (g)  On each Distribution Date during the Accumulation Period, the
Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 to the Class D-1
Certificateholders from the Class D-1 Distribution Account the amount on deposit
in the Class D-1 Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date.









































<PAGE>
                                                                         52



          Section 4.13  Applications of Spread Account Funds; Release of Funds
                        ------------------------------------------------------
From Spread Accounts. (a)  On the Closing Date, the Seller shall deposit in the
- --------------------
Class ABC Spread Account the Required Class ABC Spread Account Amount.  On the
Existing Trust Termination Date, the Seller shall, (i) first, deposit into the
Class ABC Spread Account the lesser of (A) the excess of the Required Class ABC
Spread Account Amount over the amount on deposit in the Class ABC Spread Account
and (B) the amount received by the Seller pursuant to Section 7.4(b) of the
Transition Supplement and (ii) second, deposit into the Class D Spread Account
the remainder of the amount received by the Seller pursuant to Section 7.4(b) of
the Transition Supplement.

          (b)  On the date during the Accumulation Period or the Rapid
Amortization Period on which the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced to
zero and all Class C Certificate Interest and all Class C Monthly Charge Off
Interest shall have been paid in full, the amount on deposit in the Class ABC
Spread Account shall be deposited in the Class D Spread Account.

          (c)  On the date during the Accumulation Period or the Rapid
Amortization Period on which the Class D-1 Invested Amount has been reduced to
zero and all Class D-1 Certificate Interest and all Class D-1 Monthly Charge Off
Interest shall have been paid in full, the amount on deposit in the Class D
Spread Account shall be deposited in the Class ABC Spread Account.

          (d)  On the Series Termination Date the amount on deposit in the Class
ABC Spread Account shall be deposited in the Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount
and applied in accordance with Section 4.8 and the amount on deposit in the
Class D Spread Account shall be deposited in the Class D Finance Charge
Subaccount and applied in accordance with Section 4.9.

          (e)  In the event the Trustee shall sell the Receivables pursuant to
Section 9.2 of the Agreement, the amount on deposit in the Class ABC Spread
Account shall be deposited in the Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount and
applied in accordance with Section 4.8 and the amount on deposit in the Class D
Spread Account shall be deposited in the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount and
applied in accordance with Section 4.9.

          Section 4.14  Applications of Reserve Account Funds. (a)  On each
                        -------------------------------------
Determination Date in respect of each Monthly Period during the Accumulation
Period, the Servicer shall withdraw, or instruct the Trustee in writing to
withdraw, and on the following Transfer Date the Trustee shall withdraw, from
the Reserve Account an amount (the "Reserve Draw Amount") equal to the lesser of
the Class ABC Principal Funding Investment Shortfall and the amount on deposit
in the Reserve Account.  The Reserve Draw Amount shall be deposited in the Class
ABC Finance Charge Subaccount.
































<PAGE>
                                                                         53



          (b)  If on any Transfer Date, after giving effect to all deposits to
and withdrawals from the Reserve Account, the amount on deposit in the Reserve
Account would exceed the Required Reserve Account Amount (the "Reserve Account
Surplus"), the Servicer shall withdraw, or instruct the Trustee in writing to
withdraw, and on such Transfer Date the Trustee shall withdraw, from the Reserve
Account, the Reserve Account Surplus and distribute such amount to the Holder of
the Exchangeable Seller Certificate.

          (c)  Upon the earliest to occur of the Class B Expected Payment Date
or a Pay Out Event, the Servicer shall withdraw, or instruct the Trustee in
writing to withdraw, and on such Distribution Date the Trustee shall withdraw,
after the prior payment of all amounts payable from the Reserve Account as
provided in this Section 4.14, all amounts then on deposit in the Reserve
Account and transfer such amounts to the Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount,
and the Reserve Account shall terminate.   

          Section 4.15  Allocation of Shortfall Share.  To the extent that at
                        -----------------------------
any time a Shortfall Share has been allocated to Series 1996-1, the Servicer
shall calculate and direct the Trustee in writing to make the following
applications: (i) first, the lesser of (A) the Class ABCD-1 Invested Percentage
                  -----
of such Shortfall Share and (B) the sum of the amount on deposit in the Class D-
2 Principal Funding Account and the Collections allocated to the Class D-2
Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(vii) shall be
withdrawn from the Class D-2 Principal Funding Account and the Class D-2
Principal Collections Subaccount, the Class D-2 Invested Amount shall be reduced
by the amount of such withdrawal and the amount of such withdrawal shall be
deposited in the Class ABC Principal Collections Subaccount and the Class D-1
Principal Collections Subaccount in accordance with the Class ABC Invested
Percentage and the Class D-1 Invested Percentage, respectively, of the amount of
such withdrawal, (ii) second, the Class D-2 Invested Amount shall be reduced by
                      ------
the excess of (A) the Shortfall Share over (B) the amounts applied pursuant to
clause (i) but not below zero, (iii) third, an amount equal to the lesser of (A)
                                     -----
the excess of (1) the Class ABCD-1 Invested Percentage of the Shortfall Share
over (2) the withdrawals and reductions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) and
(B) the amount on deposit in the Class D Spread Account shall be withdrawn from
the Class D Spread Account and deposited into the Class ABC Principal
Collections Subaccount and the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount in
accordance with the Class ABC Invested Percentage and the Class D-1 Invested
Percentage, respectively, of the amount of such withdrawal, (iv) fourth, an
                                                                 ------
amount equal to the lesser of (A) the excess of the Class ABC Percentage of the
Shortfall Share over the withdrawals and reductions pursuant to clauses (i)
through (iii) and (B) the sum of the amount on deposit in the Class D-1
Principal Funding Account and the amount allocated to the Class D-1 Principal
Collections Subaccount pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(vi) or 4.4(c)(vi) shall be
withdrawn from the Class D-1 Principal 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         54



Funding Account and the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount on such day,
the Class D-1 Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such withdrawal
and the amount of such withdrawal shall be deposited in the Class ABC Principal
Collections Subaccount and (v) fifth, the Class D-1 Invested Amount shall be
                               -----
reduced by the excess of the Shortfall Share over the withdrawals and reductions
pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) but not below zero.  Any reduction in the
Shortfall Share received as a result of payments by the Seller or Servicer
pursuant to the Agreement shall be applied to reimburse the Class D-1 Invested
Amount, the Class D Spread Account and the Class D-2 Invested Amount in the
reverse of the order set forth above. 

          Section 4.16  Accumulation Period Length.   (a) The Accumulation
                        --------------------------
Period is scheduled to commence on the first day of the July 1998 Monthly
Period; provided, however, that, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
set forth in subsection (b), the date on which the Accumulation Period commences
may, at the election of the Servicer, be delayed to the first day of the Monthly
Period that is a number of whole Monthly Periods prior to the Class A Expected
Payment Date at least equal to the Accumulation Period Length, as determined in
accordance with the following sentence.  On each Determination Date commencing
on the Determination Date preceding the June 1998 Distribution Date until the
Accumulation Period commences, the Servicer will determine the "Accumulation
Period Length", which will equal the number of whole Monthly Periods such that
the sum of the Accumulation Period Factors for each whole month following such
Determination Date will be equal to or greater than the Required Accumulation
Factor Number; provided, however, that the Accumulation Period Length shall not
be less than three months.  The Servicer shall provide written notice to the
Trustee of any postponement of the Accumulation Period pursuant to this Section
4.16.

          (b)  Any designation by the Servicer of a shorter Accumulation Period
pursuant to clause (a) will be effective when the Seller has delivered to the
Trustee an Officer's Certificate to the effect that, based upon the facts known
to such officer at such time, such designation will not cause a Rapid
Amortization Event.

          Section 4.17  Determination of LIBOR.  On or prior to each LIBOR
                        ----------------------
Determination Date, the Trustee shall determine LIBOR on the basis of the rate
for deposits in United States dollars for a period equal to the relevant Accrual
Period which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on
such date.  If such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the rate for
that LIBOR Determination Date shall be determined on the basis of the rates at
which deposits in United States dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at
approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London
interbank market for a period equal to the relevant Accrual Period.  The Trustee
shall request the principal London offices of the 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         55



Reference Banks to provide a quotation of their rates.  If at least two such
quotations are received, the rate for that LIBOR Determination Date shall be the
arithmetic mean of the quotations.  If fewer than two such quotations are
received, the rate for that LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean
of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer,
at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United
States dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to the relevant
Accrual Period.

          Section 4.18  Deposits and Withdrawals from the Companion Account. 
                        ---------------------------------------------------
(a) On each Business Day on which the Invested Amount of the Transition
Certificate is increased pursuant to the terms of the Transition Supplement, the
Servicer shall, or shall instruct the Trustee to, and the Trustee shall,
withdraw from the Companion Account and pay to the Trustee of the Existing Trust
the lesser of (i) the amount on deposit in the Companion Account and (ii) the
amount of such increase.

          (b)  On each Business Day on which the Invested Amount of the
Transition Certificate is decreased through a payment to the holder thereof, the
amount of such payment shall be applied, first, to reduce the Invested Amount of
the Series 1996-2 Certificates.   Any excess of the amount of such payment over
the Series 1996-2 Invested Amount shall be deposited in the Companion Account.

          (c)  On the Existing Trust Termination Date, after the Existing Trust
has been terminated, the Servicer shall, or shall cause the Trustee to pay to
the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate from the Companion Account,
for investment in Receivables, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount
on deposit in the Companion Account and (ii) the aggregate of the actual
"Discount Percentages" (as defined in the Transition Supplement) with respect to
all Receivables outstanding immediately prior to the Exchange.  After making
such payment, any funds remaining in the Companion Account shall be transferred
to the Excess Funding Account.

          SECTION 7.  Article V of the Agreement.  Article V of the Agreement
                      --------------------------
shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the Series
1996-1 Certificates:

                                    ARTICLE V

                      DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR
                               CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
          Section 5.1  Distributions.  
                       -------------

          (a)  On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the certificate delivered by the Servicer to the Trustee
pursuant to subsection 3.4(b) of the 



































<PAGE>
                                                                         56



Agreement) to each Class A Certificateholder of record on the immediately
preceding Record Date (other than as provided in subsection 2.4(e) of the
Agreement or Section 12.3 of the Agreement respecting a final distribution) such
Class A Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided
Interests represented by the Class A Certificates held by such Class A
Certificateholder) of amounts on deposit in the Class ABC Distribution Account
as are payable with respect to the Class A Certificates pursuant to Sections
4.10 and 4.11 on such Distribution Date by check mailed to each Class A
Certificateholder except that, with respect to Class A Certificates registered
in the name of the nominee of a Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be made
in immediately available funds.

          (b)  On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the certificate delivered by the Servicer to the Trustee
pursuant to subsection 3.4(b) of the Agreement) to each Class B
Certificateholder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date (other than
as provided in subsection 2.4(e) or Section 12.3 of the Agreement respecting a
final distribution) such Class B Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on
the aggregate Undivided Interests represented by the Class B Certificates held
by such Class B Certificateholder) of amounts on deposit in the Class ABC
Distribution Account as are payable with respect to the Class B Certificates
pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.11 by check mailed to each Class B
Certificateholder except that, with respect to Class B Certificates registered
in the name of the nominee of a Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be made
in immediately available funds.  

          (c)  On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the certificate delivered by the Servicer to the Trustee
pursuant to subsection 3.4(b) of the Agreement) to each Class C
Certificateholder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date (other than
as provided in subsection 2.4(e) or Section 12.3 of the Agreement respecting a
final distribution) such Class C Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on
the aggregate Undivided Interests represented by the Class C Certificates held
by such Class C Certificateholder) of amounts on deposit in the Class ABC
Distribution Account as are payable to the Class C Certificates pursuant to
Sections 4.10 and 4.11 by wire transfer to each Class C Certificateholder.

          (d)  On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the certificate delivered by the Servicer to the Trustee
pursuant to subsection 3.4(b)) of the Agreement to each Class D-1
Certificateholder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date (other than
as provided in subsection 2.4(e) or Section 12.3 of the Agreement respecting a
final distribution) such Class D-1 Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on
the aggregate Undivided Interests represented by the Class D-1 Certificates held
by such Class D-1 Certificateholder) of amounts on deposit in the Class D-1




































<PAGE>
                                                                         57



Distribution Account as are payable to the Class D-1 Certificates pursuant to
Sections 4.10 and 4.12 by wire transfer to each Class D-1 Certificateholder.

          (e)  On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in
accordance with the certificate delivered by the Servicer to the Trustee
pursuant to subsection 3.4(b) of the Agreement) to each Class D-2
Certificateholder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date (other than
as provided in subsection 2.4(e) or Section 12.3 of the Agreement respecting a
final distribution) such Class D-2 Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on
the aggregate Undivided Interests represented by the Class D-2 Certificates held
by such Class D-2 Certificateholder) of amounts on deposit in the Class D-2
Distribution Account as are payable to the Class D-2 Certificates pursuant to
Sections 4.10 and 4.12 by wire transfer to each Class D-2 Certificateholder.

          Section 5.2  Monthly Certificateholders' Statement.
                       -------------------------------------

          (a)  On or before each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall
forward to each Series 1996-1 Certificateholder and each Rating Agency a
statement substantially in the form of Exhibit F to this Supplement prepared by
the Servicer setting forth among other things the following information (which,
in the case of subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) below, shall be stated on the
basis of an original principal amount of $1,000 per Series 1996-1 Certificate
and, in the case of subclause (viii) shall be stated on an aggregate basis and
on the basis of an original principal amount of $1,000 per Series 1996-1
Certificate):

          (i)  the total amount distributed;

         (ii)  the amount of such distribution allocable to Certificate
     Principal;

        (iii)  the amount of such distribution allocable to Certificate
     Interest;

         (iv)  the amount of Collections of Principal Receivables processed
     during the preceding Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the Series
     1996-1 Certificates;

          (v)  the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables, the Class A
     Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount,
     the Class D-1 Invested Amount, the Class D-2 Invested Amount, the Invested
     Amount and the Invested Amount as a percentage of the aggregate amount of
     Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on the
     related Transfer Date;

         (vi)  the Monthly Period Class ABC Finance Charge Subaccount Allocation
     and the Monthly Period Class D Finance Charge Allocation for the preceding
     Monthly Period;

































<PAGE>
                                                                         58



        (vii)  the Investor Default Amount with respect to the related Transfer
     Date;

       (viii)  Certificate Interest, for each class for such Distribution Date;

         (ix)  the amount of the Investor Monthly Servicing Fee for the
     preceding Monthly Period;

          (x)  the Required Reserve Account Amount and the amount on deposit in
     the Reserve Account as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period;

         (xi)  the Required Class ABC Spread Account Amount, the Required Class
     D Spread Account Amount, the Class ABC Excess Spread, the Class D-1 Excess
     Spread and the respective amounts on deposit in the Class ABC Spread
     Account and the Class D Spread Account, in each case as of the related
     Transfer Date;

        (xii)  the Class ABC Deficiency Amount, if any, and the Class D
     Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Distribution Date;

       (xiii)  the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge Offs, Class B
     Investor Charge Offs, Class C Investor Charge Offs, Class D-1 Investor
     Charge-Offs, Class D-2 Investor Charge Offs, Class B Reallocated Amounts,
     Class C Reallocated Amounts, Class D-2 Reallocated Amounts, Class D-1
     Dilution Reductions and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions for the preceding
     Monthly Period;

        (xiv)  the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge Offs, Class B
     Investor Charge Offs, Class C Investor Charge Offs, Class D-1 Investor
     Charge Offs, Class D-2 Investor Charge Offs, Class B Reallocated Amounts
     and Class C Reallocated Amounts, Class D-2 Reallocated Amounts, Class D-1
     Dilution Reductions and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions reimbursed on the
     Transfer Date relating to such Distribution Date;

         (xv)  the calculation of the Pay Out Event described in Section 8(c) of
     this Supplement;

        (xvi)  the Portfolio Yield in respect of the preceding Monthly Period;

       (xvii)  the Base Rate in respect of the preceding Monthly Period;

      (xviii)  the Required Dilution Percentage with respect to the Accrual
     Period beginning on such Distribution Date; and






































<PAGE>
                                                                         59



        (xix)  the number of Additional Accounts which have been added to the
     Trust pursuant to Section 2.6, and the number of Accounts which have been
     removed from the Trust pursuant to Section 2.7, during the preceding
     Monthly Period.

          (b)  Annual Certificateholders' Tax Statement.  On or before January
               ----------------------------------------
31 of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 1997, the Trustee shall
distribute on behalf of the Seller, to each Person who at any time during the
preceding calendar year was a Series 1996-1 Certificateholder, a statement
prepared by the Paying Agent and delivered to the Trustee on or before January
25 of each calendar year containing the information required to be contained in
the regular monthly report to Series 1996-1 Certificateholders, as set forth in
subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, aggregated for such calendar year or the
applicable portion thereof during which such Person was a Series 1996-1
Certificateholder, together with such other information (consistent with the
treatment of the Series 1996-1 Certificates as debt) as is required to enable
the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders to prepare their tax returns consistent
with the treatment of the Series 1996-1 Certificates as debt instruments.  Such
obligations of the Trustee shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent
that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Trustee, the
Paying Agent or any co-paying agent pursuant to any requirements of the Internal
Revenue Code as from time to time in effect.

          SECTION 8.  Series 1996-1 Pay Out Events.  If any one of the following
                      ----------------------------
events shall occur with respect to the Series 1996-1 Certificates:

          (a)  failure on the part of the Seller or the Servicer (i) to make any
     payment or deposit required by the terms of (A) the Agreement, or (B) this
     Supplement, on or before the date occurring five Business Days after the
     date such payment or deposit is required to be made or (ii) to duly observe
     or perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements applicable
     to it set forth in the Agreement or this Supplement, which failure has a
     material adverse effect on the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders and which
     continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which
     written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall
     have been given to the Seller by the Trustee, or to the Seller and the
     Trustee by the Holders of Series 1996-1 Certificates evidencing Undivided
     Interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Unpaid Invested Amount of
     this Series 1996-1, and continues to affect materially and adversely the
     interests of the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders for such period; or

          (b)  any representation or warranty made by Seller in the Agreement or
     this Supplement, or any information contained in a computer file or
     microfiche list required to be delivered by Seller pursuant to Section 2.1
     or 2.6 of the 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         60



     Agreement, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when
     made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in any material
     respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of
     such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to
     the Seller by the Trustee, or to the Seller and the Trustee by the Holders
     of the Series 1996-1 Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests
     aggregating not less than 50% of the Unpaid Invested Amount of this Series
     1996-1, and as a result of which the interests of the Series 1996-1
     Certificateholders are materially and adversely affected and continue to be
     materially and adversely affected for such period; provided, however, that
     a Series 1996-1 Pay Out Event pursuant to this subsection 8(b) shall not be
     deemed to have occurred hereunder if the Seller has accepted reassignment
     of the related Receivable, or all of such Receivables, if applicable,
     during such period in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

          (c)  the average of the Portfolio Yields for any three consecutive
     Monthly Periods is a rate which is less than the average of the Base Rates
     for such three Monthly Periods; or

          (d)  (i) the Class A Invested Amount shall be greater than zero on the
     Class A Expected Payment Date after giving effect to the distributions to
     be made on such date or (ii) the Class B Invested Amount shall be greater
     than zero on the Class B Expected Payment Date after giving effect to the
     distributions to be made on such date; or

          (e)  the Seller Amount shall be less than the Minimum Seller Amount;
     or

          (f)  any Servicer Default shall occur which would have a material
     adverse effect on the Holders of the Series 1996-1 Certificates; or

          (g)  the Class D Invested Amount is less than the Required Class D
     Invested Amount; or

          (h)  the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as a
     percentage of the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables plus
     the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account shall equal or exceed
     30% on three consecutive Transfer Dates; or  (i)  any Early Amortization
     Event (as defined in the Transition Supplement) shall have occurred with
     respect to the Transition Certificate; or

          (j)  Saks shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the
     common stock of the Seller.






































<PAGE>
                                                                         61



     then, (i) in any such event described in subparagraph (a), (b), (f) or (j),
     after the applicable grace period, if any, set forth in such subparagraphs,
     either the Trustee or the Holders of Series 1996-1 Certificates evidencing
     Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Unpaid Invested Amount
     by notice then given in writing to the Seller and the Servicer (and to the
     Trustee if given by the Certificateholders) may declare that a pay out
     event, a "Series 1996-1 Pay Out Event") has occurred as of the date of such
     notice and (ii) in the case of any event described in subparagraph (c),
     (d), (e), (g), (h) or (i) (a Series 1996-1 Pay Out Event shall occur
     without any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or the
     Certificateholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.  Notice
     of any such Pay Out Event shall be given by the Servicer to the Rating
     Agencies.

          SECTION 9.  Successors and Assigns.  (a)  This Supplement shall be
                      ----------------------
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns as provided in this Section 9; provided that the Seller
may not assign or transfer any of its obligations under this Supplement and may
not transfer any of its rights under this Supplement (including any interest
retained by the Seller in the Exchangeable Seller Certificate or in the Class D-
2 Certificate, as applicable) without the prior written consent of the holders
of the Class C and Class D-1 Certificates; provided further that no Restricted
Certificate may be sold by the Seller to an initial purchaser thereof unless the
Seller shall obtain from such initial purchaser an agreement pursuant to which
the initial purchaser has made the Restricted Certificateholder Warranties.

          (b)  Each Restricted Certificateholder (other than the Seller) may at
any time sell, assign or otherwise transfer (each, an "Assignment"), to any
assignee to which the Seller may consent, which consent will not be unreasonably
withheld (it being understood that such consent shall be considered to be
withheld reasonably on the basis that such assignee being a Restricted
Certificateholder would cause the number of Private Holders to exceed 80 or
otherwise cause the Trust to be in jeopardy of being treated as a publicly
traded partnership pursuant to Section 7704 of the Code) (upon such assignment,
a "Restricted Certificateholder") all or part of the obligations due to it under
this Agreement and in respect of its interest in its Restricted Certificate;
provided, however, that any Assignment shall be void unless (i) such assignee
- --------  -------
Restricted Certificateholder shall have entered into (and such assigning
Restricted Certificateholder shall have delivered to the Trustee prior to the
effectiveness of such Assignment) an assignment agreement in the form of Exhibit
G hereto (each an "Assignment Agreement") pursuant to which such assignee
Restricted Certificateholder has agreed in writing to assume the obligations of
the assignee Restricted Certificateholder and pursuant to which such assignee
Restricted Certificateholder has made the Restricted Certificateholder
Warranties; (ii) there shall not be 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         62



more than 80 Private Holders after giving effect to such Assignment; and (iii)
such assignee Restricted Certificateholder shall provide the forms described in
clause (ii) of subsection 11(f) in the manner described therein.

          (c)  Each Restricted Certificateholder (other than the Seller) may
assign and pledge all or a portion of its Restricted Certificate to any Federal
Reserve Bank as collateral to secure any obligation of such Restricted
Certificateholder to such Federal Reserve Bank.  Such assignment may be made at
any time without notice or other obligation with respect to the assignment.

          (d)  Any Restricted Certificateholder (other than the Seller) may at
any time grant to any Person to which the Seller may consent, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld (it being understood that such consent shall
be considered to be reasonably withheld if such Person being a Participant would
cause the Trust of Private Holders to exceed 80 or otherwise cause the number to
be in jeopardy of being treated as taxable as a publicly traded partnership
pursuant to Code Section 7704) a participation in all or part of its Restricted
Certificate, and its rights under this Agreement (each such Person, a
"Participant"); provided, however, that such participation shall be void unless
 -----------
such Restricted Certificateholder shall have delivered to the Trustee, prior to
the effectiveness of its participation, a copy of an agreement under which such
Participant has made warranties, representations and certifications similar in
substance to the Restricted Certificateholder Warranties (the "Participant
Warranties").  The provisions of Section 11 shall apply to any Participant of a
Restricted Certificateholder only to the extent that they apply to such
Restricted Certificateholder, such that any Participant shall be reimbursed only
to the extent and in the amount such Restricted Certificateholder would have
been reimbursed had such participation been held by such Restricted
Certificateholder.  Such participation will not alter or affect in any way
whatsoever a Restricted Certificateholder's direct obligations hereunder and the
Seller shall not have any obligation to have any communication or relationship
whatsoever with any Participant of such Restricted Certificateholder in order to
enforce the obligations of such Restricted Certificateholder hereunder.  Each
Restricted Certificateholder shall promptly notify the Seller in writing of the
identity and interest of each Participant upon any such disposition.  In
granting any participation, the Restricted Certificateholder must certify,
represent and warrant that (i) such Participant is entitled to (x) receive
payments with respect to its participation without deduction or withholding of
any United States federal income taxes and (y) an exemption from United States
backup withholding tax, (ii) prior to the date on which the first interest
payment is due to the Participant, such Restricted Certificateholder will
receive and provide to the Seller, the Servicer and Trustee, the forms described
in clause (ii) of subsection 11(f) as though the Participant were a 






































<PAGE>
                                                                         63



Restricted Certificateholder, and (iii) such Restricted Certificateholder
similarly will provide subsequent forms as described in such clause with respect
to such Participant as though it were a Restricted Certificateholder.

          (e)  In connection with any transfer or proposed transfer by a
Restricted Certificateholder pursuant to subsection 9(b) or 9(d), such
Restricted Certificateholder, at its sole discretion, shall be entitled to
distribute to any proposed assignee or Participant any information furnished to
such Restricted Certificateholder by the Servicer pursuant to Article V hereof.

          (f) In the event of any breach of any of the representations,
warranties and covenants described in clause (b) of the definition of
"Restricted Certificateholder Warranties" by the Restricted Certificateholder or
its Participant, the Restricted Certificateholder shall notify the Seller
promptly upon the Restricted Certificateholder's becoming aware of such breach,
and thereupon the Restricted Certificateholder shall use its reasonable efforts
to procure a replacement Restricted Certificateholder not so affected which is
reasonably acceptable to the Seller to replace such affected Restricted
Certificateholder.  In any such event, the Seller shall also have the right to
procure a replacement Restricted Certificateholder or Participant and the
Restricted Certificateholder will take all actions necessary to permit a
replacement Restricted Certificateholder or Participant to succeed to its or the
affected Participant's rights and obligations hereunder.  If the Restricted
Certificateholder has a Participant which has breached such representation, such
Restricted Certificateholder shall (without limiting the right of the Seller to
procure a replacement Restricted Certificateholder for the Restricted
Certificateholder as provided in this paragraph) notify the Seller of such
breach promptly upon the Restricted Certificateholder's becoming aware thereof
and use reasonable efforts to procure a replacement Participant not so affected
which is reasonably acceptable to the Seller to replace such affected
Participant.

          SECTION 10.  Final Distribution.  Written notice of any termination,
                       ------------------
specifying the Distribution Date upon which the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders
may surrender their Series 1996-1 Certificates for payment of the final
distribution and cancellation shall be given by the Trustee, at the written
request of the Servicer, not later than the 60th day immediately preceding the
Distribution Date on which final payment of the Series 1996-1 Certificates shall
be made.

          SECTION 11.  Funding Costs.  (a) Change in Circumstances.  The Seller
                       -------------       -----------------------
agrees to indemnify each Restricted Certificateholder and to hold each
Restricted Certificateholder harmless from any loss or expense, including, but
not limited to, any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable
by 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         64



such Restricted Certificateholder to lenders of funds obtained by it to purchase
or maintain its portion of the Class C Invested Amount or Class D-1 Invested
Amount, as the case may be, as a consequence of (i) default by the Seller in the
performance of its obligations hereunder or under the Agreement, (ii) the
occurrence of a Servicer Default or a Payout Event or an event which would, with
the giving of notice or the passage of time, constitute a Servicer Default or
Payout Event, or (iii) any reduction of the Class C Invested Amount or Class D-1
Invested Amount other than as a result of payment of Certificate Principal in
respect thereof.  A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to
the foregoing sentence submitted by any Restricted Certificateholder to the
Seller shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  

          (b)  Market Disruption.  If on or prior to the first day of any
               -----------------
Accrual Period, any Restricted Certificateholder shall have determined (which
determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Seller) that (i) the rate
per annum referred to in the definition of "LIBOR" as the basis upon which the
LIBOR is to be determined does not accurately reflect the costs to such
Restricted Certificateholder of maintaining its investment in its Restricted 
Certificates or (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not otherwise exist for
ascertaining LIBOR, such Restricted Certificateholder shall forthwith give telex
or telecopy notice thereof, confirmed in writing, to the Seller and the Trustee,
whereupon until such Restricted Certificateholder notifies the Seller and the
Trustee in writing that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer
exist, the Class C Certificate Interest or Class D-1 Certificate Interest, as
the case may be, with respect to the Restricted Certificates held by such
Restricted Certificateholder shall be determined by reference to the Alternate
Base Rate rather than the Class D-1 Certificate Rate or the Class C Certificate
Rate, as the case may be.

          (c)  Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the
               ----------
contrary, if, after the Closing Date, the adoption of any applicable law, rule
or regulation, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable
agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance
by any Restricted Certificateholder with any request or directive (whether or
not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable
agency shall make it unlawful for such Restricted Certificateholder to maintain
its interest in Restricted Certificates the interest with respect to which are
determined by reference to LIBOR, and such Restricted Certificateholder so 
notifies the Trustee and the Seller in writing, then the portion of the 
Invested Amount applicable to such Restricted Certificateholder shall thereafter
be calculated by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.  If any such change in 
the method of calculating interest occurs on a day which is not the last day of 
an Accrual Period, the Seller shall pay to the Paying Agent, for the account of 
such Restricted 










































<PAGE>
                                                                         65





Certificateholder, the amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 
11(a).

          (d)  Increased Costs.  In the event that any change after the date
               ---------------
hereof in any applicable law, treaty or governmental regulation, or in the
interpretation or application thereof or the compliance by any Restricted
Certificateholder with any request or directive (whether or not having the force
of law) from any central bank or nation or government (or any state or political
subdivision thereof) or any entity exercising executive, legislative, regulatory
or administrative functions of or pertaining to government:

          (i)  does or shall subject any Restricted Certificateholder to any tax
     of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Supplement or such Restricted
     Certificateholder's investment in the Restricted Certificates, or change
     the basis of taxation of payments to any Restricted Certificateholder in
     respect of such Restricted Certificateholder's portion of the amounts
     payable hereunder (except for Excluded Taxes and changes in the rate of tax
     on the overall net income of such Restricted Certificateholder imposed in
     the United States of America or in the country from which such Restricted
     Certificateholder is then funding its interest in the Restricted
     Certificates); or

         (ii)  does or shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve,
     special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirements against assets
     held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of,
     advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition
     of funds by, any office of any Restricted Certificateholder except as
     provided in clause (iii) below; or

        (iii)  does or shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserves
     against "Eurocurrency liabilities" (including, without limitation, basic,
     supplemental, marginal or emergency reserves) under Regulation D of the
     Board of Governors of The Federal Reserve System (or so long as such
     Restricted Certificateholder may be required by such Board of Governors or
     by any other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect
     thereto to maintain reserves (including, without limitation, basic,
     supplemental, marginal or emergency reserves) with respect to eurocurrency
     funding) in excess of the amount thereof on the Closing Date; or 

         (iv)  does or shall impose on any Restricted Certificateholder any
     other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such
Restricted Certificateholder of purchasing or maintaining its portion of the
Invested Amount by an amount which such 































<PAGE>
                                                                         66



Restricted Certificateholder deems to be material or to reduce the amount of any
payment by an amount which such Restricted Certificateholder deems to be
material (collectively, "Increased Costs"), then, in any such case, such
Restricted Certificateholder shall notify the Servicer and the Seller of such
Increased Costs and the event giving rise to such Increased Costs.  Each
Restricted Certificateholder shall certify such Increased Costs to the Servicer
and the Seller and such certification shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

          (e)(i)  Changes in Capital Requirements.  In the event that any
                  -------------------------------
Restricted Certificateholder shall have determined that any change after the
date hereof in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the
interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Restricted
Certificateholder or any corporation controlling such Restricted
Certificateholder with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy
(whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made
subsequent to the date hereof (a "Change in Law") does or shall have the effect
of reducing the rate of return on such Restricted Certificateholder's or such
corporation's capital as a consequence of its investment hereunder to a level
below that which such Restricted Certificateholder or such corporation could
have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration such
Restricted Certificateholder's or such corporation's policies with respect to
capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Restricted Certificateholder to be
material, then from time to time, after submission by such Restricted
Certificateholder to the Seller of a written request therefor, the Seller shall
pay such Restricted Certificateholder such additional amount or amounts as will
compensate such Restricted Certificateholder for such reduction.

         (ii)  Upon the occurrence of any Change in Law, each Restricted
Certificateholder that is affected by such Change in Law shall transfer its
investment hereunder to another branch office (or, if such Restricted
Certificateholder so elects, to an Affiliate) of such Restricted
Certificateholder, provided that such transfer shall be made only if such
                   --------
Restricted Certificateholder shall have determined in good faith (which
determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding
upon all parties) that, (A) on the basis of existing circumstances, such
transfer will avoid or reduce the additional payments resulting from such Change
in Law and will not result in any additional costs, liabilities or expenses to
such Restricted Certificateholder (unless the Seller agrees to pay such
additional costs, liabilities or expenses of such Restricted Certificateholder)
and (B) such transfer is otherwise consistent with the interests of such
Restricted Certificateholder.

          (f)  Taxes on Payments.   (i)  All payments made under this Supplement
               -----------------
to the Restricted Certificateholders in respect of their Restricted Certificates
shall, to the extent allowed by 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         67



law, be made free and clear of, and without reduction for or on account of, any
present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or
withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed
by any Governmental Authority (hereinafter "Taxes"), excluding (A) net income
taxes (including, without limitation, branch profits taxes, minimum taxes and
taxes computed under alternative methods, at least one of which is based on net
income) and franchise taxes (in lieu of income taxes) or any other tax upon or
measured by the overall net income of the Restricted Certificateholder; (B) any
Taxes that would not have been imposed but for the failure of such Restricted
Certificateholder or an agent, as applicable, to provide and keep current to the
extent permitted by law any certification or other documentation required to
qualify for an exemption therefrom or reduction rate thereof or required by this
Supplement to be furnished by a Restricted Certificateholder; and (C) any Taxes
imposed as a result of any change (other than a change mandated by law or this
Supplement) by any Restricted Certificateholder of the office in which it funds
its investment in the Restricted Certificates (all such excluded Taxes
hereinafter "Excluded Taxes").  If any Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) are
required to be withheld from any amounts payable to any Restricted
Certificateholder hereunder, unless such requirement results from the failure of
such Restricted Certificateholder to comply with subsection (ii) or any of its
representations and warranties therein or pursuant thereto fail to be true and
correct when made (and after submission to the Seller or the Servicer of a
written request therefor), the amounts so payable to such Restricted
Certificateholder will be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such
Restricted Certificateholder (after payment of all Taxes) interest or any such
other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this
Supplement.  Whenever any Taxes are payable by the Seller, as promptly as
possible thereafter, the Seller shall send to such Restricted Certificateholder
a certified copy of an original official receipt showing payment thereof.  If
the Seller fails to remit the required receipts or other required documentary
evidence, the Seller shall indemnify the Restricted Certificateholders for any
incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by any
Restricted Certificateholder as a result of such failure.

           (ii)  Each Restricted Certificateholder agrees that prior to the
Closing Date (or if such Restricted Certificateholder is not an Initial
Restricted Certificateholder, prior to or at the time such Restricted 
Certificateholder becomes a Restricted Certificateholder hereunder) it will 
deliver to the Seller (A) either (1) a statement that it is incorporated under 
the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof or, (2) if it is not
so incorporated, two duly completed copies either of United States Internal 
Revenue Service Form 4224 or successor applicable form certifying that such 
Restricted Certificateholder is entitled to receive payments under this 
Supplement in respect of its interest in the Restricted 





<PAGE>
                                                                         68

Certificates purchased hereunder, without deduction or withholding of any United
States federal income taxes and (B) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9
or successor applicable form, as the case may be, to establish an exemption from
United States backup withholding tax.  Each such Restricted Certificateholder
which delivers to the Seller any such Form 4224 and Form W-8 or W-9 further
undertakes to deliver to the Seller two further copies of Form 4224 and Form W-8
or W-9, or successor applicable forms, or other manner of certification, as the
case may be, on or before the date that any such form expires or becomes
obsolete or after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most
recent form previously delivered by it to the Seller and such extensions or
renewals thereof as may reasonably be requested by the Seller, certifying in the
case of a Form 4224 that such Restricted Certificateholder is entitled to
receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any
United States federal income taxes, unless in any such case an event (including,
without limitation, any change in treaty, law or regulation) has occurred prior
to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be required which renders
all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Restricted
Certificateholder from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect
to it and such Restricted Certificateholder advises the Seller that it is not
capable of receiving payments without any deduction or withholding of United
States federal income tax, and in the case of a Form W-8 or W-9, establishing an
exemption from United States backup withholding tax.  Each Restricted
Certificateholder certifies, represents and warrants that, as the date of this
Supplement, (i) it is entitled to receive payments under this Supplement without
deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes because such
income is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or
business and (y) it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup
withholding tax.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Supplement to the
contrary, the Servicer and the Trustee shall be entitled to withhold or cause
such withholding, and additional amounts in respect of Taxes need not be paid to
a Restricted Certificateholder in the event of a breach of the certifications,
representations and warranties set forth in this Section 11(f) by such
Restricted Certificateholder or, with respect to non-U.S. persons that are
Restricted Certificateholders, in the event that the tax characterization
described in Section 3.7 of the Agreement is not upheld.

          (iii)  The agreements in this Section 11(f) shall survive the
termination of this Supplement and the payment of all amounts payable hereunder.

           (iv)  Upon the occurrence of any event requiring Taxes to be withheld
from any amounts payable to any Restricted Certificateholder hereunder, each
Restricted Certificateholder who is affected by such event shall transfer its
Restricted Certificates to another branch office (or, if such Restricted
Certificateholder so elects, to an Affiliate), provided that such 
                                               --------





<PAGE>
                                                                         69



transfer shall be made only if such Restricted Certificateholder shall have
determined in good faith (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be
final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) that, (A) on the basis of
existing circumstances, such transfer will avoid or reduce the amount of Taxes
withheld resulting from such event and will not result in any additional costs,
liabilities or expenses to such Restricted Certificateholder (unless the Seller
agrees to pay such additional costs, liabilities or expenses of such Restricted
Certificateholder) and (B) such transfer is otherwise consistent with the
interests of such Restricted Certificateholder.

            (v)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11,
each Restricted Certificateholder that is not created or organized under the
laws of the United States or any State thereof (including the District of
Columbia) agrees that, upon written notice by the Seller to the Restricted
Certificateholder that the Seller intends to withhold pursuant to Section 1446
of the Code, (a "Withholding Tax" and such determination being a "Withholding
Event"):

            (A)  such Restricted Certificateholder shall for tax years for which
     the Restricted Certificateholder has already filed U.S. federal income tax
     returns (each a "Prior Tax Year") prior to proper notice of such
                      --------------
     Withholding Event, and as a condition to the obligations of the Servicer
     and the Trustee pursuant to subsection 11(f), provide (A) a signed
     officer's certificate of such Restricted Certificateholder stating that
     amounts paid hereunder have been included in such Restricted
     Certificateholder's U.S federal income tax returns for each such Prior Tax
     Year, which certificate may be relied on by the Seller in asserting to the
     Internal Revenue Service the applicability of Section 1463 of the Code with
     respect to any Withholding Tax for each such Prior Tax Year and (B)
     information to the Seller or, at the option of such Restricted
     Certificateholder, to the Internal Revenue Service in support of the
     application of Section 1463 of the Code for each such Prior Tax Year;

            (B)  if Section 1463 is not applicable for any Prior Tax Year of
     such Restricted Certificateholder because the Restricted Certificateholder
     did not properly pay federal income tax due on amounts payable hereunder
     during such Prior Tax Year, the Restricted Certificateholder shall
     indemnify the Seller for any Withholding Tax (and interest and penalties
     thereon) payable by the Seller or the Trust on payments hereunder
     attributable to such Prior Tax Year on which the Restricted
     Certificateholder did not so properly pay federal income tax; and

            (C)  no amounts shall be payable to any Restricted Certificateholder
     under subsection 11(f) with respect to any Withholding Tax unless, due to a
     change in law, treaty or regulation (for in the interpretation or
     administration 



































<PAGE>
                                                                         70



     thereof by any governmental or regulatory agency or body charged with the
     administration or interpretation thereof), the credit for U.S. federal
     income tax purposes available to such Restricted Certificateholder or under
     the Code (as in effect on the Closing Date) resulting from such Withholding
     Tax is discontinued or substantially reduced.

          (g)  Replacement of Class C and D-1 Certificateholders.  In the event
               -------------------------------------------------
that a Class C Certificateholder or Class D-1 Certificateholder requests
compensation pursuant to subsection (c) through (f) of Section 11 or its
obligation to maintain its interest in its Class C or D-1 Certificate at an
interest rate based on LIBOR has been suspended pursuant to Section 11, the
Seller shall have the right to replace such Class C Certificateholder or Class
D-1 Certificateholder, in whole or in part, with another Person by giving three
Business Days prior written notice to such the Trustee and such Class C or D-1
Certificateholder, specifying the date on which all or a portion of such Class D
or D-1 Certificateholder's rights and obligations hereunder shall be terminated.
In the event of the replacement of a Class C or D-1 Certificateholder, such
Class C or D-1 Certificateholder agrees to assign its interest in its Class C or
D-1 Certificates and its rights and obligations hereunder (or a portion thereof
as the case may be) to a replacement certificateholder (a "Replacement
Certificateholder") selected by the Seller upon payment by the Replacement
Certificateholder to such Class C or D-1 Certificateholder of the portion of the
Invested Amount represented by such Class C or D-1 Certificateholder's
Certificates and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts
owed to such Class C or D-1 Certificateholder (or, in each case, the pro rata
portion thereof being acquired by the Replacement Certificateholder) and to
execute and deliver an Assignment Agreement evidencing such assignment.

          (h)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this
Section 11, the payment to the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders for the costs
described in this Section 11 shall be limited to payments pursuant to Section
4.8 and 4.9 and the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders shall have no other
recourse to the assets of the Seller, the Servicer or the Trust.

          SECTION 12.  Amendments.  (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the
                       ----------
contrary contained in the Agreement, (i) no amendment shall be made to the
Required Class ABC Spread Account Amount or the method of calculation thereof or
to the definition of Class ABC Spread or the Required Reserve Account Amount
without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Class C Unpaid Invested
Amount and (ii) no amendment shall be made to the Required Class D Spread
Account Amount or the method of calculation thereof or to the definition of
Class D-1 Excess Spread or the Dilution Factor without the consent of the
holders of a majority of the Class D-1 Unpaid Invested Amount. 






































<PAGE>
                                                                         71



          (b)  The Trustee shall not consent to any amendment, supplement or
other modification to the Transition Supplement requiring consent of the holder
of the Transition Certificate without the consent of holders of Undivided
Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Unpaid Invested Amount; provided,
however, that no such amendment will (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or
delay the timing of, distributions which would otherwise be required to be made
with respect to the Transition Certificate without the consent of each holder of
Series 1996-1 Certificates or (ii) change the definition of or the manner of
calculating "Monthly Interest" with respect to the Transition Certificate
without the consent of each holder of Series 1996-1 Certificates.

          (c)  If the Seller determines, based on an Opinion of Counsel
delivered to the Trustee, that an amendment or other modification to this
Agreement may be required to avoid the Trust being treated as taxable as a
publicly traded partnership pursuant to Section 7704 of the Code, the Seller and
each Restricted Certificateholder agree to negotiate reasonably and in good
faith to amend or otherwise modify this Agreement in a manner consistent with
such determination and as will best preserve the economic and other rights and
obligations of the parties hereto.  In the event that any Restricted
Certificateholder does not consent to any such amendment so determined by the
Seller to be required within thirty days after the Seller's request, such
Restricted Certificateholder hereby agrees to use reasonable efforts to procure
a replacement investor which is reasonably acceptable to the Seller to replace
such nonconsenting Restricted Certificateholder.

          (d)  The Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to each Rating
Agency a copy of each amendment to this Supplement.

          SECTION 13.  Indemnification by Seller.  The Seller hereby agrees to
                       -------------------------
pay, and to indemnify and hold harmless each Series 1996-1 Certificateholder and
the Trustee and each officer, director and employee and agent thereof from (a)
all claims, disputes, damages, penalties and losses arising from the Receivables
or the underlying collateral (including any product warranty-related claims, but
excluding credit losses) or the transactions contemplated by this Supplement or
the subject matter thereof and (b) costs, expenses and reasonable counsel fees
in defending against the same, whether arising by reason of the acts to be
performed by the Seller or the Servicer hereunder or imposed against the any
Series 1996-1 Certificateholder, the Trustee or any officer, director or
employee thereof, or the Seller, the property involved or otherwise (regardless
of whether the Trustee, any Series 1996-1 Certificateholder, or any officer,
employee or director thereof is a party thereto).

          SECTION 14.  Ratification of Agreement.  As  supplemented by this
                       -------------------------
Supplement, the Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the
Agreement as so supplemented by 




































<PAGE>
                                                                         72



this Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same
instrument.

          SECTION 15.  Counterparts.  This Supplement may be executed in any
                       ------------
number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an
original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

          SECTION 16.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
                       -------------
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND
REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH
LAW.

          SECTION 17.  The Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any
                       -----------
manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplement or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which
recitals are made solely by Seller.

          SECTION 18.  Instructions in Writing.  All instructions given by the
                       -----------------------
Servicer to the Trustee pursuant to this Supplement shall be in writing (or by
telephone promptly confirmed in writing, so long as the Trustee reasonably
believes that such person delivering the instructions by telephone has authority
to do so and may be included in a certificate delivered pursuant to Section
3.4(a) or 3.4(b) of the Agreement).

          SECTION 19.  Limited Liability.  It is expressly understood and agreed
                       -----------------
by the parties hereto that (a) this Supplement is executed and delivered by
Bankers Trust Company, not individually or personally but solely as Trustee of
the Trust, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in
it, (b) the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part
of the Trust are made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings
and agreements by Bankers Trust Company, but are made and intended for the
purpose of binding only the Trust, and (c) under no circumstances shall Bankers
Trust Company be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or
expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation,
representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under this
Supplement.

          SECTION 20.  Waiver of Jury Trial.  The Seller, the Servicer, the
                       --------------------
Trustee, and, by its acceptance of any interest in any Restricted Certificate,
each Restricted Certificateholder, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives
trial by jury in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Supplement or
the Restricted Certificates and for any counterclaim therein.

          SECTION 21.  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers.   The Seller, the
                       -----------------------------------
Servicer, the Trustee, and, by its acceptance of any interest in any Restricted
Certificate, each Restricted Certificateholder, hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally:

































<PAGE>
                                                                         73




          (a)  submits for itself and its property in any legal action or
     proceeding relating to this Supplement, or for recognition and enforcement
     of any judgment in respect thereof, to the nonexclusive general
     jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the Courts of the
     United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and
     appellate courts for any thereof;

          (b)  consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in
     such courts and waives any objection that it may now have or hereafter have
     to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that
     such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees
     not to plead or claim the same; 

          (c)  agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding
     may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail
     (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party
     at its address for notices set forth herein;

          (d)  agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect
     service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the
     right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and 

          (e)  waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it
     may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to
     in this subsection any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential
     damages.






















































<PAGE>
                                                                         74





          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplement to be duly
executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above
written.

                                        SFA FINANCE COMPANY, as Seller


                                        By: /s/ Robert J. Vill
                                           ___________________________
                                        Title:


                                        SAKS & COMPANY, as Servicer


                                        By: /s/ Robert J. Vill
                                           __________________________
                                        Title:


                                        BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                          individual capacity but solely as
                                          Trustee


                                        By: /s/ Linda A. Rakolta
                                           __________________________
                                        Title: LINDA A. RAKOLTA
                                               VICE PRESIDENT






                                                   Exhibit 10.28
                                                                              
 ---------------------------------------------------------------
 ---------------------------------------------------------------







                        SAKS & COMPANY


                      SFA FINANCE COMPANY



                               


                                          
                    ----------------------



                  THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

                RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                          
                    ----------------------









                  Dated as of April 25, 1996






                                                                
 ---------------------------------------------------------------
 ---------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                   TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                        Page
                                                        ----
                       ARTICLE I

                      Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . .   2

1.1   Certain Defined Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
1.2   Other Definitional Provisions  . . . . . . . . . .  10

                       ARTICLE II

            Purchase and Sale of Receivables . . . . . .  10

2.1   Purchase and Sale of Receivables . . . . . . . . .  10
2.2   Payment of Purchase Price  . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
2.3.  Addition of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
2.4   Rebates, Adjustments, Returns and Reductions;
        Modifications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
2.5   Purchase of Purchaser's Interest in 
        Receivable Pool  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

                      ARTICLE III

                      The Servicer . . . . . . . . . . .  12

3.1   Appointment of Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
3.2   Inspection of Records; Reports . . . . . . . . . .  13
3.3   Servicing Fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
3.4   Successor Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

                       ARTICLE IV

       Covenants, Representations and Warranties . . . .  13

4.1  Seller's Representations and Warranties . . . . . .  13
     (a)  Organization, Good Standing and
            Qualification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
     (b)  Due Authorization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     (c)  No Conflict  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     (d)  No Violation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     (e)  No Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     (f)  All Consents Required  . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     (g)  Identification of Accounts and Receivables . .  14
     (h)  Existing Financing Statements  . . . . . . . .  15
     (i)  Filings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     (j)  Binding Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     (k)  Valid Conveyance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     (l)  Eligibility of Receivables . . . . . . . . . .  16
     (n)  Eligible Accounts; All Accounts  . . . . . . .  17
4.2  Seller's Representations and 
                 Warranties Regarding Additional 
                 Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     (a)  Reconfirmation of Representations and
            Warranties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17


                          -i-

<PAGE>



                                                             Page
                                                             ----


          (b)  Identification of Accounts and Receivables . .  17
          (c)  Eligibility of Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . .  18
          (d)  Insolvency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
          (e)  Bankruptcy Proceeding  . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
          (f)  Valid Conveyance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
     4.3   Covenants of the Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
     4.4   Repurchase Obligation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
     4.5   Obligations Unaffected . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     4.6   Payment of Certain Fees and Costs  . . . . . . . .  20
     4.7   Payment of Required Participation Amounts  . . . .  20

                            ARTICLE V

               Closing Date/Effectiveness/Purchases . . . . .  20

     5.1   Existing Agreement; Amendment and Restatement  . .  20
     5.2   Conditions to All Purchases  . . . . . . . . . . .  20

                            ARTICLE VI

                      Events of Termination . . . . . . . . .  21

                           ARTICLE VII

                          Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . .  23

     7.1   Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     7.2   Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     7.3   Costs and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     7.4   Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     7.5   Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     7.6   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . . . . . . . . . .  24
     7.7   Amendments and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     7.8   Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     7.9   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     7.10  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     7.11  Construction of Agreement as Security Agreement  .  25
     7.12  Waivers of Jury Trial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     7.13  Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25



EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A      Form of Confirming Assignment



SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE 1     List of Accounts
SCHEDULE 2     Location of Chief Executive Offices;
               Location of Books and Records





                                         -ii-

<PAGE>

          THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of
April 25, 1996, between SAKS & COMPANY, a New York corporation (in its capacity
as originator of the Receivables and as seller hereunder, the "Seller"; in its
capacity as servicer hereunder and under the Original P&S Agreement, the Second
P&S Agreement and the P&S Agreement, the "Servicer"), and SFA FINANCE COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser").  


                              W I T N E S S E T H :
                              - - - - - - - - - -


          WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Receivables Transfer Agreement,
dated as of September 10, 1991 (the "Original Agreement"), among the Seller, the
Servicer and the Purchaser, the Seller agreed to sell to the Purchaser, and the
Purchaser agreed to buy from the Seller, all of the Seller's right, title and
interest in, to and under the Receivables (as hereinafter defined) then existing
or thereafter created and in the rights of the Seller into and under all
guarantees thereof;

          WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of October 21, 1991 (the "Original P&S Agreement"), among the
Purchaser, the Servicer and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, the Purchaser
agreed to sell to the Trust created pursuant to the Original P&S Agreement (the
"Original Trust"), for the benefit of the Certificateholders referred to in the
P&S Agreement, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the
Receivables;

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase
Agreement, dated as of October 21, 1991 (the "Second Agreement"), the Original
Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety;

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of December 16, 1991 (as the same has been and may from time
to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the "Second P&S
Agreement"), among the Purchaser, the Servicer and the Trustee, the Original P&S
Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety; 

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Receivables
Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 16, 1991 (as the same has been and may
from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the "Existing
Agreement"), the Second Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety; 

          WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Purchaser will purchase a certificate
(the "Transition Certificate") pursuant to the Transition Series 1996-1
Supplement to the Second P&S Agreement (the "Transition Supplement");


<PAGE>


          WHEREAS, the Purchaser will agree in the Transition Supplement to
cause the Original Trust to transfer to a new trust created pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of April 25, 1996 (the "P&S
Agreement"), among the Purchaser, the Servicer and the Trustee, for the benefit
of the Certificateholders referred to in the P&S Agreement, all of its right,
title and interest in, to and under the Receivables in exchange for the
surrender and cancellation by the Purchaser of the Transition Certificate (the
"Exchange") on the Existing Trust Termination Date (as defined in the P&S
Agreement); and

          WHEREAS, the Existing Agreement would terminate upon the termination
of the Original Trust and the Seller and the Purchaser wish to extend the term
of their agreement and amend and restate the Existing Agreement effective as of
the Existing Trust Termination Date as hereinafter set forth;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree that, effective as of the
Existing Trust Termination Date, the Existing Agreement shall be amended and
restated in its entirety to read as follows: 

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions

          1.1  Certain Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement the following
               ---------------------
capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

          "Account" means (a) each "Account" and "Additional Account"
     included as an Account prior to the Existing Trust Termination Date
     pursuant to the Existing Agreement, (b) each additional charge account
     existing on the Existing Trust Termination Date and not previously
     included as an Account prior to such date and (c) subject to
     subsection 2.3, as of each Addition Date, each Additional Account
     included as an Account on such Addition Date by the Seller pursuant to
     subsection 2.3.  The definition of Account shall include each
     Transferred Account into which an Account shall be transferred
     provided that such transfer was made in accordance with the Charge
     --------
     Account Guidelines.  The term "Account" shall be deemed to refer to an
     Additional Account only from and after the Addition Date with respect
     thereto.

          "Account Adjustment" has the meaning assigned in subsection 2.4.

          "Account Agreement" means the agreement between the Seller and a
     customer with regard to an Account, as the same may be amended from
     time to time.



<PAGE>


          "Accrual Period" means the period from and including a
     Distribution Date to but excluding the succeeding Distribution Date.

          "Addition Date" has the meaning assigned in subsection 2.3.

          "Additional Account" has the meaning assigned in subsection 2.3.

          "Agreement" means this Third Amended and Restated Receivables
     Purchase Agreement, as the same may from time to time be amended,
     supplemented or otherwise modified as provided for herein. 

          "Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
     day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law to
     close under the laws of the State of New York.

          "Charge Account Fees" means, with respect to any Account, the fees, if
     any, specified in the Account Agreement applicable to such Account,
     including without limitation, annual fees, over limit charges, cash advance
     fees, late charges, returned check fees, and reinstatement charges. 

          "Charge Account Guidelines" means any policies and procedures of
     the Seller and the Servicer relating to the operation of its charge
     account business, including, without limitation, the policies and
     procedures for determining the creditworthiness of charge account
     customers and the extension of credit to charge account customers, the
     terms on which repayments are required to be made, and relating to the
     maintenance of charge accounts and collection of charge account
     receivables, as such policies and procedures may be amended from time
     to time.

          "Closing Date" means December 16, 1991.

          "Collections" means all payments by or on behalf of Obligors
     (including Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries) received by the Servicer
     in respect of the Receivables, in the form of cash, checks, wire
     transfers or any other form of payment in accordance with an Account
     Agreement in effect from time to time, including any Account
     Adjustments.

          "Confirming Assignment" has the meaning assigned in subsection
     2.3.

          "Credit Insurance" shall mean life, accident, health, disability,
     involuntary unemployment or other insurance of 


<PAGE>


     an Obligor to the Seller to insure payment of any amount owing by such
     Obligor under an Account and which proceeds of such insurance are payable
     to the Seller upon such Obligor's death, disability or involuntary
     unemployment. 

          "Cut-Off Date" means the close of business on November 30, 1991.

          "Date of Processing" means, with respect to any transaction, the
     date on which such transaction is first recorded on the Servicer's
     computer file of credit card accounts (without regard to the effective
     date of such recordation).

          "Debtor Relief Laws" means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of
     America and all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy,
     moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization,
     suspension of payments, or similar debtor relief laws from time to time in
     effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.

          "Defaulted Receivables" means, with respect to any Monthly
     Period, all Receivables in an Account (i) which are charged off as
     uncollectible in accordance with the Charge Account Guidelines or the
     Servicer's customary and usual servicing procedures for servicing
     credit card receivables comparable to the Receivables or (ii) in which
     any portion of any minimum monthly payment remains unpaid for 210 days
     or more after the date such minimum monthly payment was first billed.

          "Determination Date" means the fifth Business Day preceding each
     Distribution Date.

          "Distribution Date" means the 20th day of each calendar month,
     provided that if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the Distribution
     Date shall be the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

          "Dollars" and "$" means lawful money of the United States of
     America.

          "Early Termination" has the meaning set forth in Article VI.

          "Effective Date" means October 21, 1991.

          "Effective Period" means the period from and including the
     Effective Date, up to but not including the first to occur of (ii) any
     Early Termination and (iii) the Scheduled Termination Date.



<PAGE>


          "Eligible Account" means (a) each Account existing immediately prior
     to the effectiveness of this Agreement which was an "Eligible Account" as
     defined in the Existing Agreement and (b) each other Account satisfying
     each of the following requirements (x) as of the Existing Trust Termination
     Date in the case of Accounts existing on such date but not owned by the
     Purchaser and (z) as of the applicable Addition Date in the case of any
     Additional Account conveyed to the Purchaser after the date hereof:

               (i)  such Account is payable in Dollars;

              (ii)  the Obligor of such Account has not been identified by the
          Seller in its computer files as being involved in any bankruptcy-
          related or fraud-related events;

             (iii)  the credit card or cards for such Account have not been
          reported lost or stolen; provided, however, that a Transferred Account
          established for an Obligor who has previously reported a lost or
          stolen card with respect to a prior Account shall not fail to be an
          Eligible Account because it includes Receivables balances that existed
          prior to the date the loss or theft was reported that have been
          transferred to the Transferred Account and have not been disputed by
          the Obligor;

              (iv)  none of the Receivables in such Account are Defaulted
          Receivables;

               (v)  such Account was originated by the Seller in the ordinary
          course of its business;

              (vi)  the Seller has good title to such Account and has not sold
          or pledged such Account to any other party; and

             (vii)  such Account does not have Receivables that have been sold
          or pledged to any other party (other than to the Original Trust
          pursuant to the Original P&S Agreement or the Trust pursuant to the
          P&S Agreement).

          "Eligible Receivable" means (a) each "Eligible Receivable" as defined
     in the Existing Agreement existing immediately prior to the effectiveness
     of this Agreement and (b) each additional Receivable: (i) which has arisen
     under an Account or Additional Account which is an Eligible Account; (ii) 
     which was created in compliance, in all material respects, with all
     Requirements of Law applicable to the Seller and pursuant to an Account
     Agreement which complies, in all material respects, with all Requirements
     of Law applicable to the Seller; (iii)  with respect to which all material
     consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations 





<PAGE>


     of, or registrations or declarations with, any Governmental Authority
     required to be obtained, effected or given by the Seller in connection with
     the creation of such Receivable or the execution, delivery and performance
     by the Seller of the Charge Account Agreement pursuant to which such
     Receivable was created, have been duly obtained, effected or given and are
     in full force and effect as of such date of creation; (iv) as to which, at
     all times following the sale of such Receivable to the Purchaser, the
     Purchaser will have had good title thereto free and clear of all Liens
     (other than Liens pursuant to or permitted by the P&S Agreement); (v) which
     has been the subject of a valid transfer and assignment from the Seller to
     the Purchaser of all the Seller's right, title and interest therein
     (including any proceeds thereof); (vi) which will at all times be the
     legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon
     enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, subject to
     applicable Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity (whether
     considered in a suit at law or in equity); (vii)  which, at the time of its
     sale to the Purchaser, has not been waived or modified except for a
     Receivable which has been waived or modified as permitted in accordance
     with the Charge Account Guidelines and which waiver or modification is
     reflected in the Servicer's computer files; (viii) which, at the time of
     sale to the Purchaser, is not (to the knowledge of the Seller or the
     Servicer) subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or any
     other defense (including the defense of usury) of the Obligor; (ix) as to
     which, at the time of the sale to the Purchaser, the Seller has satisfied
     all obligations required to be satisfied at or prior to such time; (x)
     which constitutes either an "account" or "chattel paper" under the UCC as
     then in effect in the State of New York; (xi) which, at the time of sale to
     the Purchaser, does not constitute a Defaulted Receivable and (xii) which,
     if the Obligor in respect of such Receivable has a billing address outside
     the United States of America or any State, territory or possession thereof
     (a "Foreign Receivable"), will not, at the time of sale to the Seller, when
     added to all other Foreign Receivables, cause the percentage of the
     principal portion of Eligible Receivables represented by  Foreign
     Receivables to exceed 5% of the Aggregate Principal Receivables.

          "Existing Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this
     Agreement.

          "Existing Trust Termination Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
     the P&S Agreement.

          "Finance Charge Receivables" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly
     Period, all amounts billed to Obligors on any Account during such Monthly
     Period in respect of finance charges and Charge Account Fees.



<PAGE>


          "Governmental Authority" means the United States of America, any
     state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising
     executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
     functions of or pertaining to government.

          "Indemnified Liabilities" has the meaning assigned in subsection
     7.3.

          "Insolvency Event" means any of the events specified in
     subsection (e) of Article VI.

          "Insurance Proceeds" means any amounts paid to the Seller pursuant to
     any Credit Insurance policies covering any Obligor with respect to
     Receivables under such Obligor's Account. 

          "Investor Certificates" has the meaning set forth in the P&S
     Agreement.

          "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment,
     deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), or
     preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential
     arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without
     limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,
     any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as
     any of the foregoing, and the filing of any financing statement under
     the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction in respect of any of the
     foregoing).

          "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (i) the
     rights of (a) the Purchaser hereunder or under the P&S Agreement, or (b)
     the Trust, the Trustee or the Certificateholders under the P&S Agreement or
     any Supplement thereto, (ii) the ability of the Servicer to collect the
     Receivables, (iii) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the
     P&S Agreement, or (iv) the performance by any party of its obligations
     under this Agreement or the P&S Agreement.

          "Monthly Period" means, with respect to each Distribution Date
     (except the first Distribution Date after effectiveness of this
     Agreement), the period commencing on (and including) the first day of
     the fiscal month of the Seller immediately preceding the fiscal month
     of the Seller in which such Distribution Date occurs and ending on
     (and including) the last day of such preceding fiscal month and, with 
     respect to the first Distribution Date, the period commencing on (but 
     excluding) the Existing Trust Termination Date and ending on (and 
     including) the last day of the fiscal 


<PAGE>




     month of the Seller immediately preceding the fiscal month in which the 
     first Distribution Date occurs.

          "Obligor" means, with respect to any Account, the Person or Persons
     obligated to make payments with respect to such Account, including any
     guarantor thereof.

          "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, business
     trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint
     venture, governmental authority or other entity of whatever nature.

          "Principal Receivable" means each Receivable other than Finance Charge
     Receivables and Defaulted Receivables.  A Principal Receivable shall be
     deemed to have been created on the Date of Processing of such Receivable. 
     In calculating the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables on any day,
     the amount of Principal Receivables shall be reduced by the aggregate
     amount of credit balances in the Accounts on such day.  Any Principal
     Receivables which the Seller is unable to transfer as provided in
     subsection 3.1(c) shall not be included in calculating the amount of
     Principal Receivables.

          "Purchase Date" means each date on which any Receivables are
     purchased pursuant to Section 2.2.

          "Purchase Price" has the meaning assigned in subsection 2.2(b).

          "Purchaser" has the meaning assigned in the preamble.

          "Receivable" shall mean any amount owing by an Obligor under an
     Account (including in respect of Defaulted Receivables) from time to time,
     including, without limitation, amounts owing for the purchase of goods,
     finance charges, Charge Account Fees, and premiums for Credit Insurance, if
     any.

          "Records" means all contracts and other documents, books, records
     and other information (including without limitation computer programs,
     tapes, discs, punch cards, data processing software, and related
     property and rights) maintained with respect to Receivables and the
     related Obligors.

          "Recoveries" means all amounts received (net of out-of-pocket
     costs of collection) by the Servicer with respect to Defaulted
     Receivables.

          "Requirement of Law" means, as to any Person, the Certificate of
     Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing
     documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or 


<PAGE>


     determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority,
     in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its
     property.

          "Restored Account" means, with respect to any Business Day, a charge
     account entered into pursuant to a Charge Account Agreement (a) which on
     the preceding Business Day was not an Eligible Account, (b) which on the
     Business Day in question is an Eligible Account, and (c) which, if it was
     not an Eligible Account on the preceding Business Day because a Receivable
     or Receivables in such account were Defaulted Receivables, has a zero
     balance or credit balance on the Business Day in question, all such
     Defaulted Receivables having been repaid in full by the Obligor with
     respect thereto.

          "Scheduled Termination Date" means December 31, 2015.

          "Second Cut-Off Date" means the last day of the Fiscal Month
     immediately preceding the Existing Trust Termination Date.

          "Seller" has the meaning assigned in the preamble.

          "Series" has the meaning set forth in the P&S Agreement.

          "Servicer" has the meaning assigned in the preamble.

          "Supplement" means any Supplement to the P&S Agreement executed
     in connection with the issuance of any Series of Investor Certificates
     complying with the terms of the P&S Agreement.

          "Termination Event" has the meaning assigned in Article VI.

          "Transferred Account" means an Account with respect to which a
     new credit card account number has been issued by the Servicer under
     circumstances not requiring standard application and credit evaluation
     procedures under the Charge Account Guidelines and which can be traced
     or identified by reference to or by way of the computer files or
     microfiche lists delivered to the Purchaser pursuant to subsections
     4.1 and 2.3 as an account into which an Account has been transferred.

          "Trustee" means Bankers Trust Company, a New York banking
     corporation, in its capacity as Trustee under the P&S Agreement, or
     its successor in interest, or any successor trustee appointed in
     accordance with the terms of the P&S Agreement.


<PAGE>


          "Trust" means the Saks Master Trust created pursuant to the terms
     of the P&S Agreement.

          "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to
     time, as in effect in any specified jurisdiction.

          1.2  Other Definitional Provisions.  (a)  The words "hereof", "herein"
               -----------------------------
and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement, and section, subsection, schedule and exhibit references are to this
Agreement unless otherwise specified.

          (b)  As used herein and in any certificate or other document made or
delivered pursuant hereto, accounting terms relating to the Seller and its
subsidiaries, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the respective
meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles.

          (c)  The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.


                                   ARTICLE II

                        Purchase and Sale of Receivables

          2.1  Purchase and Sale of Receivables.  Subject to the terms and
               --------------------------------
conditions of this Agreement, the Seller shall sell to the Purchaser, and the
Purchaser shall purchase from the Seller, during the Effective Period, all
right, title and interest of the Seller in, to and under all Receivables now
existing or hereafter created, including, without limitation, all monies due and
to become due thereunder, all amounts received with respect thereto, including,
without limitation, Recoveries and all guarantees thereof.  

          2.2  Payment of Purchase Price.  (a)  At the close of business on each
               -------------------------
Business Day during the Effective Period, the Servicer shall determine the
Receivables arising under Accounts since the close of business on the preceding
Business Day, which Receivables shall be deemed available for purchase by the
Purchaser on the next succeeding Business Day (the "Purchase Date").

          (b)  The purchase price payable by the Purchaser for the Receivables
to be purchased on any Purchase Date shall be an amount equal to the outstanding
principal balance of all Eligible Receivables determined pursuant to paragraph
(a) (such amount, the "Purchase Price").



<PAGE>

          (c)  The Purchase Price shall be paid to the Seller in immediately
available funds to the extent of funds available to it under the P&S Agreement. 
To the extent that such funds are not sufficient to pay the Purchase Price
payable on any Purchase Date in full, the amount of the difference between the
Purchase Price and such available funds shall be deemed to be a capital
contribution from the Seller to the Purchaser.

          2.3.  Addition of Accounts.  (a) On each Business Day (an "Addition
                --------------------
Date") (i) each charge account established pursuant to an Account Agreement
since the preceding Business Day (or in the case of the Business Day immediately
following the Existing Trust Termination Date which is an Eligible Account) and
(ii) each Restored Account (any such account, an "Additional Account") shall be
included as an Account.  The Seller shall be permitted to convey to the
Purchaser the Receivables in any Additional Accounts on the Addition Date with
respect thereto.

          (b)  On each Determination Date, the Seller shall deliver to the
Purchaser a written assignment (including an acceptance by the Purchaser) in
substantially the form of Exhibit A (a "Confirming Assignment") and a computer
file, microfiche or written list containing a true and complete schedule
identifying all Additional Accounts conveyed to the Purchaser during the
preceding Monthly Period and specifying for each such Account, as of the last
billing date for such Account, its account number and the aggregate amount
outstanding in such Account, and such computer file, microfiche or written list
shall be incorporated into and made part of such Confirming Assignment, this
Agreement and Schedule 1 as of the date of such Confirming Assignment.

          (c)  On each Addition Date, the Seller shall indicate in its computer
files that the Receivables created in the Additional Accounts conveyed to the
Purchaser on such date have been conveyed to the Purchaser for further
conveyance to the Trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders referred to in
the P&S Agreement.

          2.4  Rebates, Adjustments, Returns and Reductions; Modifications.  The
               -----------------------------------------------------------
amount of any rebate, discount, refund or adjustment (including as a result of
the application of any special or other discounts or any reconciliations) of any
Receivable, the amount owing for any returns or cancellations and the amount of
any other reduction of any payment under any Receivable (all of the foregoing,
"Account Adjustments") shall be paid by the Seller to the Purchaser on the
Business Day following the grant of any of the foregoing.

          2.5  Purchase of Purchaser's Interest in Receivable Pool.  (a)  In the
               ---------------------------------------------------
event of any breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in
subsections 4.1(j) or (k), then the Purchaser, by notice then given in writing
by to the Seller, may direct the Seller to purchase all Receivables conveyed to
the Purchaser hereunder and the Seller shall be 




<PAGE>


obligated to make such purchase within 60 days after receipt of such notice on
the terms and conditions set forth below; provided, however, that no such
purchase shall be required to be made if, by such 60th day, the representations
and warranties contained in subsections 4.1(j) and (k) shall be satisfied in all
material respects. 

          (b)  The Seller shall pay to the Purchaser, on the Business Day
preceding such 60th day, an amount equal to the "deposit amount" referred to in
subsection 2.4(e) of the P&S Agreement.  Upon payment of such amount, in
immediately available funds, to the Purchaser, the Purchaser's rights with
respect to the Receivables shall terminate and its interest therein will be
transferred to the Seller and the Purchaser shall have no further rights with
respect thereto.  If the Purchaser gives notice directing the Seller to purchase
the Receivables as provided above, the obligation of the Seller to purchase the
Receivables pursuant to this subsection 2.5 shall constitute the sole remedy
respecting an event of the type specified in the first sentence of this
subsection 2.5 available to the Purchaser.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                  The Servicer

          3.1  Appointment of Servicer.  (a)  The Purchaser hereby appoints the
               -----------------------
Seller as its agent to service and administer the Receivables.  The Seller
hereby consents to such appointment and agrees to service and administer the
Receivables in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein. 

          (b)  In satisfaction of its obligations as Servicer hereunder, the
Seller agrees to perform all obligations to be performed by it as Servicer under
the P&S Agreement and any Supplement thereto and to comply with all terms,
covenants and conditions applicable to the Servicer thereunder.

          (c)  In the event that the Seller is unable for any reason to transfer
Receivables to the Purchaser in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement
(including, without limitation, by reason of any court of competent jurisdiction
ordering that the Seller not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to
the Purchaser), then, in any such event, (i) the Seller agrees to allocate to
Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables transferred to the
Purchaser prior to the occurrence of such event, and to pay to the Purchaser,
after the date of such event, all Collections (including all Account
Adjustments) or amounts that would have constituted such Collections and Account
Adjustments with respect to all Receivables, whether or not so transferred to
the Purchaser, up to the aggregate amount of Receivables previously purchased by
the Purchaser and outstanding as of the date such transfers by the Seller cease,
and (ii) the Seller agrees that such amounts 




<PAGE>

shall be applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV of the P&S
Agreement (including the provisions of Article IV applicable to any Series
contained in the related Supplement), provided that if the Seller is unable
                                      --------
pursuant to any applicable Requirement of Law to make the allocations set forth
above, as to any particular Account,  all Collections of Principal Receivables
with respect to a particular Account shall then be allocated to the oldest
principal balance of such Account first.

          3.2  Inspection of Records; Reports.  In addition to performing the
               ------------------------------
obligations referred to in subsection 3.1, the Servicer agrees to (i) make
available to the Purchaser any books, accounts, Records and other papers
relating to the Receivables to the same extent and under the same conditions
that such books, accounts, Records and papers are available to the Trustee under
the P&S Agreement and any applicable Supplement and (ii) simultaneously with
delivery to the Trustee, furnish to the Purchaser all reports, notices,
statements and other documents required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant
to the P&S Agreement and any Supplement.

          3.3  Servicing Fee.  In consideration for performing its function as
               -------------
Servicer hereunder and under the P&S Agreement, the Seller shall receive the
Monthly Servicing Fee referred to in the P&S Agreement.

          3.4  Successor Servicer.  The Servicer shall continue to serve as
               ------------------
Servicer hereunder, and shall not resign from the duties imposed hereby, unless
and until it shall cease to act as Servicer under the terms of the P&S
Agreement.  In such event, the Person appointed as successor under the P&S
Agreement shall automatically, without further action, be appointed to serve as
Servicer hereunder.  The Seller shall provide prompt notice to the Purchaser of
the Seller's termination as Servicer under the P&S Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE IV
 
                    Covenants, Representations and Warranties

          Section 4.1  Seller's Representations and Warranties.  The Seller
                       ---------------------------------------
represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Purchaser that:

          (a)  Organization, Good Standing and Qualification.  The Seller is a
               ---------------------------------------------
     corporation duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the
     laws of the State of New York, and has full corporate power, authority and
     right to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties
     are presently owned and such business is presently conducted, and to
     execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.  The
     Seller is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each 


<PAGE>


     State where the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified.

          (b)  Due Authorization.  The execution and delivery of  this Agreement
               -----------------
     and the consummation of the transactions provided for in this Agreement
     have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of
     the Seller.

          (c)  No Conflict.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
               -----------
     performance of the transactions contemplated hereby and the fulfillment of
     the terms hereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the
     terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of
     time or both) a default under, any indenture, contract, agreement,
     mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Seller is a party
     or by which it or any of its properties are bound, except where such
     conflicts, breaches or defaults would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (d)  No Violation.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
               ------------
     performance of the transactions contemplated hereby and the fulfillment of
     the terms hereof will not conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law
     applicable to the Seller, except where such conflicts or violations would
     not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (e)  No Proceedings.  There are no proceedings or investigations
               --------------
     pending or, to the best knowledge of the Seller, threatened against the
     Seller, before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of
     this Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the
     transactions contemplated hereby or (iii) seeking any determination or
     ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Seller, could reasonably be
     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (f)  All Consents Required.  All material approvals, licenses,
               ---------------------
     authorizations, consents, orders, or other actions of any Person or of any
     Governmental Authority required in connection with the execution and
     delivery of this Agreement by the Seller, the performance by the Seller of
     the transactions contemplated hereby and the fulfillment by the Seller of
     the terms hereof, have been obtained.

          (g)  Identification of Accounts and Receivables.  As of the Existing
               ------------------------------------------
     Trust Termination Date, the Seller has (i) indicated or caused to be
     indicated in its books and records and in the computer files of the
     Receivables that it has sold Receivables created in respect of the Accounts
     to the Purchaser in accordance with this Agreement and that the Purchaser
     has transferred such Receivables to the Trust pursuant to the P&S Agreement
     for the benefit of Certificateholders named therein and (ii) delivered or 



<PAGE>

     caused to be delivered to the Purchaser (or to the Trustee, if so directed
     by the Purchaser) a computer file or microfiche or written list containing
     a true and complete list of all such Accounts, identified by account number
     and by the Receivable balance as of the Second Cut-Off Date.

          (h)  Existing Financing Statements.  There is no financing statement
               -----------------------------
     or similar statement or instrument of registration naming the Seller as
     "debtor," "transferror" or similar party (other than those, if any, which
     have been (or on the Closing Date will be) released or terminated or the
     scope of which has otherwise been effectively limited) under the law of any
     jurisdiction now on file or registered in any public office covering any
     interest of any kind in the Accounts or Receivables, or intended so to be,
     and the Seller will not execute or authorize there to be on file in any
     public office any financing statement or similar statement or instrument of
     registration under the laws of any jurisdiction relating to the Accounts or
     Receivables, except any financing statements or assignments filed or to be
     filed in respect of and covering any interest of the Purchaser or the
     Trustee pursuant to this Agreement, the Existing Agreement or the P&S
     Agreement.

          (i)  Filings.  All filings and recordings required to perfect the
               -------
     title of the Purchaser to the Receivables purchased under this Agreement
     have been or will have been accomplished prior to the Existing Trust
     Termination Date and each Addition Date and are in full force and effect,
     and the Seller shall at its expense perform all acts and execute all
     documents reasonably requested by the Purchaser at any time to evidence,
     perfect, maintain and enforce the Purchaser's title in such Receivables and
     the transfer thereof to the Trust.  The Seller shall, at the Purchaser's
     reasonable request, execute and file additional financing statements
     reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchaser.

          (j)  Binding Obligation.  This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid
               ------------------
     and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in
     accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
     Debtor Relief Laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by
     general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in
     equity).

          (k)  Valid Conveyance.  This Agreement constitutes a valid sale,
               ----------------
     assignment and conveyance to the Purchaser of all of the Seller's right,
     title and interest in, to and under the Receivables now existing and
     hereafter created in the Accounts, all monies due or to become due with
     respect thereto (including all Finance Charge Receivables), together with
     all Collections, Recoveries and other proceeds (including, without
     limitation, "proceeds" as defined in the 



<PAGE>


     UCC as in effect in the State of New York) of such Receivables and
     Insurance Proceeds relating thereto, all rights to security for any such
     Receivables and all proceeds and products of the foregoing, and the
     Purchaser will own such property free and clear of any Lien of any Person
     claiming through or under such Seller and its Affiliates, except for Liens
     pursuant to or permitted under the P&S Agreement.

          (l)  Eligibility of Receivables.  Each of the representations and
               --------------------------
     warranties contained in Sections 4.1(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (n), and
     Sections 4.2(a), (b), (c), (d) and (f) of the Existing Agreement shall be
     deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.  In addition, (i) as of each
     Determination Date after the Existing Trust Termination Date, with respect
     to Additional Accounts conveyed to the Purchaser during the preceding
     Monthly Period, the related computer file, microfiche or written list
     referred to in subsection 2.3(c), is an accurate and complete listing in
     all material respects of all the Accounts not previously conveyed to the
     Purchaser as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period, and the
     information contained therein with respect to the identity of such Accounts
     and the Receivables existing thereunder is true and correct in all material
     respects as of the last day of such preceding Monthly Period, (ii) each
     Receivable then existing which was not previously conveyed to the Purchaser
     is an Eligible Receivable, (iii) each such Receivable existing as of the
     Existing Trust Termination Date will have been transferred to the Purchaser
     free and clear of any Lien of any Person (other than Liens created pursuant
     hereto or pursuant to or permitted by the P&S Agreement) and in compliance,
     in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the
     Seller and (iv) with respect to each such Receivable, all material
     consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or
     declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained,
     effected or given by the Seller in connection with the transfer of such 
     Receivable to the Purchaser will have been duly obtained, effected or given
     and in full force and effect.  On each day after the date hereof on which
     any new Receivable is transferred by the Seller to the Purchaser, the
     Seller shall be deemed to represent and warrant to the Purchaser that (i)
     each Receivable transferred on such day is an Eligible Receivable, (ii)
     each Receivable transferred on such day has been transferred to the
     Purchaser free and clear of any Lien of any Person (other than Liens
     created pursuant hereto or pursuant to or permitted by the P&S Agreement)
     and in compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law
     applicable to the Seller, (iii) with respect to each such Receivable, all
     consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or
     declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained,
     effected or given by the Seller in connection with the transfer of such



<PAGE>
     Receivable to the Purchaser have been duly obtained, effected or given and
     are in full force and effect and (iv) the representations and warranties
     set forth in subsection 4.1(k) are true and correct with respect to each
     Receivable transferred on such day as if made on such day.

          (n)  Eligible Accounts; All Accounts.  Each Account conveyed by
               -------------------------------
     the Seller to the Purchaser prior to the Existing Trust Termination
     Date was an Eligible Account on the Cut Off Date or the Addition Date
     with respect thereto and each Account transferred by the Seller to the
     Purchaser on the Existing Trust Termination Date was an Eligible
     Account as of such date.

          Section 4.2    Seller's Representations and Warranties Regarding
                         -------------------------------------------------
Additional Accounts.  The Seller represents and warrants to, and agrees with,
- -------------------
the Purchaser as of each Addition Date that:

          (a)  Reconfirmation of Representations and Warranties.  All
               ------------------------------------------------
     representations and warranties made by the Seller pursuant to Section 4.1
     hereof remain true and correct in all respects as of such Addition Date as
     if made on such date.

          (b)  Identification of Accounts and Receivables.  The Seller has, (i)
               ------------------------------------------
     as of the Addition Date with respect to Additional Accounts added pursuant
     to subsection 2.3, indicated or caused to be indicated in its books and
     records and in the computer files of the Receivables that it has sold
     Receivables created in respect of the Additional Accounts to the Purchaser
     in accordance with this Agreement and that the Purchaser has transferred
     such Receivables to the Trust pursuant to the P&S Agreement for the benefit
     of the Certificateholders and (ii) as of the Determination Date following
     the Monthly Period during which each Additional Account was conveyed,
     delivered or caused to be delivered to the Purchaser (or to the Trustee, if
     so directed by the Purchaser) a computer file or microfiche or written list
     containing a true and correct list of all Additional Accounts conveyed
     during such Monthly Period, identified by account number and by the
     Receivable balance as of the Addition Date for Additional Accounts added
     pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and any such computer file or microfiche or
     written list is or will be an accurate and complete listing in all material
     respects of all such Additional Accounts and the information contained
     therein with respect to the identity of such Additional Accounts and the
     Receivables existing thereunder is true and correct in all material
     respects as of such date.




<PAGE>


          (c)  Eligibility of Accounts.  Each Additional Account included on
               -----------------------
     such Addition Date is an Eligible Account as of such Addition Date.

          (d)  Insolvency.  The Seller is not insolvent as of the Addition Date,
               ----------
     and will not be rendered insolvent by transferring any such Additional
     Account to the Purchaser.

          (e)  Bankruptcy Proceeding.  The Seller has not filed a voluntary
               ---------------------
     proceeding under the Debtor Relief Laws and has no knowledge of the filing
     of any involuntary proceeding against it under such laws.

          (f)  Valid Conveyance.  As of each Addition Date, the Seller has
               ----------------
     validly sold, assigned and conveyed to the Purchaser all of the Seller's
     right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables then existing
     and thereafter created in respect of the Additional Accounts, all monies
     due or to become due with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge
     Receivables), together with all Collections, Recoveries and other proceeds
     (including, without limitation, "proceeds" as defined in the UCC as in
     effect in the State of New York) of such Receivables and Insurance Proceeds
     relating thereto, all rights to security for any such Receivables and all
     proceeds and products of the foregoing, and the Purchaser will own such
     property free and clear of any Lien of any Person claiming through or under
     the Seller and its Affiliates, other than Liens created pursuant hereto or
     pursuant to or permitted by the P&S Agreement.

          4.3  Covenants of the Seller.  The Seller hereby agrees that:
               -----------------------

          (a)  Other than as expressly provided herein, the Seller will not
     (i) sell any of the Receivables, or any guarantee thereof or any
     interest therein, to any other Person or (ii) create, incur, assume or
     suffer to exist any Lien upon any of the Receivables, whether now
     existing or hereafter created, or any guarantee thereof or any
     interest therein.

          (b)  All Requirements of Law, whether Federal, state or local
     (including, without limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth in
     Lending Act and Regulation Z of the Board of Governors of the Federal
     Reserve System), applicable to the Receivables and the Account
     Agreements in respect thereof will be duly complied with in all
     material respects.

          (c)  The Seller will not rescind or cancel any Receivable or
     modify in a manner which could reasonably be expected to have a
     material adverse affect on the Purchaser or any transferee of the
     Purchaser or extend 



<PAGE>


     any term or provision of any thereof without the prior written consent of
     the Purchaser, except in the ordinary course of its business and consistent
     with the provisions of the P&S Agreement and all Supplements thereto.

          (d)  The Seller will duly fulfill all material obligations on its
     part to be fulfilled under or in connection with each Receivable and
     will do nothing to impair the rights of the Purchaser in such
     Receivable.

          (e)  The Seller (i) will not move outside the State of New York
     the location of its chief executive office or outside of the State of
     New York, New Jersey or Texas any of the offices where it keeps its
     Records with respect to the Receivables without 45 days' prior written
     notice to the Purchaser and (ii) will promptly take all actions
     reasonably requested by the Purchaser (including but not limited to
     all filings and other acts necessary or advisable under the UCC of
     each relevant jurisdiction) in order to continue the Purchaser's first
     priority perfected ownership interest in all Receivables now owned or
     hereafter created.  The Seller will give the Purchaser prompt notice
     of a change within the State of New York of the location of its chief
     executive office or of a change within the State of New York, New
     Jersey or Texas the location of any office where it keeps its Records
     with respect to the Receivables.

          (f)  The Seller will not take any action to cause any Receivable
     to be evidenced by any instrument (other than an instrument which
     constitutes chattel paper) (as each such term is defined in the UCC as
     in effect in the State of New York) except in connection with the
     enforcement or collection of an Account.

          (g)  The Seller will promptly give written notice to the
     Purchaser of the occurrence of any Termination Event or of any
     condition or event which, with notice or passage of time, would
     constitute a Termination Event (which notice shall specify what, if
     any, action will be taken with respect to such Termination Event,
     condition or event).

          4.4  Repurchase Obligation.  If any of the representations or
               ---------------------
warranties contained in Section 4.1(l) with respect to any Receivable in any
Account or Additional Account conveyed on or after the Existing Trust
Termination Date or in subsection 4.1(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (n) or in
subsections 4.2(a) (b), (c), (d) or (f) of the Existing Agreement and
incorporated by reference herein in respect of any Receivable conveyed prior to
the Existing Trust Termination Date shall be or have been materially incorrect
or breached at the applicable 


<PAGE>


Purchase Date, within 60 days after the earlier to occur of the Seller's
discovery of such breach or the Seller's receipt of written notice of such
breach from the Purchaser, the Seller shall repurchase and the Purchaser shall
convey, without recourse, representation or warranty, all of the Purchaser's
right, title and interest in each Principal Receivable to which such breach
relates (an "Ineligible Receivable") on the terms and conditions set forth
below; provided, however, that no such repurchase shall be required to be made
with respect to such Ineligible Receivable if, on any day within such 60-day
period, the representations and warranties of the Seller referred to above shall
then be true and correct in all material respects with respect to such
Ineligible Receivable as if such Ineligible Receivable had been conveyed to the
Purchaser on such day.

          4.5  Obligations Unaffected.  The obligations of the Seller to the
               ----------------------
Purchaser under this Agreement shall not be affected by reason of any
invalidity, illegality or irregularity of any Receivable or any sale of a
Receivable.

          4.6  Payment of Certain Fees and Costs.  As further consideration for
               ---------------------------------
the Purchaser's agreement to purchase the Receivables, the Seller shall pay to
the Purchaser, in immediately available funds, any and all commitment fees
payable by the Purchaser pursuant to the P&S Agreement or any Supplement
thereto.

          4.7  Payment of Required Participation Amounts. The Seller shall pay
               -----------------------------------------
to the Purchaser, immediately upon request, an amount equal to the amount
required to be paid by the Purchaser to the Excess Funding Account (as defined
in the P&S Agreement) in order to maintain the Minimum Seller Amount (as defined
in the P&S Agreement).


                                    ARTICLE V

                      Closing Date/Effectiveness/Purchases

          5.1  Existing Agreement; Amendment and Restatement. (a) The Existing
               ---------------------------------------------
Agreement became effective on the Closing Date upon the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in the Existing Agreement.

     (b) The effectiveness of the amendment and restatement of the Existing
Agreement contemplated by this Agreement shall be conditioned upon the
occurrence of, and shall occur simultaneously with, the occurrence of the
exchange referred to in subsection 2.1(b)(i) of the P&S Agreement.

          5.2  Conditions to All Purchases.  The obligation of the Purchaser to
               ---------------------------
pay the Purchase Price on any Purchase Date is subject to the following
conditions precedent:


<PAGE>


          (a)  On such Purchase Date the Seller shall have complied with
     all of its covenants hereunder and shall have fulfilled all of its
     obligations hereunder;

          (b)  The representations and warranties of the Seller set forth
     in Article IV shall be true and correct in all material respects on
     and as of such Purchase Date after giving effect to any such payment;
     and

          (c)  No Termination Event, and no event which, after notice or
     lapse of time or both, would become a Termination Event, shall have
     occurred and then be continuing.

The acceptance by the Seller of any payment for any Receivables shall be deemed
to be a representation and warranty by the Seller as of such acceptance date as
to the matters in this subsection 5.2.  If, on any Purchase Date, any of the
foregoing conditions precedent set forth in this subsection 5.2 with respect to
any purchase of Receivables from the Seller are not satisfied, the Purchaser
shall have the option (A) to make payment for such Receivables pursuant to the
terms hereof and retain its interest therein or (B) to reassign to the Purchaser
without recourse, representation or warranty its interest in such Receivables
and not make any payment therefor.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              Events of Termination

           If any of the following events (herein called "Termination Events")
                                                          ------------------
shall have occurred and be continuing:

          (a)  the Seller shall fail to pay any amount required to be paid
     by the Seller hereunder within five days after the date when due;

          (b)  the Seller shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or
     agreement applicable to it contained in subsection 4.2(a) or (e); or

          (c)  the Seller or the Servicer shall fail to observe or perform
     in any material respect any covenant or agreement applicable to it
     contained herein (other than as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of
     this Article VI), provided that no such failure shall constitute a
                       --------
     Termination Event under this subsection (c) unless such failure shall
     continue for 30 days; or

          (d)  any representation, warranty, certification or statement
     made or deemed made by the Seller or the Servicer in this Agreement or
     in any statement, Record, 


<PAGE>


     certificate, financial statement or other document delivered pursuant to
     this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect
     on or as of the date made or deemed made; provided that a Termination Event
     shall not be deemed to have occurred under this subsection (d) based upon a
     breach of any of the representations and warranties specified in subsection
     4.4 if the Seller shall have complied with the provisions of subsection 4.4
     in respect thereof; or

          (e)  (i)  the Seller or the Servicer shall commence any case,
     proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any
     jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for
     relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a
     bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement,
     adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other
     relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of
     a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for
     all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Seller or the
     Servicer shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its
     creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Seller or the
     Servicer any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to
     in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for
     relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains
     undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or
     (iii) there shall be commenced against the Seller or the Servicer or
     any of their respective subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other
     action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution,
     distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of
     its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief
     which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded
     pending appeal within 60 such days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the
     Seller or the Servicer or any of their respective subsidiaries shall
     take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to,
     approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause
     (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Seller or the Servicer shall
     generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its
     inability to, pay its debts as they become due;

then, so long as such Termination Event shall be continuing, the Purchaser may
by notice to the Seller terminate the Effective Period (any termination of the
Effective Period pursuant to this Article VII is herein called an "Early
Termination").



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  Miscellaneous

          7.1  Further Assurances.  The Seller agrees, from time to time, to do
               ------------------
and perform any and all acts and to execute any and all further instruments
reasonably required or requested by the Purchaser more fully to effect the
purposes of this Agreement and the sales of the Receivables hereunder,
including, without limitation, the execution of any financing statements or
continuation statements relating to the Receivables for filing under the
provisions of the UCC, or any similar law, of any applicable jurisdiction.

          7.2  Payments.  Each payment to be made by either of the Purchaser or
               --------
the Seller hereunder shall be made on the required payment date in lawful money
of the United States and in immediately available funds at the office of the
payee set forth below its signature hereto or to such other office as may be
specified by either party in a notice to the other party hereto.

          7.3  Costs and Expenses.  The Seller agrees to pay or reimburse the
               ------------------
Purchaser for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred
including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel, in
connection with (a) the development, preparation, execution, delivery and
administration of this Agreement or of any amendment or restatement hereof or of
any waiver relating hereto, (b) the sale of the Receivables hereunder, (c) the
perfection as against all third parties whatsoever of the right, title and
interest of the Purchaser and any transferee of the Purchaser in, to and under
the Receivables and (d) the enforcement by the Purchaser of the obligations and
liabilities of the Seller and the Servicer under this Agreement or any related
document or of any Obligor under any Receivable.  In addition, the Seller agrees
to indemnify the Purchaser from and against any and all other liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses (including but not limited to audit and enforcement expenses) or
disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (i) which may at any time be
imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Purchaser in any way relating to
or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or any
action taken or omitted by the Purchaser under or in connection with any of the
foregoing (all such other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements being herein called
"Indemnified Liabilities"), (ii) which would not have been imposed on, incurred
by or asserted against the Purchaser but for its having purchased the
Receivables hereunder and (iii) which relate to the goods and services
underlying the Receivables or any act or omission to act by the Servicer in
respect of any Account, provided, however, that the Seller shall in no event be
                        --------  -------
liable to the Purchaser for that portion of any such Indemnified Liabilities
resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Purchaser 


<PAGE>


(provided that the gross negligence or willful misconduct of one indemnified
party shall not prevent recovery by any other indemnified party).  Without in
any way limiting the foregoing, except as hereinafter provided, the Seller
hereby agrees to pay, and to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from, (a)
any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect
to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any sales, gross receipts, intangible
personal property, privilege or license taxes, but not including taxes imposed
upon the Purchaser with respect to the income of the Purchaser and imposed under
United States law or in any jurisdiction within the United States in which the
Purchaser is organized or maintains its principal office or in which the
Purchaser books this transaction, (b) any and all recording and filing fees and
any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying,
any taxes which may arise at any time and from time to time in the future in
respect of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and the subject
matter hereof and thereof, and (c) costs, expenses and reasonable counsel fees
in defending against the same, whether arising by reason of the acts to be
performed by the Seller hereunder or imposed against the Purchaser or the
Seller, the property involved or otherwise.  The agreements in the three
preceding sentences shall survive the collection of all Receivables, the
termination of this Agreement and the payment of all amounts payable hereunder. 
For purposes of this subsection 7.3, any reference to the Purchaser shall
include any officer, director, employee, agent or affiliate thereof. 

          7.4  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
               ----------------------
inure to the benefit of the Seller, the Purchaser and the Servicer and their
respective successors (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) and
assigns.  The Seller agrees that it will not assign or transfer all or any
portion of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent
of the Purchaser.  The Seller and the Servicer acknowledge that the Purchaser
shall assign to the Trust, as collateral security for its obligations under the
P&S Agreement, all of its rights, remedies, powers and privileges hereunder,
provided that the Purchaser shall not assign or delegate any of its duties or
- --------
obligations hereunder to the Trust.

          7.5  Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
               -------------
CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          7.6  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure to exercise and no
               ------------------------------
delay in exercising, on the part of the Purchaser, any right, remedy, power or
privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy,
power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided
are cumulative 


<PAGE>


and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by
law.

          7.7  Amendments and Waivers.  Neither this Agreement nor any terms
               ----------------------
hereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in a writing signed by
the Purchaser, the Servicer and the Seller.

          7.8  Severability.  If any provision hereof is void or unenforceable
               ------------
in any jurisdiction, such voiding or unenforceability shall not affect the
validity or enforceability of (i) such provision in any other jurisdiction or
(ii) any other provision hereof in such or any other jurisdiction.

          7.9  Notices.  Unless otherwise expressly permitted hereby, all
               -------
notices, requests and demands to or upon any party hereto to be effective shall
be in writing delivered by hand or by facsimile and, unless otherwise expressly
provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered
by hand to the address set forth below its signature hereto or such address as
may be hereafter notified by it to the other parties hereto, or, in the case of
notice by facsimile, when telecopied to the number set forth below its signature
hereto.

          7.10  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
                ------------
counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each
of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which
taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

          7.11  Construction of Agreement as Security Agreement.
                -----------------------------------------------
(a)  It is the intent of the parties that the transactions contemplated herein
constitute sales of the Receivables to the Purchaser.  If, however, such
transactions are deemed to be loans, the Seller hereby grants to the Purchaser a
first priority security interest in all of the Seller's right, title and
interest in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created, all
monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto,
including, without limitation, Recoveries, and all "proceeds" thereof, to secure
all the Seller's obligations hereunder.

          (b)  This Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under
applicable law.

          7.12  Waivers of Jury Trial.  THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, AND THE
                ---------------------
PURCHASER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM
THEREIN.

          7.13  Termination.  This Agreement will terminate at such time on or
                -----------
after the end of the Effective Period when all Receivables sold hereunder have
been collected and the proceeds thereof turned over to the Purchaser and all
other amounts owing 




<PAGE>


to the Purchaser hereunder shall have been paid in full or, if Receivables sold
hereunder have not been collected such Receivables have become Defaulted
Receivables and the Purchaser shall have completed its collection efforts in
respect thereto; provided, however, that the indemnities of the Seller to the
                 --------  -------
Purchaser set forth in this Agreement shall survive such termination and
provided, further, that the Purchaser shall remain entitled to receive any
- --------  -------
collections on Receivables sold hereunder which have become Defaulted
Receivables after it shall have completed its collection efforts in respect
thereof.


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of
the day and year first above written.

                                        SAKS & COMPANY, as Seller and
                                          Servicer
                                        12 East 49th Street, 19th floor
                                        New York, New York  10017
                                        Attn:  Chief Financial Officer
                                        Telecopy:  (212) 940-4110



                                        By: /s/ Robert Vill
                                            ------------------------------
                                            Title: 

                                        SFA FINANCE COMPANY, as Purchaser
                                        c/o The Richardson Company
                                        599 Park Avenue
                                        New York, New York  10022
                                        Attn:  Oliver Richardson
                                        Telecopy:   (212) 940-5159



                                        By: /s/ Robert Vill
                                            ------------------------------
                                            Title: 





                                                              EXHIBIT 10.29



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 SFA FINANCE COMPANY,
                                       Seller,

                                   SAKS & COMPANY,
                                      Servicer,

                                         and

                                BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                       Trustee

                  on behalf of the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders

             ----------------------------------------------------------


                               SERIES 1996-2 SUPPLEMENT

                              Dated as of April 25, 1996

                                          to

                           POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                              Dated as of April 25, 1996

             ----------------------------------------------------------




                                  SAKS MASTER TRUST

                                    Series 1996-2


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

SECTION 1.   Designation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

SECTION 2.   Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

SECTION 3.   Reassignment and Transfer Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29

SECTION 4.   Purchase of the Series 1996-2 Certificates . . . . . . . . . .   29

SECTION 5.   Form of Delivery of Series 1996-2 Certificates . . . . . . . .   31

SECTION 6.   Procedure for Increasing the Invested Amount . . . . . . . . .   31

SECTION 7.   Procedure for Decreasing the Invested Amount . . . . . . . . .   34

SECTION 8.   Allocation of Available Pricing Amount . . . . . . . . . . . .   35

SECTION 9.   Reductions of the Commitments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36

SECTION 10.  Interest; Commitment Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36

SECTION 11.  Indemnification by Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38

SECTION 12.  Article IV of Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38

                                   ARTICLE IV

                        RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND
                    ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS . . . . . . .   38

          Section 4.1B  Rights of Investor Certificate holders  . . . . . .   38
          Section 4.2B  The Series 1996-2 Collection Subaccounts;
               Establishment of Series Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
          Section 4.4A. Allocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
          Section 4.5A  Determination of Certificate Interest . . . . . . .   46
          Section 4.6A  Determination of Class AC
                         Deficiency Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
          Section 4.7A  Determination of Class D
                         Deficiency Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
          Section 4.8A  Monthly Payments From Class AC
                         Finance Charge Subaccount  . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
          Section 4.9A  Monthly Payments From Class D
                         Finance Charge Subaccount  . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
          Section 4.11A  Payment of Certificate Principal
                         of Class A Certificates and
                         Class C Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   57
          Section 4.12A  Payment of Certificate Principal
                         of Class D Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59


<PAGE>



                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
          Section 4.13A  Applications of Spread Account
                         Funds; Release of Funds From
                         Spread Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61
          Section 4.14A  Allocation of Shortfall Share  . . . . . . . . . .   62

SECTION 13.  Article V of the Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   62

                                    ARTICLE V

                      DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR
                               CERTIFICATEHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
          Section 5.1A   Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
          Section 5.2    Monthly Certificateholders'
                           Statement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63

SECTION 14.  Series 1996-2 Pay Out Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65

SECTION 15.  Funding Costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   67

SECTION 16.  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of
               Supplement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   75

SECTION 17.  Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent . . . . . . . . . .   77

SECTION 18.  Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   81

SECTION 19.  Costs and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   81

SECTION 20.  Final Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   82

SECTION 21.  Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   82

SECTION 22.  Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   83

SECTION 23.  Adjustments; Set-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   88

SECTION 24.  Ratification of Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89

SECTION 25.  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89

SECTION 26.  GOVERNING LAW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89

SECTION 27.  The Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89

SECTION 28.  Instructions in Writing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89

SECTION 29.  Limited Liability of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89

SECTION 30.  Waiver of Jury Trial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   90

SECTION 31.  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   90

SECTION 32.  Non-Petition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   90




                                     - ii -







<PAGE>
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A      Form of Class A Certificate
Exhibit B      [Reserved]
Exhibit C      Form of Class C Certificate
Exhibit D-1    Form of Class D-1 Certificate
Exhibit D-2    Form of Class D-2 Certificate
Exhibit E      Form of Monthly Payment Instructions and Notification to Trustee
Exhibit F      Form of Monthly Certificateholders' Statement
Exhibit G      Form of Commitment Transfer Supplement
Exhibit H-1    Form of Undertaking Letter - Qualified Institutional Buyer
Exhibit H-2    Form of Undertaking Letter - Accredited Investor

ANNEXES

Annex 1        Base Daily Average Merchandise Returns


                                     - iii -

<PAGE>

          SERIES 1996-2 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of April 25, 1996 (this
"Supplement"), among SFA Finance Company, a Delaware corporation, as Seller,
Saks & Company, a New York corporation, as Servicer, the several financial
institutions party hereto as of the Closing Date (collectively, the "Initial
Series 1996-2 Certificateholders" and individually, an "Initial Series 1996-2
Certificateholder"), the other financial institutions from time to time parties
hereto as purchasers pursuant to Section 22, Swiss Bank Corporation, New York
Branch, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent"),
and Bankers Trust Company, a New York banking corporation, not in its individual
capacity but solely as Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated
as of April 25, 1996 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
to time, the "Agreement"), among the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee.

          Section 6.14 of the Agreement provides, among other things, that the
Seller and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a
supplement to the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the delivery by the
Seller to the Trustee for execution and authentication of one or more Series of
Investor Certificates.

          Pursuant to this Supplement, the Seller shall create a new Series of
Investor Certificates and shall specify the Principal Terms thereof.

          SECTION 1.  Designation.  There is hereby created a Series of Investor
                      -----------
Certificates to be issued pursuant to the Agreement and this Supplement to be
known as the "Series 1996-2 Certificates".  The Series 1996-2 Certificates shall
be issued in four Classes, which shall respectively be known as the "Series
1996-2 Class A Certificate, (the "Class A Certificate"), the "Series 1996-2
Class C Certificates" (the "Class C Certificates"), the "Series 1996-2 Class D-1
Certificates" (the "Class D-1 Certificates") and the "Series 1996-2 Class D-2
Certificate" (the "Class D-2 Certificate").

          SECTION 2.  Definitions.
                      -----------

          In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall
conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision contained in the Agreement,
the terms and provisions of this Supplement shall govern.  All Article, Section
or subsection references herein shall mean Article, Section or subsections of
the Agreement, as amended or supplemented by this Supplement, except as
otherwise provided herein.  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein
are used herein as defined in the Agreement.  Each capitalized term defined
herein shall relate 









<PAGE>
                                                                          2
only to the Series 1996-2 Certificates and no other Series of Certificates
issued by the Trust.
          "Accrual Period" shall mean the period from and including a
     Distribution Date (or in the case of the initial Accrual Period, the
     Closing Date) to but excluding the succeeding Distribution Date.

          "Acquiring Series 1996-2 Certificateholder" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 22(c).

          "Actual Daily Average Merchandise Returns" shall mean, with respect to
     any Monthly Period, (a) the quotient of (i) the aggregate dollar amount of
     credits posted to the Eligible Accounts during such Monthly Period with
     respect to merchandise returns and all other Credit Adjustments related to
     outstanding Eligible Receivables and (ii) the number of days in such
     Monthly Period divided by (b) Average Aggregate Principal Receivables for
     such Monthly Period.

          "Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination,
     the excess of the Invested Amount over the sum of the Class D-1 Principal
     Funding Account Balance plus, during the Rapid Amortization Period, the
     Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount Balance.

          "Adjusted Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of
     determination, the Adjusted Invested Amount plus the amount of all
     unreimbursed Investor Charge Offs and all unreimbursed Class D-1 Dilution
     Reductions and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions.

          "Administrative Agent" shall have the meaning specified in the
     preamble.

          "Aggregate Commitment Amount" shall mean, as of any date, the sum of
     the Commitments of all Series 1996-2 Certificateholders on such date.

          "Agreement" shall have the meaning specified in the preamble to this
     Agreement.

          "Alternate Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded
     upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greater of
     (i) the average of the rates of interest publicly announced by the Class A
     Agent as its corporate base rate from time to time in effect at its
     principal office in Chicago, Illinois and the Administrative Agent as its
     prime rate in effect from time to time and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective
     Rate in effect on such day plus  1/2 of 1%.  The corporate base and prime
     rates are not intended to be the lowest rates of interest charged by the
     Class A Agent and the Administrative Agent in connection with the extension
     of credit to debtors.


<PAGE>
                                                                          3
          "Amortization Period" shall mean the period following the Revolving
     Period, which shall be either the Scheduled Amortization Period or the
     Rapid Amortization Period.

          "Arrangers" shall mean Chase Securities Inc. and SBC Capital Markets
     Inc.

          "Available Pricing Amount" shall mean, on any Business Day, with
     respect to the portion of the Invested Amount represented by any Class, the
     sum of (i) the Unallocated Balance of such Class plus (ii) any portion of
     any increase in the portion of the Invested Amount represented by such
     Class on such date which, at the election of the Servicer has not been
     allocated to a Class A LIBO Tranche, Class C LIBO Tranche or Class D-1 LIBO
     Tranche on such date.

          "Average Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean for any period the sum
     of the Adjusted Invested Amount on each day of such period divided by the
     number of days in such period.

          "Average Invested Amount" shall mean for any period the sum of the
     Invested Amount on each day of such period divided by the number of days in
     such period.

          "Base Daily Average Merchandise Returns" shall mean, for each Fiscal
     Month, the number with respect to such Fiscal Month set forth opposite such
     Fiscal Month in Annex 1 hereto.

          "Base Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, (i) the
     sum of (a) the amount of interest accrued or to accrue on each Class of
     Series 1996-2 Certificates for the Accrual Period ending in the month
     following the end of such Monthly Period and (b) the amount of the Investor
     Monthly Servicing Fee allocable to the Series 1996-2 Certificates in
     respect of such Monthly Period divided by (ii) the Average Invested Amount
     with respect to such Monthly Period times (iii) 12.

          "Benefitted Series 1996-2 Certificateholder" shall have the meaning
     specified in Section 23.

          "Benchmark Dilution Percentage" shall mean 7.50%.

          "Certificate Interest" shall mean the Class A Certificate Interest,
     the Class C Certificate Interest and the Class D-1 Certificate Interest.

          "Change in Law" shall have the meaning specified in subsection 15(e).

          "Class A Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.5A(a).









<PAGE>
                                                                          4
          "Class A Agent" shall mean The First National Bank of Chicago in its
     capacity as Agent for Falcon and the Class A Certificateholders.

          "Class A Average Invested Amount" shall mean for any period the sum of
     the Class A Invested Amount on each day of such period divided by the
     number of days in such period.

          "Class A Average Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean for any period the
     sum of the Class A Invested Amount and the unreimbursed Class A Charge Offs
     on each day of such period divided by the number of days in such period.

          "Class A Certificate" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

          "Class A Certificateholder" shall mean each holder of any beneficial
     interest in the Class A Certificate; provided that for purposes of the
     Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the
     Class A Agent, as registered holder of the Class A Certificate, as the sole
     Certificateholder of the Class A Certificate, and shall be entitled to
     treat the Class A Certificateholders as Certificate Owners, as if the Class
     A Certificate were issued as a Book-Entry Certificate and the Class A Agent
     were the Clearing Agency with respect thereto.

          "Class A Certificate Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.5A(a).

          "Class A Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in
     subsection 10(b).

          "Class A Daily Alternate Base Rate Interest Expense" for any day in
     any Accrual Period, shall mean the product of (a) the sum of (i) the
     portion of the Class A Invested Amount not allocated to any Class A LIBO
     Tranche on such day and (ii) the amount deposited and being held in the
     Class AC Distribution Account pursuant to subsection 7(b) in respect of any
     decrease in the Class A Invested Amount divided by 365 (or 366, as the case
                                             ------- --
     may be, as determined pursuant to Section 10(e)) and (b) the Alternate Base
     Rate in effect on such day.

          "Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of
     which shall be the Class A Invested Amount as of the end of the last day of
     the Revolving Period and the denominator of which shall be the Adjusted
     Invested Amount as of the preceding Business Day.

          "Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean:


<PAGE>
                                                                          5
           (a) when used with respect to monthly allocations on any Transfer
     Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall
     be the Class A Average Invested Amount during the preceding Monthly Period
     (or, in the case of the first Transfer Date, during the period from the
     Closing Date through the end of the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer
     Date) and the denominator of which shall be the Average Adjusted Invested
     Amount during the preceding Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first
     Transfer Date, during the period from the Closing Date through the end of
     the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date).

          (b) when used with respect to daily allocations, the percentage
     equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall be the Class A
     Invested Amount at the end of the preceding Business Day and the
     denominator of which shall be the Adjusted Invested Amount at the end of
     the preceding Business Day.

          "Class A Increase" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     6(a).

          "Class A Initial Invested Amount" shall mean $0.

          "Class A Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination, an
     amount equal to (a) the Class A Invested Amount on the immediately
     preceding Business Day (or on the Closing Date, the Class A Initial
     Invested Amount), plus (b) the amount of any increase in the Class A
     Invested Amount made since such preceding Business Day, minus (c) the
     aggregate amount of any payments of Certificate Principal paid to the Class
     A Certificateholders pursuant to Section 7 or 4.11 since such preceding
     Business Day, minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
     Class A Investor Charge Offs over Class A Investor Charge Offs reimbursed
     pursuant to subsections 4.8A(f) and 4.9A(h) prior to such date of
     determination.

          "Class A Investor Charge Off" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.6A(b)(iv).

          "Class A Invested Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, (a) with respect to Finance Charge Collections during the
     Revolving Period and the Scheduled Amortization Period, the Investor
     Default Amount and Shortfall Share at any time and Principal Collections
     during the Revolving Period, the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage and
     (b) with respect to Finance Charge Collections during the Rapid
     Amortization Period and Principal Collections during the Amortization
     Period, the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage.

          "Class A LIBO Period" shall mean, (a) with respect to any Class A LIBO
     Tranche allocated on a date other than  a 









<PAGE>
                                                                          6
     Distribution Date, the period commencing on and including the applicable
     date on which the applicable portion of the Class A Invested Amount was so
     allocated to such Class A LIBO Tranche in accordance with Section 6 or 8
     hereof and ending on but excluding the Distribution Date occurring, at the
     election of the Seller, two or three months thereafter (or such longer
     period thereafter as may be agreed by the Class A Agent (such agreement not
     to be unreasonably withheld) and (b) in the case of any Class A LIBO
     Tranche allocated on a Distribution Date pursuant to Section 6 or 8, the
     period commencing on and including such applicable Distribution Date and
     ending on but excluding the Distribution Date which is one month, two
     months or three months thereafter, as selected by the Seller (or such
     longer period thereafter as may be agreed by the Class A Agent), provided
                                                                      --------
     that any LIBO Period that would otherwise extend beyond the Scheduled
     Series 1996-2 Termination Date shall end on the Scheduled Series 1996-2
     Termination Date.

          "Class A LIBO Rate" shall have the meaning set forth in the Fee
     Letter; provided that the Class A LIBO Rate for any Accrual Period shall
     not be greater than LIBOR plus 0.60%.
                               ----

          "Class A LIBO Tranche" shall mean each portion of the Class A Invested
     Amount for which Class A Certificate Interest is calculated by reference to
     LIBOR with respect to a particular LIBO Period.

          "Class A Monthly Charge Off Interest" shall have the meaning specified
     in subsection 4.5A(a).

          "Class A Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class A Invested Amount plus the amount of any
     unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge Offs as of such date of determination.
 
          "Class AC Deficiency Amount" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.6A(a).

          "Class AC Distribution Account"  shall have the meaning specified in
     4.2B(c).

          "Class AC Excess Spread" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly
     Period, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the Class AC Invested Percentage
     of Finance Charge Collections for such Monthly Period and (ii) the Class AC
     Invested Percentage of all investment earnings earned during such Monthly
     Period and credited to the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount pursuant
     to subsection 4.2B(f) over (b) the sum of (i) the amounts payable from the
     Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount pursuant to subsections 4.8A(a) and (b),
     (ii) the Class AC Monthly Servicing Fee with respect to such Monthly Period
     plus all accrued and unpaid Class AC Monthly Servicing Fees for all prior
     Monthly Periods and (iii) the 


<PAGE>
                                                                          7
     Class AC Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount with respect to
     such Monthly Period.
          "Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount" shall have the meaning specified
     in 4.2B(a).

          "Class AC Invested Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, (a) with respect to Finance Charge Collections, Principal
     Collections, the Investor Default Amount, the Monthly Servicing Fee and the
     Shortfall Share, the sum of the applicable Class A Invested Percentage and
     Class C Invested Percentage, (b) with respect to Shared Principal
     Collections, a fraction the numerator of which is the Class AC Principal
     Shortfall and the denominator of which is the Principal Shortfalls for all
     Series and Classes of Investor Certificates sharing Principal Collections
     and (c) with respect to Shared Finance Charge Collections, a fraction the
     numerator of which is the Class AC Deficiency and the denominator of which
     is the sum of the "Deficiencies" for all Series and Classes of Investor
     Certificates.

          "Class AC Monthly Total Principal Allocation" shall mean, with respect
     to any Business Day in any Monthly Period, the sum of the Class AC
     Principal Allocation for such Business Day and for each preceding Business
     Day in such Monthly Period; provided, however, that the Class AC Monthly
     Total Principal Allocation shall be increased or decreased by the amount
     deposited to or withdrawn from the Class AC Principal Collections
     Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.4A(e).

          "Class AC Principal Allocation" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.4A(b)(v).

          "Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.2B(a).

          "Class AC Principal Shortfall" shall mean during the Amortization
     Period, the excess, if any, of the sum of the Class A Invested Amount and
     the Class C Invested Amount over the Class AC Monthly Total Principal
     Allocation.

          "Class AC Spread Account" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.2B(d).

          "Class AC Spread Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly
     Period, the aggregate of the Class AC Excess Spread for such period divided
     by the number of days in the period multiplied by 365 (or 366, as the case
     may be, as determined pursuant to Section 10(e)) and divided by the average
     Class AC Invested Amount during such Monthly Period.


<PAGE>
                                                                          8
          "Class ACD-1 Invested Percentage" means the sum of the Class AC
     Invested Percentage and the Class D-1 Invested Percentage.

          "Class C Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.5A(b).

          "Class C Average Invested Amount" shall mean for any period the sum of
     the Class C Invested Amount on each day of such period divided by the
     number of days in such period.

          "Class C Average Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean for any period the
     sum of the Class C Invested Amount and the unreimbursed Class C Charge Offs
     on each day of such period divided by the number of days in such period.

          "Class C Certificate" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

          "Class C Certificateholder" shall mean each holder of any interest in
     any Class C Certificate.

          "Class C Certificate Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
     Section 4.5A(b).

          "Class C Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in
     subsection 10(c).

          "Class C Daily Alternate Base Rate Interest Expense" for any day in
     any Accrual Period, shall mean the product of (a) the sum of (i) the
     portion of the Class C Invested Amount not allocated to any Class C LIBO
     Tranche on such day and (ii) the amount deposited and held in the Class AC
     Distribution Account on such day pursuant to subsection 7(b) in respect of
     any decrease in the Class C Invested Amount divided by 365 (or 366, as the
                                                 ------- --
     case may be, as determined pursuant to Section 10(e)) and (b) the Alternate
     Base Rate in effect on such day.

          "Class C Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of
     which shall be the Class C Invested Amount as of the end of the last day of
     the Revolving Period and the denominator of which shall be the Adjusted
     Invested Amount as of the preceding Business Day.

          "Class C Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean:

           (a) when used with respect to monthly allocations on any Transfer
     Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall
     be the Class C Average Invested Amount during the preceding Monthly Period
     (or, in the case of the first Transfer Date, during the period from the
     Closing Date through the end of the Monthly Period preceding 









<PAGE>
                                                                          9
     such Transfer Date) and the denominator of which shall be the Average
     Adjusted Invested Amount during the preceding Monthly Period (or, in the
     case of the first Transfer Date, during the period from the Closing Date
     through the end of the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date).

          (b) when used with respect to daily allocations, the percentage
     equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall be the Class C
     Invested Amount at the end of the preceding Business Day and the
     denominator of which shall be the Adjusted Invested Amount at the end of
     the preceding Business Day.

          "Class C Increase" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     6(b).

          "Class C Initial Invested Amount" shall mean $0.

          "Class C Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination, an
     amount equal to (a) the Class C Invested Amount on the immediately
     preceding Business Day (or on the Closing Date, the Class C Initial
     Invested Amount), plus (b) the amount of any increase in the Class C
     Invested Amount made since such preceding Business Day, minus (c) the
     aggregate amount of any payments of Certificate Principal paid to the Class
     C Certificateholders pursuant to Section 7 or 4.11A since such preceding
     Business Day, minus (d) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
     Class C Investor Charge Offs over Class C Investor Charge Offs reimbursed
     pursuant to subsections 4.8A(f) and 4.9A(h) prior to such date of
     determination.

          "Class C Invested Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, (a) with respect to Finance Charge Collections during the
     Revolving Period and the Scheduled Amortization Period, the Investor
     Default Amount and Shortfall Share at any time and Principal Collections
     during the Revolving Period, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage and
     (b) with respect to Finance Charge Collections during the Rapid
     Amortization Period and Principal Collections during the Amortization
     Period, the Class C Fixed Allocation Percentage.

          "Class C Investor Charge Off" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.6A(b)(iii).

          "Class C LIBO Period" shall mean, with respect to any Class C LIBO
     Tranche, a period commencing on and including the applicable Distribution
     Date and ending on but excluding the Distribution Date which is one, two,
     three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Seller, provided that
     any Class C LIBO Period that would otherwise extend beyond the Scheduled
     Series 1996-2 Termination Date shall end on the Scheduled Series 1996-2
     Termination Date.


<PAGE>
                                                                         10
          "Class C LIBO Rate" shall mean. with respect to each day during a LIBO
     Period pertaining to a Class C LIBO Tranche, a rate per annum equal to
     LIBOR plus 0.60%.

          "Class C LIBO Tranche" shall mean each portion of the Class C Invested
     Amount for which Class C Certificate Interest is calculated by reference to
     LIBOR with respect to a particular LIBO Period.

          "Class C Monthly Charge Off Interest" shall have the meaning specified
     in subsection 4.5A(b)(v).

          "Class C Reallocated Amounts" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.6A(b)(ii).

          "Class C Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class C Invested Amount plus any unreimbursed Class C
     Investor Charge Offs as of such date of determination.

          "Class D Certificates" shall mean the collective reference to the
     Class D-1 Certificates and the Class D-2 Certificates.

          "Class D Deficiency Amount" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.7A(a).

          "Class D Finance Charge Subaccount" shall have the meaning specified
     in 4.2B(a).

          "Class D Invested Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the sum of the applicable Class D-1 Invested Percentage and
     Class D-2 Invested Percentage, provided that with respect to Shared Finance
     Charge Collections, the Class D Invested Percentage shall equal a fraction
     the numerator of which is the Class D Deficiency Amount and the denominator
     of which is the sum of the "Deficiencies" with respect to all Series and
     Classes of Investor Certificates.

          "Class D Percentage" shall mean, as of the close of business on any
     Transfer Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of
     which is the Class D Invested Amount as of such Transfer Date and the
     denominator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of such Transfer
     Date.

          "Class D Spread Account Percentage" shall mean, as of any Business
     Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the
     amount on deposit in the Class D Spread Account at the end of the preceding
     Business Day and the denominator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount
     as of the end of the preceding Business Day.


<PAGE>
                                                                         11
          "Class D Spread Shortfall Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
     Business Day, the amount, if any, equal to the lesser of (a) the Class D-2
     Invested Percentage of the Invested Percentage of Principal Collections for
     such Business Day, as reflected in the Daily Report for such Business Day,
     and (b) the excess of the Required Class D Spread Account Amount as of the
     preceding Business Day over the amount on deposit in the Class D Spread
     Account on such Business Day (after giving effect all allocations, if any,
     to be made on such Business Day pursuant to subsections 4.8A and 4.9A).

          "Class D Spread Account" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.2B(d).

          "Class D-1 Additional Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.5A(c).

          "Class D-1 Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class D-1 Invested Amount minus the lesser of the Class
     D-1 Invested Amount and the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account Balance.

          "Class D-1 Average Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean for any period
     the sum of the Class D-1 Adjusted Invested Amount on each day of such
     period divided by the number of days in such period.

          "Class D-1 Average Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean for any period
     the sum of the Class D-1 Invested Amount and the unreimbursed Class D-1
     Charge Offs on each day of such period divided by the number of days in
     such period.


          "Class D-1 Certificate" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

          "Class D-1 Certificateholder" shall mean each holder of any interest
     in any Class D-1 Certificate.

          "Class D-1 Certificate Interest" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.5A(c).

          "Class D-1 Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in
     subsection 10(d).

          "Class D-1 Daily Alternate Base Rate Interest Expense" for any day in
     any Accrual Period, shall mean the product of (a) the sum of (i) the
     portion of the Class D-1 Invested Amount not allocated to any Class D-1
     LIBO Tranche on such day and (ii) the amount deposited and held in the
     Class D-1 Distribution Account pursuant to subsection 7(b) on such day in
     respect of any decrease in the Class D-1 Invested Amount divided by 365 (or
                                                              ------- --
     366, as the case may be, as determined 









<PAGE>
                                                                         12
     pursuant to subsection 10(e)) and (b) the Alternate Base Rate in effect on
     such day.
          "Class D-1 Dilution Reduction" shall mean any reduction of the Class
     D-1 Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.14A.

          "Class D-1 Distribution Account" shall have the meaning specified in
     Section 4.2B(c).

          "Class D-1 Excess Spread" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly
     Period, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the Class D-1 Invested Percentage
     of Finance Charge Collections with respect to the such Monthly Period and
     (ii) the Class D-1 Invested Percentage of all investment earnings earned
     during such Monthly Period and credited to the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge
     Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.2B(f) over (b) the sum of (a) the
     amount required to be transferred from the Class D-1 Finance Charge Account
     pursuant to Section 4.9A(a) on the Distribution Date following the end of
     such Monthly Period, (b) the Class D-1 Invested Percentage of the Monthly
     Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period plus all accrued and unpaid Class AC
     Monthly Servicing Fees for all prior Monthly Periods and (c) the Class D-1
     Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount for such Monthly Period.

          "Class D-1 Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of
     which shall be the Class D-1 Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of the
     last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which shall be the
     Adjusted Invested Amount as of the preceding Business Day.

          "Class D-1 Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean:

           (a) when used with respect to monthly allocations on any Transfer
     Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall
     be the Class D-1 Average Adjusted Invested Amount during the preceding
     Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Transfer Date, during the
     period from the Closing Date through the end of the Monthly Period
     preceding such Transfer Date) and the denominator of which shall be the
     Average Adjusted Invested Amount during the preceding Monthly Period (or,
     in the case of the first Transfer Date, during the period from the Closing
     Date through the end of the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date).

          (b) when used with respect to daily allocations, the percentage
     equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall be the Class D-1
     Adjusted Invested Amount at the end of the preceding Business Day and the
     denominator of which 


<PAGE>
                                                                         13
     shall be the Adjusted Invested Amount at the end of the preceding Business
     Day.
          "Class D-1 Initial Invested Amount" shall mean $0.

          "Class D-1 Increase" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     6(b).

          "Class D-1 Investor Charge Off" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.7A(b)(iv).

          "Class D-1 Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination,
     an amount equal to (a) the Class D-1 Invested Amount on the immediately
     preceding Business Day (or on the Closing Date, the Class D-1 Initial
     Invested Amount), plus (b) the amount of any increase in the Class D-1
     Invested Amount made since such preceding Business Day, minus (c) the
     aggregate amount of any payments of Certificate Principal paid to the Class
     D-1 Certificateholders pursuant to Section 7 or 4.12A since such preceding
     Business Day, minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
     Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions over Class
     D-1 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions reimbursed
     pursuant to subsections 4.8A(i) and 4.9A(e) prior to such date of
     determination.

          "Class D-1 Invested Percentage" shall mean (a) with respect to Finance
     Charge Collections during the Revolving Period and the Scheduled
     Amortization Period, the Investor Default Amount and Shortfall Share at any
     time and Principal Collections during the Revolving Period, the Class D-1
     Floating Allocation Percentage, (b) with respect to Finance Charge
     Collections during the Rapid Amortization Period and Principal Collections
     during the Amortization Period, the Class D-1 Fixed Allocation Percentage
     and (c) with respect to Shared Principal Collections, a fraction the
     numerator of which is the Class D-1 Principal Shortfall and the denominator
     of which is the sum of the Principal Shortfalls for all Series and Classes
     of Investor Certificates sharing Principal Collections.

          "Class D-1 LIBO Period" shall mean, with respect to any Class D-1 LIBO
     Tranche, a period commencing on and including the applicable Distribution
     Date and ending on but excluding the Distribution Date which is one, two,
     three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Seller, provided that
     any Class D-1 LIBO Period that would otherwise extend beyond the Scheduled
     Series 1996-2 Termination Date shall end on the Scheduled Series 1996-2
     Termination Date.

          "Class D-1 LIBO Rate" shall mean. with respect to each day during a
     LIBO Period pertaining to a Class D-1 LIBO Tranche, a rate per annum equal
     to LIBOR plus 1.60%.


<PAGE>
                                                                         14
          "Class D-1 LIBO Tranche" shall mean each portion of the Class D-1
     Invested Amount for which Class D-1 Certificate Interest is calculated by
     reference to LIBOR with respect to a particular LIBO Period.

          "Class D-1 Monthly Charge Off Interest" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.5A(c).

          "Class D-1 Monthly Principal Distribution" shall mean, (a) with
     respect to any Monthly Period during the Scheduled Amortization Period, the
     lesser of (i) the Class D-1 Adjusted Invested Amount and (ii) the excess of
     the Class D Invested Amount over the Required Class D Invested Amount and
     (b) with respect to any Monthly Period during the Rapid Amortization
     Period, (i) prior to the date on which the Class A Invested Amount has been
     reduced to zero, zero and (ii) after the date on which the Class A Invested
     Amount has been reduced to zero, the lesser of (A) the Class D-1 Adjusted
     Invested Amount and (B) the excess of the Class D Invested Amount over the
     Required Class D Invested Amount.

          "Class D-1 Monthly Total Principal Allocation" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.4A(b)(vi).

          "Class D-1 Principal Allocation" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.4A(b)(vi).

          "Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.2B(a).

          "Class D-1 Principal Funding Account" shall have the meaning specified
     in subsection 4.2B(b).

          "Class D-1 Principal Funding Account Balance" shall mean, on any date
     of determination, the amount on deposit in the Class D-1 Principal Funding
     Account on such date (exclusive of investment earnings thereon).

          "Class D-1 Principal Shortfall" shall mean during the Amortization
     Period, the excess, if any, of the Class D-1 Monthly Principal Distribution
     over the Class D-1 Monthly Total Principal Allocation.

          "Class D-1 Spread Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any period,
     the aggregate of the Class D-1 Excess Spread for such period divided by the
     number of days in the period multiplied by 365 (or 366, as the case may be,
     as determined pursuant to Section 10(e)) and divided by the average Class
     D-1 Invested Amount during such period.

          "Class D-1 Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean the Class D-1 Invested
     Amount plus the amount of any unreimbursed Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs
     and unreimbursed Class D-1 Dilution Reductions.









<PAGE>
                                                                         15
          "Class D-2 Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class D-2 Invested Amount minus, during the Rapid
     Amortization Period, the amount on deposit in the Class D-2 Principal
     Collections Subaccount.

          "Class D-2 Average Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean for any period
     the sum of the Class D-2 Adjusted Invested Amount on each day of such
     period divided by the number of days in such period.

          "Class D-2 Certificate" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

          "Class D-2 Certificateholder" shall mean each holder of any interest
     in any Class D-2 Certificate.

          "Class D-2 Dilution Reduction" shall mean any reduction of the Class
     D-2 Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.14A.

          "Class D-2 Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of
     which shall be the Class D-2 Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of the
     last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which shall be the
     Adjusted Invested Amount as of the preceding Business Day.

          "Class D-2 Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean:

           (a) when used with respect to monthly allocations on any Transfer
     Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall
     be of the Class D-2 Average Adjusted Invested Amount during the preceding
     Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Transfer Date, during the
     period from the Closing Date through the end of the Monthly Period
     preceding such Transfer Date) and the denominator of which shall be the
     Average Adjusted Invested Amount during the preceding Monthly Period (or,
     in the case of the first Transfer Date, during the period from the Closing
     Date through the end of the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date).

          (b) when used with respect to daily allocations, the percentage
     equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall be the Class D-2
     Adjusted Invested Amount at the end of the preceding Business Day and the
     denominator of which shall be the Adjusted Invested Amount at the end of
     the preceding Business Day.

          "Class D-2 Increase" shall have the meaning set forth in subsection
     6(c).

          "Class D-2 Initial Invested Amount" shall mean $0.


<PAGE>
                                                                         16
          "Class D-2 Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination,
     an amount equal to (a) the Class D-2 Invested Amount on the immediately
     preceding Business Day (or on the Closing Date, the Class D-2 Initial
     Invested Amount), plus (b) the amount of any increase in the Class D-2
     Invested Amount made since such preceding Business Day, minus (c) the
     aggregate amount of any payments of Certificate Principal paid to the Class
     D-2 Certificateholders pursuant to Section 7 or 4.12A since such preceding
     Business Day, minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
     Class D-2 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions over Class
     D-2 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions reimbursed
     pursuant to subsections 4.8A(i) and 4.9A(e) prior to such date of
     determination.

          "Class D-2 Invested Percentage" shall mean (a) with respect to Finance
     Charge Collections during the Revolving Period and the Scheduled
     Amortization Period, the Investor Default Amount and Shortfall Share at any
     time and Principal Collections during the Revolving Period, the Class D-2
     Floating Allocation Percentage, (b) with respect to Finance Charge
     Collections during the Rapid Amortization Period and Principal Collections
     during the Amortization Period, the Class D-2 Fixed Allocation Percentage
     and (c) with respect to Shared Principal Collections, a fraction the
     numerator of which is the Class D-2 Principal Shortfall and the denominator
     of which is the sum of the Principal Shortfalls for all Series and Classes
     of Investor Certificates sharing Principal Collections.

          "Class D-2 Investor Charge Off" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.7A(b)(iii).

          "Class D-2 Monthly Principal Distribution" shall mean, with respect to
     any Monthly Period during the Amortization Period, (i) prior to the date on
     which the Class D-1 Invested Amount has been reduced to zero, zero and (ii)
     after the date on which the Class D-1 Invested Amount has been reduced to
     zero, the lesser of (A) the Class D-2 Adjusted Invested Amount and (B) the
     excess of the Class D-2 Invested Amount over the Required Class D Invested
     Amount.

          "Class D-2 Monthly Total Principal Allocation" shall mean, as of any
     Business Day, the sum of the Class D-2 Principal Allocation for such
     Business Day and each previous Business Day during the same Monthly Period,
     in each case as reflected in the Daily Reports with respect to such
     Business Days; provided, however, that on each Determination Date the Class
     D-2 Monthly Total Principal Collection shall be increased or decreased by
     the amount deposited to or withdrawn from the Class D-2 Principal
     Collections Subaccount pursuant to Section 4.4(e).


<PAGE>
                                                                         17
          "Class D-2 Principal Allocation" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.4A(c)(vii).

          "Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.2B(a).

          "Class D-2 Principal Shortfall" shall mean during the Amortization
     Period, the excess, if any, of the Class D-2 Monthly Principal Distribution
     over the Class D-2 Monthly Total Principal Allocation.

          "Class D-2 Reallocated Amounts" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4.7A(b)(ii).

          "Class D-2 Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the Class D-2 Invested Amount plus the aggregate amount of
     all unreimbursed Class D-2 Investor Charge Offs and unreimbursed Class D-2
     Dilution Reductions on such date of determination.

          "Closing Date" shall have the meaning specified in Section 16.

          "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          "Commitment" shall mean, as to any Other Class A Certificateholder,
     Class C Certificateholder or Class D-1 Certificateholder, its obligation to
     maintain and, subject to certain conditions, increase its portion of the
     Invested Amount, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time
     outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Series 1996-2
     Certificateholder's name in Schedule I under the caption "Commitment", as
     such amount may be reduced from time to time as provided herein;
     collectively, as to all such Series 1996-2 Certificateholders, the
     "Commitments".

          "Commitment Percentage" shall mean, as to any Other Class A
     Certificateholder, Class C Certificateholder or Class D-1 Certificateholder
     as of any date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of
     which is such Certificateholder's Commitment as set forth on Schedule I (as
     such Schedule may be amended from time to time in connection with any
     reduction of the Commitments pursuant hereto) and the denominator of which
     is the aggregate of all Commitments of all Other Class A
     Certificateholders, Class C Certificateholders or Class D-1
     Certificateholders, as the case may be, as of such date.

          "Determination Date" shall mean, notwithstanding anything to the
     contrary contained in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, each day on
     which a Determination Date with respect to the Series 1996-1 Certificates
     occurs.


<PAGE>
                                                                         18
          "Dilution Factor" shall mean, after the Existing Trust Termination
     Date, with respect to any Accrual Period, the quotient of the Two Month
     Rolling Average Actual Merchandise Returns divided by the Two Month Rolling
     Average Base Merchandise Returns, in each case calculated as of the
     immediately preceding Determination Date.

          "Distribution Date" shall mean, notwithstanding anything to the
     contrary contained in the Agreement, the 20th day of each calendar month
     or, if such 20th day is not a DTC Business Day, the next DTC Business Day.

          "DTC Business Day" shall mean any Business Day on which The Depository
     Trust Company is open for business.

          "Duff & Phelps" shall mean, Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co., and any
     successor thereto.

          "Enhancement" shall mean the Class C Certificate.

          "Enhancement Providers" shall mean the Class C Certificateholders.

          "Excess Funding Investment Proceeds" shall mean all investment income
     credited to the Excess Funding Account and credited to the Finance Charge
     Subaccount in accordance with subsection 4.3(g) of the Agreement.

          "Falcon" shall mean Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation, a
     Delaware corporation.

           "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted
     average of the rates on overnight funds transactions with members of the
     Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on
     the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,
     or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day,
     the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by
     the Class A Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing
     selected by it.

          "Fee Letter" shall mean that certain letter agreement, dated April 25,
     1996, among the Seller, the Servicer and the Class A Agent, as the same may
     be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Finance Charge Subaccounts" shall mean the collective reference to
     the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount, the Class AC Finance Charge
     Subaccount and the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount.

          "First Chicago" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     4(a)(i).


<PAGE>
                                                                         19
          "Fixed Allocation Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of
     determination, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of
     which shall be the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of the last day
     of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which shall be the greater
     of (x) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the end of the Business
     Day preceding such date of determination and (y) the sum of the numerators
     used to calculate the Invested Percentages for allocations with respect to
     Finance Charge Collections (when used to allocate Finance Charge
     Collections) and Principal Collections (when used to allocate Principal
     Collections) for all outstanding Series on such date of determination.

          "Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean:

           (a) when used with respect to monthly allocations on any Transfer
     Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall
     be the Average Adjusted Invested Amount during the preceding Monthly Period
     (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, during the period from the
     Closing Date through the end of the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer
     Date) and the denominator of which shall be the greater of (x) the Average
     Aggregate Principal Receivables during the preceding Monthly Period (or, in
     the case of the first Distribution Date, during the period from the Closing
     Date through the end of the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date)
     and (y) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Invested
     Percentages for such date of determination with respect to Finance Charge
     Collections for all Series of Investor Certificates outstanding.

          (b) when used with respect to daily allocations, the percentage
     equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which shall be the Adjusted
     Invested Amount at the end of the preceding Business Day and the
     denominator of which shall be the greater of (x) the Aggregate Principal
     Receivables on the preceding Business Day and (y) the sum of the numerators
     used to calculate the Invested Percentages for such date of determination
     with respect to Finance Charge Collections for all Series of Investor
     Certificates outstanding.

          "Funding Costs" shall mean increased costs, reemployment costs and
     other amounts due the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders pursuant to Section
     15 hereto.

          "Increase" shall mean, with respect to any Increase Date, the sum of
     the Class A Increase, the Class C Increase, the Class D-1 Increase and the
     Class D-2 Increase on such Increase Date.

          "Increase Date" shall mean the date of any increase of the Invested
     Amount pursuant to Section 6.


<PAGE>
                                                                         20
          "Increased Costs" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
     15(d).

          "Initial Invested Amount" shall mean the Invested Amount in effect
     from time to time; provided that for purposes of determining the length of
     the Accumulation Period of any Series other than Series 1996-2 the Initial
     Invested Amount shall be zero.

          "Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date of determination, the sum of
     the Class A Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount, the Class D-1
     Invested Amount and the Class D-2 Invested Amount on such date of
     determination.

          "Invested Percentage" shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a)
     with respect to Finance Charge Collections during the Revolving Period and
     the Scheduled Amortization Period, the Default Amount and the Shortfall
     Share at any time and Principal Collections during the Revolving Period,
     the Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) with respect to Finance Charge
     Collections during the Rapid Amortization Period and Principal Collections
     during the Amortization Period, the Fixed Allocation Percentage.

          "Investor Charge Off" shall mean a Class A Investor Charge Off, a
     Class C Investor Charge Off, a Class D-1 Investor Charge Off or a Class D-2
     Investor Charge Off.

          "Investor Default Amount" shall mean, for each Transfer Date, an
     amount equal to the product of (a) the Default Amount with respect to the
     previous Monthly Period and (b) the Invested Percentage with respect to
     such Transfer Date.

          "LIBO Period" shall mean a Class A LIBO Period, Class C LIBO Period or
     Class D-1 LIBO Period, as the case may be.

          "LIBO Tranche" shall mean a Class A LIBO Tranche, Class C LIBO Tranche
     or Class D-1 LIBO Tranche, as the context requires.

          "LIBOR" means with respect to each day during each LIBO Period with
     respect to a Class A LIBO Tranche, Class C LIBO Tranche or Class D-1 LIBO
     Tranche, the rate per annum equal to the average (rounded upwards to the
     nearest 1/16 of 1%) of the rates of the Reference Banks quoted on page 3750
     of the Telerate Screen for deposits in United States dollars for a period
     equal to the length of the related LIBO Period as of 10:00 A.M., New York
     City time, two London Business Days prior to the beginning of such LIBO
     Period for delivery on the first day of such LIBO Period; provided that if
     only one rate appears on such page of the Telerate Screen, LIBOR for such
     LIBO Period shall mean such quoted rate; provided, further, that if it is
                                              --------
     not possible to obtain or determine the average of the rates of the
     Reference Banks as provided 








<PAGE>
                                                                         21
     above, the "LIBOR" shall mean, with respect to each day during each LIBO
     Period pertaining to a Class A LIBO Tranche, Class C LIBO Tranche or Class
     D-1 LIBO Tranche, the rate per annum equal to the average (rounded upward
     to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) of the respective rates notified to the Class
     A Agent by each of the Reference Banks as the rate at which such Reference
     Bank offers dollar deposits to prime banks at or about 10:00 A.M., New York
     City time, two London Business Days prior to the beginning of such LIBO
     Period in the interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar and foreign
     currency and exchange operations in respect of its interest in the Class A
     LIBO Tranche, Class C LIBO Tranche or Class D-1 LIBO Tranche are then being
     conducted for delivery on the first day of such LIBO Period for the number
     of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of the
     Class A LIBO Tranche, Class C LIBO Tranche or Class D-1 LIBO Tranche.

          "London Business Day" shall mean any Business Day on which dealings in
     deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London interbank
     market.

          "Minimum Seller Percentage" shall mean, at any time after the Existing
     Trust Termination Date, the excess of the Required Dilution Percentage over
     the sum of the Class D Percentage and the Class D Spread Account
     Percentage.

          "Monthly Period Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount Allocation" shall
     have the meaning specified in subsection 4.6A(a).

          "Monthly Period Class D Finance Charge Subaccount Allocation" shall
     have the meaning specified in subsection 4.7A(a).

          "Other Class A Certificateholders" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 4(a)(ii).

          "Participant"  shall have the meaning specified in Section 22.

          "Participant Warranties"  shall have the meaning specified in Section
     22.

          "Payment Date" shall mean, (i) with respect to payments of Class A
     Certificate Interest, each Distribution Date; (ii) with respect to payments
     of Class C Certificate Interest and Class D-1 Certificate Interest, each
     Distribution Date; (iii) with respect to payments of Certificate Principal
     with respect to the Class A Certificate, (A) in the case of decreases in
     the Class A Invested Amount during the Revolving Period, each DTC Business
     Day and (B) in the case of distributions during the Amortization Period,
     each Distribution Date; and (iv) with 


<PAGE>
                                                                         22
     respect to payments of Certificate Principal with respect to the Class C
     Certificate and the Class D Certificate, (A) in the case of decreases in
     the Invested Amount during the Revolving Period, each DTC Business Day and
     (B) in the case of distributions during the Amortization Period, each
     Distribution Date.

          "Pay Out Commencement Date" shall mean the date on which a Trust Pay
     Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Agreement or a
     Series 1996-2 Pay Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 14 of
     this Supplement.

          "Person" includes any individual, sole proprietorship, joint venture,
     trust, incorporated organization, association, corporation, institution,
     party, entity or governmental authority.

          "Portfolio Yield" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the
     annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, (a) the numerator of which
     is an amount equal to the excess of (i) the amount of Finance Charge
     Collections allocated to the Series 1996-2 Certificates and deposited in
     the Finance Charge Subaccounts pursuant to Section 4.4A for such Monthly
     Period (including, without limitation, the amount of any investment income
     on the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account deposited in the Series 1996-2
     Finance Charge Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.2B(f) and the Invested
     Percentage of any Excess Funding Investment Proceeds, all of which are to
     be treated as Finance Charge Collections in accordance herewith),
     calculated on a cash basis over (ii) the Investor Default Amount and (b)
     the denominator of which is the Average Invested Amount for the preceding
     Monthly Period.

          "Principal Collections Subaccounts" shall mean the collective
     reference to the Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount, the Class
     AC Principal Collections Subaccount, the Class D-1 Principal Collections
     Subaccount and the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount.

          "Principal Shortfall" shall mean (a) for the Series 1996-2
     Certificates on any Business Day during the Amortization Period, the sum of
     the Class AC Principal Shortfall, the Class D-1 Principal Shortfall and the
     Class D-2 Principal Shortfall on such Business Day and (b) for any other
     Series the amounts specified as such in the Supplement for such other
     Series.

          "Private Holder" shall mean each holder of a right to receive interest
     or principal in respect of any direct or indirect interest in the Trust,
     including any financial instrument or contract the value of which is
     determined in whole or in part by reference to the Trust (including the


<PAGE>
                                                                         23
     Trust's assets, income of the Trust or distributions made by the Trust),
     excluding any interest in the Trust represented by any Series or Class of
     Certificates or any other interest as to which the Seller has provided to
     the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such Series, Class or
     other interest will be treated as debt or otherwise not as an equity
     interest for federal income tax purposes, in each case, provided such
     interest is not convertible or exchangeable into an interest in the Trust
     or the Trust's income or equivalent value.  Notwithstanding the immediately
     preceding sentence, "Private Holder" shall also include any other Person
     that the Seller determines is (or may be) a "partner" within the meaning of
     section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) of the United States Treasury Regulations
     (including by reason of Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)).  Initially, the Private
     Holders include each holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate or any
     interest therein, the interest of the Servicer, the Class C Certificate and
     the Class D Certificates.  Any Person holding more than one interest in the
     Trust each of which separately would cause such Person to be a Private
     Holder shall be treated as a single Private Holder.  Each holder of an
     interest in a Private Holder which is a partnership, S Corporation or
     grantor trust under the Code shall be treated as a Private Holder unless
     excepted with the consent of the Seller (which consent shall be based upon
     an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the action taken pursuant to the
     consent will not cause the Trust to be treated as a publicly traded
     partnership taxable as a corporation).

          "Rapid Amortization Period" shall mean the period commencing on the
     Pay Out Commencement Date and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the
     Trust Termination Date and (ii) the Series Termination Date.

          "Rating Agencies" shall mean, collectively, Moody's, Duff & Phelps,
     and each other nationally recognized statistical rating agency which, at
     the request of the Seller or the Servicer, has assigned a rating to one or
     more classes of Series 1996-2 Certificates.

          "Record Date" shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
     close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

          "Reference Banks" shall mean four banks designated in writing by the
     Servicer.

          "Replacement Certificateholder" shall have the meaning specified in
     subsection 15(g).

          "Required Class A Certificateholders" shall mean Class A
     Certificateholders holding in the aggregate more than 50% 


<PAGE>
                                                                         24
     of the Commitments or, during the Amortization Period, more than 50% of the
     Class A Unpaid Invested Amount.
          "Required Class AC Spread Account Amount"  shall mean, with respect to
     any Transfer Date, a percentage of the Invested Amount determined based on
     the Three Month Rolling Class AC Spread Percentage with respect to such
     Transfer Date as follows: (A) if the Three Month Rolling Class AC Spread
     Percentage is greater than 4.50%, 1.00%, (B) if the Three Month Rolling
     Class AC Spread Percentage is less than or equal to 4.50% but more than
     4.00%, 2.50%, (C) if the Three Month Rolling Class AC Spread Percentage is
     less than or equal to 4.00% but more than 3.50%, 3.25%, (D) if the Three
     Month Rolling Class AC Spread Percentage is less than or equal to 3.50% but
     more than 3.00%, 4.00%, (E) if the Three Month Rolling Class AC Spread
     Percentage is less than or equal to 3.00% but more than 2.50%, 4.75%, (F)
     if the Three Month Rolling Class AC Spread Percentage is less than or equal
     to 2.50% but more than 2.00%, 5.50%, (G) if the Three Month Rolling Class
     AC Spread Percentage is less than or equal to 2.00% but more than 1.50%,
     6.00%, and (H) if the Three Month Rolling Class AC Spread Percentage is
     less than or equal to 1.50%, 7.50%.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, once a
     percentage of the Invested Amount has become effective as set forth above,
     such percentage shall not be decreased until the third consecutive Transfer
     Date thereafter on which such a decrease would be permitted, in which case
     the decreased percentage of the Invested Amount which shall become
     effective shall be the highest of the percentages otherwise permissible on
     such three consecutive Transfer Dates.

          "Required Class C Invested Amount" shall mean, (a) prior to the date
     on which the Class A Invested Amount has been reduced to zero, the product
     of 7.36% and the Adjusted Invested Amount and (b) thereafter, zero.

          "Required Class D Invested Amount" shall mean, (a) prior to the date
     on which the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced to zero, the product
     of 8% and the Adjusted Invested Amount and (b) thereafter, zero.

          "Required Class D-1 Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date during
     the Revolving Period, the product of 4% and the Adjusted Invested Amount on
     such date.

          "Required Class D-2 Invested Amount" shall mean, on any date during
     the Revolving Period, the product of 4% and the Adjusted Invested Amount on
     such date.

          "Required Class D Spread Account Amount" shall mean, with respect to
     any Transfer Date, a percentage of the Invested Amount as determined based
     on the Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage and the Dilution
     Factor, 


<PAGE>
                                                                         25
     respectively, with respect to such Transfer Date as follows: (A) if either
     the Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage is greater than 3.50%
     or the Dilution Factor is less than 107, 0%, (B) if either the Three Month
     Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage is equal to or less than 3.50% but
     greater than 3.00% or the Dilution Factor is equal to or greater than 107
     but less than 112, 1.50%, (C) if either the Three Month Rolling Class D-1
     Spread Percentage is equal to or less than 3.00% but greater than 2.50% or
     the Dilution Factor is equal to or greater than 112 but less than 117,
     2.50%, (D) if either the Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage is
     equal to or less than 2.50% but greater than 2.00% or the Dilution Factor
     is equal to or greater than 117 but less than 122, 3.50%, (E) if either the
     Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage is equal to or less than
     2.00% or the Dilution Factor is equal to or greater than 122, 4.00%. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if the percentage of the Invested Amount
     determined solely by reference to the Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread
     Percentage would result in a different percentage than the percentage
     determined solely by reference to the Dilution Factor, the higher
     percentage of the Invested Amount shall become effective and (ii) once a
     percentage of the Invested Amount has become effective as set forth above,
     such percentage shall not be decreased until the third consecutive Transfer
     Date thereafter on which a lower percentage would otherwise have been
     permitted pursuant to the provisions set forth above, in which case the
     decreased percentage of the Invested Amount which shall become effective
     shall be the highest of the percentages otherwise permissible on such three
     consecutive Transfer Dates.

          "Required Dilution Percentage" shall mean, at any time after the
     Existing Trust Termination Date, with respect to any Accrual Period (a)
     during the Revolving Period and the Scheduled Amortization Period, the
     greater of (i) the product of (A) the Dilution Factor, calculated as of the
     Determination Date immediately preceding the beginning of such Accrual
     Period and (B) the Benchmark Dilution Percentage, and (ii) 8.00% and (b)
     during the Rapid Amortization Period, the greater of (i) the Required
     Dilution Percentage as calculated pursuant to clause (a) above and (ii) the
     Required Dilution Percentage as of the last day of the Revolving Period or
     the Scheduled Amortization Period, as the case may be.

          "Required Series 1996-2 Certificateholders" shall mean Series 1996-2
     Certificateholders that represent in the aggregate more than 50% of the
     Commitments or, during the Amortization Period, more than 50% of the Unpaid
     Invested Amount.

          "Restricted Certificate" shall mean any Class C Certificate or Class D
     Certificate.


<PAGE>
                                                                         26
          "Restricted Certificateholder" shall mean any Class C
     Certificateholder or Class D Certificateholder.

          "Restricted Certificateholder Warranties" shall mean, with respect to
     any initial purchase of a Restricted Certificate or any transfer of any
     interest of a Restricted Certificateholder pursuant to an assignee pursuant
     to Section 22 of this Supplement, the representations, certifications and
     warranties required to be given by such initial purchaser or assignee
     Restricted Certificateholder in the manner required by such Section, to the
     effect that:

                (a) The acquiror has not acquired and shall not sell, trade or
          transfer the Restricted Certificate, nor cause the Restricted
          Certificate to be marketed on or through an "established securities
          market" within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code
          (including without limitation an interdealer quotation system that
          regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations by identified
          broker dealers by electronic means or otherwise); and 

               (b) Unless the Seller consents otherwise (which consent shall be
          based upon an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the action taken
          pursuant to the consent will not cause the Trust to be classified as a
          publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal
          income tax purposes), the acquiror (i) is properly classified as, and
          shall remain classified as, a "corporation" as described in Section
          7701(a)(3) of the Code and (ii) is not, and shall not become, an "S
          corporation" as described in Section 1361 of the Code.

          "Revolving Period" shall mean the period from and including the
     Closing Date to and including the earlier of (i) the close of business on
     the last day of the Monthly Period preceding the commencement of the
     Scheduled Amortization Period and (ii) the Pay Out Commencement Date.

          "Scheduled Amortization Period" shall mean the period from and
     including the first day of the April 1999 Monthly Period and ending on the
     earlier to occur of (i) the Series Termination Date and (ii) the Pay Out
     Commencement Date.

          "Scheduled Series 1996-2 Termination Date" shall mean the March 2002
     Distribution Date.

          "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "Series 1996-2" shall mean the Series of the Saks Master Trust
     represented by the Series 1996-2 Certificates.


<PAGE>
                                                                         27
          "Series 1996-2 Certificates" shall mean the Class A Certificate, the
     Class C Certificates and the Class D Certificates.

          "Series 1996-2 Certificateholders" shall mean the collective reference
     to the Class A Certificateholders, the Class C Certificateholders, the
     Class D-1 Certificateholders and the Class D-2 Certificateholders.

          "Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount" shall have the meaning
     specified in subsection 4.2B(a).

          "Series 1996-2 Pay Out Event" shall have the meaning specified in
     Section 14.

          "Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount" shall have the
     meaning specified in subsection 4.2B(a).

          "Series 1996-2 Register" shall mean a register maintained by the
     Administrative Agent for recording transfers of the Series 1996-2
     Certificates and interests therein.

          "Series Accounts" shall mean the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account,
     the Class D-1 Distribution Account, the Class AC Spread Account and the
     Class D Spread Account.

          "Series Pay Out Event" shall have the meaning specified in Section 14
     of this Supplement.

          "Series Servicing Fee Percentage" shall mean 2%.

          "Series Termination Date" shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) the
     day during the Amortization Period after the Distribution Date on which the
     Series 1996-2 Certificates are paid in full, or (ii) the Scheduled Series
     1996-2 Termination Date.

          "Shared Finance Charge Collections" shall mean either (a) the amounts
     allocated to the Series 1996-2 Certificates which, in accordance with
     Article IV, shall be allocated to the Investor Certificates of other Series
     (which are not retained by the Seller) or (b) amounts which the applicable
     Supplements for other Series specify are to be treated as "Shared Finance
     Charge Collections" and which may be applied to cover the Class AC
     Deficiency Amount and the Class D Deficiency Amount with respect to the
     Series 1996-2 Certificates. 

          "Shared Principal Collections" shall mean, as the context requires,
     either (a) the amounts allocated to the Series 1996-2 Certificates which,
     in accordance with subsections 4.4A(a) and (b) and subsection 4.3(g) of the
     Agreement, shall be applied to cover principal shortfalls 









<PAGE>
                                                                         28
     with respect to Series other than Series 1996-2 or (b) the amounts
     allocated to the Investor Certificates (which are not retained by the
     Seller) of other Series which the applicable Supplements for such Series
     specify are to be treated as "Shared Principal Collections" and which may
     be applied to cover a Principal Shortfall with respect to the Series 1996-2
     Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.4A(b) and (c).

          "Supplement" shall have the meaning specified in the preamble to this
     Agreement.

          "Three Month Rolling Class AC Spread Percentage" shall mean, with
     respect to any Transfer Date, the sum of the Class AC Spread Percentages
     with respect to such Transfer Date and the two preceding Transfer Dates
     divided by three.

          "Three Month Rolling Class D-1 Spread Percentage" shall mean, with
     respect to any Transfer Date, the sum of the Class D-1 Spread Percentage
     with respect to such Transfer Date and the two preceding Transfer Dates
     divided by three.

          "Transferee" shall have the meaning specified in Section 22.

          "Transition Supplement" shall mean the Series 1996-1 Supplement to the
     Existing Trust Agreement.

          "Two Month Rolling Average Actual Merchandise Returns" shall mean,
     with respect to any Determination Date, the sum of the Actual Daily Average
     Merchandise Returns for the two preceding Monthly Periods divided by 2.

          "Two Month Rolling Average Base Merchandise Returns"  shall mean, with
     respect to any Determination Date, the sum of the Base Daily Average
     Merchandise Returns for the two preceding Monthly Periods divided by 2.

          "Unallocated Balance" shall mean, (i) with respect to the Class A
     Certificates as of any Business Day, the sum of (A) the portion of the
     Class A Invested Amount for which Certificate Interest is then being
     calculated by reference to the Alternate Base Rate and (B) to the extent
     such Business Day is a Distribution Date, the portion of the Class A
     Invested Amount that is allocated to any Class A LIBO Tranche which expires
     on such Distribution Date (in each case after giving effect to any
     reduction thereof in accordance with Section 7) and (ii) with respect to
     the Class C Certificates and the Class D-1 Certificates as of any
     Distribution Date, the sum of (A) the portion of the Class C Invested
     Amount or Class D-1 Invested Amount for which Certificate Interest is then 
     being calculated by reference to the Alternate Base Rate and (B) the 
     portion of the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D-1 Invested 


<PAGE>


                                                                         29
     Amount that is allocated to any Class C LIBO Tranche or Class D-1 LIBO 
     Tranche which expires on such Distribution Date (in each case after giving 
     effect to any reduction thereof in accordance with Section 7).

          "Unpaid Invested Amount" shall mean the sum of the Class A Unpaid
     Invested Amount, the Class C Unpaid Invested Amount, the Class D-1 Unpaid
     Invested Amount and the Class D-2 Unpaid Invested Amount.


          SECTION 3.  Reassignment and Transfer Terms.  
                      -------------------------------

               The Series 1996-2 Certificates shall be subject to repurchase by
Seller at its option, in accordance with the terms specified in subsection
12.2(a) of the Agreement, on any Distribution Date on or after the Distribution
Date during the Amortization Period on which the Invested Amount is reduced to
an amount less than or equal to 10% of the greatest Invested Amount in effect at
any time during the Revolving Period.  The deposit required in connection with
any such repurchase shall be equal to (a) the Adjusted Unpaid Invested Amount,
plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest on the Series 1996-2 Certificates through
and including the day preceding the day on which such repurchase occurs, minus
(c) all amounts to be transferred to the Class AC Distribution Account, the
Class D-1 Distribution Account or paid to the Class D-2 Certificateholder on the
related Transfer Date.

          SECTION 4.  Purchase of the Series 1996-2 Certificates.  (a) Class A
                      ------------------------------------------       -------
Certificate. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Supplement:
- -----------

           (i) in the event that Falcon elects not to purchase a 100% beneficial
     interest in the Class A Certificate on the Closing Date, The First National
     Bank of Chicago ("First Chicago") hereby agrees to purchase that portion of
     the beneficial interest in the Class A Certificate that is not purchased by
     Falcon; and

          (ii) in the event that Falcon elects not to fund any Class A Increase
     in accordance with the provisions of this Supplement, First Chicago and/or
     each other Person (other than Falcon) who becomes a Class A
     Certificateholder pursuant to Section 22 (First Chicago and such other
     Persons being herein referred to as the "Other Class A Certificateholders")
     hereby severally agrees to fund such Class A Increase by purchasing a
     beneficial interest in the Class A Certificate in an amount equal to such
     Other Class A Certificateholder's Commitment Percentage of the amount of
     such Class A Increase that is not funded by Falcon.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Supplement, at no
time shall any Other Class A Certificateholder maintain a portion of the Class A
Invested Amount greater than 








<PAGE>
                                                                         30
such Other Class A Certificateholder's Commitment, at no time shall the Class A
Invested Amount exceed the aggregate Commitments of all Class A
Certificateholders at such time and at no time shall the beneficial interests in
the Class A Certificate of Falcon and the Other Class A Certificateholders
exceed in the aggregate 100% of the Class A Invested Amount.

          (b) Class C Certificates. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
              --------------------
Supplement: (i) each initial Class C Certificateholder hereby agrees (A) to
purchase from the Trust on the Closing Date Class C Certificates equal in the
aggregate to such Class C Certificateholder's Commitment Percentage of the Class
C Initial Invested Amount and (B) to maintain such interest in the Class C
Invested Amount, subject to increase or decrease during the Revolving Period, in
accordance with the provisions of this Supplement and (ii) each Person who
becomes a Class C Certificateholder pursuant to Section 22 hereby severally
agrees to maintain its Class C Certificates, subject to increase or decrease
during the Revolving Period, in accordance with the provisions of this
Supplement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Supplement, at no time shall any Class C Certificateholder maintain a portion of
the Class C Invested Amount greater than such Class C Certificateholder's
Commitment and at no time shall the Class C Invested Amount exceed the aggregate
Commitments of all Class C Certificateholders at such time.

          (c) Class D-1 Certificates. Subject to the terms and conditions of
              ----------------------
this Supplement: (i) each initial Class D-1 Certificateholder hereby agrees (A)
to purchase from the Trust on the Closing Date Class D-1 Certificates equal in
the aggregate to such Class D-1 Certificateholder's Commitment Percentage of the
Class D-1 Initial Invested Amount and (B) to maintain such interest in the Class
D-1 Invested Amount, subject to increase or decrease during the Revolving
Period, in accordance with the provisions of this Supplement and (ii) each
Person who becomes a Class D-1 Certificateholder pursuant to Section 22 hereby
severally agrees to maintain its Class D-1 Certificates, subject to increase or
decrease during the Revolving Period, in accordance with the provisions of this
Supplement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Supplement, at no time shall any Class D-1 Certificateholder maintain a portion
of the Class D-1 Invested Amount greater than such Class D-1 Certificateholder's
Commitment and at no time shall the Class D-1 Invested Amount exceed the
aggregate Commitments of all Class D-1 Certificateholders at such time.

          (d) Class D-2 Certificate. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
              ---------------------
Supplement, the Class D-2 Certificateholder hereby agrees (i) to purchase from
the Trust on the Closing Date the Class D-2 Certificate equal to the Class D-2
Initial Invested Amount and (ii) to maintain the Class D-2 Invested Amount,
subject to increase or decrease during the Revolving Period, in accordance with
the provisions of this Supplement.


<PAGE>
                                                                         31
          SECTION 5.  Form of Delivery of Series 1996-2 Certificates.  (a) On
                      ----------------------------------------------
the Closing Date, the Seller shall execute and deliver the Series 1996-2
Certificates to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with Section 6.1 of
the Agreement.  The Trustee shall deliver the Series 1996-2 Certificates when
authenticated in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Agreement.  It shall be a
condition to the issuance of the Series 1996-2 Certificates that Gibson, Dunn &
Crutcher shall have delivered an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section
6.14(b)(iii) of the Agreement, in relevant part, (i) with respect to the Class A
Certificate to the effect that such Certificate will be characterized as
indebtedness for federal and New York State income tax purposes and (ii) with
respect to the Class C Certificate and the Class D-1 Certificate, to the effect
that there is substantial authority that such Certificates will be treated as
indebtedness for federal and New York State income tax purposes, or, if such
Certificates are not so treated, that such Certificates should be treated as
interests in an entity other than an association (or publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation.

          (b)  The Series 1996-2 Certificates shall be delivered as Registered
Certificates as provided in Section 6.1 of the Agreement.  The Class A
Certificate, the Class C Certificates, the Class D-1 Certificates and the Class
D-2 Certificate shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, Exhibit C,
Exhibit D-1 and Exhibit D-2, respectively.  The Class A Certificate shall be
delivered to, and registered in the name of, the Class A Agent for the benefit
of the Class A Certificateholders.  The Class C Certificates and Class D-1
Certificates shall be delivered to the initial Class C Certificateholders and
Class D-1 Certificateholders at their addresses specified prior to the Closing
Date.

          SECTION 6.  Procedure for Increasing the Invested Amount.  (a) 
                      --------------------------------------------
Subject to subsection 6(d), on any DTC Business Day during the Revolving Period,
the Class A Invested Amount may be increased (a "Class A Increase") by
increasing, at Falcon's election, the portion of the Class A Invested Amount
held by Falcon, or, if Falcon declines to fund such Class A Increase, by
increasing the beneficial interest in the Class A Invested Amount held by each
Other Class A Certificateholder by an amount equal to each such Other Class A
Certificateholder's Commitment Percentage of the Class A Increase, up to an
amount not exceeding each such Other Class A Certificateholder's Commitment,
upon the request of the Servicer on behalf of the Trust; provided that the
Servicer shall have given the Class A Agent, the Administrative Agent and the
Trustee irrevocable written notice (effective upon receipt) of such request (i)
if the Class A Increase on such date is to be priced solely with reference to
the Alternate Base Rate, prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) one DTC
Business Day prior to the Increase Date or (ii) if all or a portion of the Class
A Increase on such date is to be allocated to any Class A LIBO Tranche, prior to
12:00 Noon (New York City time) three 


<PAGE>
                                                                         32
London Business Days prior to such Increase Date; such notice shall state the
Increase Date, the proposed amount of such Class A Increase, the proposed
amounts of the increase in the Class C Invested Amount, Class D-1 Invested
Amount and Class D-2 Invested Amount and, if all or a portion of such Increase
is to be allocated to a Class A LIBO Tranche, the LIBO Period with respect to
each such Class A LIBO Tranche; provided, further, that no such increase funded
by any Other Class A Certificateholder shall cause such Other Class A
Certificateholder's Commitment Percentage of the Class A Invested Amount to
exceed such Other Class A Certificateholder's Commitment; provided, further,
that simultaneously with such increase in the Class A Invested Amount, the Class
C Certificateholders, the Class D-1 Certificateholders and the Class D-2
Certificateholders shall pay or transfer to the Holder of the Exchangeable
Seller Certificate an amount sufficient to increase the Class C Invested Amount
to the Required Class C Invested Amount, the Class D-1 Invested Amount to the
Required Class D-1 Invested Amount and the Class D-2 Invested Amount to the
Required Class D-2 Invested Amount, in each case calculated after taking into
consideration the Class A Increase on such Increase Date; and provided, finally,
that the no more than two such increases shall be effected in any single
calendar week.
 
          (b)  Subject to subsection 6(d), on any DTC Business Day during the
Revolving Period, the Class C Invested Amount and Class D-1 Invested Amount may
be increased (a "Class C Increase" and "Class D-1 Increase", respectively) by
increasing the portion of the Class C Invested Amount held by each Class C
Certificateholder and the portion of the Class D-1 Invested Amount held by each
Class D-1 Certificateholder by an amount equal to each such Certificateholder's
Commitment Percentage of the Class C Increase and Class D-1 Increase,
respectively, up to an amount not exceeding each such Certificateholder's
Commitment, upon the request of the Servicer on behalf of the Trust; provided
that the Servicer shall have given the Administrative Agent and the Trustee
irrevocable written notice (effective upon receipt) of such request (i) if the
Class C Increase or Class D Increase, as the case may be, on such date is to be
priced solely with reference to the Alternate Base Rate, prior to 12:00 Noon
(New York City time) one DTC Business Day prior to the Increase Date or (ii) if
all or a portion of the Class C Increase or Class D-1 Increase on such date
(only if such date is a Distribution Date) is to be allocated to a LIBO Tranche,
prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) three London Business Days prior to
such Increase Date; such notice shall state the Increase Date, the proposed
amount of such Class C Increase and Class D-1 Increase, the proposed amounts of
the increase in portion of the Invested Amount allocable to each of the other
Classes and, if all or a portion of such Increase is to be allocated to a LIBO
Tranche, the LIBO Period with respect to each such LIBO Tranche; provided,
further, that no such increase made by any Class C Certificateholder or Class D-
1 Certificateholder shall cause such Class C Certificateholder's or Class D
Certificateholder's 


<PAGE>
                                                                         33
Commitment Percentage of the Class C Invested Amount or Class D-1 Invested
Amount, as the case may be, to exceed such Class C  Certificateholder's or Class
D-1 Certificateholder's Commitment; provided, further, that after giving effect
to such Class C Increase and Class D-1 Increase, respectively, the Class C
Invested Amount shall not be greater than the Required Class C Invested Amount
and the Class D-1 Invested Amount shall not be greater than the Required Class
D-1 Invested Amount; and provided, finally, that the no more than two such
increases shall be effected in any single calendar week.

          (c)  Subject to subsection 6(d), on any DTC Business Day during the
Revolving Period, the Class D-2 Invested Amount may be increased (a "Class D-2
Increase"), upon the request of the Servicer on behalf of the Trust; provided
that the Servicer shall have given the Class D-2 Certificateholders and the
Trustee irrevocable notice (effective upon receipt) of such request prior to
12:00 Noon (New York City time) one DTC Business Day prior to the Increase Date;
and provided, further, that after giving effect to such Class D-2 Increase, the
Class D-2 Invested Amount shall not be greater than the Required Class D-2
Invested Amount.

          (d) The Series 1996-2 Certificateholders shall not increase their
respective portions of the Invested Amount on any Increase Date hereunder:

  (i) if the amount of the Class A Increase is less than $2,500,000;

          (ii)  unless prior to giving effect to such increase the Seller
     deposits into the Class AC Spread Account an amount equal to (A) in the
     case of the first Increase effected after the date hereof, 1% of the
     Increase Amount and (B) in the case of all subsequent increases, the
     greater of (1) an amount which will cause the amount on deposit in the
     Class AC Spread Account to be equal to 1% of the Invested Amount after
     giving effect to such increase and (2) the product of (a) the Increase
     Amount and (b) a fraction the numerator of which is the amount on deposit
     in the Class AC Spread Account prior to giving effect to such increase and
     the denominator of which is the Invested Amount prior to giving effect to
     such increase;

        (iii)  unless prior to giving effect to such increase the Seller
     deposits into the Class D Spread Account an amount equal to the product of
     (A) the Increase Amount and (B) a fraction the numerator of which is the
     amount on deposit in the Class D Spread Account prior to giving effect to
     such increase and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount prior to
     giving effect to such increase;

          (iv)  
               if after giving effect to the increase, the portion of the
     Invested Amount held by any Series 1996-2 


<PAGE>
                                                                         34
     Certificateholder would exceed its Commitment (determined as of the date
     the notice of such increase is given); 
          (v)  if a Trust Pay Out Event or a Series 1996-2 Pay Out Event or an
     event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, would be a
     Trust Pay Out Event or a Series 1996-2 Pay Out Event has occurred;

         (vi)  if the Seller Amount does not equal or exceed the Minimum Seller
     Amount; and

        (vii)  if the representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement,
     this Supplement and the Receivables Purchase Agreement are not true and
     correct in all material respects on the Increase Date.

          (f)  After receipt by the Class A Agent, the Administrative Agent and
the Trustee of the notice required by this Section 6 from the Servicer on behalf
of the Trust, the Class A Agent shall promptly provide telephonic notice to each
Class A Certificateholder and the Administrative Agent shall promptly provide
telephonic notice to each Class C and Class D-1 Certificateholder of the
Increase Date and of the amount payable by such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder
pursuant to this Section 6 (which in the case of any Class A, C or D-1
Certificateholder shall be equal to the Commitment Percentage of the total
amount payable by the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders of such Class), provided
in the event that any amount is then being held in the Class AC or D-1
Distribution Account pursuant to subsection 7(b), the Servicer shall cause such
amount to be paid to the Administrative Agent and applied to reduce the amount
otherwise payable pursuant to this subsection.  Payments by the Series 1996-2
Certificateholders pursuant to this Section 6 shall be made in immediately
available funds on the applicable Increase Date to the Administrative Agent for
payment to the Seller.

          SECTION 7.  Procedure for Decreasing the Invested Amount.  (a)  On any
                      --------------------------------------------
DTC Business Day during the Revolving Period, upon request of the Servicer on
behalf of the Trust, the Invested Amount may be reduced through the pro rata
distribution to the Class A Agent (for distribution to the applicable Class A
Certificateholders ratably in accordance with their respective beneficial
interests in the Class A Invested Amount), the Class C Certificateholders, the
Class D-1 Certificateholders and the Class D-2 Certificateholders of up to the
Class A Invested Percentage, Class C Invested Percentage, Class D-1 Invested
Percentage and Class D-2 Invested Percentage of the amount otherwise payable to
the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate pursuant to Section
4.4A(a)(iv).  Notice of any decrease shall be given to the Class A Agent, the
Administrative Agent and the Trustee.

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount otherwise distributable
to the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders shall be


<PAGE>
                                                                         35
deposited into (i) in the case of distributions to the Class A Certificateholder
and Class C Certificateholders, Class AC Distribution Account and (ii) in the
case of distributions to the Class D-1 Certificateholder, to the Class D-1
Distribution Account.  The amounts so deposited shall remain in such accounts
until such time as the aggregate amount deposited therein in respect of
decreases in the Class A Invested Amount shall equal $2,500,000 (or, if the
Class A Invested Amount is less than $2,500,000, such lesser outstanding
amount), at which time (or, at the election of the Servicer, at such later time
not to exceed five Business Days thereafter), the entire amount in such accounts
shall, unless previously applied pursuant to Section 6(f), be distributed to the
applicable Series 1996-2 Certificateholders.

          SECTION 8.  Allocation of Available Pricing Amount.  (a)  The Seller
                      --------------------------------------
may, subject to paragraph (b), elect to allocate all or any part of the
Available Pricing Amount (i) with respect to the Class A Certificates to one or
more Class A LIBO Tranches on any Business Day, and (ii) with respect to the
Class C Certificates and Class D-1 Certificates to any Class C LIBO Tranches or
Class D-1 LIBO Tranches, as the case may be, on any Distribution Date, in each
case with LIBO Periods commencing on such Business Day or Distribution Date, as
the case may be by giving the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of an
allocation with respect to the Class A Certificates, the Class A Agent)
irrevocable written or telephonic (confirmed in writing) notice thereof, which
notice must be received prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) three London
Business Days prior to such Distribution Date.  Such notice shall specify (i)
the applicable Distribution Date, (ii) the LIBO Period for each LIBO Tranche, to
which a portion of Available Pricing Amount with respect to the relevant Class
is to be allocated and (iii) the portion of the Available Pricing Amount with
respect to such Class being allocated to each such LIBO Tranche.  Promptly upon
receipt of each such notice the Class A Agent shall notify each Class A
Certificateholder and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Class C and
Class D-1 Certificateholder of the contents thereof.  If the Class A Agent and
the Administrative Agent shall not have received timely notice as aforesaid with
respect to all or any portion of the Available Pricing Amount with respect to
any Class, the Class A Certificate Interest, Class C Certificate Interest or
Class D-1 Certificate Interest, as the case may be, on such portion of such
Available Pricing Amount shall be calculated by reference to the Alternate Base
Rate.

            Any reduction in the portion of the Invested Amount allocable to any
Class shall be allocated in the following order of priority:

          First, to reduce the Available Pricing Amount of each Class, as
          -----
          appropriate; and


<PAGE>
                                                                         36
          Second, to reduce the portion of the Invested Amount allocated to
          ------
          Class A, C and D-1 LIBO Tranches in such order as the Seller may
          select in order to minimize costs payable pursuant to Section 15(a).

          (b)  Anything contained in this Section 8 to the contrary
notwithstanding, (i) the portion of the Invested Amount allocable to each Class
A LIBO Tranche must be an amount equal to $2,500,000 or an integral multiple of
$250,000 in excess thereof, (ii) no more than ten Class A LIBO Tranches, two
Class C LIBO Tranches and two Class D-1 LIBO Tranches shall be outstanding at
any time, (iii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Pay Out
Event, the Seller may not elect to allocate all or any portion of the Available
Pricing Amount of any Class to a LIBO Tranche and (iv) after the end of the
Revolving Period, the Seller may not select LIBO Periods which exceed one month.

          SECTION 9.  Reductions of the Commitments.  (a)  On any DTC Business
                      -----------------------------
Day during the Revolving Period, the Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, may, upon
three London Business Days' prior written notice (effective upon receipt) reduce
or terminate the Commitments of the Other Class A Certificateholders, Class C
Certificateholders and Class D-1 Certificateholders pro rata (with respect to
each Class, a "Commitment Reduction"), provided the aggregate amount of any
reduction of the Commitments shall be at least equal to $5,000,000 or a whole
multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and provided, further, that no such
termination or reduction shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and
to any reduction in the Invested Amount on such date, the portion of the
Invested Amount represented by any Class of Series 1996-2 Certificates would
exceed the aggregate Commitments of all Series 1996-2 Certificateholders of such
Class then in effect.  Each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder's Commitment shall
be reduced by its Commitment Percentage of the amount of such Commitment
Reduction.

          (b)  Once reduced, the Commitments may not be subsequently reinstated.
Upon effectiveness of any such reduction, the Administrative Agent shall prepare
a revised Schedule I to reflect the reduced Commitment of each Other Class A
Certificateholder, Class C Certificateholder and Class D Certificateholder and
Schedule I of this Supplement shall be deemed to be automatically superseded by
such revised Schedule I.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute
such revised Schedule I to the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee and the Class A
Agent, for distribution to the Class A Certificateholders, and each Class C and
Class D-1 Certificateholder.

          SECTION 10.  Interest; Commitment Fee.  (a) Interest shall be payable
                       ------------------------
on the Class A Certificate and the Class C Certificates pursuant to subsection
4.8A and on the Class D-1 Certificates on each Distribution Date pursuant to
subsection 4.9A.


<PAGE>
                                                                         37
          (b)  The Seller shall pay to the Class A Agent, for the account of the
Class A Certificateholders, on each Distribution Date, a commitment fee with
respect to each Accrual Period or portion thereof ending on such date (the
"Class A Commitment Fee") during the Revolving Period at a rate equal to the
rate per annum set forth in the Fee Letter (but not in excess of 0.40%) of the
average daily excess of the sum of the Commitments of all Class A
Certificateholders over the Class A Average Unpaid Invested Amount during such
Accrual Period.  The Class A Commitment Fee shall be payable in arrears (a) for
each Accrual Period on the Distribution Date concluding such period, (b) on any
date of a Commitment Reduction and (c) on the Series Termination Date.

          (c)  The Seller shall pay to each Class C Certificateholder, on each
Distribution Date, a commitment fee with respect to each Accrual Period or
portion thereof ending on such date (the "Class C Commitment Fee") during the
Revolving Period at a rate equal to 0.40% per annum of the average daily excess
of the sum of Commitment of such Class C Certificateholder over the portion of
the Class C Average Unpaid Invested Amount allocable to such Class C
Certificateholder during such Accrual Period.  The Class C Commitment Fee shall
be payable in arrears (a) for each Accrual Period on the Distribution Date
concluding such period, (b) on any date of a Commitment Reduction and (c) on the
Series Termination Date.

          (d)  The Seller shall pay to each Class D-1 Certificateholder, on each
Distribution Date, a commitment fee with respect to each Accrual Period or
portion thereof ending on such date (the "Class D-1 Commitment Fee") during the
Revolving Period at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum of the average daily excess
of the sum of the Commitment of such Class D-1 Certificateholder over the
portion of the Class D-1 Average Unpaid Invested Amount allocable to such Class
D-1 Certificateholder during such Accrual Period.  The Class D-1 Commitment Fee
shall be payable in arrears (a) for each Accrual Period on the Distribution Date
concluding such period, (b) on any date of a Commitment Reduction and (c) on the
Series Termination Date.

          (e)  Calculations of per annum rates and fees under this Supplement
shall be made on the basis of (i) a 360-day year for actual days elapsed with
respect to interest payments on any Class A, C and D-1 LIBO Tranche and any
Class A, C and D-1 Commitment Fees and (ii) a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be,
as determined pursuant to Section 10(e)) day year with respect to other interest
payments and per annum fees.  Each determination of LIBOR hereunder by the Class
A Agent shall be conclusive and binding upon each of the parties hereto in the
absence of manifest error.  Any change in monthly interest payable hereunder
resulting from a change in the Alternate Base Rate shall become effective as of
the opening of business on the day on which such change is announced.


<PAGE>
                                                                         38
          SECTION 11.  Indemnification by Seller.  The Seller hereby agrees to
                       -------------------------
pay, and to indemnify and hold harmless, the Administrative Agent, the Class A
Agent, each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, the Arrangers and the Trustee and
each officer, director and employee thereof from (a) all claims, disputes,
damages, penalties and losses arising from the Receivables or the underlying
collateral (including any product warranty-related claims, but excluding credit
losses) or the transactions contemplated by this Supplement or the subject
matter thereof and (b) costs, expenses and reasonable counsel fees in defending
against the same, whether arising by reason of the acts to be performed by the
Seller or the Servicer hereunder or imposed against the Administrative Agent,
the Class A Agent, any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, the Arrangers, the
Trustee or any officer, director or employee thereof, or the Seller, the
property involved or otherwise (regardless of whether the Administrative Agent,
the Class A Agent, the Trustee, any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, the
Arrangers or any officer, employee or director thereof is a party thereto).

          SECTION 12.  Article IV of Agreement.  Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 of
                       -----------------------
the Agreement shall read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement.  The
remainder of Article IV of the Agreement shall read in its entirety as follows
and shall be applicable only to the Series 1996-2 Certificates:

                                   ARTICLE IV

                        RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND
                    ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

          Section 4.1B  Rights of Investor Certificateholders.  The Series 1996-
                        -------------------------------------
2 Certificates shall represent Undivided Interests in the Trust, consisting of
the right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments with
respect to such Series 1996-2 Certificates at the times and in the amount
specified in this Agreement, (a) the related Invested Percentage of Collections
received with respect to the Receivables, (b)  funds on deposit in the
Collection Account and the subaccounts thereof and the Excess Funding Account
allocable to the Series 1996-2 Certificates, (c) funds in the Series Accounts,
(d) Shared Principal Collections and Shared Finance Charge Collections allocable
to the Principal Collections Subaccounts and Finance Charge Subaccounts and (e)
investment earnings on the Series Accounts.  The Exchangeable Seller Certificate
shall represent the ownership interest in the Trust Assets not allocated to the
Series 1996-2 Certificates or any other Series outstanding; provided, however,
the ownership interest represented by the Exchangeable Seller Certificate and
any other Series outstanding shall not represent any interest in any Series
Account, except as specifically provided in this Article IV.

          Section 4.2B  The Series 1996-2 Collection Subaccounts; Establishment
                        -------------------------------------------------------
of Series Accounts.  (a)  Pursuant to subsection 
- ------------------


<PAGE>
                                                                         39
4.2(a) of the Agreement, the Servicer, on behalf of the Trustee, shall establish
and maintain for administrative purposes only, (i) a Principal Collections
Subaccount as a subaccount of the Principal Collections Account (the "Series
1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount") and three sub-subaccounts of the
Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount (the "Class AC Principal
Collections Subaccount", the "Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount" and
the "Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount", respectively) and (ii) a
Finance Charge Subaccount as a subaccount of the Finance Charge Account (the
"Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount") and two sub-subaccounts of the Series
1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount (the "Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount" and
the "Class D Finance Charge Subaccount"), in each case for the benefit of the
Series 1996-2 Certificateholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that
the funds allocated thereto are held in trust for the benefit of such
Certificateholders.

          (b)  The Servicer, for the benefit of the Series 1996-2
Certificateholders, shall cause to be established and maintained in the name of
the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, with an office or branch of a Qualified
Institution an Eligible Deposit Account (the "Class D-1 Principal Funding
Account") bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited
therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Class D-1 Certificateholders.

          (c)  The Servicer, for the benefit of the Series 1996-2
Certificateholders, shall cause to be established and maintained in the name of
the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, with an office or branch of a Qualified
Institution two non-interest bearing segregated demand deposit accounts
maintained in the corporate trust department of such Qualified Institution, and
held in trust by such Qualified Institution (the "Class AC Distribution Account"
and the "Class D-1 Distribution Account") each bearing a designation clearly
indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of
the Class A and C Certificateholders and the Class D-1 Certificateholders,
respectively.  The Paying Agent shall have the revocable authority to make
withdrawals from the Class AC Distribution Account and the Class D-1
Distribution Account.

          (d)  The Servicer, for the benefit of the Series 1996-2
Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain or cause to be established and
maintained in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, with a Qualified
Institution designated by the Servicer, two segregated trust accounts within the
corporate trust department of such Qualified Institution (the "Class AC Spread
Account" and the "Class D Spread Account"), bearing a designation clearly
indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of
the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders.


<PAGE>
                                                                         40
          (e)  The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all
funds on deposit from time to time in the Series Accounts and in all proceeds
thereof. The Servicer on behalf of the Trustee at all times shall maintain
accurate records reflecting each transaction in such Series Accounts.  Pursuant
to the authority granted to it pursuant to subsection 3.1(b) of the Agreement,
the Servicer shall have the power, revocable by the Trustee, to withdraw funds,
and to instruct the Trustee to withdraw funds, from such Series Accounts for the
purpose of carrying out its duties hereunder.  All such instructions from the
Servicer to the Trustee shall be in writing; provided, however, that the
Servicer is entitled to give instructions to the Trustee by facsimile.  Funds
allocated to the Series Accounts shall at all times be invested by the Trustee
or on its behalf, at the written direction (or telephonic direction, promptly
confirmed in writing) of the Servicer, in Permitted Investments.  Any such
investment shall mature and such funds shall be available for withdrawal on or
prior to the Transfer Date following the Monthly Period in which such funds were
processed for collection.  Subject to the restrictions set forth above, the
Servicer, or a Person designated in writing by the Servicer, shall instruct the
applicable Trustee or the applicable Qualified Institution maintaining such
accounts in writing with respect to the investment of funds allocated to the
Series Accounts.  For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the
balances in the Series Accounts for any reason under this Agreement, all
investment earnings on such funds (net of losses and expenses) shall be deemed
not to be available or on deposit until actually credited to such sub-
subaccounts.  Permitted Investments shall not be disposed of prior to their
maturity.

          (f)  On each Transfer Date, the Trustee, acting at the written
direction of the Servicer, shall transfer to the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge
Subaccount all investment earnings credited to the Series Accounts during the
preceding Monthly Period (net of related investment expenses and losses).  The
amount so transferred shall be treated as Finance Charge Collections allocable
to the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders.

          Section 4.4A.  Allocations.
                         -----------

          (a)  Allocations During the Revolving Period.  During the Revolving
               ---------------------------------------
Period, the Servicer shall, prior to the close of business on the Business Day
any Collections are deposited in the Collection Account, allocate from the
applicable subaccount of the Collection Account the following amounts,
calculated by the Servicer, as set forth below:

          (i)  To the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount the Invested
     Percentage of the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Collections processed
     on such Business Day, as reflected in the Daily Report for such Business
     Day.


<PAGE>
                                                                         41
         (ii)  To the Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount from the Series 1996-2
     Finance Charge Subaccount the Class AC Invested Percentage of the aggregate
     amount transferred to the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount on such
     Business Day (including amounts transferred thereto on any Transfer Date
     pursuant to subsection 4.2B(f)).

        (iii)  To the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount from the Series 1996-2
     Finance Charge Subaccount the Class D Invested Percentage of the aggregate
     amount transferred to the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount on such
     Business Day (including amounts transferred thereto on any Transfer Date
     pursuant to subsection 4.2B(f)).

         (iv)  To the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate the Invested
     Percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Collections processed on
     such Business Day as reflected in the Daily Report for such Business Day;
     provided, however, that if the amount to be allocated to the Holder of the
     Exchangeable Seller Certificate pursuant to this subsection 4.4A(a)(iv)
     with respect to any Business Day would create a Shortfall Amount on such
     Business Day after giving effect to the inclusion in the Trust of all
     Receivables created on or prior to such Business Day and the application of
     payments referred to in subsection 4.3(e) of the Agreement, the Shortfall
     Amount shall be deposited into the Excess Funding Account; provided,
     further, however, that the Class D Spread Shortfall Amount, if any, shall
     be deposited in the Class D Spread Account and, if such deposit in the
     Class D Spread Account would create a Shortfall Amount, the Seller shall
     make a deposit into the Excess Funding Account in the amount of such
     Shortfall Amount; and  provided, further, however, that any such amount
     otherwise payable to the Seller pursuant to this subsection 4.4A(a)(iv)
     shall first be treated as Shared Principal Collections; and provided,
     finally, however, that to the extent provided in Section 7, the amount
     otherwise payable to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate
     pursuant to this subsection shall be payable to the Holders of the Series
     1996-2 Certificates (or, to the extent provided in Section 7, to the Class
     AC Distribution Account and Class D-1 Distribution Account) in payment of
     any decrease in the Invested Amount.

          (b)  Allocations During the Scheduled Amortization Period.  During the
               ----------------------------------------------------
Scheduled Amortization Period, the Servicer shall, prior to the close of
business on each day any Collections are deposited in the Collection Account,
direct the Trustee in writing to allocate to the Certificateholders or the
Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate and pay or deposit from the
applicable subaccount of the Collection Account the following amounts,
calculated by the Servicer, as set forth below:


<PAGE>
                                                                         42
          (i)  Allocate to the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount the
     Invested Percentage of the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Collections
     processed on such Business Day as reflected in the Daily Report for such
     Business Day.

          (ii) Allocate to the Class AC Finance Charge Account from the Series
     1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount the Class AC Invested Percentage of the
     aggregate amount transferred to the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount
     on such Business Day (including amounts transferred thereto on any Transfer
     Date pursuant to subsection 4.2B(f)).

          (iii) Allocate to the Class D Finance Charge Account from the Series
     1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount the Class D Invested Percentage of the
     aggregate amount transferred to the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount
     on such Business Day (including amounts transferred thereto on any Transfer
     Date pursuant to subsection 4.2B(f)).

         (iv)   Allocate to the Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount
     the Invested Percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Collections
     processed on such Business Day as reflected in the Daily Report for such
     Business Day.

          (v)   Allocate to the Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount from
     the Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount the Class AC Invested
     Percentage of the amount transferred to the Series 1996-2 Principal
     Collections Subaccount (the "Class AC Principal Allocation"); provided,
     however, that after the date on which the sum of the Class A Invested
     Amount and the Class C Invested Amount minus the amount on deposit in the
     Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount has been reduced to zero, then
     the amount determined in accordance with this subparagraph (v) shall not be
     treated as a Class AC Principal Allocation and shall be paid as provided in
     subsection 4.4A(b)(vii); and provided, further, however, that if on any
     Business Day after giving effect to the allocation set forth in this
     subsection 4.4A(b)(v) there would be a Class AC Principal Shortfall, then
     the Class AC Invested Percentage of Shared Principal Collections from other
     Series, if any, will be deposited in the Class AC Principal Collections
     Subaccount to the extent of such shortfall.

          (vi)  Allocate to the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount from
     the Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount the Class D-1 Invested
     Percentage of the aggregate amount transferred to the Series 1996-2
     Principal Collections Subaccount (the "Class D-1 Principal Allocation");
     provided, however, that if the sum of such Class D-1 Principal Allocation
     and all preceding Class D-1 Principal Allocations with respect to the same
     Monthly Period (as adjusted on each Determination Date pursuant by 


<PAGE>
                                                                         43
     the amount deposited to or withdrawn from the Class D-1 Principal
     Collections Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.4(e), the "Class D-1
     Monthly Total Principal Allocation") exceeds the Class D-1 Monthly
     Principal Distribution, then such excess shall not be treated as a Class D-
     1 Principal Allocation and shall be paid as provided in subsection
     4.4A(b)(vii); and provided, further, however, that if on any Business Day
     after giving effect to the allocation set forth in this subsection
     4.4A(b)(vi) there would be a Class D-1 Principal Shortfall, then the Class
     D-1 Invested Percentage of Shared Principal Collections from other Series,
     if any, will be deposited in the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount
     to the extent of such shortfall.

        (vii)  Pay to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate an
     amount equal to the Invested Percentage of the aggregate amount of
     Principal Collections processed on such Business Day as reflected on the
     Daily Report for such Business Day minus the amounts allocated pursuant to
     subsections 4.4A(b)(v) and (vi); provided, however, that in the event that
     the amount to be paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller Certificate
     pursuant to this subsection 4.4A(b)(vii) with respect to any Business Day
     would result in a Shortfall Amount, the Shortfall Amount shall be deposited
     into the Excess Funding Account; provided, further, however, that the Class
     D Spread Shortfall Amount, if any, shall be deposited in the Class D Spread
     Account and, if such deposit in the Class D Spread Account would create a
     Shortfall Amount, the Seller shall make a deposit into the Excess Funding
     Account in the amount of such Shortfall Amount; and provided, finally, that
     any amount otherwise payable to the Seller pursuant to this paragraph
     4.4A(b)(vii) will first be treated as Shared Principal Collections.

          (c)  Allocations During the Rapid Amortization Period.  During the
               ------------------------------------------------
Rapid Amortization Period, the Servicer shall, prior to the close of business on
each day any Collections are deposited in the Collection Account, direct the
Trustee in writing to allocate to the Certificateholders or the Holder of the
Exchangeable Seller Certificate and pay or deposit from the applicable
subaccount of the Collection Account the following amounts, calculated by the
Servicer, as set forth below:

          (i)  Allocate to the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount an amount
     equal to the Invested Percentage of Finance Charge Collections processed on
     such Business Day as reflected in the Daily Report with respect to such
     Business Day.

         (ii)  Allocate to the Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount from the
     Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount an amount equal to the Class AC
     Invested Percentage of the aggregate amount transferred to the Series 1996-
     2 Finance Charge 


<PAGE>
                                                                         44
     Subaccount on such Business Day (including amounts transferred thereto on
     any Transfer Date pursuant to Section 4.2B(f)).
          (iii) Allocate to the Class D Finance Charge Account from the Series
     1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount the Class D Invested Percentage of the
     aggregate amount transferred to the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount
     on such Business Day (including amounts transferred thereto on any Transfer
     Date pursuant to subsection 4.2B(f)).

         (iv)  Allocate to the Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount an
     amount equal to the Invested Percentage of Principal Collections processed
     on such Business Day as reflected in the Daily Report with respect to such
     Business Day;

          (v)  Allocate to the Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount from
     the Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount an amount equal to the
     Class AC Invested Percentage of the amount transferred to the Series 1996-2
     Principal Collections Subaccount on such Business Day; provided, however,
     that after the date on which the sum of the Class A Invested Amount and the
     Class C Invested Amount minus the amount on deposit in the Class AC
     Principal Collections Subaccount has been reduced to zero, the amount
     determined in accordance with this subparagraph (v) shall be paid as
     provided in subsection 4.4A(b)(vii); and provided, further, however, that
     if on any Business Day after giving effect to the allocation set forth in
     this subsection 4.4A(c)(v) there would be a Class AC Principal Shortfall,
     then the Class AC Invested Percentage of Shared Principal Collections from
     other Series, if any, will be deposited in the Class AC Principal
     Collections Subaccount to the extent of such shortfall.

         (vi)  Allocate to the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount from
     the Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount an amount equal to the
     Class D-1 Invested Percentage of the amount transferred to the Series 1996-
     2 Principal Collections Subaccount on such Business Day; provided, however,
     that after the date on which the Class D-1 Adjusted Invested Amount minus
     the amount on deposit in the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount has
     been reduced to zero, the amount determined in accordance with this
     subparagraph (vi) shall be paid as provided in subsection 4.4A(b)(vii); and
     provided, further, however, that if on any Business Day after giving effect
     to the allocation set forth in this subsection 4.4A(c)(vi) there would be a
     Class D-1 Principal Shortfall, then the Class D-1 Invested Percentage of
     Shared Principal Collections from other Series, if any, will be deposited
     in the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount to the extent of such
     shortfall.


<PAGE>
                                                                         45
        (vii)  Allocate to the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount from
     the Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount an amount equal to the
     Class D-2 Invested Percentage of the amount transferred to the Series 1996-
     2 Principal Collections Subaccount on such Business Day (the "Class D-2
     Principal Allocation"); provided, however, that after the date on which the
     Class D-2 Adjusted Invested Amount minus the amount on deposit in the Class
     D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount has been reduced to zero, the amount
     determined in accordance with this subparagraph (vii) shall be paid as
     provided in subsection 4.4A(b)(vii); and provided, further, however, that
     if on any Business Day after giving effect to the allocation set forth in
     this subsection 4.4A(c)(vii) there would be a Class D-2 Principal
     Shortfall, then the Class D-2 Invested Percentage of Shared Principal
     Collections from other Series, if any, will be deposited in the Class D-2
     Principal Collections Subaccount to the extent of such shortfall.

          (d)  Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Agreement to the
contrary, whether or not the Servicer is required to make monthly or daily
deposits pursuant to subsections 4.4A(a), (b) and (c), provided that (i) Saks is
the Servicer and the long-term unsecured debt securities of the Servicer shall
be rated investment grade by both Moody's and Standard & Poor's and (ii) the
Rating Agency Condition with respect to the application of the provisions of
this paragraph shall have been satisfied, with respect to any Monthly Period,
(i) the Servicer shall only be required to deposit Collections from the
Collection Account into the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount or the
Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount in an amount equal to the lesser
of (A) the amount required to be deposited in such sub-subaccount pursuant to
Section 4.4A and (B) the amount required to be distributed to Series 1996-2
Certificateholders from such sub-subaccount on the following Distribution Date
and (ii) if at any time prior to such Distribution Date the amount of
Collections deposited in the Collection Account exceeds the amount required to
be deposited pursuant to clause (i), the Servicer will be permitted to withdraw
the excess from the Collection Account.  To the extent that, in accordance with
this subsection the Servicer has retained amounts which would otherwise be
required to be deposited in the Series 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount or the
Series 1996-2 Principal Collections Subaccount with respect to any Monthly
Period, the Servicer shall be required to deposit such amounts in the Series
1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount and the Series 1996-2 Principal Collections
Subaccount on the related Transfer Date to the extent necessary to make all
required distributions on the related Distribution Date.

          (e)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, on each
Determination Date, the amounts in the Series 1996-2 Principal Collections
Subaccount, the 1996-2 Finance Charge Subaccount and each subaccount thereof
shall be adjusted by the 


<PAGE>
                                                                         46
Servicer as shall be necessary to reflect the true-up adjustments pursuant to
Section 1.3(b) and 4.3(i) of the Agreement.
          Section 4.5A  Determination of Certificate Interest.  (a) The amount
                        -------------------------------------
of monthly interest distributable to the Class A Certificateholders on any
Distribution Date shall be an amount, determined by the Servicer, equal to:

           (i)  
               (A)  with respect to that portion of the Class A Invested Amount
     allocated to each Class A LIBO Tranche, an amount equal to the product of
     (1) the number of days in the preceding Accrual Period divided by 360, (2)
                                                            ----------
     the Class A LIBO Rate applicable to such Class A LIBO Tranche for the
     Accrual Period ending on such Distribution Date, and (3) the portion of the
     Class A Invested Amount allocable to such Class A LIBO Tranche as of the
     close of business on the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect
     to all distributions with respect to principal on such preceding
     Distribution Date) and (B) with respect to (1) that portion of the Class A
     Invested Amount not allocated to a Class A LIBO Tranche and (2) any amount
     deposited and being held in the Class AC Distribution Account in respect of
     any decrease in the Class A Invested Amount pursuant to subsection 7(b), an
     amount equal to the sum of each Class A Daily Alternate Base Rate Interest
     Expense determined for each day of the Accrual Period ended on such
     Distribution Date (the sum of (A) and (B) the "Class A Certificate
     Interest").

          (ii)  In the event that the amount of any Class A LIBO Tranche is
     reduced during an Accrual Period, the Class A Certificate Interest with
     respect to such portion of the Aggregate Class A Invested Amount shall be
     calculated with respect to the original amount thereof only for the number
     of days in such Accrual Period prior to such reduction, and thereafter the
     Class A Certificate Interest with respect to such portion shall be
     calculated with respect to such reduced amount for the number of days in
     the Accrual Period during which such reduced amount is outstanding.

          (iii)  In the event the Alternate Base Rate changes during the period
     between any Determination Date and the following Transfer Date and a
     portion of the Aggregate Class A Invested Amount is not allocated to a
     Class A LIBO Tranche, the Servicer, the Class A Agent and the
     Administrative Agent shall cooperate on the date of such change in amending
     the Monthly Payment Instruction and Notification to reflect the adjustment
     in the Class A Certificate Interest for the then current Accrual Period
     caused by such change and any consequent adjustments, including, without
     limitation, adjustment to the Class AC Deficiency Amount, if any, and Class
     AC Excess Spread.  Any such amendment, including, without limitation, any
     adjustment to the Class AC Deficiency Amount and Class AC


<PAGE>
                                                                         47
     Excess Spread, if made on the Transfer Date, shall be completed by 10:00
     a.m. on such Transfer Date.
          (iv) On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the
     Servicer shall determine the excess, if any (the "Class A Interest
     Shortfall"), of (i) the Class A Certificate Interest for the Accrual Period
     ending on such Distribution Date over (ii) the amount which will be
     available to be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders on such
     Distribution Date in respect thereof pursuant to this Supplement.  If the
     Class A Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date is greater
     than zero, an additional amount ("Class A Additional Interest") equal to
     the product of (A) the number of days until such Class A Interest Shortfall
     shall be repaid divided by 365 (or 366, as the case may be, as determined
     in accordance with Section 10(e)), (B) the Alternate Base Rate plus 2% and
     (C) such Class A Interest Shortfall (or the portion thereof which has not
     been paid to the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders) shall be payable as
     provided herein with respect to the Class A Certificate on each
     Distribution Date following such Distribution Date to and including, the
     Distribution Date on which such Class A Interest Shortfall is paid to the
     Class A Certificateholders.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
     herein, Class A Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to the
     Class A Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

          (v) In the event of any reduction in the Class A Invested Amount
     pursuant to Section 4.6A(b)(iv), there shall be distributable to the Class
     A Certificateholders from the Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount an amount
     (the "Class A Monthly Charge Off Interest") in respect of each day during
     which any such reduction remains unreimbursed, an additional amount equal
     to the product of (A) the portion of the reduction of the Class A Invested
     Amount remaining unreimbursed on such day and (B) the Alternate Base Rate
     plus 2% in effect on such day divided by 365 (or 366, as the case may be,
     as determined pursuant to Section 10(e)).  

     (b) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class C
Certificateholders on any Distribution Date shall be an amount equal to:

           (i)  
               (A)  with respect to that portion of the Class C Invested Amount
     allocated to each Class C LIBO Tranche, an amount equal to the product of
     (1) the number of days in the preceding Accrual Period divided by 360, (2)
                                                            ----------
     the Class C LIBO Rate applicable to such Class C LIBO Tranche for the
     Accrual Period ending on such Distribution Date, and (3) the portion of the
     Class C Invested Amount allocable to such Class C LIBO Tranche as of the
     close of business on the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect
     to all distributions with respect to principal on such preceding 


<PAGE>
                                                                         48
     Distribution Date) and (B) with respect to that portion of the Class C
     Invested Amount not allocated to a Class C LIBO Tranche and the amount
     deposited and held in the Class AC Distribution Account pursuant to
     subsection 7(c) in respect of decreases in the Class C Invested Amount, an
     amount equal to the sum of each Class C Daily Alternate Base Rate Interest
     Expense determined for each day of the Accrual Period ended on such
     Distribution Date (the sum of (A) and (B), the "Class C Certificate
     Interest").

          (ii)  In the event that the amount of any Class C LIBO Tranche is
     reduced during an Accrual Period, the Class C Certificate Interest with
     respect to such portion of the Aggregate Class C Invested Amount shall be
     calculated with respect to the original amount thereof only for the number
     of days in such Accrual Period prior to such reduction, and thereafter the
     Class C Certificate Interest with respect to such portion shall be
     calculated with respect to such reduced amount for the number of days in
     the Accrual Period during which such reduced amount is outstanding.

          (iii)  In the event the Alternate Base Rate changes during the period
     between any Determination Date and the following Transfer Date and a
     portion of the Aggregate Class C Invested Amount is not allocated to a
     Class C LIBO Tranche, the Servicer, the Class A Agent and the
     Administrative Agent shall cooperate on the date of such change in amending
     the Monthly Payment Instruction and Notification to reflect the adjustment
     in the Class C Certificate Interest for the then current Accrual Period
     caused by such change and any consequent adjustments, including, without
     limitation, adjustment to the Class AC Deficiency Amount, if any, and Class
     AC Excess Spread.  Any such amendment, including, without limitation, any
     adjustment to the Class AC Deficiency Amount and Class AC Excess Spread, if
     made on the Transfer Date, shall be completed by 10:00 a.m. on such
     Transfer Date.

          (iv) On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the
     Servicer shall determine the excess, if any (the "Class C Interest
     Shortfall"), of (i) the Class C Certificate Interest for the Accrual Period
     ending on such Distribution Date over (ii) the amount which will be
     available to be distributed to the Class C Certificateholders on such
     Distribution Date in respect thereof pursuant to this Supplement.  If the
     Class C Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date is greater
     than zero, an additional amount ("Class C Additional Interest") equal to
     the product of (A) the number of days until such Class C Interest Shortfall
     shall be repaid divided by 365 (or 366, as the case may be, as determined
     in accordance with Section 10(e)), (B) the Alternate Base Rate plus 2% and
     (C) such Class C Interest Shortfall (or the portion thereof which has not
     been paid to the Series 1996-2 


<PAGE>
                                                                         49
     Certificateholders) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the
     Class C Certificates on each Distribution Date following such Distribution
     Date to and including, the Distribution Date on which such Class C Interest
     Shortfall is paid to the Class C Certificateholders.  Notwithstanding
     anything to the contrary herein, Class C Additional Interest shall be
     payable or distributed to the Class C Certificateholders only to the extent
     permitted by applicable law.

          (v) In the event of any reduction in the Class C Invested Amount
     pursuant to Section 4.6A(b)(ii) or (iii), there shall be distributable to
     the Class C Certificateholders from the Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount
     an amount (the "Class C Monthly Charge Off Interest") in respect of each
     day during which any such reduction remains unreimbursed, an additional
     amount equal to the product of (A) the portion of the reduction of the
     Class C Invested Amount remaining unreimbursed on such day and (B) the
     Alternate Base Rate plus 2% in effect on such day divided by 365.  

     (c) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class D-1
Certificateholders on any Distribution Date shall be an amount equal to:

           (i)  
               (A)  with respect to that portion of the Class D-1 Invested
     Amount allocated to each Class D-1 LIBO Tranche, an amount equal to the
     product of (1) the number of days in the preceding Accrual Period divided
                                                                       -------
     by 360, (2) the Class D-1 LIBO Rate applicable to such Class D-1 LIBO
     --
     Tranche for the Accrual Period ending on such Distribution Date, and (3)
     the portion of the Class D-1 Invested Amount allocable to such Class D-1
     LIBO Tranche as of the close of business on the preceding Distribution Date
     (after giving effect to all distributions with respect to principal on such
     preceding Distribution Date) and (B) with respect to that portion of the
     Class D-1 Invested Amount not allocated to a Class D-1 LIBO Tranche and the
     amount deposited and held in the Class D-1 Distribution Account pursuant to
     subsection 7(c) in respect of decreases in the Class D-1 Invested Amount,
     an amount equal to the sum of each Class D-1 Daily Alternate Base Rate
     Interest Expense determined for each day of the Accrual Period ended on
     such Distribution Date (the sum of (A) and (B), the "Class D-1 Certificate
     Interest").

          (ii)  In the event that the amount of any Class D-1 LIBO Tranche is
     reduced during an Accrual Period, the Class D-1 Certificate Interest with
     respect to such portion of the Aggregate Class D-1 Invested Amount shall be
     calculated with respect to the original amount thereof only for the number
     of days in such Accrual Period prior to such reduction, and thereafter the
     Class D-1 Certificate Interest with respect to such portion shall be
     calculated with respect to such 


<PAGE>
                                                                         50
     reduced amount for the number of days in the Accrual Period during which
     such reduced amount is outstanding.
          (iii)  In the event the Alternate Base Rate changes during the period
     between any Determination Date and the following Transfer Date and a
     portion of the Aggregate Class D-1 Invested Amount is not allocated to a
     Class D-1 LIBO Tranche, the Servicer, the Class A Agent and the
     Administrative Agent shall cooperate on the date of such change in amending
     the Monthly Payment Instruction and Notification to reflect the adjustment
     in the Class D-1 Certificate Interest for the then current Accrual Period
     caused by such change and any consequent adjustments, including, without
     limitation, adjustment to the Class D Deficiency Amount, if any, and Class
     D-1 Excess Spread.  Any such amendment, including, without limitation, any
     adjustment to the Class D Deficiency Amount and Class D-1 Excess Spread, if
     made on the Transfer Date, shall be completed by 10:00 a.m. on such
     Transfer Date.

          (iv) On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the
     Servicer shall determine the excess, if any (the "Class D-1 Interest
     Shortfall"), of (i) the Class D-1 Certificate Interest for the Accrual
     Period ending on such Distribution Date over (ii) the amount which will be
     available to be distributed to the Class D-1 Certificateholders on such
     Distribution Date in respect thereof pursuant to this Supplement.  If the
     Class D-1 Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date is
     greater than zero, an additional amount ("Class D-1 Additional Interest")
     equal to the product of (A) the number of days until such Class D-1
     Interest Shortfall shall be repaid divided by 365 (or 366, as the case may
     be, as determined in accordance with Section 10(e)), (B) the Alternate Base
     Rate plus 2% and (C) such Class D-1 Interest Shortfall (or the portion
     thereof which has not been paid to the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders)
     shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class D-1
     Certificates on each Distribution Date following such Distribution Date to
     and including, the Distribution Date on which such Class D-1 Interest
     Shortfall is paid to the Class D-1 Certificateholders. Notwithstanding
     anything to the contrary herein, Class D-1 Additional Interest shall be
     payable or distributed to the Class D-1 Certificateholders only to the
     extent permitted by applicable law.

          (v) In the event of any reduction in the Class D-1 Invested Amount
     pursuant to Section 4.8A(b)(iv), there shall be distributable to the Class
     D-1 Certificateholders from the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount an amount
     (the "Class D-1 Monthly Charge Off Interest") in respect of each day during
     which any such reduction remains unreimbursed, an additional amount equal
     to the product of (A) the portion of the reduction of the Class D-1
     Invested Amount remaining 


<PAGE>
                                                                         51
     unreimbursed on such day and (B) the Alternate Base Rate  plus 2% in effect
     on such day divided by 365 (or 366, as the case may be, as determined
     pursuant to Section 10(e)).

          Section 4.6A  Determination of Class AC Deficiency Amount.  (a)  On
                        -------------------------------------------
each Determination Date, the Servicer shall determine the amount (the "Class AC
Deficiency Amount"), if any, by which the sum of (i) the Class A Certificate
Interest, Class A Additional Interest, Class A Monthly Charge Off Interest,
Class C Certificate Interest  and Class C Additional Interest for the following
Transfer Date, plus (ii) to the extent that Saks or an affiliate of Saks is not
the Servicer, the Class AC Invested Percentage of the Monthly Servicing Fee
accrued in respect of the preceding Monthly Period plus (iii) the Class AC
Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount, if any, for the preceding
Monthly Period exceeds the aggregate of (A) amounts allocated to the Class AC
Finance Charge Subaccount in respect of the preceding Monthly Period (as such
amount shall be increased or decreased pursuant to subsection 4.3(i) of the
Agreement and subsection 4.4(e) hereof), (B) the Class AC Invested Percentage of
the Invested Percentage of the amount allocated to the Finance Charge Account
with respect to Ineligible Receivables reassigned pursuant to subsection 2.4(d)
of the Agreement and (C) any amounts allocable to the Class A Certificates or
Class C Certificates in respect of Shared Finance Charge Collections in respect
of the preceding Monthly Period (such sum, the "Monthly Period Class AC Finance
Charge Subaccount Allocation").

          (b)  If on any Determination Date the Class AC Deficiency Amount
exceeds zero, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing to make the
following allocations:

          (i) first, on the Transfer Date following such Determination Date an
     amount equal to the lesser of the (A) the amount on deposit in the Class AC
     Spread Account and (B) the Class AC Deficiency Amount shall be withdrawn
     from the Class AC Spread Account and deposited in the Class AC Finance
     Charge Subaccount to reduce the Class AC Deficiency Amount;
 
           (ii) second, if the Class AC Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (i), on the Transfer Date following such
     Determination Date, a portion of the Collections allocated to the Class AC
     Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to Section 4.4A(b)(v) or
     4.4A(c)(v), up to the least of (A) the Class C Invested Percentage of such
     Collections, (B) the Class AC Invested Percentage of the Investor Default
     Amount and (C) the remaining Class AC Deficiency Amount, shall be withdrawn
     from the Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount and deposited in the
     Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount to reduce the remaining Class AC
     Deficiency Amount (the amount so deposited the "Class C Reallocated
     Amounts"); 


<PAGE>
                                                                         52
          (iii) third, if the Class AC Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (ii), the Class C Invested Amount will
     be reduced on the Transfer Date following such Determination Date by the
     least of (A) the Class AC Invested Percentage of the Investor Default
     Amount minus the Class C Reallocated Amounts for such Transfer Date, (B)
     the Class C Invested Amount (as reduced by any Class C Reallocated Amounts
     with respect to such Transfer Date) and (C) the remaining Class AC
     Deficiency Amount (together with any Class C Reallocated Amounts with
     respect to such Transfer Date, a "Class C Investor Charge Off");

          (iv) fourth, if the Class AC Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (v), on the Transfer Date following such
     Determination Date, the Class A Invested Amount will be reduced by an
     amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Class AC Invested Percentage of the
     Investor Default Amount minus the Class C Investor Charge Offs with respect
     to such Transfer Date and (B) the remaining Class AC Deficiency Amount (a
     "Class A Investor Charge Off").

          Section 4.7A  Determination of Class D Deficiency Amount.  (a)  On
                        ------------------------------------------
each Determination Date, the Servicer shall determine the amount (the "Class D
Deficiency Amount"), if any, by which the sum of (i) the Class D-1 Certificate
Interest and Class D-1 Additional Interest, plus (ii) to the extent Saks or an
affiliate of Saks is not the Servicer, the Class D Invested Percentage of the
Monthly Servicing Fee accrued in respect of the preceding Monthly Period plus
(iii) the Class D Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount, if any,
for the preceding Monthly Period exceeds the aggregate of (A) amounts allocated
to the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount in respect of the preceding Monthly
Period (as such amount shall be increased or decreased pursuant to subsection
4.3(i) of the Agreement and subsection 4.4(e) hereof), (B) the Class D Invested
Percentage of the Invested Percentage of any amounts deposited or to be
deposited in the Finance Charge Account for the prior Monthly Period, with
respect to Ineligible Receivables reassigned pursuant to subsection 2.4(d) of
the Agreement and (C) any amounts allocable to the Class D Certificates in
respect of Shared Finance Charge Collections in respect of the preceding Monthly
Period (such sum, the "Monthly Period Class D Finance Charge Subaccount
Allocation").

          (b)  If on any Determination Date the Class D Deficiency Amount
exceeds zero, after giving effect to the provisions of Section 4.14A, the
Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing to make the following applications:

          (i) first, on the Transfer Date following such Determination Date an
     amount equal to the least of the (A) the amount on deposit in the Class D
     Spread Account and (B) the Class D Deficiency Amount shall be withdrawn
     from the 


<PAGE>
                                                                         53
     Class D Spread Account and deposited in the Class D Finance Charge
     Subaccount to reduce the Class D Deficiency Amount; 
           (ii) second, if the Class D Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (i), on the Transfer Date following such
     Determination Date, a portion of the Collections allocated to the Class D-2
     Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to Section 4.4A(c)(vii) (after
     giving effect to any reallocation thereof pursuant to Section 4.14A), up to
     the lesser of (A) the Class D Invested Percentage of the Investor Default
     Amount and (B) the remaining Class D Deficiency Amount, shall be deposited
     in the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount to reduce the remaining Class D
     Deficiency Amount (the amount so deposited the "Class D-2 Reallocated
     Amounts"); 

          (iii) third, if the Class D Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (ii), the Class D-2 Invested Amount will
     be reduced on the Transfer Date following such Determination Date by the
     least of (A) the Class D Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount
     minus the Class D-2 Reallocated Amounts for such Transfer Date, (B) the
     Class D-2 Invested Amount (as reduced by any Class D-2 Reallocated Amounts
     and any Class D-2 Dilution Reductions pursuant to Section 4.14A) and (C)
     the remaining Class D Deficiency Amount (together with any the amount of
     any Class D-2 Reallocated Amounts with respect to such Transfer Date, a
     "Class D-2 Investor Charge Off");

          (iv) fourth, if the Class D Deficiency Amount would be greater than
     zero after giving effect to clause (iii), on the Transfer Date following
     such Determination Date, the Class D-1 Invested Amount will be reduced by
     an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Class D Invested Percentage of the
     Investor Default Amount minus the Class D-2 Charge Offs with respect to
     such Transfer Date and (B) the remaining Class D Deficiency Amount (a
     "Class D-1 Investor Charge Off").

          Section 4.8A  Monthly Payments From Class AC Finance Charge
                        ---------------------------------------------
Subaccount.  On each Determination Date, the Servicer, pursuant to a Monthly
- ----------
Payment Instructions and Notification substantially in the form of Exhibit E to
this Supplement, shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw, and on the
succeeding Transfer Date the Trustee acting in accordance with such written
instructions shall withdraw, the following amounts, up to the Monthly Period
Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount Allocation, from the Class AC Finance Charge
Subaccount and apply them as follows and in the following order of priority:

          (a)  Class A Certificate Interest.  To the Class AC Distribution
               ----------------------------
Account an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Certificate Interest, the
Class A Additional Interest and the Class A Monthly Charge Off Interest with
respect to the following Distribution Date.


<PAGE>
                                                                         54
          (b)  Class C Certificate Interest.  To the Class AC Distribution
               ----------------------------
Account an amount equal to the sum of the Class C Certificate Interest and the
Class C Additional Interest with respect to the following Distribution Date.

          (c)  Servicing Fee to Nonaffiliates.  In the event that the Servicer
               ------------------------------
is not Saks or an affiliate of Saks, to the Servicer, an amount equal to the
Class AC Invested Percentage of the Monthly Servicing Fee accrued in respect of
the preceding Monthly Period (the "Class AC Monthly Servicing Fee") plus all
accrued and unpaid Class AC Monthly Servicing Fees in respect of previous
Monthly Periods.

          (d)  Defaults.  To the Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount, an
               --------
amount equal to the Class AC Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount.

          (e)  Reimbursement of Class A and C Investor Charge Offs.  To the
               ---------------------------------------------------
Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount, an amount equal to the aggregate
amount of Class A Investor Charge Offs and Class C Investor Charge Offs which
have not theretofore been reimbursed.  Reimbursements under this subsection
4.8(f) shall be applied first to reimburse Class A Investor Charge Offs in full
                        -----
and second, to reimburse Class C Investor Charge Offs.  On the date of any such
    ------
reimbursement, the Class A Invested Amount or Class C Invested Amount, as the
case may be, shall be increased by the amount of such reimbursement.

          (f)  Interest on Class C Charge Offs. If prior to giving effect to
               -------------------------------
clause (f) there were any unreimbursed Class C Investor Charge Offs, to the
Class AC Distribution Account, the amount of the Class C Monthly Charge Off
Interest.

          (g)  Class AC Spread Account.  To the Class AC Spread Account, the
               -----------------------
excess, if any, of the Required Class AC Spread Account Amount over the amount
on deposit in the Class AC Spread Account before giving effect to such deposit.

          (h)  Reimbursement of Class D Investor Charge Offs and Dilution
               ----------------------------------------------------------
Reductions.  First, to the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount, an amount
- ----------
equal to the aggregate amount of unreimbursed Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs and
Class D-1 Dilution Reductions to reimburse such Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs
and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions, second, to the Class D Finance Charge Account
to pay accrued and unpaid Class D-1 Monthly Charge Off Interest and, third, to
the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount to reimburse unreimbursed Class
D-2 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions.  The D-1 Invested
Amount or Class D-2 Invested Amount, as the case may be, shall be increased by
the amount of any reimbursement of Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-1
Dilution Reductions and Class D-2 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-2 Dilution
Reductions.


<PAGE>
                                                                         55
          (i)  Class D Spread Account.  To the Class D Spread Account an amount
               ----------------------
equal to the excess, if any, of the Required Class D Spread Account Amount over
the amount on deposit in the Class D Spread Account before giving effect to such
deposit (but after giving effect to Sections 4.7 and 4.9).

          (j)  Funding Costs.  To the payment of Funding Costs owing, first, to
               -------------
any Class A Certificateholders, second, to any Class C Certificateholders and,
third, to any Class D-1 Certificateholders.

          (k)  Servicing Fee to Saks or Affiliates.  In the event that the
               -----------------------------------
Servicer is Saks or an affiliate of Saks, to the Servicer, an amount equal to
the Class AC Monthly Servicing Fee accrued in respect of the preceding Monthly
Period plus all accrued and unpaid amounts in respect of the Class AC Monthly
Servicing Fees in respect of previous Monthly Periods.

          (l)  Shared Finance Charge Collections.  To be treated as Shared
               ---------------------------------
Finance Charge Collections allocable to other Series of Investor Certificates.

          (m)  Payment to Seller.  On each Transfer Date, the Trustee, acting in
               -----------------
accordance with written instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw from the
Finance Charge Subaccount and pay to the Holder of the Exchangeable Seller
Certificate an amount up to the Monthly Period Class AC Finance Charge
Subaccount Allocation less any amounts withdrawn from the Finance Charge
Subaccount pursuant to (a) through (l).

          Section 4.9A  Monthly Payments From Class D Finance Charge Subaccount.
                        -------------------------------------------------------
On each Determination Date, the Servicer, pursuant to a Monthly Payment
Instructions and Notification substantially in the form of Exhibit E to this
Supplement, shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw, and on the
succeeding Transfer Date the Trustee acting in accordance with such instructions
shall withdraw, the following amounts, up to the Monthly Period Class D Finance
Charge Subaccount Allocation, from the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount and
apply them as follows and in the following order of priority:

          (a)  Class D-1 Certificate Interest.  To the Class D-1 Distribution
               ------------------------------
Account an amount equal to the Class D-1 Certificate Interest and any Class D
Additional Interest with respect to the following Distribution Date.

          (b)  Servicing Fee to Nonaffiliates.  In the event that the Servicer
               ------------------------------
is not Saks or an affiliate of Saks, to the Servicer, an amount equal to the
Class D Invested Percentage of the Monthly Servicing Fee accrued in respect of
the preceding Monthly Period (the "Class D Monthly Servicing Fee") plus all
accrued and unpaid Class D Monthly Servicing Fees in respect of previous Monthly
Periods.


<PAGE>
                                                                         56
          (c)  Defaults.  To the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount, an
               --------
amount equal to the Class D-1 Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount
and to the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount, an amount equal to the
Class D-2 Invested Percentage of the Investor Default Amount.

          (d)  Reimbursement of D Charge Offs and Dilution Reductions.  To the
               ------------------------------------------------------
Class D-1 or D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount, as the case may be, an amount
equal to the aggregate amount of Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs, Class D-1
Dilution Reductions, Class D-2 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-2 Dilution
Reductions.  Reimbursements under this subsection 4.9(e) shall be applied first
                                                                          -----
to reimburse Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions
and second, to reimburse Class D-2 Investor Charge Offs and Class D-2 Dilution
    ------
Reductions.  On the date of any such reimbursement, the Class D-1 Invested
Amount or Class D-2 Invested Amount, as the case may be, shall be increased by
the amount of such reimbursement.

          (e)  Interest on Class D-1 Charge Offs and Dilution Reductions. If
               ---------------------------------------------------------
prior to giving effect to clause (d) there were any unreimbursed Class D-1
Investor Charge Offs and Class D-1 Dilution Reductions, to the Class D-1
Distribution Account, an amount equal to the Class D-1 Monthly Charge Off
Interest with respect to the following Distribution Date.

          (f)  Class D Spread Account.  To the Class D Spread Account, the
               ----------------------
excess, if any, of the Required Class D Spread Account Amount over the amount on
deposit in the Class D Spread Account before giving effect to such deposit.

          (g)  Reimbursement of Class A and C Investor Charge Offs.  To the
               ---------------------------------------------------
Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount, an amount equal to the aggregate
amount of unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge Offs and Class C Investor Charge
Offs and to the Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount the amount of accrued and
unpaid Class A Monthly Charge Off Interest and Class C Monthly Charge Off
Interest.  Amounts available under this subsection 4.9(h) shall be applied first
                                                                           -----
to reimburse Class A Investor Charge Offs, second, to reimburse Class C Investor
                                           ------
Charge Offs, third, to the payment of accrued and unpaid Class A Monthly Charge
             -----
Off Interest, and fourth, to the payment of accrued and unpaid Class C Monthly
                  ------
Charge Off Interest.  On the date of any reimbursement, the Class A Invested
Amount or Class C Invested Amount, as the case may be, shall be increased by the
amount of such reimbursement.

          (h)  Class AC Spread Account.  To the Class AC Spread Account an
               -----------------------
amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Required Class AC Spread Account
Amount over the amount on deposit in the Class AC Spread Account before giving
effect to such deposit (but after giving effect to Section 4.8A).


<PAGE>
                                                                         57
          (i)  Funding Costs.  To the payment of Funding Costs owing, first, to
               -------------
any Class D-1 Certificateholders, second, to any Class A Certificateholders and,
third, to any Class C Certificateholders.

          (j)  Servicing Fee to Saks or Affiliates.  In the event that the
               -----------------------------------
Servicer is Saks or an affiliate of Saks, to the Servicer, an amount equal to
the Class D Monthly Servicing Fee plus all accrued and unpaid amounts in respect
of the Class D Monthly Servicing Fees in respect of previous Monthly Periods.

          (k)  Shared Finance Charge Collections.  To be treated as Shared
               ---------------------------------
Finance Charge Collections allocable to other Series of Investor Certificates.

          (l)  Payment to Class D-2 Certificateholder.  On each Transfer Date,
               --------------------------------------
the Trustee, acting in accordance with written instructions from the Servicer,
shall withdraw from the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount and pay to the Class
D-2 Certificateholder an amount up to the Monthly Period Class D Finance Charge
Subaccount Allocation less any amounts withdrawn from the Finance Charge
Subaccount pursuant to clauses (a) through (k).

          Section 4.10A  Payment of Certificate Interest.  On each Payment Date,
                         -------------------------------
the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1A:  (i) to the Class A
Certificateholders from the Class AC Distribution Account the amount deposited
into the Class AC Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.8A(a) on the
related Transfer Date; (ii) to the Class C Certificateholders from the Class AC
Distribution Account the amount deposited into the Class AC Distribution Account
pursuant to Section 4.9A(b) on the related Transfer Date; and (iii) to the Class
D-1 Certificateholders from the Class D-1 Distribution Account the amount
deposited into the Class D-1 Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.9A(a) on
the related Transfer Date.

          Section 4.11A  Payment of Certificate Principal of Class A
                         -------------------------------------------
Certificates and Class C Certificates.
- -------------------------------------

          (a)  On the Determination Date following the commencement of the
Scheduled Amortization Period, and on each Determination Date thereafter until
the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period, the Servicer shall instruct
the Trustee in writing to, and on the next succeeding Transfer Date the Trustee
shall, withdraw from the Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount and deposit
in the Class AC Distribution Account (i) the amount deposited in the Class AC
Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.4A(b)(v) during the
preceding Monthly Period and (ii) the amount to be deposited in the Class AC
Principal Collections Subaccount on such Transfer Date pursuant to subsection
4.8A(d) or (e) or 4.9A(g).


<PAGE>
                                                                         58
          (b)  On the Determination Date following the commencement of the Rapid
Amortization Period, and on each Determination Date thereafter, the Servicer
shall instruct the Trustee in writing to, and on the next succeeding Transfer
Date the Trustee shall, withdraw from the Class AC Principal Collections
Subaccount and deposit in the Class AC Distribution Account (i) the amount
deposited in the Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to
subsection 4.4A(b)(v) or 4.4(c)(v) during the preceding Monthly Period and (ii)
the amount to be deposited in the Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount on
such Transfer Date pursuant to subsection 4.8A(d) or (e) or 4.9A(g).

          (c)  On each Transfer Date after the end of the Revolving Period, the
Servicer shall withdraw, or instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw, and on
such Transfer Date the Trustee shall withdraw, from the Excess Funding Account
and deposit to the Class AC Distribution Account an amount equal to the lesser
of (x) the Class AC Invested Percentage of the Invested Percentage of the amount
on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (exclusive of investment earnings) and
(y) the Class AC Principal Shortfall.

          (d)  On the Determination Date preceding the final Transfer Date, the
Servicer shall determine the amounts to be deposited pursuant to this sentence,
and on the final Transfer Date: (x) the Servicer shall, or shall instruct the
Trustee in writing to, and the Trustee shall, withdraw from the Class AC
Principal Collections Subaccount and deposit into the Class AC Distribution
Account, an amount which is no greater than the sum of the Class A Invested
Amount and the Class C Invested Amount as of the end of the day on such Transfer
Date (after giving effect to the application of Sections 4.8A and 4.9A on such
Transfer Date); and (y) the Servicer shall, or shall instruct the Trustee in
writing to, and the Trustee shall, withdraw from the Class AC Principal
Collections Subaccount and deposit into the Collection Account, for allocation
as Principal Collections pursuant to Article IV of the Agreement, the amount, if
any, remaining in the Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount after giving
effect to the withdrawals made pursuant to clause (x).

          (e)  In accordance with the subordination of the Class C Certificates
to the Class A Certificates, on each Distribution Date occurring after the
commencement of the Amortization Period, the Paying Agent shall pay, in
accordance with Section 5.1A, (i) to the Class A Certificateholders from the
Class AC Distribution Account the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the
Class AC Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date and (b) the Class A
Invested Amount on such date and (ii) to the Class C Certificateholders from the
Class AC Distribution Account the lesser of (y) the amount on deposit in the
Class AC Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date less any amounts
withdrawn from the Class AC Distribution Account pursuant to clause (i) of 


<PAGE>
                                                                         59
this subsection 4.11A(d) and (z) the Class C Invested Amount on such date.
          Section 4.12A  Payment of Certificate Principal of Class D
                         -------------------------------------------
Certificates.
- ------------

          (a)  On the Determination Date following the commencement of the
Scheduled Amortization Period, and on each Determination Date thereafter until
the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period, the Servicer shall instruct
the Trustee in writing to, and on the next succeeding Transfer Date the Trustee
shall, withdraw from the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount and deposit
in the Class D-1 Distribution Account (i) the amount deposited in the Class D-1
Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to subsection 4.4A(b)(vi) during the
preceding Monthly Period (and not reallocated pursuant to Section 4.14A) and
(ii) the amount to be deposited in the Class D-1 Principal Collections
Subaccount on such Transfer Date pursuant to subsection 4.8A(h) or 4.9A(c) or
4.9A(d) (in each case after giving effect to any reallocation pursuant to
Section 4.14A).

          (b)  On the Determination Date following the commencement of the Rapid
Amortization Period, and on each Determination Date thereafter, the Servicer
shall instruct the Trustee in writing to, and on the next succeeding Transfer
Date the Trustee shall, withdraw from the Class D-1 Principal Collections
Subaccount and deposit in the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account (i) the amount
deposited in the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to
subsection 4.4A(b)(vi) or 4.4A(c)(vi) during the preceding Monthly Period (and
not reallocated pursuant to Section 4.14A) and (ii) the amount to be deposited
in the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount on such Transfer Date pursuant
to subsection 4.8A(h) or 4.9A(c) or 4.9A(d) (in each case after giving effect to
any reallocation pursuant to Section 4.14A).  The sum of (A) the amount
deposited in the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to
subsection 4.4A(c)(vii) during the preceding Monthly Period (and not reallocated
pursuant to Section 4.14A) and (B) the amount to be deposited in the Class D-2
Principal Collections Subaccount on such Transfer Date pursuant to subsection
4.8A(h) or 4.9A(c) or 4.9A(d) (in each case after giving effect to any
reallocation pursuant to Section 4.14A) shall remain therein until the Class D-1
Invested Amount is reduced to zero.

          (c) On the Determination Date during the Rapid Amortization Period
preceding the Transfer Date on which there are sufficient funds in the Class AC
Principal Subaccount to reduce the Class C Invested Amount to zero, and on each
Determination Date thereafter, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in
writing to, and on the next succeeding Transfer Date the Trustee shall, (i)
withdraw from the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account and deposit in the Class
D-1 Distribution Account, the least of (A) the amount on deposit in the Class D-
1 


<PAGE>
                                                                         60
Principal Funding Account, after giving effect to clause (b) above, (B) the
excess of the Class D Invested Amount over the Required Class D Invested Amount
and (C) the Class D-1 Invested Amount.

          (d) On the Determination Date during the Rapid Amortization Period
preceding the Transfer Date on which there are sufficient funds in the Class D-1
Principal Subaccount to reduce the Class D-1 Invested Amount to zero, and on
each Determination Date thereafter, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in
writing to, and on the next succeeding Transfer Date the Trustee shall, withdraw
from the Class D -2 Principal Collections Subaccount and pay to the Class D-2
Certificateholder, the lesser of (A) the amount on deposit in the Class D-2
Principal Collections Subaccount, after giving effect to clause (b) above and
(B) the excess of the Class D-2 Invested Amount over the Required Class D
Invested Amount.

          (e)  On each Transfer Date after the end of the Revolving Period, the
Servicer shall withdraw, or instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw, and on
such Transfer Date the Trustee shall withdraw, from the Excess Funding Account
and deposit (i) an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Class D-1 Invested
Percentage of the Invested Percentage of the amount on deposit in the Excess
Funding Account (exclusive of investment earnings) and (y) the Class D-1
Principal Shortfall to (A) during the Scheduled Amortization Period (or during
the Rapid Amortization Period on and after to the date on which the Class A
Invested Amount is reduced to zero), the Class D-1 Distribution Account, and (B)
during the Rapid Amortization Period prior to the date on which the Class A
Invested Amount is reduced to zero, the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account and
(ii) an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Class D-2 Invested Percentage of
the Invested Percentage of the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account
(exclusive of investment earnings) and (y) the Class D-2 Principal Shortfall to
(A) first, the Class D Spread Account to the extent the amount in the Class D
Spread Account is less than the Required Class D Spread Account Amount and, (B)
second, (1) during the Scheduled Amortization Period, to the Holder of the
Exchangeable Seller Certificate, (2) during the Rapid Amortization Period, to
the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount.

          (f) On the Determination Date preceding the final Transfer Date, the
Servicer shall determine the amounts to be deposited pursuant to this sentence
and on the final Transfer Date: (x) the Servicer shall, or shall instruct the
Trustee in writing to, and the Trustee shall, (i) withdraw from the Class D-1
Principal Funding Account and deposit in the Class D-1 Distribution Account an
amount which is no greater than the Class D-1 Adjusted Invested Amount as of the
end of the day on such Transfer Date, after giving effect to the applications of
Section 4.8A, 4.9A and 4.14A on such Transfer Date) and (ii) withdraw from the
Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount and pay to 


<PAGE>
                                                                         61
the Class D-2 Certificateholder an amount which is no greater than the Class D-2
Invested Amount as of the end of the day on the preceding Record Date; and (y)
the Servicer shall, or shall instruct the Trustee in writing to, and the Trustee
shall, withdraw from the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account and the Class D-2
Principal Collections Subaccount and deposit into the Collection Account, for
allocation as Principal Collections pursuant to Article IV, the amount, if any,
remaining in such accounts after giving effect to the withdrawals made pursuant
to clause (x).

          (g)  On each Distribution Date during the Scheduled Amortization
Period, the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1A to the Class
D-1 Certificateholders from the Class D-1 Distribution Account the amount on
deposit in the Class D-1 Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date and
to the Class D-2 Certificateholder from the Class D-2 Principal Collections
Subaccount the amount required to be paid to the Class D-2 Certificateholder
pursuant to Section 4.12A on the related Transfer Date.

          Section 4.13A  Applications of Spread Account Funds; Release of Funds
                         ------------------------------------------------------
From Spread Accounts.  (a) On the Closing Date, the Seller shall deposit in the
- --------------------
Class AC Spread Account the Required Class AC Spread Account Amount.

          (b) On the date during the Amortization Period on which the Class C
Invested Amount has been reduced to zero and all Class A Certificate Interest,
Class A Additional Interest, Class A Monthly Charge Off Interest Class C
Certificate Interest, Class C Additional Interest and Class C Monthly Charge Off
Interest shall have been paid in full, the Servicer shall, or shall direct the
Trustee in writing to, transfer the amount on deposit in the Class AC Spread
Account to the Class D Spread Account.

          (c) On the date during the Amortization Period on which the Class D-1
Invested Amount has been reduced to zero and all Class D-1 Certificate Interest,
Class D-1 Additional Interest and Class D-1 Monthly Charge Off Interest shall
have been paid in full, the Servicer shall, or shall direct the Trustee in
writing to, deposit the amount on deposit in the Class D Spread Account into the
Class AC Spread Account.

          (d)  On the Series Termination Date the amount on deposit in the Class
AC Spread Account shall be deposited in the Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount
and applied in accordance with Section 4.8A and the amount on deposit in the
Class D Spread Account shall be deposited in the Class D Finance Charge
Subaccount and applied in accordance with Section 4.9A.

          (e)  In the event the Trustee shall sell the Receivables pursuant to
Section 9.2 of the Agreement, the amount on deposit in the Class AC Spread
Account shall be deposited in the Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount and applied
in accordance 


<PAGE>
                                                                         62
with Section 4.8A and the amount on deposit in the Class D Spread Account shall
be deposited in the Class D Finance Charge Subaccount and applied in accordance
with Section 4.9A.

          Section 4.14A  Allocation of Shortfall Share.  To the extent that at
                         -----------------------------
any time a Shortfall Share has been allocated to Series 1996-2, the Servicer
shall direct the Trustee in writing to make the following applications: (i)
first, the lesser of (A) the Class ACD-1 Invested Percentage of such Shortfall
- -----
Share and (B) the sum of the amount on deposit in the Class D-2 Principal
Collections Subaccount and the Collections allocated to the Class D-2 Principal
Collections Subaccount pursuant to Section 4.4A(c)(vii) shall be withdrawn from
the Class D-2 Principal Collections Subaccount, the Class D-2 Invested Amount
shall be reduced by the amount of such withdrawal and the amount of such
withdrawal shall be deposited in the Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount
and the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount in accordance with the Class
AC Invested Percentage and the Class D-1 Invested Percentage, respectively, (ii)
second, the Class D-2 Invested Amount shall be reduced by the excess of (A) the
- ------
Shortfall Share over (B) the amounts applied pursuant to clause (i) but not
below zero, (iii) third, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the excess of (1)
                  -----
the Class ACD-1 Invested Percentage of the Shortfall Share over (2) the
withdrawals and reductions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) and (B) the amount
on deposit in the Class D Spread Account shall be withdrawn from the Class D
Spread Account and deposited into the Class AC Principal Collections Subaccount
and the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount in accordance with the Class
AC Invested Percentage and the Class D-1 Invested Percentage, respectively, of
the amount of such withdrawal, (iv) fourth, an amount equal to the lesser of (A)
                                    ------
the excess of the Class AC Invested Percentage of the Shortfall Share over the
withdrawals and reductions pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) and (B) the sum
of the amount on deposit in the Class D-1 Principal Funding Account and the
amount allocated to the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount pursuant to
Section 4.4A(b)(vi) or 4.4(c)(vi) shall be withdrawn from the Class D-1
Principal Funding Account and the Class D-1 Principal Collections Subaccount on
such day, the Class D-1 Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such
withdrawal and the amount of such withdrawal shall be deposited in the Class AC
Principal Collections Subaccount and (v) fifth, the Class D-1 Invested Amount
                                         -----
shall be reduced by the excess of the Class ACD-1 Invested Percentage of the
Shortfall Share over the withdrawals and reductions pursuant to clauses (i)
through (iv) but not below zero.  Any reduction in the Shortfall Share received
as a result of payments by the Seller or Servicer pursuant to the Agreement
shall be applied to reimburse the Class D-1 Invested Amount, the Class D Spread
Account and the Class D-2 Invested Amount in the reverse of the order set forth
above. 

          SECTION 13.  Article V of the Agreement.  Article V of the Agreement
                       --------------------------
shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the Series
1996-2 Certificates:


<PAGE>
                                                                         63
                                    ARTICLE V
                      DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR
                               CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

          Section 5.1A  Distributions.  
                        -------------

          (a)  On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute by wire
transfer to the Class A Agent on behalf of the Class A Certificateholders and to
each Class C Certificateholder of record on the immediately preceding Record
Date (in accordance with the certificate delivered by the Servicer to the
Trustee pursuant to subsection 3.4(b) of the Agreement and other than as
provided in subsection 2.4(e) or Section 12.3 of the Agreement respecting a
final distribution), in each case in accordance with wire instructions received
by the Trustee no later than one Business Day prior to such Payment Date, and
promptly thereafter the Class A Agent shall make available to each such Class A
Certificateholder and Class C Certificateholder, such Class A and C
Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on Commitment Percentages) of amounts
on deposit in the Class AC Distribution Account as are payable with respect to
the Class A and C Certificates pursuant to Sections 4.10A and 4.11A on such
Distribution Date.

          (b)  On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute by wire
transfer to each Class D-1 Certificateholder of record on the immediately
preceding Record Date (other than as provided in subsection 2.4(e) or Section
12.3 of the Agreement respecting a final distribution) such Class D-1
Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on Commitment Percentages) of amounts
on deposit in the Class D-1 Distribution Account as are payable with respect to
the Class D-1 Certificates pursuant to Sections 4.10A and 4.12A on such
Distribution Date.

          (c)  On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to
each Class D-2 Certificateholder of record on the immediately preceding Record
Date (other than as provided in subsection 2.4(e) or Section 12.3 of the
Agreement respecting a final distribution) such Class D-2 Certificateholder's
pro rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests represented by the
Class D-2 Certificates held by such Class D-2 Certificateholder) of amounts
payable to the Class D-2 Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.10A and 4.12A
by wire transfer to each Class D-2 Certificateholder.

          Section 5.2  Monthly Certificateholders' Statement.
                       -------------------------------------

          (a)  On or before each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall
forward to each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder and each Rating Agency a
statement substantially in the form of Exhibit F to this Supplement prepared by
the Servicer setting forth among other things the following information (which,
in the case of subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) below, shall be stated on 









<PAGE>
                                                                         64
the basis of an original principal amount of $1,000 per Series 1996-2
Certificate and, in the case of subclause (viii) shall be stated on an aggregate
basis and on the basis of an original principal amount of $1,000 per Series
1996-2 Certificate):

          (i)  the total amount distributed;

         (ii)  the amount of such distribution allocable to Certificate
     Principal;

        (iii)  the amount of such distribution allocable to Certificate
     Interest;

         (iv)  the amount of Collections of Principal Receivables processed
     during the preceding Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the Series
     1996-2 Certificates;

          (v)  the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables, the Class A
     Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount, the Class D-1 Invested
     Amount, the Class D-2 Invested Amount, the Invested Amount and the Invested
     Amount as a percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in
     the Trust as of the Close of Business on the related Transfer Date;

         (vi)  the Monthly Period Class AC Finance Charge Subaccount Allocation
     and the Monthly Period Class D Finance Charge Allocation for the preceding
     Monthly Period;

        (vii)  the Investor Default Amount with respect to the related Transfer
     Date;

       (viii)  Certificate Interest for each class for such Distribution Date;

         (ix)  the amount of the Investor Monthly Servicing Fee for the
     preceding Monthly Period;

          (x)  the Required Class AC Spread Account Amount, the Required Class D
     Spread Account Amount, the amounts on deposit in the Class AC Spread
     Account and the Class D Spread Account as of the related Transfer Date, the
     Class AC Excess Spread and the Class D-1 Excess Spread;

         (xi)  the Class AC Deficiency Amount, if any, and the Class D
     Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Distribution Date;

        (xii)  the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge Offs, Class C
     Investor Charge Offs, Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs, Class D-2 Investor
     Charge Offs,  Class C Reallocated Amounts, Class D-2 Reallocated Amounts,
     Class D-1 Dilution Reductions and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions for the
     preceding Monthly Period;









<PAGE>
                                                                         65
       (xiii)  the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge Offs, Class C
     Investor Charge Offs, Class D-1 Investor Charge Offs, Class D-2 Investor
     Charge Offs and Class C Reallocated Amounts, Class D-2 Reallocated Amounts,
     Class D-1 Dilution Reductions and Class D-2 Dilution Reductions reimbursed
     on the Transfer Date relating to such Distribution Date;

        (xiv)  the calculation of the Pay Out Event described in Section 14(c)
     of this Supplement;

         (xv)  the Portfolio Yield in respect of the preceding Monthly Period;

        (xvi)  the Base Rate in respect of the preceding Monthly Period;

       (xvii)  the Required Dilution Percentage with respect to the Accrual
     Period beginning on such Distribution Date; and

      (xviii)  the number of Additional Accounts which have been added to the
     Trust pursuant to Section 2.6, and the number of Accounts which have been
     removed from the Trust pursuant to Section 2.7, during the preceding
     Monthly Period; and

        (xix)  the average Class A, C, D-1 and D-2 Invested Amounts during the
     preceding Monthly Period.

          (b)  Annual Certificateholders' Tax Statement.  On or before January
               ----------------------------------------
31 of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 1996, the Trustee shall
distribute on behalf of the Seller, to each Person who at any time during the
preceding calendar year was a Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, a statement
prepared by the Paying Agent and delivered to the Trustee on or before January
25 of each calendar year containing the information required to be contained in
the regular monthly report to Series 1996-2 Certificateholders, as set forth in
subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, aggregated for such calendar year or the
applicable portion thereof during which such Person was a Series 1996-2
Certificateholder, together with such other customary information (consistent
with the treatment of the Series 1996-2 Certificates as debt) as the Paying
Agent and Seller deem necessary or desirable to enable the Series 1996-2
Certificateholders to prepare their tax returns consistent with the treatment of
the Series 1996-2 Certificates as debt instruments.  Such obligations of any
Paying Agent and the Trustee shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the
extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by such
Paying Agent and the Trustee pursuant to any requirements of the Internal
Revenue Code as from time to time in effect.

          SECTION 14.  Series 1996-2 Pay Out Events.  If any one of the
                       ----------------------------
following events shall occur with respect to the Series 1996-2 Certificates:


<PAGE>
                                                                         66
          (a)  failure on the part of Seller or the Servicer (i) to make any
     payment or deposit required by the terms of (A) the Agreement, or (B) this
     Supplement, on or before the date occurring five Business Days after the
     date such payment or deposit is required to be made or (ii) to duly observe
     or perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements applicable
     to it set forth in the Agreement or this Supplement, which failure has a
     material adverse effect on the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders and which
     continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which
     written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall
     have been given to the Seller by the Trustee, or to the Seller and the
     Trustee by the Holders of Series 1996-2 Certificates evidencing Undivided
     Interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Unpaid Invested Amount of
     this Series 1996-2, and continues to affect materially and adversely the
     interests of the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders for such period; or

          (b)  any representation or warranty made by Seller in the Agreement or
     this Supplement, or any information contained in a computer file or
     microfiche list required to be delivered by Seller pursuant to Section 2.1
     or 2.6 of the Agreement, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material
     respect when made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in any
     material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written
     notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been
     given to the Seller by the Trustee, or to the Seller and the Trustee by the
     Holders of the Series 1996-2 Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests
     aggregating not less than 50% of the Unpaid Invested Amount of this Series
     1996-2, and as a result of which the interests of the Series 1996-2
     Certificateholders are materially and adversely affected and continue to be
     materially and adversely affected for such period; provided, however, that
     a Series 1996-2 Pay Out Event pursuant to this subsection 14(b) shall not
     be deemed to have occurred hereunder if the Seller has accepted
     reassignment of the related Receivable, or all of such Receivables, if
     applicable, during such period in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

          (c)  the average of the Portfolio Yields for any three consecutive
     Monthly Periods is a rate which is less than the average of the Base Rates
     for such three Monthly Periods; or

          (d)  the Seller Amount shall be less than the Minimum Seller Amount;
     or

          (e)  any Servicer Default shall occur which would have a material
     adverse effect on the Holders of the Series 1996-2 Certificates; or


<PAGE>
                                                                         67
          (f)  the Class D Invested Amount is less than the Required Class D
     Invested Amount; or

           (g) the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as a
     percentage of the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables plus
     the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account shall equal or exceed
     30% on three consecutive Transfer Dates; or

           (h) any Early Amortization Event (as defined in the Transition
     Supplement to the Existing Trust Agreement) shall have occurred with
     respect to the Transition Certificate; or

           (i) Saks shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the
     common stock of the Seller.

then, (i) in any such event described in subparagraph (a), (b), (e) or (i) after
the applicable grace period, if any, set forth in such subparagraphs, either the
Trustee or the Holders of Series 1996-2 Certificates evidencing Undivided
Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Unpaid Invested Amount by notice then
given in writing to the Seller and the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by
the Certificateholders) may declare that a pay out event (a "Series 1996-2 Pay
Out Event") has occurred as of the date of such notice and (ii) in the case of
any event described in subparagraph (c), (d), (f), (g) or (h) (a Series 1996-2
Pay Out Event shall occur without any notice or other action on the part of the
Trustee or the Certificateholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.
Notice of any such Pay Out Event shall be given by the Servicer to the Rating
Agencies.

          SECTION 15.  Funding Costs.  (a)  Change in Circumstances.  The Seller
                       -------------        -----------------------
agrees to indemnify each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder and to hold each Series
1996-2 Certificateholder harmless from any loss or expense, including, but not
limited to, any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by
such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder to lenders of funds obtained by it to
purchase or maintain that portion of its Commitment hereunder with respect to
which Certificate Interest is determined by reference to LIBOR as a consequence
of (i) default by the Seller in the performance of its obligations hereunder or
under the Agreement, (ii) the occurrence of a Servicer Default or an event which
would, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, constitute a Servicer
Default or Pay Out Event, (iii) default by the Seller in selling an Increase on
an Increase Date after having given notice of such Increase, or (v) any
reduction of a Class A, C or D-1 LIBO Tranche prior to the termination of the
LIBO Period for such Class A, C or D-1 LIBO Tranche.  A certificate as to any
additional amounts payable pursuant to the foregoing sentence submitted by any
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder to the Seller shall be conclusive absent
manifest error.  


<PAGE>
                                                                         68
          (b)  Market Disruption.  If on or prior to the first day of any LIBO
               -----------------
Period, the Class A Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be
conclusive and binding upon the Seller) that (i) deposits in Dollars are not
being offered to the Class A Agent in the London interbank market, (ii) the rate
per annum referred to in the definition of "LIBOR" as the basis upon which any
of the Class A, C and D LIBO Rates is to be determined (when such rate is
determined by reference to LIBOR) does not accurately reflect the costs to any
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder of maintaining its investment in the Series
1996-2 Certificates at such time as the Certificate Interest is based, in whole
or in part, upon LIBOR or (iii) adequate and reasonable means do not otherwise
exist for ascertaining LIBOR, the Class A Agent shall forthwith give telex or
telecopy notice thereof, confirmed in writing, to the Seller, the Administrative
Agent and the Trustee, whereupon until the Class A Agent notifies the Seller,
the Administrative Agent and the Trustee that the circumstances giving rise to
such notice no longer exist, the Available Pricing Amount shall not be allocated
to any Class A, C or D-1 LIBO Tranche.

          (c)  Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the
               ----------
contrary, if, after the Closing Date, the adoption of any applicable law, rule
or regulation, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable
agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance
by any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder with any request or directive (whether or
not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable
agency shall make it unlawful for such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder to
maintain its interest in the Series 1996-2 Certificates in any Class A, C or D-1
LIBO Tranche and such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder so notifies (i) in the
case of a Class A Certificateholder, the Class A Agent, and (ii) in the case of
a Class C Certificateholder or Class D-1 Certificateholder, the Administrative
Agent, and the Class A Agent or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, so
notifies the Seller and the Trustee, then the portion of each Class A, C or D-1
LIBO Tranche applicable to such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder shall thereafter
be calculated by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.  If any such change in
the method of calculating interest occurs on a day which is not the last day of
the LIBO Period with respect to any Class A, C or D-1 LIBO Tranche, the Seller
shall pay to the Class A Agent, for the account of the applicable Class A
Certificateholder, or to the applicable Class C Certificateholder or Class D-1
Certificateholder, as the case may be, the amounts, if any, as may be required
pursuant to Section 15(a).

          (d)  Increased Costs.  In the event that any change after the date
               ---------------
hereof in any applicable law, treaty or governmental regulation or in the
interpretation or application thereof or the compliance by any Series 1996-2
Certificateholder 


<PAGE>
                                                                         69
with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any
central bank or nation or government (or any state or political subdivision
thereof) or any entity exercising executive, legislative, regulatory or
administrative functions of or pertaining to government:

          (i)  does or shall subject any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder to any
     tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Supplement or such Series
     1996-2 Certificateholder's Commitment hereunder, or change the basis of
     taxation of payments to any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder in respect of
     such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder's portion of the amounts payable
     hereunder (except for Excluded Taxes and changes in the rate of tax on the
     overall net income of such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder imposed in the
     United States of America or in the country from which such Series 1996-2
     Certificateholder is then funding its interest in the Series 1996-2
     Certificate); or

         (ii)  does or shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve,
     special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirements against assets
     held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of,
     advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition
     of funds by, any office of any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder except as
     provided in clause (iii) below; or

        (iii)  does or shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserves
     against "Eurocurrency liabilities" (including, without limitation, basic,
     supplemental, marginal or emergency reserves) under Regulation D of the
     Board of Governors of The Federal Reserve System (or so long as such Series
     1996-2 Certificateholder may be required by such Board of Governors or by
     any other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto
     to maintain reserves (including, without limitation, basic, supplemental,
     marginal or emergency reserves) with respect to eurocurrency funding) in
     excess of the amount thereof on the Closing Date; or 

         (iv)  does or shall impose on any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder any
     other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Series
1996-2 Certificateholder of purchasing or maintaining its portion of the Series
1996-2 Certificateholders' Commitment by an amount which such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder deems to be material or to reduce the amount of any payment by
an amount which such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder deems to be material
(collectively, "Increased Costs"), then, in any such case, such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder shall notify (i) in the case of a Class A Certificateholder,
the Class A Agent, and (ii) in the case of a Class C or Class D-1
Certificateholder, the 


<PAGE>
                                                                         70
Administrative Agent, who will in turn notify the Servicer and the Seller, of
such Increased Costs and the event giving rise to such Increased Costs.  Each
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder shall certify such Increased Costs to the
Servicer and the Seller and such certification shall be conclusive absent
manifest error.

          (e)(i)  Changes in Capital Requirements.  In the event that any Series
                  -------------------------------
1996-2 Certificateholder shall have determined that any change after the date
hereof in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the
interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder or any corporation controlling such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy
(whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made
subsequent to the date hereof (a "Change in Law") does or shall have the effect
of reducing the rate of return on such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder's or such
corporation's capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level
below that which such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder or such corporation could
have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration such
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder's or such corporation's policies with respect to
capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder to
be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder to the Seller (with a copy to the Class A Agent, in the case
of a Class A Certificateholder and the Administrative Agent, in the case of a
Class C Certificateholder or Class D-1 Certificateholder) of a written request
therefor, the Seller shall indemnify such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such for such reduction.

          (ii)  Upon the occurrence of any Change in Law, each Series 1996-2
Certificateholder whose Commitment hereunder is affected by such Change in Law
shall transfer its Commitment to another branch office (or, if such Series 1996-
2 Certificateholder so elects, to an Affiliate) of such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder, provided that such transfer shall be made only if such Series
                   --------
1996-2 Certificateholder shall have determined in good faith (which
determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding
upon all parties) that, (A) on the basis of existing circumstances, such
transfer will avoid or reduce the additional payments resulting from such Change
in Law and will not result in any additional costs, liabilities or expenses to
such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder (unless the Seller agrees to pay such
additional costs, liabilities or expenses of such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder) and (B) such transfer is otherwise consistent with the
interests of such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder.

          (f)  Taxes on Payments.  (i)  All payments made under this Supplement
               -----------------
to Series 1996-2 Certificateholders in respect of their Series 1996-2
Certificates shall, to the extent allowed by law, be made free and clear of, and
without reduction for or on 


<PAGE>
                                                                         71
account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees,
deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected,
withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority (hereinafter "Taxes"),
excluding (A) net income taxes (including, without limitation, branch profits
taxes, minimum taxes and taxes computed under alternative methods, at least one
of which is based on net income) and franchise taxes (in lieu of income taxes)
or any other tax upon or measured by the overall net income of the Series 1996-2
Certificateholder; (B) any Taxes that would not have been imposed but for the
failure of such Restricted Certificateholder or an Agent, as applicable, to
provide and keep current to the extent permitted by law any certification or
other documentation required to qualify for an exemption therefrom or reduction
rate thereof or required by this Supplement to be furnished by a Restricted
Certificateholder; and (C) any Taxes imposed as a result of any change (other
than a change mandated by law or this Supplement) by any Series 1996-2
Certificateholder of the office in which it funds its investment in the Series
1996-2 Certificates (all such excluded Taxes hereinafter "Excluded Taxes").  If
any Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) are required to be withheld from any
amounts payable to any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder hereunder, unless such
requirement results from the failure of such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder to
comply with subsection (ii) or any of its representations and warranties therein
or pursuant thereto fail to be true and correct when made (and after submission
to the Seller or the Servicer of a written request therefor), the amounts so
payable to such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder will be increased to the extent
necessary to yield to such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder (after payment of all
Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in
the amounts specified in this Supplement.  Whenever any Taxes are payable by the
Seller, as promptly as possible thereafter, the Seller shall send to such Series
1996-2 Certificateholder a certified copy of an original official receipt
showing payment thereof.  If the Seller fails to remit the required receipts or
other required documentary evidence, the Seller shall indemnify the Series 1996-
2 Certificateholders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may
become payable by any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder as a result of such
failure.

           (ii)  Each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder agrees that prior to the
Closing Date (or if such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder is not an Initial
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, prior to or at the time such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder becomes a Series 1996-2 Certificateholder hereunder) it will
deliver to the Seller (A) either (1) a statement that it is incorporated under
the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof or, (2) if it is not
so incorporated, two duly completed copies either of United States Internal
Revenue Service Form 4224 or successor applicable form, or, solely in the case
of a Class A Certificateholder that is a "bank" within the meaning of Section
881(c)(3)(A) of the Code (a 


<PAGE>
                                                                         72
"Bank"), of United States Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or successor
applicable form, as the case may be, certifying in each case that such Series
1996-2 Certificateholder is entitled to receive payments under this Supplement
in respect of its interest in the Series 1996-2 Certificates purchased
hereunder, without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income
taxes and (B) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9 or successor
applicable form, as the case may be, to establish an exemption from United
States backup withholding tax.  Each such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder which
delivers to the Seller any such Form 1001 or 4224 and Form W-8 or W-9 further
undertakes to deliver to the Seller two further copies of Form 1001 or 4224 and
Form W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable forms, or other manner of
certification, as the case may be, on or before the date that any such form
expires or becomes obsolete or after the occurrence of any event requiring a
change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Seller and such
extensions or renewals thereof as may reasonably be requested by the Seller,
certifying in the case of a Form 1001 or 4224 that such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without
deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, unless in
any such case an event (including, without limitation, any change in treaty, law
or regulation) has occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery would
otherwise be required which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would
prevent such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder from duly completing and delivering
any such form with respect to it and such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder
advises the Seller that it is not capable of receiving payments without any
deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax, and in the case of
a Form W-8 or W-9, establishing an exemption from United States backup
withholding tax.  Each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder (other than a Class A
Certificateholder that is a Bank) certifies, represents and warrants that, as
the date of this Supplement, (i) it is entitled to receive payments under this
Supplement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income
taxes because such income is effectively connected with the conduct of a United
States trade or business and (y) it is entitled to an exemption from United
States backup withholding tax.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Supplement
to the contrary, the Servicer and the Trustee shall be entitled to withhold or
cause such withholding, and additional amounts in respect of Taxes need not be
paid to a Series 1996-2 Certificateholder in the event of a breach of the
certifications, representations and warranties set forth in this Section 15(f)
by such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder or, with respect to non-U.S. persons
that are Restricted Certificateholders, in the event that the tax
characterization described in Section 3.7 of the Agreement is not upheld.

          (iii)  The agreements in this Section 15(f) shall survive the
termination of this Supplement and the payment of all amounts payable hereunder.


<PAGE>
                                                                         73
           (iv)  Upon the occurrence of any event requiring Taxes to be withheld
from any amounts payable to any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder hereunder, each
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder who is affected by such event shall transfer its
Series 1996-2 Certificates to another branch office (or, if such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder so elects, to an Affiliate), provided that such transfer shall
                                               --------
be made only if such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder shall have determined in
good faith (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final,
conclusive and binding upon all parties) that, (A) on the basis of existing
circumstances, such transfer will avoid or reduce the amount of Taxes withheld
resulting from such event and will not result in any additional costs,
liabilities or expenses to such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder (unless the
Seller agrees to pay such additional costs, liabilities or expenses of such
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder) and (B) such transfer is otherwise consistent
with the interests of such Restricted Certificateholder.

          (v)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 15, each
Restricted Certificateholder that is not created or organized under the laws of
the United States or any State thereof (including the District of Columbia)
agrees that, upon written notice by the Seller to the Restricted
Certificateholder that the Seller intends to withhold pursuant to Section 1446
of the Code, (a "Withholding Tax" and such determination being a "Withholding
Event"):

            (A)  such Restricted Certificateholder shall for tax years for which
     the Restricted Certificateholder has already filed U.S. federal income tax
     returns (each a "Prior Tax Year") prior to proper notice of such
                      --------------
     Withholding Event, and as a condition to the obligations of the Servicer
     and the Trustee pursuant to subsection 15(f), provide (A) a signed
     officer's certificate of such Restricted Certificateholder stating that
     amounts paid hereunder have been included in such Restricted
     Certificateholder's U.S federal income tax returns for each such Prior Tax
     Year, which certificate may be relied on by the Seller in asserting to the
     Internal Revenue Service the applicability of Section 1463 of the Code with
     respect to any Withholding Tax for each such Prior Tax Year and (B)
     information to the Seller or, at the option of such Restricted
     Certificateholder, to the Internal Revenue Service in support of the
     application of Section 1463 of the Code for each such Prior Tax Year;

            (B)  if Section 1463 is not applicable for any Prior Tax Year of
     such Restricted Certificateholder because the Restricted Certificateholder
     did not properly pay federal income tax due on amounts payable hereunder
     during such Prior Tax Year, the Restricted Certificateholder shall
     indemnify the Seller for any Withholding Tax (and interest and penalties
     thereon) payable by the Seller or the Trust on payments hereunder
     attributable to such Prior Tax Year on 


<PAGE>
                                                                         74
     which the Restricted Certificateholder did not so properly pay federal
     income tax; and
            (C)  no amounts shall be payable to any Restricted Certificateholder
     under subsection 15(f) with respect to any Withholding Tax unless, due to a
     change in law, treaty or regulation (for in the interpretation or
     administration thereof by any governmental or regulatory agency or body
     charged with the administration or interpretation thereof), the credit for
     U.S. federal income tax purposes available to such Restricted
     Certificateholder or under the Code (as in effect on the Closing Date)
     resulting from such Withholding Tax is discontinued or substantially
     reduced.

          (g)  Replacement of Series 1996-2 Certificateholders.  In the event
               -----------------------------------------------
that a Series 1996-2 Certificateholder requests compensation pursuant to
subsection (c) through (f) of this Section 15 or a Series 1996-2
Certificateholder's obligation to maintain its interest in its Series 1996-2
Certificate at an interest rate based on LIBOR has been suspended pursuant to
Section 15, the Seller shall have the right to replace such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder, in whole or in part, with another Person by giving three
Business Days prior written notice to the Trustee, such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder, the Administrative Agent and, in the case of the replacement
of a Class A Certificateholder, the Class A Agent, specifying the date on which
all or a portion of such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder's rights and
obligations hereunder shall be terminated.  In the event of the replacement of a
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder agrees to
assign its interest in its Series 1996-2 Certificates and its rights and
obligations hereunder (or a portion thereof as the case may be) to a replacement
certificateholder (a "Replacement Certificateholder") selected by the Seller
upon payment by the Replacement Certificateholder to such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder of the portion of the Invested Amount represented by such
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder's Certificates and any accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, accrued Commitment Fees and any other amounts owed to such
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder (or, in each case, the pro rata portion thereof
being acquired by the Replacement Certificateholder) and to execute and deliver
a Commitment Transfer Supplement evidencing such assignment.

          (h)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this
Section 15, the payment to the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders for the costs
described in this Section 15 shall be limited to payments pursuant to Section
4.8A(j) and 4.9A(i) and the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders shall have no other
recourse to the assets of the Seller, the Servicer or the Trust.

          SECTION 16.  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of Supplement. 
                       ---------------------------------------------------
This Supplement will become effective on the date 


<PAGE>
                                                                         75
(the "Closing Date") on which the following conditions precedent have been
satisfied:
          (a)  Documents.  The Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent shall
               ---------
     have received an original executed copy for each Series 1996-2
     Certificateholder, each executed and delivered in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Class A Agent, of (i) the
     Agreement executed by a duly authorized officer of each of the Seller, the
     Servicer and the Trustee and (ii) this Supplement executed by a duly
     authorized officer of each of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee and
     each Initial Series 1996-2 Certificateholder.  Each of the Agreement, the
     Receivables Purchase Agreement and this Supplement (upon execution hereof)
     shall be in full force and effect.
 
          (b)  Corporate Proceedings of the Seller and Servicer.  The
               ------------------------------------------------
     Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent shall have received a copy of
     the resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
     Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent, of the Board of Directors of
     each of the Seller and of the Servicer authorizing the execution, delivery
     and performance of this Supplement, certified by the Secretary or an
     Assistant Secretary of the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, as
     of the date hereof, which certificate shall state that the resolutions
     thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded as
     of the date of such certificate.  All corporate proceedings and other legal
     matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of this Agreement
     and the Certificates and all other legal matters relating to such
     agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be
     reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to each Series 1996-2
     Certificateholder.

          (c)  Corporate Documents.  The Administrative Agent and the Class A
               -------------------
     Agent shall have received, with a counterpart for each Series 1996-2
     Certificateholder, true and complete copies of the certificate of
     incorporation and by-laws of the Seller and of the Servicer, certified as
     of the date hereof as true, complete and correct copies thereof by the
     Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Seller or the Servicer, as the
     case may be.

          (d)  Good Standing Certificates.  The Administrative Agent and the
               --------------------------
     Class A Agent shall have received, with a counterpart for each Series 1996-
     2 Certificateholder, copies of certificates dated as of a recent date from
     the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority of such jurisdiction,
     evidencing the good standing of the Seller and the Servicer in each State
     where the ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of
     business requires it to qualify as a foreign corporation, except where the
     failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse 


<PAGE>
                                                                         76
     effect on the business, operations, properties, condition (financial or
     otherwise) or prospects of the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be.
          (e)  Filings, Registrations and Recordings.  Any documents (including,
               -------------------------------------
     without limitation, financing statements) required to be filed in order (i)
     to perfect the sale of the Receivables to the Seller pursuant to the
     Receivables Purchase Agreement and (ii) to create, in favor of the Trustee
     on behalf of the Trust, a perfected ownership interest in the Trust Assets
     under the Agreement with respect to which an ownership interest may be
     perfected by a filing under the UCC shall, in each case, have been properly
     filed in each office in each jurisdiction listed in the Agreement or the
     Receivables Purchase Agreement, as the case may be, and such filings are
     the only ones required in order to perfect the sale of the Receivables to
     the Seller under the Receivables Purchase Agreement or of the Trust Assets
     to the Trust, under the Agreement, as the case may be, in the jurisdictions
     listed therein.  The Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent shall have
     received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of each such filing,
     registration or recordation and satisfactory evidence of the payment of any
     necessary fee, tax or expense relating thereto.

          (f)  Lien Searches.  The Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent
               -------------
     shall have received the results of a recent search by a Person satisfactory
     to the Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent of UCC and other filings
     with respect to the Seller and such other parties as it deems necessary.

          (g)  Legal Opinions.  The Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent
               --------------
     shall have received a legal opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, counsel to
     the Seller and the Servicer, dated the Closing Date and addressed to each
     Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, to the effect that (i) the sale of
     Receivables to the Seller pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement is
     a "true sale," (ii) a court would not order the substantive consolidation
     of the assets and liabilities of the Seller with those of the Servicer or
     any of its Affiliates, (iii) the Seller has a perfected ownership interest
     in the Receivables and the Trustee has a first priority perfected ownership
     or security interest in the Trust Assets and (iv) addressing other
     customary matters in form and substance satisfactory to the Series 1996-2
     Certificateholders.

          (h)  Legal Opinion of Trustee Counsel.  The Administrative Agent and
               --------------------------------
     the Class A Agent shall have received a legal opinion of Seward & Kissel,
     counsel to the Trustee, dated the Closing Date and addressed to each Series
     1996-2 Certificateholder, in form and substance satisfactory to the Series
     1996-2 Certificateholder.


<PAGE>
                                                                         77
          (i)  Officers' Certificates.  The Administrative Agent and the Class A
               ----------------------
     Agent shall have received certificates of each of the Seller and the
     Servicer, dated the Closing Date, of any two of the Chairman of the Board,
     the President, any Vice President, the chief financial officer and the
     Treasurer of the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, stating that
     (i) the representations and warranties of the Seller or the Servicer, as
     the case may be, contained in the Agreement and this Supplement, are true
     and correct on and as of the Closing Date, (ii) the Seller or the Servicer,
     as the case may be, has complied with all agreements and satisfied all
     conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder and under
     such agreements at or prior to the Closing Date and (iii) the absence of
     any Pay Out Event on the Closing Date or the occurrence of any event that,
     with the passage of time, could be a Pay Out Event.

          (j)  Ratings.  The Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent shall
               -------
     have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Class A Certificate
     shall have received a rating of A2 from Moody's and A from Duff & Phelps.

          (k)  Series Accounts.  The Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent
               ---------------
     shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Series Accounts
     shall have been established.

          (l)  Fee Letter.  The Seller shall have executed and delivered the Fee
               ----------
     Letter to the Class A Agent.

          (m)  Fees and Expenses. All fees and expenses to be paid on the
               -----------------
     Closing Date shall have been received by the appropriate Person.

          SECTION 17.  Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent.  (a)  Each
                       ------------------------------------------
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the
Administrative Agent as the agent of such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder under
this Supplement and each such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder hereby irrevocably
authorizes the Administrative Agent, as the agent for such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of
this Supplement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are
expressly delegated to such Administrative Agent by the terms of this
Supplement, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Supplement, the
Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those
expressly set forth in this Supplement, nor any fiduciary relationship with any
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder (except as Administrative Agent), the Seller or
the Servicer, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties,
obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Supplement or otherwise be
deemed to exist against the Administrative Agent.


<PAGE>
                                                                         78
          (b)  Consultation with Experts.  The Administrative Agent may consult
               -------------------------
with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Seller or Servicer), independent
public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for
any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with
the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.

          (c)  Liability of the Administrative Agent.  Neither the
               -------------------------------------
Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees
shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in connection herewith
(i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Series 1996-2
Certificateholders or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful
misconduct.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors,
officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any duty to
ascertain, inquire into or verify (i) any statement, warranty or representation
made in connection with this Supplement; (ii) the performance or observance of
any of the covenants or agreements of the Seller or the Servicer; (iii) the
satisfaction of any condition specified in Section 16, except receipt of items
required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent; or (iv) the validity,
effectiveness or genuineness of this Supplement, the Agreement or any other
instrument or writing furnished in connection herewith.  The Administrative
Agent shall not incur any liability by acting in reliance upon any notice,
consent, certificate, statement, or other writing (which may be a bank wire,
telex or similar writing) believed by it to be genuine or to be signed by the
proper party or parties. 

          (d)  Indemnification.  Each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder shall,
               ---------------
ratably in accordance with its portion of the Invested Amount, indemnify the
Administrative Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Seller) against any
cost, expense (including counsel fees and disbursements), claim, demand, action,
loss or liability (except such as result from the Administrative Agent's gross
negligence or willful misconduct) that the Administrative Agent may suffer or
incur in connection with this Supplement or any action taken or omitted by the
Administrative Agent hereunder. 

          (e)  Credit Decision.  Each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder
               ---------------
acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the
Administrative Agent, and based on such documents and information as it has
deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this
Supplement.  Each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder also acknowledges that it
will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, and
based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking any
action under this Supplement.

          (f)  Reliance by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent
               ------------------------------------
shall be entitled to rely, and shall be 


<PAGE>
                                                                         79
fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent,
certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype
message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person
or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without
limitation, counsel to any of the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders and counsel
to the Seller or the Servicer), independent accountants and other experts
selected by such Administrative Agent, as the case may be.  The obligations of
the Administrative Agent are only those expressly set forth herein.  The
Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any
action under this Supplement unless it shall first receive such advice or
concurrence of the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders as it deems appropriate or
it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Series 1996-2
Certificateholders against any and all liability and expense (other than such
liability or expense arising from such Administrative Agent's own gross
negligence or willful misconduct) which may be incurred by it by reason of
taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Administrative Agent shall in
all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this
Agreement in accordance with a request of the Required Series 1996-2
Certificateholders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act
pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders
and all successors and assigns of the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders.

          (g)  Notice of Default or Amortization Event.  The Administrative
               ---------------------------------------
Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any
Servicer Default or Pay Out Event hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has
received notice from a Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, the Seller or the
Servicer referring to the Agreement or this Supplement, describing such Servicer
Default or Pay Out Event and stating that such notice is a "notice of a Servicer
Default" or a "notice of a Pay Out Event", as the case may be.  In the event
that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent
shall give notice thereof to the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders, the Trustee
and the Servicer.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect
to such Servicer Default or Pay Out Event as shall be reasonably directed by the
Required Series 1996-2 Certificateholders holding, provided that unless and
                                                   --------
until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the
Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Servicer Default or Pay
Out Event as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Series 1996-2
Certificateholders.

          (h)  The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity.  The
               ---------------------------------------------------
Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from
and generally engage in any kind of business with the Seller, the Servicer or
any of their 


<PAGE>
                                                                         80
Affiliates as though such Administrative Agent were not an Administrative Agent.
With respect to any interest the Administrative Agent may from time to time hold
in the Series 1996-2 Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have the same
rights and powers under this Supplement as any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder
and may exercise the same as if it were not an Administrative Agent, and the
term "Series 1996-2 Certificateholder" and "Series 1996-2 Certificateholders"
shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.

          (i)  Successor Administrative Agent.  (i)  Swiss Bank Corporation, New
               ------------------------------
York Branch may assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations as
Administrative Agent at any time to its Affiliate or a Qualified Institution
acceptable to the Servicer.  Any such assignee shall be entitled to all the
benefits and protections afforded the Administrative Agent pursuant to this
Section 16.  Any such assignment shall become effective upon Swiss Bank
Corporation, New York Branch's giving notice of such assignment to the Seller,
the Servicer and the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders.

          (ii)  The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon
10 days' notice to the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders and the Trustee and
pursuant to the following sentence.  The Administrative Agent's resignation
shall not become effective until a successor is approved pursuant hereto.  If
the Administrative Agent shall give notice to the Series 1996-2
Certificateholders of its intention to resign as Administrative Agent under this
Agreement, then the Required Series 1996-2 Certificateholders shall appoint a
successor agent for the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders which successor agent
shall be approved by the Seller and the Servicer, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld; provided that if Series 1996-2 Certificateholders shall
                       --------
not have appointed, or the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders shall have appointed
but the Seller and the Servicer shall not have approved, any such successor
agent within 60 days of the original notice given by the Administrative Agent of
its intention to resign, then the Administrative Agent may appoint a successor
agent for the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders, subject to the approval of the
Required Series 1996-2 Certificateholders and, provided that no Pay Out Event
has occurred and is continuing, the Seller and the Servicer shall have approved
such successor agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Required Series 1996-2 Certificateholders,
the Seller and the Servicer determine in good faith that the Administrative
Agent has carried out its duties in a manner characterized by gross negligence
or willful misconduct, then the Required Series 1996-2 Certificateholders, the
Seller and the Servicer may appoint a successor agent.  Upon any appointment
pursuant to the two preceding sentences, such successor agent shall succeed to
the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term
"Administrative Agent" shall mean such successor agent effective upon its
appointment, and the former Administrative 


<PAGE>
                                                                         81
Agent's rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated,
without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former
Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Supplement or any of their
successors and assigns.  After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation
or dismissal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section
16(i) shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken
by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Supplement.

            (j) Pursuant to agreements between the Class A Agent and the Class A
Certificateholders, the Class A Agent has been appointed to act as agent for
each Class A Certificateholder to take such action on its behalf under the
provisions of this Supplement and to exercise such powers and perform such
duties as are expressly delegated to such Administrative Agent by the terms of
this Supplement, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto.  Unless otherwise notified by the Class A Agent or the Required Class A
Certificateholders, the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively presume that
actions taken hereby by the Class A Agent on behalf of the Class A
Certificateholders have been duly authorized by the Class A Certificateholders.

          SECTION 18.  Payments.  Each payment to be made hereunder shall be
                       --------
made on the required payment date in lawful money of the United States and in
immediately available funds (a) in the case of the Class A Certificateholders,
to the office of the Class A Agent set forth below its signature hereto, (b) in
the case of each other Series 1996-2 Certificateholder to its address set forth
in the Series 1996-2 Register.  On each Distribution Date, the Class A Agent
shall remit in like funds to each Class A Certificateholder its applicable pro
                                                                           ---
rata share (based on its Commitment Percentage) of each such payment received by
- ----
the Class A Agent for the account of the Class A Certificateholders.

          SECTION 19.  Costs and Expenses.  The Seller agrees to pay all out-of-
                       ------------------
pocket costs and expenses of the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders, the
Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent (including, without limitation, in
all of the following cases, reasonable fees and disbursements for one counsel to
each of the Administrative Agent and each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder not to
exceed, in the case of fees and disbursements incurred under clause (a), (b) or
(c), $25,000 for any such counsel) in connection with (a) the preparation,
execution, delivery, administration, waiver, amendment and modification of this
Supplement, the Agreement and the Certificates and the syndication of interests
in the Series 1996-2 Certificates to Series 1996-2 Certificateholders, (b) the
sale of Series 1996-2 Certificates hereunder, (c) the perfection as against all
third parties whatsoever of the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders' right, title
and interest in, to and under the Series 1996-2 Certificates and the Trust
Assets and (d) the 


<PAGE>
                                                                         82
enforcement by the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders of the obligations and
liabilities of the Seller and the Servicer under the Agreement, this Supplement
or any related document.

          SECTION 20.  Final Distribution.  Written notice of any termination,
                       ------------------
specifying the Distribution Date upon which the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders
may surrender their Series 1996-2 Certificates for payment of the final
distribution and cancellation shall be given by the Trustee not later than the
60th day immediately preceding the Distribution Date on which final payment of
the Series 1996-2 Certificates shall be made, provided that the Servicer shall
have requested the delivery of such notice in writing not later than the 70th
Business Day preceding such Distribution Date.

          SECTION 21.  Amendments.  (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the
                       ----------
contrary contained in the Agreement, (i) no amendment shall be made to the
Required Class AC Spread Account Amount or the method of calculation thereof or
to the definition of Class AC Spread without the consent of the holders of a
majority of the Class C Unpaid Invested Amount and (ii) no amendment shall be
made to the Required Class D Spread Account Amount or the method of calculation
thereof or to the definition of Class D-1 Excess Spread or the Dilution Factor
without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Class D-1 Unpaid
Invested Amount. 

          (b)  The Trustee shall not consent to any amendment, supplement or
other modification to the Transition Supplement requiring the consent of the
holder of the Transition Certificate without the consent of holders of Undivided
Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Unpaid Invested Amount; provided,
however, that no such amendment will (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or
delay the timing of, distributions which would otherwise be required to be made
with respect to the Transition Certificate without the consent of each holder of
Series 1996-2 Certificates or (ii) change the definition of or the manner of
calculating "Monthly Interest" with respect to the Transition Certificate
without the consent of each holder of Series 1996-2 Certificates.

          (c)  If the Seller determines, based on an Opinion of Counsel
delivered to the Trustee, that an amendment or other modification to this
Agreement may be required to avoid the Trust being treated as taxable as a
publicly traded partnership pursuant to Section 7704 of the Code, the Seller and
each Restricted Certificateholder agree to negotiate reasonably and in good
faith to amend or otherwise modify this Agreement in a manner consistent with
such determination and as will best preserve the economic and other rights and
obligations of the parties hereto.  In the event that any Restricted
Certificateholder does not consent to any such amendment so determined by the
Seller to be required within thirty days after the Seller's request, such
Restricted Certificateholder hereby agrees to use reasonable efforts to procure
a replacement 


<PAGE>
                                                                         83
investor which is reasonably acceptable to the Seller to replace such
nonconsenting Restricted Certificateholder.
          SECTION 22.  Successors and Assigns.  (a)  This Supplement shall be
                       ----------------------
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns; provided that the Seller may not assign or transfer any
of its rights under this Supplement without the prior written consent of Series
1996-2 Certificateholders holding Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50%
of the Unpaid Invested Amount; provided further that no Restricted Certificate
may be sold by the Seller to an initial purchaser thereof unless the Seller
shall obtain from such initial purchaser an agreement pursuant to which the
initial purchaser has made the Restricted Certificateholder Warranties.

          (b)  Any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder may, in the ordinary course
of its business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one
or more financial institutions or other entities ("Participants") to which the
Seller may consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably (it being
understood that such consent shall be considered to be reasonably withheld if
such entity being a Participant would cause the number of Private Holders to
exceed 80 or otherwise cause the Trust to be in jeopardy of being treated as a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation pursuant to Code Section
7704) participations in its interest in any Series 1996-2 Certificate and its
rights hereunder pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to
such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder and the Participant; provided, however,
that any such participation by a Restricted Certificateholder shall be void
unless its Participant shall have, prior to the effectiveness of its
participation, made warranties, representations and certifications similar in
substance to the Restricted Certificateholder Warranties regarding securities
law and federal income tax matters (the "Participant Warranties").  In the event
of any such sale by a Series 1996-2 Certificateholder to a Participant, such
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder's obligations under this Supplement shall remain
unchanged and such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder shall remain solely
responsible for the performance thereof.  The Seller agrees that each Series
1996-2 Certificateholder is entitled, in its own name, to enforce for the
benefit of, or as agent for, any Participant any and all rights, claims and
interest of such Participant in respect of the Trust and the Seller's
obligations under this Supplement.

          (c)  Any Series 1996-2 Certificateholder (other than the Seller) may,
in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, at
any time sell all or any part of its rights and obligations under this
Supplement and the Series 1996-2 Certificates to (i) any Affiliate or any other
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder and (ii) with the consent of the Seller, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (it 


<PAGE>
                                                                         84
being understood that such consent shall be considered to be withheld reasonably
on the basis that such assignee being a Restricted Certificateholder would cause
the number of Private Holders to exceed 80 or otherwise cause the Trust to be in
jeopardy of being treated as a publicly traded partnership pursuant to Section
7704 of the Code), and upon prior written notice to the Administrative Agent
and, in the case of a sale by any Class A Certificateholder, the Class A Agent,
one or more banks or other entities (an "Acquiring Series 1996-2
Certificateholder"), in each case pursuant to a commitment transfer supplement,
substantially in the form of Exhibit G (the "Commitment Transfer Supplement"),
executed by such Acquiring Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, such assigning
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, the Administrative Agent, the Class A Agent, if
applicable, and, in the case of an Acquiring Series 1996-2 Certificateholder
that is not then an existing Series 1996-2 Certificateholder or an Affiliate
thereof, the Seller, and delivered to the Administrative Agent for its
acceptance and recording in the Series 1996-2 Register; provided, however, that
any assignment shall be void unless (i) any assignee that will thereby become a
Restricted Certificateholder shall have made the Restricted Certificateholder
Warranties and (ii) there shall not be more than 80 Private Holders after giving
effect to such assignment.  Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and
recording, from and after the effective date of such Commitment Transfer
Supplement, (x) the Acquiring Series 1996-2 Certificateholder thereunder shall
be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such Commitment Transfer
Supplement, have the rights and obligations of a Series 1996-2 Certificateholder
hereunder with a Commitment as set forth therein and (y) the transferor Series
1996-2 Certificateholder thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such
Commitment Transfer Supplement, be released from its obligations under this
Supplement.  Such Commitment Transfer Supplement shall be deemed to amend this
Supplement (including the Schedules attached hereto) to the extent, and only to
the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of such Acquiring Series 1996-2
Certificateholder as a "Series 1996-2 Certificateholder" and the resulting
adjustment of Commitment Percentages arising from the purchase by such Acquiring
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder of all or a portion of the rights and
obligations of such transferor Series 1996-2 Certificateholder under this
Supplement and the Class A Certificate.

          (d)  The Administrative Agent shall maintain a copy of each Commitment
Transfer Supplement delivered to it.

          (e)  Upon its receipt of a Commitment Transfer Supplement executed by
a transferor Series 1996-2 Certificateholder and an Acquiring Series 1996-2
Certificateholder (and, in the case of a Transferee that is not then an existing
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder or an affiliate thereof, by the Seller and the
Servicer), the Administrative Agent shall (i) promptly accept such Commitment
Transfer 


<PAGE>
                                                                         85
Supplement and (ii) on the effective date of the Commitment Transfer Supplement
record the information contained therein in the Series 1996-2 Register and give
notice of such acceptance and recordation to the Series 1996-2
Certificateholders, the Class A Agent, the Servicer and the Seller.

          (f)  The Seller and the Servicer each authorizes each Series 1996-2
Certificateholder to disclose to any Participant or Acquiring Series 1996-2
Certificateholder (each, a "Transferee") and any prospective Transferee any and
all financial information in such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder's possession
concerning the Seller or the Servicer which has been delivered to such Series
1996-2 Certificateholder by the Seller or the Servicer pursuant to this
Supplement or which has been delivered to such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder
by or on behalf of the Seller in connection with such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder's credit evaluation of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trust and
the Trust Assets prior to becoming a party to this Supplement; provided,
                                                               --------
however, if any such information is subject to a confidentiality agreement
- -------
between such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder and the Seller or the Servicer, the
Transferee or prospective Transferee shall have agreed to be bound by the terms
and conditions of such confidentiality agreement.

          (g)  If, pursuant to this subsection, any interest in this Supplement
or any Series 1996-2 Certificate is transferred to any Transferee which is
organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any
State thereof, the transferor Series 1996-2 Certificateholder shall cause such
Transferee, concurrently with the effectiveness of such transfer, (i) to
represent to the transferor Series 1996-2 Certificateholder (for the benefit of
the transferor Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, the Class A Agent, the Seller,
the Servicer and the Trustee) that under applicable law and treaties no taxes
will be required to be withheld by the Class A Agent, the Seller, the Servicer,
the Trustee the transferor Series 1996-2 Certificateholder with respect to any
payments to be made to such Transferee in respect of the Series 1996-2
Certificates, (ii) to furnish to the transferor Series 1996-2 Certificateholder
(and, in the case of any Acquiring Series 1996-2 Certificateholder not
registered in the Series 1996-2 Register, the Class A Agent, the Administrative
Agent, the Trustee and the Seller) either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form
4224 or U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 (wherein such Transferee claims
entitlement to complete exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax on all
interest payments hereunder) and (iii) to agree (for the benefit of the
transferor Series 1996-2 Certificateholder, the Class A Agent, the Seller, the
Servicer and the Trustee) to provide the transferor Series 1996-2
Certificateholder (and, in the case of any Acquiring Series 1996-2
Certificateholder not registered in the Series 1996-2 Register, the Class A
Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee) a new
Form 4224 or Form 1001 upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously
delivered form and comparable statements in accordance 


<PAGE>
                                                                         86
with applicable U.S. laws and regulations and amendments duly executed and
completed by such Transferee, and to comply from time to time with all
applicable U.S. laws and regulations with regard to such withholding tax
exemption.

          (h) In the event of any breach of any of the representations,
warranties and covenants described in clause (b) of the definition of
"Restricted Certificateholder Warranties" by a Restricted Certificateholder or
its Participant, the Restricted Certificateholder shall notify the Seller
promptly upon the Restricted Certificateholder's becoming aware of such breach,
and thereupon the Restricted Certificateholder shall use its reasonable efforts
to procure a replacement Restricted Certificateholder not so affected which is
reasonably acceptable to the Seller to replace such affected Restricted
Certificateholder.  In any such event, the Seller shall also have the right to
procure a replacement Restricted Certificateholder or Participant and the
Restricted Certificateholder will take all actions necessary to permit a
replacement Restricted Certificateholder or Participant to succeed to its or the
affected Participant's rights and obligations hereunder.  If the Restricted
Certificateholder has a Participant which has breached such representation, such
Restricted Certificateholder shall (without limiting the right of the Seller to
procure a replacement Restricted Certificateholder for the Restricted
Certificateholder as provided in this paragraph) notify the Seller of such
breach promptly upon the Restricted Certificateholder's becoming aware thereof
and use reasonable efforts to procure a replacement Participant not so affected
which is reasonably acceptable to the Seller to replace such affected
Participant.

          (i)  By its execution and delivery hereof, each Restricted
Certificateholder hereby makes the Restricted Certificateholder Warranties.

          (j)  By its execution and delivery hereof, each Series 1996-2
Certificateholder represents and warrants that (i) it is an institutional
investor that is an "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") or, if its Series 1996-2
Certificate is to be purchased for one or more institutional accounts ("investor
accounts") for which it is acting as a fiduciary or agent, each such investor
account is an institutional investor that is an accredited investor.  In the
normal course of its business, it invests in or purchases securities or
instruments similar to the Series 1996-2 Certificates for its own account (or
for investor accounts), and it (and each investor account) has such knowledge
and experience in financial and business matters that it (and each investor
account) is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the
Series 1996-2 Certificates.  It is aware that it (or any investor account) may
be required to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Series 1996-2
Certificates for an indefinite period of time, and it (or such 


<PAGE>
                                                                         87
account) is able to bear such risk until the Series Termination Date; (ii)
neither Chase Securities Inc., SBC Capital Markets Inc. nor any of their
respective affiliates has made any representation to it with respect to the
Seller or the offer or sale of any Series 1996-2 Certificates; (iii) such Series
1996-2 Certificateholder has had the opportunity to ask questions and to obtain
additional information concerning Saks, the Seller, the Trust and the
Certificates, it has received adequate information concerning Saks, the Seller,
the Trust and the Certificates to make an informed investment decision with
respect to its purchase of its Series 1996-2 Certificate; (iv) it is purchasing
its Series 1996-2 Certificate for its own account, or for one or more investor
accounts for which it is acting as a fiduciary or agent, and not with a view to,
or for offer or sale in connection with, any resale, distribution or other
disposition thereof, subject to the disposition of its property or the property
of such investor account or accounts being at all times within its or their
control, subject to the restrictions set forth herein; and (v) it is not
subscribing to purchase its Series 1996-2 Certificates as a result of or
subsequent to any advertisement, article, notice or other communication
published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over
television or radio, or presented at any seminar or meeting, or any solicitation
of a subscription by a Person not previously known to it in connection with
investments in securities generally.  

          (k) Each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder agrees that it shall not sell
or transfer its Series 1996-2 Certificates except (i) pursuant to a valid
registration statement or (ii) pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Act, and in such case only if the proposed transferee shall
have delivered to the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee, at the transferee's
own expense, (A) an Undertaking Letter, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1
hereto, executed by the transferee (or if the transfer is to be made in reliance
upon any exemption other than Rule 144A promulgated under the Act, substantially
in the Form of Exhibit H-2, executed by the transferee and the transferor) and
(B) in the case of a transfer other than in accordance with Rule 144A, an
opinion of counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, to the effect that such transfer is exempt from the registration
requirements of the Act.

          (l) The Trustee shall act as Transfer Agent and Registrar for Series
1996-2.

          SECTION 23.  Adjustments; Set-off.  (a)  If any Series 1996-2
                       --------------------
Certificateholder of any Class (a "Benefitted Series 1996-2 Certificateholder")
shall at any time receive in respect of the portion of the Invested Amount held
by such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder any distribution of principal, interest,
Commitment Fees or other fees, or any interest thereon, or receive any
collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off,
or otherwise) in a greater proportion 


<PAGE>
                                                                         88
than any such distribution received by any other Series 1996-2 Certificateholder
of the same Class, if any, in respect of such other Series 1996-2
Certificateholder's portion of the Invested Amount represented by such Class, or
interest thereon, such Benefitted Series 1996-2 Certificateholder shall purchase
for cash from the other Series 1996-2 Certificateholders of such Class such
portion of each such other Series 1996-2 Certificateholder's interest in the
Series 1996-2 Certificate of such Class, or shall provide such other Series
1996-2 Certificateholders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the
proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Series 1996-2
Certificateholder to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or
proceeds ratably with each of the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders of the same
Class; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or
       --------  -------
benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Series 1996-2
Certificateholder, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and
benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.  The
Seller agrees that each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder so purchasing a portion
of the Series 1996-2 Certificateholders' interest in the Series 1996-2
Certificate of any Class may exercise all rights of payment (including, without
limitation, rights of set-off) with respect to such portion as fully as if such
Series 1996-2 Certificateholder were the direct holder of such portion.

          (b)  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Series 1996-2
Certificateholders provided by law, each Series 1996-2 Certificateholder shall
have the right, without prior notice to the Seller, any such notice being
expressly waived by the Seller to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon
any amount becoming due and payable by the Seller hereunder or under the Series
1996-2 Certificates to set-off and appropriate and apply against any and all
deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any
currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in
each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or
unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Series 1996-2 Certificateholder to
or for the credit or the account of the Seller.  Each Series 1996-2
Certificateholder agrees promptly to notify the Seller and the Administrative
Agent and, in the case of a Class A Certificateholder, the Class A Agent, in
writing after any such set-off and application made by such Series 1996-2
Certificateholder, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not
                   --------
affect the validity of such set-off and application.

          SECTION 24.  Ratification of Agreement.  As  supplemented by this
                       -------------------------
Supplement, the Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the
Agreement as so supplemented by this Supplement shall be read, taken and
construed as one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 25.  Counterparts.  This Supplement may be executed in any
                       ------------
number of counterparts, each of which so executed 


<PAGE>
                                                                         89
shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.
          SECTION 26.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
                       -------------
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND
REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH
LAW.

          SECTION 27.  The Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any
                       -----------
manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplement or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which
recitals are made solely by Seller.

          SECTION 28.  Instructions in Writing.  All instructions given by the
                       -----------------------
Servicer, the Trustee, the Administrative Agent and the Class A Agent pursuant
to this Supplement shall be in writing (or by telephone promptly confirmed in
writing, so long as the Trustee reasonably believes that such person delivering
the instructions by telephone has authority to do so and may be included in a
certificate delivered pursuant to Section 3.4(a) or 3.4(b) of the Agreement.

          SECTION 29.  Limited Liability of Trustee.  It is expressly understood
                       ----------------------------
and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Supplement is executed and
delivered by Bankers Trust Company, not individually or personally but solely as
Trustee of the Trust, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and
vested in it, (b) the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made
on the part of the Trust are made and intended not as personal representations,
undertakings and agreements by Bankers Trust Company, but are made and intended
for the purpose of binding only the Trust, and (c) under no circumstances shall
Bankers Trust Company be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness
or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any
obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust
under this Supplement.

          SECTION 30.  Waiver of Jury Trial.  The Seller, the Servicer, the
                       --------------------
Trustee, each Initial Series 1996-2 Certificateholder and, by its acceptance of
any interest in any Series 1996-2 Certificate, each other Series 1996-2
Certificateholder, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives trial by jury
in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Supplement or the Series
1996-2 Certificates and for any counterclaim therein.

          SECTION 31.  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers.   The Seller, the
                       -----------------------------------
Servicer, the Trustee, each Initial Series 1996-2 Certificateholders and, by its
acceptance of any interest in any Series 1996-2 Certificate, each other Series
1996-2 Certificateholder, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:


<PAGE>
                                                                         90
          (a)  submits for itself and its property in any legal action or
     proceeding relating to this Supplement, or for recognition and enforcement
     of any judgment in respect thereof, to the nonexclusive general
     jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York, the Courts of the
     United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and
     appellate courts from any thereof;

          (b)  consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in
     such courts and waives any objection that it may now have or hereafter have
     to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that
     such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees
     not to plead or claim the same; 

          (c)  agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding
     may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail
     (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party
     at its address for notices set forth herein;

          (d)  agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect
     service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the
     right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and 

          (e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it
     may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to
     in this subsection any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential
     damages.

          SECTION 32.  Non-Petition.   Each of the parties hereto hereby
                       ------------
covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after
the payment in full of all senior indebtedness of Falcon, it will not institute
against, or join any other person in instituting against, Falcon any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other
similar proceedings under the laws of the United States or any state of the
United States.







<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplement to be duly
executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above
written.

                                        SFA FINANCE COMPANY, as Seller


                                        By: /s/ Robert Vill
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:


                                        SAKS & COMPANY, as Servicer


                                        By: /s/ Robert Vill
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:


                                        BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                        individual capacity but solely as
                                        Trustee


                                        By: /s/ Linda A. Rakolta
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President


                                        SWISS BANK CORPORATION, NEW YORK
                                        BRANCH, as Administrative Agent


                                        By:
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:


                                        By:
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:







<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplement to be duly
executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above
written.

                                        SFA FINANCE COMPANY, as Seller


                                        By: /s/
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:


                                        SAKS & COMPANY, as Servicer


                                        By: /s/
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:


                                        BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                        individual capacity but solely as
                                        Trustee


                                        By: 
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title: 


                                        SWISS BANK CORPORATION, NEW YORK
                                        BRANCH, as Administrative Agent


                                        By: /s/ Thomas R. Salzano
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title: Associate Director


                                        By: /s/ J. Anthony Chen
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title: Associate Director





<PAGE>



                                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                                        as Class A Agent and Registered
                                        Holder of Class A Certificate


                                        By: /s/ Mark R. Matthews
                                           --------------------------
                                             Mark R. Matthews
                                             Authorized Agent


                                        FALCON ASSET SECURITIZATION
                                          CORPORATION, as a Class A
                                          Certificateholder 


                                        By: /s/ Mark R. Matthews
                                           --------------------------
                                             Mark R. Matthews
                                             Authorized Signer


                                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                                          in its individual capacity and on
                                          behalf of Falcon as a Class A
                                          Certificateholder 


                                        By: /s/ Mark R. Matthews
                                           --------------------------
                                             Mark R. Matthews
                                             Authorized Agent


                                        BANQUE FRANCAISE DU COMMERCE
                                        EXTERIEUR, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a
                                        Class C Certificateholder and a
                                        Class D-1 Certificateholder


                                        By:
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:

                                        By:
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:


                                        COMMERZBANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as
                                        a Class C Certificateholder and a
                                        Class D-1 Certificateholder


                                        By:
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:

                                        By:
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:



<PAGE>


                                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                                        as Class A Agent and Registered
                                        Holder of Class A Certificate


                                        By: 
                                           --------------------------
                                             Mark R. Matthews
                                             Authorized Agent


                                        FALCON ASSET SECURITIZATION
                                          CORPORATION, as a Class A
                                          Certificateholder 


                                        By: 
                                           --------------------------
                                             Mark R. Matthews
                                             Authorized Signer


                                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                                          in its individual capacity and on
                                          behalf of Falcon as a Class A
                                          Certificateholder 


                                        By: 
                                           --------------------------
                                             Mark R. Matthews
                                             Authorized Agent


                                        BANQUE FRANCAISE DU COMMERCE
                                        EXTERIEUR, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a
                                        Class C Certificateholder and a
                                        Class D-1 Certificateholder


                                        By: /s/ Anadi 
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title: First VP

                                        By:
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:


                                        COMMERZBANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as
                                        a Class C Certificateholder and a
                                        Class D-1 Certificateholder


                                        By:
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:

                                        By:
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:








<PAGE>

                                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                                        as Class A Agent and Registered
                                        Holder of Class A Certificate


                                        By: 
                                           --------------------------
                                             Mark R. Matthews
                                             Authorized Agent


                                        FALCON ASSET SECURITIZATION
                                          CORPORATION, as a Class A
                                          Certificateholder 


                                        By: 
                                           --------------------------
                                             Mark R. Matthews
                                             Authorized Signer


                                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                                          in its individual capacity and on
                                          behalf of Falcon as a Class A
                                          Certificateholder 


                                        By: 
                                           --------------------------
                                             Mark R. Matthews
                                             Authorized Agent


                                        BANQUE FRANCAISE DU COMMERCE
                                        EXTERIEUR, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a
                                        Class C Certificateholder and a
                                        Class D-1 Certificateholder


                                        By: 
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title: 

                                        By:
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title:


                                        COMMERZBANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as
                                        a Class C Certificateholder and a
                                        Class D-1 Certificateholder


                                        By:  /s/ James F. Aheru
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        By: /s/ Tom Ausfahl
                                           --------------------------
                                        Title: Assistant Vice President



<PAGE>


                                        SFA FINANCE COMPANY, as Class D-2
                                        Certificateholder

                                        By: /s/ Robert Vill
                                           ------------------------------
                                        Title:





                                                              Exhibit 10.30

                      PUBLIC COMPANY EXPENSES AGREEMENT
                      ---------------------------------


          This PUBLIC COMPANY EXPENSES AGREEMENT dated as of April 27, 1996
(this "Agreement") is made between SAKS & COMPANY, a New York corporation (the
"Company"), SAKS HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Holdings").

                                 R E C I T A L S
                                 - - - - - - - -

          WHEREAS, it is in the best  interest of the Company and Holdings  that
the Company  obtain additional equity  capital through the  sale by  Holdings of
common  stock  of  Holdings  ("Holdings   Stock")  in  a  public  offering  (the
"Offering");

          WHEREAS,  the Company  has requested,  and Holdings  has  agreed, that
Holdings make a capital contribution of substantially all of the net proceeds of
the Offering to the Company promptly upon the consummation thereof;

          WHEREAS, it is in the best  interest of the Company and Holdings  that
Holdings become,  and maintain  its status  as, a  company registered  under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that  Holdings seek to maintain an efficient
secondary  market in  Holdings Stock,  in  connection with  which Holdings  will
incur, from  time to time after the consummation  of the Offering, various costs
and  expenses (the "Public Company  Expenses") reasonably incidental thereto and
including, without limitation, costs and  expenses related to the Offering, fees
payable to the  Securities and Exchange Commission (and  any successor thereto),
to any exchange upon which Holdings Stock is listed and fees and expenses of any
accountant, counsel or any other person in connection with such status; and

          WHEREAS,  Holdings has  requested,  and  by  the  Company's  execution
hereof, the  Company has agreed, that  the Company shall reimburse  Holdings for
the  Public Company Expenses  of Holdings in  accordance with the  terms of this
Agreement.

                                A G R E E M E N T
                                - - - - - - - - -

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements
contained herein and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Holdings hereby
agree as follows:

          Section 1.     Payment  of Public Company Expenses.  Promptly upon the
                         -----------------------------------
presentation to the  Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory  to the Company
of the  incurrence by Holdings of any Public  Company Expense, the Company shall
pay either to  Holdings the amount  of such Public  Company Expense or pay  such
Public Company Expense directly, at its option.

<PAGE>

          Section 2.     Termination.   This Agreement shall terminate  upon the
                         -----------
occurrence  of any  event  that causes  Holdings to  own  less than  50%  of the
outstanding voting stock of the Company.

          Section 3.     Assignment.  This Agreement may not be assigned without
                         ----------
the prior written consent of each party hereto.

          Section 4.     Counterparts.   This Agreement  may be executed  in any
                         ------------
number of counterparts by the parties hereto, and all of said counterparts, when
taken together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

          Section 5.     Governing  Law.  THIS  AGREEMENT SHALL BE  GOVERNED BY,
                         --------------
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.




<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused  this Agreement to
be  duly executed and delivered in  New York, New York  by their proper and duly
authorized officers as of the date first above written.


                              SAKS & COMPANY
                              
                              
                              
                              By: /s/  
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Title:                                
                              
                              
                              SAKS & HOLDINGS, INC.
                              
                              
                              
                              By: /s/ Philip B. Miller
                                  ---------------------------------
                                  Title:   



                                                              Exhibit 10.31


May ___, 1996



Investcorp S.A.
37 rue Notre-Dame
Luxembourg

     Re:  Purchase of Common Stock of Saks Holdings, Inc.
          -----------------------------------------------

Gentlemen:

     This agreement (this "Agreement") relates to the proposed initial public
offering (the "IPO") of shares of the common stock, par value $.01 per share
(the "Common Stock"), of Saks Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), for which a Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Conditioned upon the simultaneous closing of the IPO, the Company hereby
agrees to issue and sell to Investcorp S.A., a corporation organized under the
laws of Luxembourg ("Investcorp"), and to one or more affiliates of Investcorp
as may be communicated to the Company by Investcorp (such affiliates of
Investcorp to be referred to as the "Affiliates"), and Investcorp and the
Affiliates agree to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price per share
equal to the initial public offering price per share less the underwriting
discount as set forth on the cover page of the final prospectus relating to the
IPO, an aggregate of 2,250,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Shares").  The
Company shall deliver to Investcorp and the Affiliates, against payment by or on
behalf of Investcorp and the Affiliates, certificates representing the Shares. 
The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be 9:30 a.m., New York City
time, on May __, 1996 or such other time and date as Investcorp and the Company
shall agree upon.

     This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of,
Investcorp, the Affiliates and the Company and their respective successors and
assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue
of this Agreement.  

     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York.

     This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but
all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.



<PAGE>
     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign
below and return to the Company.  Upon acceptance by you this letter and such
acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between the Company and
Investcorp.

                              Very truly yours,

                              SAKS HOLDINGS, INC.


                              By:_______________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


Accepted as of the date hereof:

INVESTCORP S.A.



By:_______________________
Name:
Title:





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission